J±taka-aµµhakath±-6 : 1 -6332

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm±sambuddhassa

Khuddakanik±ye

J±taka-aµµhakath±(chaµµho bh±go)

22. Mah±nip±to[538] 1. M³gapakkhaj±takavaººan±
M± (6.0001) paº¹iccaya½ vibh±vay±ti ida½ satth± jetavane viharanto mah±bhinikkhamana½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ sannisinn± bhagavato nekkhammap±rami½ vaººayant± nis²di½su. Satth± ±gantv±“k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”tivutte “bhikkhave, id±ni mama p³ritap±ramissa rajja½ cha¹¹etv± mah±bhinikkhamana½ n±ma anacchariya½. Ahañhi pubbe aparipakke ñ±ºe p±ramiyo p³rentopi
rajja½ cha¹¹etv± nikkhantoyev±”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari.
At²te k±siraµµhe b±r±ºasiya½ k±sir±j± n±ma dhammena rajja½ k±resi. Tassa
so¼asasahass± itthiyo ahesu½. T±su ek±pi putta½ v± dh²tara½ v± na labhi.
N±gar± “amh±ka½ rañño va½s±nurakkhako ekopi putto natth²”ti r±jaªgaºe sannipatitv± kusaj±take (j±. 2.20.1 ±dayo) ±gatanayeneva r±j±na½ evam±ha½su “deva,
putta½ pattheth±”ti. R±j± (6.0002) tesa½ vacana½ sutv± so¼asasahass± itthiyo“tumhe putta½ pattheth±”ti ±º±pesi. T± cand±d²na½ devat±na½ ±y±cana-upaµµh±n±d²ni katv± patthentiyopi putta½ v± dh²tara½ v± na labhi½su. Aggamahes²
panassa maddar±jadh²t± cand±dev² n±ma s²lasampann± ahosi. R±j± “bhadde,
tvampi putta½ pattheh²”ti ±ha. S± puººamadivase uposatha½ sam±diyitv± c³¼asayane nipann±va attano s²la½ ±vajjetv± “sac±ha½ akhaº¹as²l± imin± me saccena
putto uppajjat³”ti saccakiriya½ ak±si.
Tass± s²latejena sakkassa bhavana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko ±vajjento ta½
k±raºa½ ñatv± “cand±dev² putta½ pattheti, hand±ha½ putta½ dass±m²”ti tass±nucchavika½ putta½ upadh±rento bodhisatta½ passi. Bodhisattopi tad±v²sativass±ni b±r±ºasiya½ rajja½ k±retv± tato cuto ussadaniraye nibbattitv± as²tivassasahass±ni tattha paccitv± tato cavitv± t±vati½sabhavane nibbatti. Tatth±pi y±vat±yuka½ µhatv± tato cavitv± uparidevaloka½ gantuk±mo ahosi. Sakko tassasantika½ gantv± “m±risa, tayi manussaloke uppanne p±ramiyo ca te p³rissanti,
mah±janassa vu¹¹hi ca bhavissati, aya½ k±sirañño cand±dev² n±ma aggamahes² putta½ pattheti, tass± kucchiya½ uppajj±h²”ti vatv± aññesañca cavanadhamm±na½ pañcasat±na½ devaputt±na½ paµiñña½ gahetv± sakaµµh±nameva agam±si. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± pañcahi devaputtasatehi saddhi½ devalokato
cavitv± saya½ cand±deviy± kucchimhi paµisandhi½ gaºhi. Itare pana devaputt±
amaccabhariy±na½ kucch²su paµisandhi½ gaºhi½su.
Tad± cand±deviy± kucchi vajirapuºº± viya ahosi. S± gabbhassa patiµµhitabh±va½ ñatv± rañño ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv± r±j± gabbhassa parih±ra½ d±pesi. S±
paripuººagabbh± dasam±saccayena dhaññapuññalakkhaºasampanna½ putta½
vij±yi. Ta½ divasameva amaccagehesu pañca kum±rasat±ni j±yi½su. Tasmi½
khaºe r±j± amaccagaºaparivuto mah±tale nisinno ahosi. Athassa “putto, te deva,
j±to”ti ±rocayi½su. Tesa½ vacana½ sutv± rañño puttapema½ uppajjitv± chaviy±d²ni chinditv± aµµhimiñja½ (6.0003) ±hacca aµµh±si, abbhantare p²ti uppajji,
hadaya½ s²tala½ j±ta½. So amacce pucchi “tuµµh± nu kho tumhe, mama putto j±to”ti? “Ki½ kathetha, deva, maya½ pubbe an±th±, id±ni pana san±th± j±t±, s±miko no
laddho”ti ±ha½su. R±j± mah±senagutta½ pakkos±petv± ±º±pesi “mama puttassa
pariv±ro laddhu½ vaµµati, gaccha tva½ amaccagehesu ajja j±t± d±rak± kittak±n±m±ti olokeh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± amaccageh±ni gantv± olokento
pañca kum±rasat±ni disv± pun±gantv± rañño ±rocesi.
R±j± pañcanna½ d±rakasat±na½ kum±rapas±dhan±ni pesetv± puna pañca
dh±tisat±ni ca d±pesi. Mah±sattassa pana atid²gh±didosavajjit± alambatthaniyo
madhurathaññ±yo catusaµµhi dh±tiyo ad±si. Atid²gh±ya hi itthiy± passe nis²ditv±
thañña½ pivato d±rakassa g²v± d²gh± hoti, atirass±ya passe nis²ditv± thañña½
pivanto d±rako nipp²¼itakhandhaµµhiko hoti, atikis±ya passe nis²ditv± thañña½
pivato d±rakassa ³r³ rujjanti, atith³l±ya passe nis²ditv± thañña½ pivanto d±rako
pakkhap±do hoti, atik±¼ik±ya kh²ra½ atis²tala½ hoti, ati-od±t±ya kh²ra½ ati-uºha½
hoti, lambatthaniy± passe nis²ditv± thañña½ pivanto d±rako nipp²¼itan±siko hoti.
K±s±nañca pana itth²na½ kh²ra½ ati-ambila½ hoti, s±s±nañca pana itth²na½
kh²ra½ atikaµuk±dibheda½ hoti, tasm± te sabbepi dose vivajjetv± alambatthaniyo
madhurathaññ±yo catusaµµhi dh±tiyo datv± mahanta½ sakk±ra½ katv± cand±deviy±pi vara½ ad±si. S±pi gahitaka½ katv± µhapesi.
R±j± kum±rassa n±maggahaºadivase lakkhaºap±µhake br±hmaºe pakkos±petv± tesa½ mahanta½ sakk±ra½ katv± kum±rassa antar±y±bh±va½ pucchi. Te
tassa lakkhaºasampatti½ disv± “mah±r±ja, dhaññapuññalakkhaºasampanno
aya½ kum±ro, tiµµhatu ekad²po, dvisahassapariv±r±na½ catunnampi mah±d²p±na½
rajja½ k±retu½ samattho hoti, n±ssa koci antar±yo (6.0004) paññ±yat²”ti vadi½su.
R±j± tesa½ vacana½ sutv± tussitv± kum±rassa n±ma½ karonto yasm± kum±rassa j±tadivase sakalak±siraµµhe devo vassi, yasm± ca rañño ceva amacc±nañca
hadaya½ s²tala½ j±ta½, yasm± ca temayam±no j±to, tasm± “temiyakum±ro”tissan±ma½ ak±si. Atha na½ dh±tiyo ekam±sika½ alaªkaritv± rañño santika½ ±nayi½su. R±j± piyaputta½ ±liªgitv± s²se cumbitv± aªke nis²d±petv± ramayam±nonis²di.
Tasmi½ khaºe catt±ro cor± ±n²t±. R±j± te disv± “tesu ekassa corassa sakaºµak±hi kas±hi pah±rasahassa½ karotha, ekassa saªkhalik±ya bandhitv± bandhan±g±rapavesana½ karotha, ekassa sar²re sattipah±ra½ karotha, ekassa s³l±ropana½ karoth±”ti ±º±pesi. Atha mah±satto pitu vacana½ sutv± bh²tatasito hutv±“aho mama pit± rajja½ niss±ya atibh±riya½ nirayag±mikamma½ ak±s²”ti cintesi.
Punadivase pana ta½ setacchattassa heµµh± alaªkatasirisayane nipajj±pesu½. So
thoka½ nidd±yitv± pabuddho akkh²ni umm²letv± setacchatta½ olokento mahanta½
sirivibhava½ passi. Athassa pakatiy±pi bh²tatasitassa atirekatara½ bhaya½
uppajji. So “kuto nu kho aha½ ima½ corageha½ ±gatomh²”ti upadh±rento j±tissarañ±ºena devalokato ±gatabh±va½ ñatv± tato para½ olokento ussadaniraye
pakkabh±va½ passi, tato para½ olokento tasmi½yeva nagare r±jabh±va½ aññ±si.
Athassa “aha½ v²sativass±ni b±r±ºasiya½ rajja½ k±retv± as²tivassasahass±ni
ussadaniraye pacci½, id±ni punapi imasmi½yeva coragehe nibbattomhi, pit± mehiyyo cat³su coresu ±n²tesu tath±r³pa½ pharusa½ nirayasa½vattanika½ katha½
kathesi, sac±ha½ rajja½ k±ress±mi, punapi niraye nibbattitv± mah±dukkha½ anubhaviss±m²”ti ±vajjentassa mahanta½ bhaya½ uppajji. Bodhisattassa kañcanavaººa½ sar²ra½ hatthena parimaddita½ paduma½ viya mil±ta½ dubbaººa½
ahosi. So “katha½ nu kho imamh± corageh± mucceyyan”ti cintento nipajji. Athana½ ekasmi½ attabh±ve m±tubh³tapubb± chatte (6.0005) adhivatth± devadh²t±
ass±setv± “t±ta temiyakum±ra, m± bh±yi, m± soci, m± cintayi. Sace ito muccituk±mosi, tva½ ap²µhasapp²pi p²µhasapp² viya hohi, abadhiropi badhiro viya hohi, am³gopi m³go viya hohi, im±ni t²ºi aªg±ni adhiµµh±ya attano paº¹itabh±va½ m± pak±seh²”ti vatv± paµhama½ g±tham±ha–
1. “M± paº¹iccaya½ vibh±vaya, b±lamato bhava sabbap±ºina½;
sabbo ta½ jano ocin±yatu, eva½ tava attho bhavissat²”ti.
Tattha paº¹iccayanti paº¹icca½, ayameva v± p±µho. B±lamatoti b±lo iti
sammato. Sabbo janoti sakalo antojano ceva bahijano ca. Ocin±yat³ti “n²haratheta½ k±¼akaººin”ti avamaññatu, avaj±n±t³ti attho.
So tass± vacanena ass±sa½ paµilabhitv±–
2. “Karomi te ta½ vacana½, ya½ ma½ bhaºasi devate;atthak±m±si me amma, hitak±m±si devate”ti.–Ima½ g±tha½ vatv± t±ni t²ºi aªg±ni adhiµµh±si. S± ca devadh²t± antaradh±yi. R±j±puttassa anukkaºµhanatth±ya t±ni pañca kum±rasat±ni tassa santikeyeva µhapesi.
Te d±rak± thaññatth±ya rodanti paridevanti. Mah±satto pana nirayabhayatajjito“rajjato me sussitv± matameva seyyo”ti na rodati na paridevati. Athassa dh±tiyo
ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± cand±deviy± ±rocayi½su. S±pi rañño ±rocesi. R±j± nemittake
br±hmaºe pakkos±petv± pucchi. Atha br±hmaº± ±ha½su “deva, kum±rassa pakativela½ atikkamitv± thañña½ d±tu½ vaµµati, eva½ so rodam±no thana½ da¼ha½
gahetv± sayameva pivissat²”ti. Tato paµµh±ya dh±tiyo kum±rassa pakativela½ atikkamitv± thañña½ denti. Dadam±n± ca kad±ci ekav±ra½ atikkamitv± denti,
kad±ci sakaladivasa½ kh²ra½ na denti.

V²ma½sanakaº¹a½
So (6.0006) nirayabhayatajjito sussantopi thaññatth±ya na rodati, na paridevati.
Atha na½ arodantampi disv± “putto me ch±to”ti m±t± v± thañña½ p±yeti, kad±ci
dh±tiyo v± p±yenti. Sesad±rak± thañña½ aladdhavel±yameva rodanti paridevanti.
Mah±satto pana nirayabhayatajjito na rodati, na paridevati, na nidd±yati, na hatthap±de samiñjati, na sadda½ karoti. Athassa dh±tiyo “p²µhasapp²na½ hatthap±d±n±ma na evar³p± honti, m³g±na½ hanukapariyos±na½ n±ma na evar³pa½ hoti,
badhir±na½ kaººasot±ni n±ma na evar³p±ni honti, bhavitabbamettha k±raºena,
v²ma½siss±ma nan”ti cintetv± “kh²rena t±va na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti sakaladivasa½
kh²ra½ na denti. So sussantopi kh²ratth±ya sadda½ na karoti. Athassa m±t± “puttome ch±to”ti sayameva thañña½ p±yeti. Eva½ antarantar± kh²ra½ adatv± ekasa½vacchara½ v²ma½sant±pissa antara½ na passi½su.
Tato amacc±dayo rañño ±rocesu½ “ekavassikad±rak± n±ma p³vakhajjaka½
piy±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti pañca kum±rasat±ni tassa santikeyeva nis²d±petv± n±n±p³vakhajjak±ni upan±metv± bodhisattassa avid³re µhapetv± “yath±ruci t±ni p³vakhajjak±ni gaºhath±”ti paµicchannaµµh±ne tiµµhanti. Sesad±rak±kalaha½ karont± aññamañña½ paharant± ta½ ta½ gahetv± kh±danti. Mah±satto
pana att±na½ ovaditv± “t±ta temiyakum±ra, nirayabhaya½ icchanto p³vakhajjaka½ icch±h²”ti nirayabhayatajjito p³vakhajjaka½ na olokesi. Eva½ p³vakhajjakenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato “dvivassikad±rak± n±ma phal±phala½ piy±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti n±n±phal±ni upan±metv± bodhisattassa avid³re µhapetv± v²ma½si½su. Sesad±rak± kalaha½ katv± yujjhant± ta½ ta½ gahetv± kh±danti. So nirayabhayatajjito
tampi na olokesi. Eva½ phal±phalenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato “tivassikad±rak± n±ma k²¼anabhaº¹aka½ piy±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti n±n±suvaººamay±ni hatthi-assar³pak±d²ni k±r±petv± bodhisattassa avid³re µhapesu½. Sesad±rak± aññamañña½ vilumpant± gaºhi½su. Mah±satto
pana na kiñci olokesi. Eva½ k²¼anabhaº¹akenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar±
v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.

siss±m±”ti n±n±bhojan±ni upan±mesu½. Sesad±rak± ta½ piº¹a½ piº¹a½ katv±
bhuñjanti. Mah±satto pana att±na½ ovaditv± “t±ta temiyakum±ra, aladdhabhojan±na½ te attabh±v±na½ gaºan± n±ma natth²”ti nirayabhayatajjito tampi na olokesi. Athassa m±t± sayameva hadayena bhijjam±nena viya asahantena sahatthena bhojana½ bhojesi. Eva½ bhojanenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar±
v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato “pañcavassikad±rak± n±ma aggino bh±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti
r±jaªgaºe anekadv±rayutta½ mahanta½ geha½ k±retv± t±lapaººehi ch±detv± ta½
sesad±rakehi parivuta½ tassa majjhe nis²d±petv± aggi½ denti. Sesad±rak± aggi½
disv± viravant± pal±yi½su. Mah±satto pana cintesi “niraya-aggisant±panato idameva aggisant±pana½ sataguºena sahassaguºena satasahassaguºena varataran”ti nirodhasam±panno mah±thero viya niccalova ahosi. Atha na½ aggimhi ±gacchante gahetv± apanenti. Eva½ aggin±pi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato “chavassikad±rak± n±ma mattahatthino bh±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti eka½ hatthi½ susikkhita½ sikkh±petv± bodhisatta½ sesad±rakehi parivuta½
r±jaªgaºe nis²d±petv± ta½ hatthi½ muñcanti. So koñcan±da½ nadanto soº¹±ya
bh³miya½ pothento bhaya½ dassento ±gacchati. Sesad±rak± ta½ disv± maraºabhayabh²t± dis±vidis±su pal±yi½su. Mah±satto pana mattahatthi½ ±gacchanta½
disv± cintesi “caº¹aniraye paccanato caº¹ahatthino hatthe maraºameva
seyyo”ti nirayabhayatajjito tattheva nis²di. Susikkhito hatth² mah±satta½ pupphakal±pa½ viya ukkhipitv± apar±para½ katv± akilametv±va gacchati. Eva½ hatthin±pi
ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato “sattavassikad±rak± n±ma sappassa bh±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti bodhisatta½ sesad±rakehi saddhi½ r±jaªgaºe nis²d±petv± uddhaµad±µhekatamukhabandhe sappe vissajjesu½. Sesad±rak± te disv± viravant± pal±yi½su.
Mah±satto pana nirayabhaya½ ±vajjetv± “caº¹asappassa (6.0008) mukhe vin±sameva varataran”ti nirodhasam±panno mah±thero viya niccalova ahosi. Athassa
sappo sakalasar²ra½ veµhetv± matthake phaºa½ katv± acchi. Tad±pi so niccalova
ahosi. Eva½ sappenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva
antara½ passi½su.
Tato “aµµhavassikad±rak± n±ma naµasamajja½ piy±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti ta½ pañcad±rakasatehi saddhi½ r±jaªgaºe nis²d±petv± naµasamajja½ k±r±pesu½. Sesad±rak± ta½ naµasamajja½ disv± “s±dhu s±dh³”ti vadant± mah±hasita½ hasanti. Mah±satto pana “niraye nibbattak±le tava khaºamattampi h±so v±
somanassa½ v± natth²”ti nirayabhaya½ ±vajjetv± niccalova ahosi, ta½ na olokesi.
Eva½ naµasamajjenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva
antara½ passi½su.
Tato “navavassikad±rak± n±ma asino bh±yanti, tena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti ta½
pañcad±rakasatehi saddhi½ r±jaªgaºe nis²d±petv± d±rak±na½ k²¼anak±le ekopuriso phalikavaººa½ asi½ gahetv± paribbhamanto nadanto vagganto t±sentolaªghanto apphoµento mah±sadda½ karonto “k±sirañño kira k±¼akaºº² eko putto
atthi, so kuhi½, s²samassa chindiss±m²”ti abhidh±vati. Ta½ purisa½ disv± sesad±rak± bh²tatasit± hutv± viravant± dis±vidis±su pal±yi½su. Mah±satto pana nirayabhaya½ ±vajjetv± aj±nanto viya nis²di. Atha na½ so puriso asin± s²se par±masitv±“s²sa½ te chindiss±m²”ti t±sentopi t±setu½ asakkonto apagami. Eva½ khaggenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato dasavassikak±le panassa badhirabh±vav²ma½sanattha½ sirisayane nis²d±petv± s±ºiy± parikkhip±petv± cat³su passesu chidd±ni katv± tassa adassetv±
heµµh±sayane saªkhadhamake nis²d±petv± ekappah±reneva saªkhe dham±penti,
ekaninn±da½ ahosi. Amacc± cat³su passesu µhatv± s±ºiy± chiddehi olokent±pi
mah±sattassa ekadivasampi satisammosa½ v± hatthap±davik±ra½ v± phandanamatta½ v± na passi½su. Eva½ ekasa½vacchara½ saªkhasaddenapi antarantar±
v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato (6.0009) parampi ek±dasavassikak±le ekasa½vacchara½ tatheva bherisaddena v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato dv±dasavassikak±le “d²pena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti “rattibh±ge andhak±re
hattha½ v± p±da½ v± phand±peti nu kho, no”ti ghaµesu d²pe j±letv± sesad²pe
nibb±petv± thoka½ andhak±re say±petv± ghaµehi d²pe ukkhipitv± ekappah±reneva ±loka½ katv± iriy±patha½ upadh±renti. Eva½ d²penapi ekasa½vacchara½
antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa kiñci phandanamattampi na passi½su.
Tato terasavassikak±le “ph±ºitena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti sakalasar²ra½ ph±ºitena makkhetv± bahumakkhike µh±ne nipajj±pesu½. Makkhik± uµµhahanti, t± tassa
sakalasar²ra½ pariv±retv± s³c²hi vijjham±n± viya kh±danti. So nirodhasam±panno
mah±thero viya niccalova ahosi. Eva½ ph±ºitenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa kiñci phandanamattampi na passi½su.
Athassa cuddasavassikak±le “id±ni panesa mahallako j±to sucik±mo asucijigucchako, asucin± na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti tato paµµh±ya na½ neva nh±penti na ca±cam±penti. So ucc±rapass±va½ katv± tattheva palipanno sayati. Duggandhabh±vena panassa antarudh²na½ nikkhamanak±lo viya ahosi, asucigandhena
makkhik± kh±danti. So niccalova ahosi. Atha na½ pariv±retv± µhit± dh±tiyo±ha½su “t±ta temiyakum±ra, tva½ mahallako j±to, ko ta½ sabbad± paµijaggissati,
ki½ na lajjasi, kasm± nipannosi, uµµh±ya te sar²ra½ paµijagg±h²”ti akkosanti paribh±santi. So tath±r³pe paµik³le g³thar±simhi nimuggopi duggandhabh±vena yojanasatamatthake µhit±nampi hadayuppatanasamatthassa g³thanirayassa duggandhabh±va½ ±vajjetv± niccalova ahosi. Eva½ asucin±pi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Tato pannarasavassikak±le “aªg±rena na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti athassa heµµh±mañcake aggikapall±ni µhapayi½su “appeva n±ma uºhena p²¼ito (6.0010) dukkhavedana½ asahanto vipphandan±k±ra½ dasseyy±”ti. Athassa sar²re phoµ±ni uµµhahanti. Mah±satto “av²cinirayasant±po yojanasatamatthake pharati, tamh±
dukkhato ida½ dukkha½ sataguºena sahassaguºena satasahassaguºena varataran”ti adhiv±setv± niccalova ahosi. Athassa m±t±pitaro bhijjam±nahaday± viya

manusse paµikkam±petv± ta½ tato aggisant±panato apanetv± “t±ta temiyakum±ra,
maya½ tava ap²µhasappi-±dibh±va½ j±n±ma. Na hi etesa½ evar³p±ni hatthap±dakaººasot±ni honti, tva½ amhehi patthetv± laddhaputtako, m± no n±sehi, sakalajambud²pe vasant±na½ r±j³na½ santike garahato no moceh²”ti y±ci½su. Eva½ sotehi y±citopi asuºanto viya hutv± niccalova nipajji. Athassa m±t±pitaro rodam±n±paridevam±n± paµikkamanti. Ekad± m±t± ekik± upasaªkamitv± y±cati, ekad± pit±
ekakova upasaªkamitv± y±cati. Eva½ ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa neva antara½ passi½su.
Athassa so¼asavassikak±le amaccabr±hmaº±dayo cintayi½su “p²µhasapp² v±
hotu, m³go v± badhiro v± hotu, vaye pariºate rajan²ye arajjant± n±ma natthi,
dussan²ye adussant± n±ma natthi, samaye sampatte pupphavikasana½ viya hi
dhammat± es±, n±µak±nampissa paccupaµµh±petv± t±hi na½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti.
Tato uttamar³padhar± devakaññ±yo viya vil±sasampann± n±µakitthiyo pakkos±petv± “y± kum±ra½ has±petu½ v± kilesehi bandhitu½ v± sakkoti, s± tassa aggamahes² bhavissat²”ti vatv± kum±ra½ gandhodakena nh±petv± devaputta½ viya
alaªkaritv± devavim±nasadise sirigabbhe supaññatte sirisayane ±ropetv± gandhad±mapupphad±madh³mav±sacuºº±d²hi antogabbha½ ekagandhasamodaka½
katv± paµikkami½su. Atha na½ t± itthiyo pariv±retv± naccag²tehi ceva madhuravacan±d²hi ca n±nappak±rehi abhiram±petu½ v±yami½su. So buddhisampannat±ya
t± itthiyo anoloketv± “im± itthiyo mama sar²rasamphassa½ m± vindant³”ti adhiµµhahitv± ass±sapass±se sannirumbhi, athassa sar²ra½ thaddha½ ahosi. T± tassa
sar²rasamphassa½ avindantiyo hutv± “thaddhasar²ro esa, n±ya½ manusso,
yakkho (6.0011) bhavissat²”ti bh²tatasit± hutv± att±na½ sandh±retu½ asakkontiyo
pal±yi½su. Eva½ n±µakenapi ekasa½vacchara½ antarantar± v²ma½sant±pissa
neva antara½ passi½su.
Eva½ so¼asa sa½vacchar±ni so¼asahi mah±v²ma½s±hi ceva anek±hi khuddakav²ma½s±hi ca v²ma½sam±n±pi tassa citta½ pariggaºhitu½ n±sakkhi½su.
V²ma½sanakaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Rajjay±canakaº¹a½
Tato r±j± vippaµis±r² hutv± lakkhaºap±µhake br±hmaºe pakkos±petv± “tumhe
kum±rassa j±tak±le ‘dhaññapuññalakkhaºasampanno aya½ kum±ro, n±ssa kociantar±yo paññ±yat²’ti me kathayittha, id±ni pana so p²µhasapp² m³gabadhiro j±to,kath± vo na samet²”ti ±ha. Br±hmaº± vadi½su “mah±r±ja, ±cariyehi adiµµhaka½
n±ma natthi, apica kho pana, deva, ‘r±jakulehi patthetv± laddhaputtako k±¼akaºº²’ti vutte ‘tumh±ka½ domanassa½ siy±’ti na kathayimh±”ti. Atha ne r±j± evam±ha“id±ni pana ki½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti? “Mah±r±ja, imasmi½ kum±re imasmi½ gehevasante tayo antar±y± paññ±yissanti– j²vitassa v± antar±yo, setacchattassa v±
antar±yo, aggamahesiy± v± antar±yo”ti. “Tasm±, deva, papañca½ akatv± avama-

ªgalarathe avamaªgala-asse yojetv± tattha na½ nipajj±petv± pacchimadv±rena
n²haritv± ±makasus±ne catubbhittika½ ±v±µa½ khaºitv± nikhaºitu½ vaµµat²”ti. R±j±antar±yabhayena bh²to tesa½ vacana½ “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi.
Tad± cand±dev² ta½ pavatti½ sutv± turitaturit±va ekik± r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv±
vanditv± “deva, tumhehi mayha½ varo dinno, may± ca gahitako katv± µhapito,
id±ni ta½ me deth±”ti y±ci. “Gaºh±hi, dev²”ti. “Deva, puttassa me rajja½ deth±”ti.
“Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Ki½k±raº±, dev±”ti. “Putto, te devi, k±¼akaºº²”ti. “Tena hi,deva, y±vaj²va½ adadant±pi satta vass±ni deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi,deva, cha vass±ni deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, pañca vass±ni
deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, catt±ri vass±ni deth±”ti. “Na sakk±,
dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, t²ºi vass±ni deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, dve
vass±ni deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena (6.0012) hi, deva, ekavassa½ rajja½
deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, satta m±s±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. “Nasakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, cha m±s±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti.
“Tena hi, deva, pañca m±s±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva,
catt±ri m±s±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, t²ºi m±s±ni rajja½
deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, dve m±s±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±,
dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, ekam±sa½ rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi,deva, a¹¹ham±sa½ rajja½ deth±”ti. “Na sakk±, dev²”ti. “Tena hi, deva, satta divas±ni rajja½ deth±”ti. R±j± “s±dhu, devi, gaºh±h²”ti ±ha. S± tasmi½ khaºe putta½
alaªk±r±petv± “temiyakum±rassa ida½ rajjan”ti nagare bheri½ car±petv± sakalanagara½ alaªk±r±petv± putta½ hatthikkhandha½ ±ropetv± setacchatta½ tassa
matthake k±r±petv± nagara½ padakkhiºa½ katv± puna ±gantv± antonagara½
pavesetv± ta½ sirisayane nipajj±petv± piyaputta½ sabbaratti½ y±ci “t±ta temiyakum±ra, ta½ niss±ya so¼asa vass±ni nidda½ alabhitv± rodam±n±ya me akkh²ni upakk±ni, sokena me hadaya½ bhijjam±na½ viya ahosi, aha½ tava ap²µhasappi-±dibh±va½ j±n±mi, m± ma½ an±tha½ kar²”ti. S± imin± up±yeneva punadivasepi
punadivasep²ti pañca divas±ni y±ci.

Rajjay±canakaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Atha chaµµhe divase r±j± sunanda½ n±ma s±rathi½ pakkos±petv± “t±ta, sunandas±rathi sve p±tova avamaªgalarathe avamaªgala-asse yojetv± kum±ra½
tattha nipajj±petv± pacchimadv±rena n²haritv± ±makasus±ne catubbhittika½±v±µa½ khaºitv± tattha na½ pakkhipitv± kudd±lapiµµhena matthaka½ bhinditv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±petv± upari pa½su½ datv± pathaviva¹¹hanakamma½ katv± nhatv±
eh²”ti ±º±pesi. So “s±dhu, dev±”ti sampaµicchi. Atha chaµµhampi ratti½ dev²
kum±ra½ y±citv± “t±ta temiyakum±ra, tava pit± k±sir±j± ta½ sve p±tova ±makasus±ne nikhaºitu½ ±º±pesi, sve p±tova maraºa½ p±puºissasi putt±”ti ±ha. Ta½
sutv± mah±sattassa “t±ta temiyakum±ra, so¼asa vass±ni tay± kato v±y±mo (6.0013)
id±ni matthaka½ pakko”ti cintentassa abbhantare p²ti uppajji. M±tuy± panassa
hadaya½ bhijjam±na½ viya ahosi, eva½ santepi “manoratho matthaka½ p±puºissat²”ti m±tuy± saddhi½ n±lapi.
Athass± rattiy± accayena p±tova sunando s±rathi ratha½ yojento devat±nubh±vena mah±sattassa p±ramit±nubh±vena ca maªgalarathe maªgala-asse yojetv±
ratha½ r±jadv±re µhapetv± mah±tala½ abhiruhitv± sirigabbha½ pavisitv± devi½
vanditv± evam±ha– “devi, mayha½ m± kujjha, rañño ±º±”ti vatv± putta½ ±liªgitv±
nipanna½ devi½ piµµhihatthena apanetv± pupphakal±pa½ viya kum±ra½ ukkhipitv± p±s±d± otari. Tad± cand±dev² ura½ paharitv± mahantena saddena paridevitv± mah±tale oh²yi. Atha na½ mah±satto oloketv± “mayi akathente m±t± hadayena phalitena marissat²”ti kathetuk±mo hutv±pi “sace aha½ kathess±mi, so¼asa
vass±ni kato v±y±mo me mogho bhavissati, akathento pan±ha½ attano ca m±t±pit³nañca mah±janassa ca paccayo bhaviss±m²”ti adhiv±sesi.
Atha na½ s±rathi ratha½ ±ropetv± “pacchimadv±r±bhimukha½ ratha½ pesess±m²”ti cintetv± ratha½ pesesi. Tad± mah±sattassa p±ramit±nubh±vena devat±viggahito hutv± ratha½ nivatt±petv± p±c²nadv±r±bhimukha½ ratha½ pesesi, atharathacakka½ umm±re patihaññi. Mah±sattopi tassa sadda½ sutv± “manoratho mematthaka½ patto”ti suµµhutara½ tuµµhacitto ahosi. Ratho nagar± nikkhamitv± devat±nubh±vena tiyojanika½ µh±na½ gato. Tattha vanaghaµa½ s±rathissa ±makasus±na½ viya upaµµh±si. So “ida½ µh±na½ ph±sukan”ti sallakkhetv± ratha½ magg±
okkam±petv± maggapasse µhapetv± rath± oruyha mah±sattassa ±bharaºabhaº¹a½ omuñcitv± bhaº¹ika½ katv± ekamanta½ µhapetv± kudd±la½ ±d±ya
rathassa avid³re µh±ne catubbhittika½ ±v±µa½ khaºitu½ ±rabhi.
Tato bodhisatto cintesi “aya½ me v±y±mak±lo, ahañhi so¼asa vass±ni hatthap±de na c±lesi½, ki½ nu kho me bala½ atthi, ud±hu no”ti. So uµµh±ya v±mahatthena dakkhiºahattha½, dakkhiºahatthena v±mahattha½ (6.0014) par±masantoubhohi hatthehi p±de samb±hitv± rath± otaritu½ citta½ upp±desi. T±vadevassa
p±dapatitaµµh±ne v±tapuººabhastacamma½ viya mah±pathav² abbhuggantv±
rathassa pacchimanta½ ±hacca aµµh±si. Mah±satto rath± otaritv± katipaye v±re
apar±para½ caªkamitv± “imin±va niy±mena ekadivasa½ yojanasatampi megantu½ bala½ atth²”ti ñatv± “sace, s±rathi, may± saddhi½ virujjheyya, atthi nu kho
me tena saha paµivirujjhitu½ balan”ti upadh±rento rathassa pacchimanta½
gahetv± kum±rak±na½ k²¼anay±naka½ viya ukkhipitv± ratha½ paribbhamentoaµµh±si. Athassa “atthi me tena saha paµivirujjhitu½ balan”ti sallakkhetv± pas±dhanatth±ya citta½ uppajji.
Ta½khaºaññeva sakkassa bhavana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko ±vajjento ta½
k±raºa½ ñatv± “temiyakum±rassa manoratho matthaka½ patto, id±ni pas±dhanatth±ya citta½ uppanna½, ki½ etassa m±nusakena pas±dhanen±”ti dibbapas±dhana½ g±h±petv± vissakammadevaputta½ pakkos±petv± “t±ta vissakamma
devaputta, tva½ gaccha, k±sir±jassa putta½ temiyakum±ra½ alaªkaroh²”ti ±º±pesi. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± t±vati½sabhavanato otaritv± tassa santika½
gantv± dasahi dussasahassehi veµhana½ katv± dibbehi ceva m±nusakehi ca alaªk±rehi sakka½ viya ta½ alaªkaritv± sakaµµh±nameva gato. So devar±jal²l±ya s±rathissa khaºanok±sa½ gantv± ±v±µat²re µhatv± pucchanto tatiya½ g±tham±ha–
3. “Ki½ nu santaram±nova, k±su½ khaºasi s±rathi;
puµµho me samma akkh±hi, ki½ k±suy± karissas²”ti.
Tattha k±sunti ±v±µa½.
Ta½ sutv± s±rathi ±v±µa½ khaºanto uddha½ anoloketv±va catuttha½ g±th±m±ha–
4. “Rañño m³go ca pakkho ca, putto j±to acetaso;somhi raññ± samajjhiµµho, putta½ me nikhaºa½ vane”ti.
Tattha pakkhoti p²µhasapp². “M³go”ti vacaneneva panassa badhirabh±vopi
sijjhati badhirassa hi paµivacana½ kathetu½ asakkuºeyyatt±. Acetasoti acittako
viya j±to. So¼asa vass±ni akathitatt± evam±ha (6.0015). Samajjhiµµhoti ±ºatto,
pesitoti attho. Nikhaºa½ vaneti vane nikhaºeyy±si.
Atha na½ mah±satto ±ha–
5. “Na badhiro na m³gosmi, na pakkho na ca v²kalo;
adhamma½ s±rathi kayir±, ma½ ce tva½ nikhaºa½ vane.
6. “Ðr³ b±huñca me passa, bh±sitañca suºohi me;
adhamma½ s±rathi kayir±, ma½ ce tva½ nikhaºa½ vane”ti.
Tattha na badhiroti samma s±rathi, sace ta½ r±j± evar³pa½ putta½ m±r±petu½±º±pesi, aha½ pana evar³po na bhav±m²ti d²petu½ evam±ha. Ma½ ce tva½
nikhaºa½ vaneti sace badhirabh±v±divirahita½ evar³pa½ ma½ vane nikhaºeyy±si, adhamma½ kamma½ kareyy±s²ti attho. “Ðr³”ti ida½ so purimag±tha½
sutv±pi na½ anolokentameva disv± “alaªkatasar²ramassa dassess±m²”ti cintetv±±ha. Tassattho– samma s±rathi, ime kañcanakadalikkhandhasadise ³r³, kanakacchavi½ b±huñca me passa, madhuravacanañca me suº±h²ti.
Tato s±rathi eva½ cintesi “ko nu kho esa, ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya att±nameva
vaººet²”ti. So ±v±µakhaºana½ pah±ya uddha½ olokento tassa r³pasampatti½

disv± “aya½ puriso ko nu kho, manusso v± devo v±”ti aj±nanto ima½ g±tham±ha–
7. “Devat± nusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado;
ko v± tva½ kassa v± putto, katha½ j±nemu ta½ mayan”ti.
Athassa mah±satto att±na½ ±cikkhitv± dhamma½ desento ±ha–
8. “Namhi devo na gandhabbo, namhi sakko purindado;
k±sirañño aha½ putto, ya½ k±suy± nihaññasi.
9. “Tassa rañño aha½ putto, ya½ tva½ samm³paj²vasi;
adhamma½ s±rathi kayir±, ma½ ce tva½ nikhaºa½ vane.
10. “Yassa (6.0016) rukkhassa ch±y±ya, nis²deyya sayeyya v±;
na tassa s±kha½ bhañjeyya, mittadubbho hi p±pako.
11. “Yath± rukkho tath± r±j±, yath± s±kh± tath± aha½;yath± ch±y³pago poso, eva½ tvamasi s±rathi;
adhamma½ s±rathi kayir±, ma½ ce tva½ nikhaºa½ vane”ti.
Tattha nihaññas²ti nihanissasi. Ya½ tva½ ettha nihaniss±m²ti saññ±ya k±su½
khaºasi, so ahanti d²peti. So “r±japutto ahan”ti vuttepi na saddahatiyeva, madhurakath±ya panassa bajjhitv± dhamma½ suºanto aµµh±si. Mittadubbhoti paribhuttach±yassa rukkhassa patta½ v± s±kha½ v± aªkura½ v± bhañjanto mittagh±tako
hoti l±makapuriso, kimaªga½ pana s±miputtagh±tako. Ch±y³pagoti paribhogatth±ya ch±ya½ upagato puriso viya r±j±na½ niss±ya j²vam±no tvanti vadati.
So eva½ kathentepi bodhisatte na saddahatiyeva. Atha mah±satto “saddah±pess±mi nan”ti devat±na½ s±dhuk±rena ceva attano ghosena ca vanaghaµa½ unn±dento dasa mittap³jag±th± n±ma ±rabhi–
12. “Pah³tabhakkho bhavati, vippavuµµho saka½ghar±;bah³ na½ upaj²vanti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
13. “Ya½ ya½ janapada½ y±ti, nigame r±jadh±niyo;sabbattha p³jito hoti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
14. “N±ssa cor± pas±hanti, n±timaññanti khattiy±;sabbe amitte tarati, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
15. “Akkuddho saghara½ eti, sabh±ya½ paµinandito;
ñ±t²na½ uttamo hoti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
16. “Sakkatv± sakkato hoti, garu hoti sag±ravo;
vaººakittibhato hoti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
17. “P³jako (6.0017) labhate p³ja½, vandako paµivandana½;
yasokittiñca pappoti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
18. “Aggi yath± pajjalati, devat±va virocati;siriy± ajahito hoti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
19. “G±vo tassa paj±yanti, khette vutta½ vir³hati;
vutt±na½ phalamasn±ti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.
20. “Darito pabbat±to v±, rukkhato patito naro;
cuto patiµµha½ labhati, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhati.

21. “Vir³¼ham³lasant±na½, nigrodhamiva m±luto;
amitt± nappas±hanti, yo mitt±na½ na dubbhat²”ti.

Tattha saka½ ghar±ti sakaghar±, ayameva v± p±µho. Na dubbhat²ti na dussati.
Mitt±nanti buddh±d²na½ kaly±ºamitt±na½ na dubbhati. “Sabbattha p³jito hot²”ti
ida½ s²valivatthun± vaººetabba½. Na pas±hant²ti pasayhak±ra½ k±tu½ nasakkonti. Ida½ sa½kiccas±maºeravatthun± d²petabba½. “N±timaññanti khattiy±”ti ida½ jotikaseµµhivatthun± d²petabba½. Tarat²ti atikkamati. Sagharanti attaghara½. Mitt±na½ dubbhanto attano ghara½ ±gacchantopi ghaµµitacitto kuddhova±gacchati, aya½ pana akuddhova sakaghara½ eti. Paµinanditoti bah³na½ sannip±taµµh±ne amittadubbhino guºakatha½ kathenti, t±ya so paµinandito hoti pamuditacitto.
Sakkatv± sakkato hot²ti para½ sakkatv± sayampi parehi sakkato hoti. Garu hoti
sag±ravoti paresu sag±ravo sayampi parehi garuko hoti. Vaººakittibhatoti bhatavaººakitti, guºañceva kittisaddañca ukkhipitv± caranto n±ma hot²ti attho. P³jakoti
mitt±na½ p³jako hutv± sayampi p³ja½ labhati. Vandakoti buddh±d²na½ kaly±ºamitt±na½ vandako hutv± punabbhave paµivandana½ labhati. Yasokittiñc±ti issariyapariv±rañceva guºakittiñca pappoti. Im±ya g±th±ya cittagahapatino vatthu (dha.
pa. 73-74) kathetabba½.
Pajjalat²ti (6.0018) issariyapariv±rena pajjalati. Siriy± ajahito hot²ti ettha an±thapiº¹ikassa vatthu (dha. pa. 119-120) kathetabba½. Asn±t²ti paribhuñjati. “Patiµµha½
labhat²”ti ida½ c³¼apadumaj±takena (j±. 1.2.85-86) d²petabba½. Vir³¼ham³lasant±nanti va¹¹hitam³lap±roha½. Amitt± nappas±hant²ti ettha kuraraghariyasoºattherassa m±tu geha½ paviµµhacoravatthu kathetabba½.
Sunando s±rathi ettak±hi g±th±hi dhamma½ desentampi ta½ asañj±nitv± “konu kho ayan”ti ±v±µakhaºana½ pah±ya rathasam²pa½ gantv± tattha tañca pas±dhanabhaº¹añca ubhaya½ adisv± puna ±gantv± olokento ta½ sañj±nitv± tassap±desu patitv± añjali½ paggayha y±canto ima½ g±tham±ha–
22. “Ehi ta½ paµiness±mi, r±japutta saka½ ghara½;
rajja½ k±rehi bhaddante, ki½ araññe karissas²”ti.
Atha na½ mah±satto ±ha–
23. “Ala½ me tena rajjena, ñ±takehi dhanena v±;
ya½ me adhammacariy±ya, rajja½ labbhetha s±rath²”ti.
Tattha alanti paµikkhepavacana½.
S±rathi ±ha–
24. “Puººapatta½ ma½ l±bhehi, r±japutta ito gato;pit± m±t± ca me dajju½, r±japutta tay² gate.
25. “Orodh± ca kum±r± ca, vesiy±n± ca br±hmaº±;tepi attaman± dajju½, r±japutta tay² gate.
26. “Hatth±roh± an²kaµµh±, rathik± pattik±rak±;
tepi attaman± dajju½, r±japutta tay² gate.
27. “Bahudhaññ± j±napad±, negam± ca sam±gat±;up±yan±ni me dajju½, r±japutta tay² gate”ti.
Tattha (6.0019) puººapattanti tuµµhid±ya½. Dajjunti sattaratanavassa½
vassant± viya mama ajjh±sayap³raºa½ tuµµhid±ya½ dadeyyu½. Ida½ so “appeva

n±ma mayi anukamp±ya gaccheyy±”ti cintetv± ±ha. Vesiy±n± c±ti vess± ca. Up±yan±n²ti paºº±k±r±ni.
Atha na½ mah±satto ±ha–
28. “Pitu m±tu caha½ catto, raµµhassa nigamassa ca;
atho sabbakum±r±na½, natthi mayha½ saka½ ghara½.
29. “Anuññ±to aha½ maty±, sañcatto pitar± maha½;
ekoraññe pabbajito, na k±me abhipatthaye”ti.
Tattha pitu m±tu c±ti pitar± ca m±tar± ca aha½ catto. Itaresupi eseva nayo.
Maty±ti samma s±rathi, aha½ satt±ha½ rajja½ paricchinditv± vara½ gaºhantiy±m±tar± anuññ±to n±ma. Sañchattoti suµµhu catto. Pabbajitoti pabbajitv± araññe
vasanatth±ya nikkhantoti attho.
Eva½ mah±sattassa attano guºe kathentassa p²ti uppajji, tato p²tivegena
ud±na½ ud±nento ±ha–
30. “Api ataram±n±na½, phal±s±va samijjhati;
vipakkabrahmacariyosmi, eva½ j±n±hi s±rathi.
31. “Api ataram±n±na½, sammadattho vipaccati;
vipakkabrahmacariyosmi, nikkhanto akutobhayo”ti.
Tattha phal±s±v±ti ataram±nassa mama so¼asavassehi katav±y±massa
samiddha½ ajjh±sayaphala½ dassetu½ evam±ha. Vipakkabrahmacariyosm²ti
niµµhappattamanoratho. Sammadattho vipaccat²ti samm± up±yena k±raºena kattabbakicca½ sampajjati.
S±rathi ±ha–
32. “Eva½ vaggukatho santo, visaµµhavacano casi;kasm± pitu ca m±tucca, santike na bhaº² tad±”ti.
Tattha vaggukathoti sakhilakatho.
Tato (6.0020) mah±satto ±ha–
33. “N±ha½ asandhit± pakkho, na badhiro asotat±;n±ha½ ajivhat± m³go, m± ma½ m³gamadh±rayi.
34. “Purima½ sar±maha½ j±ti½, yattha rajjamak±rayi½;
k±rayitv± tahi½ rajja½, p±pattha½ niraya½ bhusa½.
35. “V²satiñceva vass±ni, tahi½ rajjamak±rayi½;
as²tivassasahass±ni, nirayamhi apaccisa½.
36. “Tassa rajjassaha½ bh²to, m± ma½ rajj±bhisecayu½;
tasm± pitu ca m±tucca, santike na bhaºi½ tad±.
37. “Ucchaªge ma½ nis±detv±, pit± atth±nus±sati;
eka½ hanatha bandhatha, eka½ kh±r±patacchika½;
eka½ s³lasmi½ uppetha, iccassa manus±sati.
38. “T±y±ha½ pharusa½ sutv±, v±c±yo samud²rit±;
am³go m³gavaººena, apakkho pakkhasammato;sake muttakar²sasmi½, acch±ha½ samparipluto.
39. “Kasirañca parittañca, tañca dukkhena sa½yuta½;
koma½ j²vitam±gamma, vera½ kayir±tha kenaci.

40. “Paññ±ya ca al±bhena, dhammassa ca adassan±;koma½ j²vitam±gamma, vera½ kayir±tha kenaci.
41. “Api ataram±n±na½, phal±s±va samijjhati;
vipakkabrahmacariyosmi, eva½ j±n±hi s±rathi.
42. “Api ataram±n±na½, sammadattho vipaccati;
vipakkabrahmacariyosmi, nikkhanto akutobhayo”ti.
Tattha asandhit±ti sandh²na½ abh±vena. Asotat±ti sot±na½ abh±vena. Ajivhat±ti samparivattanajivh±ya abh±vena m³go aha½ na (6.0021) bhav±mi. Yatth±ti
y±ya j±tiy± b±r±ºasinagare rajja½ ak±rayi½. P±patthanti p±pata½. Patito asm²ti
vadati. Rajj±bhisecayunti rajje abhisecayu½. Nis±detv±ti nis²d±petv±. Atth±nus±sat²ti attha½ anus±sati. Kh±r±patacchikanti satt²hi paharitv± kh±r±hi patacchika½
karotha. Uppeth±ti ±vunatha. Iccassa manus±sat²ti evamassa attha½ anus±sati.
T±y±hanti t±yo v±c±yo aha½. Pakkhasammatoti pakkho iti sammato ahosi½.
Acch±hanti acchi½ aha½, avasinti attho. Sampariplutoti samparikiººo, nimuggo
hutv±ti attho.
Kasiranti dukkha½. Parittanti appa½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– sammas±rathi, sacepi
satt±na½ j²vita½ dukkhampi sam±na½ bahuciraµµhitika½ bhaveyya, pattheyya,
parittampi sam±na½ sace sukha½ bhaveyya, pattheyya, ida½ pana kasirañca
parittañca sakalena vaµµadukkhena sa½yutta½ sannihita½ omaddita½. Komanti
ko ima½. Veranti p±º±tip±t±dipañcavidha½ vera½. Kenac²ti kenaci k±raºena.
Paññ±y±ti vipassan±paññ±ya al±bhena. Dhammass±ti sot±pattimaggassa adassanena. Puna ud±nag±th±yo agantuk±mat±ya thirabh±vadassanattha½ kathesi.
Ta½ sutv± sunando s±rathi “aya½ kum±ro evar³pa½ rajjasiri½ kuºapa½ viya
cha¹¹etv± attano adhiµµh±na½ abhinditv± “pabbajiss±m²ti arañña½ paviµµho,
mama imin± dujj²vitena ko attho, ahampi tena saddhi½ pabbajiss±m²”ti cintetv±
ima½ g±tham±ha–
43. “Ahampi pabbajiss±mi, r±japutta tavantike;
avh±yassu ma½ bhaddante, pabbajj± mama ruccat²”ti.
Tattha tavantiketi tava santike. Avh±yass³ti “ehi pabbaj±h²”ti pakkosassu.
Eva½ tena y±citopi mah±satto “sac±ha½ id±neva ta½

pabb±jess±mi, m±t±pitaro idha n±gacchissanti, atha nesa½ parih±ni bhavissati,
ime ass± ca ratho ca pas±dhanabhaº¹añca idheva nassissanti, ‘yakkho so,
kh±dito nu kho tena s±rath²’ti garah±pi (6.0022) me uppajjissat²”ti cintetv± attano
ca garah±mocanattha½ m±t±pit³nañca vu¹¹hi½ sampassanto asse ca rathañca
pas±dhanabhaº¹añca tassa iºa½ katv± dassento ima½ g±tham±ha–
44. “Ratha½ niyy±dayitv±na, anaºo ehi s±rathi;
anaºassa hi pabbajj±, eta½ is²hi vaººitan”ti.
Tattha etanti eta½ pabbajj±karaºa½ buddh±d²hi is²hi vaººita½ pasattha½
thomita½.
Ta½ sutv± s±rathi “sace mayi nagara½ gate esa aññattha gaccheyya, pit±
cassa ima½ pavatti½ sutv± ‘putta½ me dasseh²’ti puna ±gato ima½ na passeyya,r±jadaº¹a½ me kareyya, tasm± aha½ attano guºa½ kathetv± aññatth±gamanatth±ya paµiñña½ gaºhiss±m²”ti cintento g±th±dvayam±ha–
45. “Yadeva ty±ha½ vacana½, akara½ bhaddamatthu te;tadeva me tva½ vacana½, y±cito kattumarahasi.
46. “Idheva t±va acchassu, y±va r±j±nam±naye;
appeva te pit± disv±, pat²to sumano siy±”ti.
Tato mah±satto ±ha–
47. “Karomi te ta½ vacana½, ya½ ma½ bhaºasi s±rathi;
ahampi daµµhuk±mosmi, pitara½ me idh±gata½.
48. “Ehi samma nivattassu, kusala½ vajj±si ñ±tina½;m±tara½ pitara½ mayha½, vutto vajj±si vandanan”ti.
Tattha karomi tetanti karomi te eta½ vacana½. Ehi samma nivattass³ti samma
s±rathi, tattha gantv± ehi, ettova khippameva nivattassu. Vutto vajj±s²ti may± vutto
hutv± “putto vo temiyakum±ro vandat²”ti vandana½ vadeyy±s²ti attho.
Iti vatv± mah±satto suvaººakadali viya onamitv± pañcapatiµµhitena b±r±ºasinagar±bhimukho m±t±pitaro vanditv± s±rathissa s±sana½ (6.0023) ad±si. So
s±sana½ gahetv± kum±ra½ padakkhiºa½ katv± ratham±ruyha nagar±bhimukho
p±y±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
49. “Tassa p±de gahetv±na, katv± ca na½ padakkhiºa½;
s±rathi ratham±ruyha, r±jadv±ra½ up±gam²”ti.
Tassattho– bhikkhave, eva½ vutto so s±rathi, tassa kum±rassa p±de gahetv±
ta½ padakkhiºa½ katv± ratha½ ±ruyha r±jadv±ra½ up±gam²ti.
Tasmi½ khaºe cand±dev² s²hapañjara½ vivaritv± “k± nu kho me puttassa pavatt²”ti s±rathissa ±gamanamagga½ olokent² ta½ ekaka½ ±gacchanta½ disv± ura½
paharitv± paridevi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
50. “Suñña½ m±t± ratha½ disv±, eka½ s±rathim±gata½;
assupuººehi nettehi, rodant² na½ udikkhati.
51. “Aya½ so s±rathi eti, nihantv± mama atraja½;
nihato n³na me putto, pathaby± bh³miva¹¹hano.
52. “Amitt± n³na nandanti, pat²t± n³na verino;±gata½ s±rathi½ disv±, nihantv± mama atraja½.

53. “Suñña½ m±t± ratha½ disv±, eka½ s±rathim±gata½;
assupuººehi nettehi, rodant² paripucchi na½.
54. “Ki½ nu m³go ki½nu pakkho, ki½nu so vilap² tad±;nihaññam±no bh³miy±, ta½ me akkh±hi s±rathi.
55. “Katha½ hatthehi p±dehi, m³gapakkho vivajjayi;
nihaññam±no bh³miy±, ta½ me akkh±hi pucchito”ti.
Tattha m±t±ti temiyakum±rassa m±t±. Pathaby± bh³miva¹¹hanoti so mama
putto bh³miva¹¹hano hutv± pathaby± nihato n³na. Rodant² paripucchi nanti ta½
ratha½ ekamanta½ µhapetv± mah±tala½ abhiruyha cand±devi½ vanditv± ekamante µhita½ s±rathi½ paripucchi. Kinn³ti ki½ nu so mama (6.0024) putto m³go
eva pakkho eva. Tad±ti yad± na½ tva½ k±suya½ pakkhipitv± kudd±lena matthakepahari, tad±. Nihaññam±no bh³miy±ti tay± bh³miya½ nihaññam±no ki½ nu vilapi.
Ta½ meti ta½ sabba½ aparih±petv± me akkh±hi. Vivajjay²ti “apehi s±rathi, m±
ma½ m±reh²”ti katha½ hatthehi p±dehi ca phandanto ta½ apanudi, ta½ me katheh²ti attho.
Tato s±rathi ±ha–
56. “Akkheyya½ te aha½ ayye, dajj±si abhaya½ mama;
ya½ me suta½ v± diµµha½ v±, r±japuttassa santike”ti.
Tattha dajj±s²ti sace abhaya½ dadeyy±si, so ida½ “sac±ha½ ‘tava putto neva
m³go na pakkho madhurakatho dhammakathiko’ti vakkh±mi, atha ‘kasm± ta½
gahetv± n±gatos²’ti r±j± kuddho r±jadaº¹ampi me kareyya, abhaya½ t±va y±ciss±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha.
Atha na½ cand±dev² ±ha–
57. “Abhaya½ samma te dammi, abh²to bhaºa s±rathi;
ya½ te suta½ v± diµµha½ v±, r±japuttassa santike”ti.
Tato s±rathi ±ha–
58. “Na so m³go na so pakkho, visaµµhavacano ca so;
rajjassa kira so bh²to, akar± ±laye bah³.
59. “Purima½ sarati so j±ti½, yattha rajjamak±rayi;
k±rayitv± tahi½ rajja½, p±pattha niraya½ bhusa½.
60. “V²satiñceva vass±ni, tahi½ rajjamak±rayi;
as²tivassasahass±ni, nirayamhi apacci so.
61. “Tassa rajjassa so bh²to, m± ma½ rajj±bhisecayu½;
tasm± pitu ca m±tucca, santike na bhaº² tad±.
62. “Aªgapaccaªgasampanno (6.0025), ±rohapariº±hav±;visaµµhavacano pañño, magge saggassa tiµµhati.
63. “Sace tva½ daµµhuk±m±si, r±japutta½ tavatraja½;
ehi ta½ p±payiss±mi, yattha sammati temiyo”ti.
Tattha visaµµhavacanoti apalibuddhakatho. Akar± ±laye bah³ti tumh±ka½ vañcan±ni bah³ni ak±si. Paññoti paññav±. Sace tvanti r±j±na½ dhura½ katv± ubhopi teevam±ha. Yattha sammati temiyoti yattha vo putto may± gahitapaµiñño hutv±

acchati, tattha p±payiss±mi, id±ni papañca½ akatv± lahu½ gantu½ vaµµat²ti ±ha.
Kum±ro pana s±rathi½ pesetv± pabbajituk±mo ahosi. Tad± sakko tassa mana½
ñatv± tasmi½ khaºe vissakammadevaputta½ pakkos±petv± “t±ta vissakammadevaputta, temiyakum±ro pabbajituk±mo, tva½ tassa paººas±lañca pabbajitaparikkh±rañca m±petv± eh²”ti pesesi. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± vegena gantv± tiyojanike vanasaº¹e attano iddhibalena ramaº²ya½ assama½ m±petv± rattiµµh±nadiv±µµh±nañca pokkharaºiñca ±v±µañca ak±laphalasampanna½ rukkhañca katv±
paººas±lasam²pe catuv²satihatthappam±ºa½ caªkama½ m±petv± antocaªkameca phalikavaººa½ rucira½ v±luka½ okiritv± sabbe pabbajitaparikkh±re m±petv±“ye pabbajituk±m±, te ime gahetv± pabbajant³”ti bhittiya½ akkhar±ni likhitv±
caº¹av±¼e ca aman±pasadde sabbe migapakkhino ca pal±petv± sakaµµh±nameva
gato.
Tasmi½ khaºe mah±satto ta½ disv± sakkadattiyabh±va½ ñatv±, paººas±la½pavisitv± vatth±ni apanetv±, rattav±kac²ra½ niv±setv± eka½ p±rupitv± ajinacamma½ eka½se katv± jaµ±maº¹ala½ bandhitv± k±ja½ a½se katv± kattaradaº¹am±d±ya paººas±lato nikkhamitv± pabbajitasiri½ samubbahanto apar±para½
caªkamitv± “aho sukha½, aho sukhan”ti ud±na½ ud±nento paººas±la½ pavisitv±
kaµµhattharaºe nisinno pañca abhiññ± aµµha sam±pattiyo ca nibbattetv± s±yanhasamaye paººas±lato nikkhamitv± caªkamanakoµiya½ µhitak±rarukkhato paºº±ni
gahetv± (6.0026), sakkadattiyabh±jane aloºake atakke nidh³pane udake sedetv±
amata½ viya paribhuñjitv± catt±ro brahmavih±re bh±vetv± tattha v±sa½ kappesi.
K±sir±j±pi sunandas±rathissa vacana½ sutv± mah±senagutta½ pakkos±petv±
taram±nar³pova gamanasajja½ k±retu½ ±ha–
64. “Yojayantu rathe asse, kaccha½ n±g±na bandhatha;
ud²rayantu saªkhapaºav±, v±dantu ekapokkhar±.
65. “V±dantu bher² sannaddh±, vagg³ v±dantu dundubh²;
negam± ca ma½ anventu, gaccha½ puttanivedako.
66. “Orodh± ca kum±r± ca, vesiy±n± ca br±hmaº±;khippa½ y±n±ni yojentu, gaccha½ puttanivedako.
67. “Hatth±roh± an²kaµµh±, rathik± pattik±rak±;
khippa½ y±n±ni yojentu, gaccha½ puttanivedako.
68. “Sam±gat± j±napad±, negam± ca sam±gat±;khippa½ y±n±ni yojentu, gaccha½ puttanivedako”ti.
Tattha ud²rayant³ti sadda½ muñcantu. V±dant³ti vajjantu. Ekapokkhar±ti ekamukhabheriyo. Sannaddh±ti suµµhu naddh±. Vagg³ti madhurassar±. Gacchanti
gamiss±mi. Puttanivedakoti puttassa nivedako ov±dako hutv± gacch±mi. Ta½ ovaditv± mama vacana½ g±h±petv± tattheva ta½ ratanar±simhi µhapetv± abhisiñcitv±±netu½ gacch±m²ti adhipp±yenevam±ha. Negam±ti kuµumbikajan±. Sam±gat±ti
sannipatit± hutv±.
Eva½ raññ± ±ºatt± s±rathino asse yojetv± rathe r±jadv±re µhapetv± rañño ±rocesu½. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
69. “Asse ca s±rath² yutte, sindhave s²ghav±hane;r±jadv±ra½ up±gacchu½, yutt± deva ime hay±”ti.
Tattha (6.0027) asseti sindhave sindhavaj±tike s²ghav±hane javasampanneasse ±d±ya. S±rath²ti s±rathino. Yutteti rathesu yojite. Up±gacchunti te rathesu
yutte asse ±d±ya ±gama½su, ±gantv± ca pana “yutt±, deva, ime hay±”ti ±rocesu½.
Tato s±rath²na½ vacana½ sutv± r±j± upa¹¹hag±tham±ha–
70. “Th³l± javena h±yanti, kis± h±yanti th±mun±”ti.
Ta½ sutv± s±rathinopi upa¹¹hag±tham±ha½su–“kise th³le vivajjetv±, sa½saµµh± yojit± hay±”ti.
Tassattho– deva, kise ca th³le ca evar³pe asse aggaºhitv± vayena vaººena
javena balena sadis± hay± yojit±ti.
Atha r±j± puttassa santika½ gacchanto catt±ro vaººe aµµh±rasa seniyosabbañca balak±ya½ sannip±t±pesi. Tassa sannip±tentasseva tayo divas± atikkant±. Atha catutthe divase k±sir±j± nagarato nikkhamitv± gahetabbayuttaka½
g±h±petv± assamapada½ gantv± puttena saddhi½ paµinandito paµisanth±ramak±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
71. “Tato r±j± taram±no, yuttam±ruyha sandana½;itth±g±ra½ ajjhabh±si, sabb±va anuy±tha ma½.
72. “V±¼ab²janimuºh²sa½, khagga½ chattañca paº¹ara½;
up±dh² ratham±ruyha, suvaººehi alaªkat±.
73. “Tato sa r±j± p±y±si, purakkhatv±na s±rathi½;
khippameva up±gacchi, yattha sammati temiyo.
74. “Tañca disv±na ±yanta½, jalantamiva tejas±;khattasaªghapariby³¼ha½, temiyo etadabravi.
75. “Kacci nu t±ta kusala½, kacci t±ta an±maya½;
sabb± ca r±jakaññ±yo, arog± mayha m±taro.
76. “Kusalañceva (6.0028) me putta, atho putta an±maya½;
sabb± ca r±jakaññ±yo, arog± tuyha m±taro.
77. “Kacci amajjapo t±ta, kacci te suramappiya½;
kacci sacce ca dhamme ca, d±ne te ramate mano.
78. “Amajjapo aha½ putta, atho me suramappiya½;

atho sacce ca dhamme ca, d±ne me ramate mano.
79. “Kacci aroga½ yogga½ te, kacci vahati v±hana½;
kacci te by±dhayo natthi, sar²rassupat±pan±.
80. “Atho aroga½ yogga½ me, atho vahati v±hana½;
atho me by±dhayo natthi, sar²rassupat±pan±.
81. “Kacci ant± ca te ph²t±, majjhe ca bahal± tava;
koµµh±g±rañca kosañca, kacci te paµisanthata½.
82. “Atho ant± ca me ph²t±, majjhe ca bahal± mama;koµµh±g±rañca kosañca, sabba½ me paµisanthata½.
83. “Sv±gata½ te mah±r±ja, atho te adur±gata½;patiµµhapentu pallaªka½, yattha r±j± nisakkat²”ti.
Tattha up±dh² ratham±ruyh±ti suvaººap±duk± ca ratha½ ±ropent³ti attho. Imetayo p±de puttassa tattheva abhisekakaraºatth±ya “pañca r±jakakudhabhaº¹±ni
gaºhath±”ti ±º±pento r±j± ±ha. Suvaººehi alaªkat±ti ida½ p±duka½ sandh±y±ha.
Up±gacch²ti up±gato ahosi. K±ya vel±y±ti? Mah±sattassa k±rapaºº±ni pacitv±
nibb±pentassa nisinnavel±ya. Jalantamiva tejas±ti r±jatejena jalanta½ viya. Khattasaªghapariby³¼hanti kath±ph±sukena amaccasaªghena parivuta½, khattiyasam³hehi v± pariv±rita½. Etadabrav²ti k±sir±j±na½ bahi khandh±v±ra½ niv±s±petv± (6.00
padas±va paººas±la½ ±gantv± ta½ vanditv± nisinna½ paµisanth±ra½ karonto
eta½ vacana½ abravi.
Kusala½ an±mayanti ubhayenapi padena ±rogyameva pucchati. Kacci amajjapoti kacci majja½ na pivas²ti pucchati. “Appamatto”tipi p±µho, kusaladhammesu
nappamajjas²ti attho. Suramappiyanti sur±p±na½ appiya½. “Suramappiy±”tipip±µho, sur± appiy±ti attho. Dhammeti dasavidhe r±jadhamme. Yogganti yuge
yuñjitabba½ te tava assagoº±dika½. Kacci vahat²ti kacci aroga½ hutv± vahati.
V±hananti hatthi-ass±di sabba½ v±hana½. Sar²rassupat±pan±ti sar²rassa upat±pakar±. Ant±ti paccantajanapad±. Ph²t±ti iddh± subhikkh±, vatth±bharaºehi v±
annap±nehi v± paripuºº± g±¼hav±s±. Majjhe c±ti raµµhassa majjhe. Bahal±ti g±manigam± ghanav±s±. Paµisanthatanti paµicch±dita½ gutta½, paripuººa½ v±. Yatthar±j± nisakkat²ti yasmi½ pallaªke r±j± nis²dissati, ta½ paññ±pent³ti vadati.
R±j± mah±satte g±ravena pallaªke na nis²dati. Atha mah±satto “sace pallaªke
na nis²dati, paººasanth±ra½ paññ±peth±”ti vatv± tasmi½ paññatte nis²danatth±ya
r±j±na½ nimantento g±tham±ha–
84. “Idheva te nis²dassu, niyate paººasanthare;
etto udakam±d±ya, p±de pakkh±layassu te”ti.
Tattha niyateti susanthate. Ettoti paribhoga-udaka½ dassento ±ha.
R±j± mah±satte g±ravena paººasanth±repi anis²ditv± bh³miya½ eva nis²di.
Mah±sattopi paººas±la½ pavisitv± ta½ k±rapaººaka½ n²haritv± r±j±na½ tenanimantento g±tham±ha–
85. “Idampi paººaka½ mayha½, randha½ r±ja aloºaka½;
paribhuñja mah±r±ja, p±huno mesidh±gato”ti.
Atha (6.0030) na½ r±j± ±ha–86. “Na c±ha½ paººa½ bhuñj±mi, na heta½ mayha bhojana½;s±l²na½ odana½ bhuñje, suci½ ma½s³pasecanan”ti.
Tattha na c±hanti paµikkhepavacana½.
R±j± tath±r³pa½ attano r±jabhojana½ vaººetv± tasmi½ mah±satte g±ravena
thoka½ paººaka½ hatthatale µhapetv± “t±ta, tva½ evar³pa½ bhojana½ bhuñjas²”ti puttena saddhi½ piyakatha½ kathento nis²di. Tasmi½ khaºe cand±dev² orodhena parivut± ekamaggena ±gantv± bodhisattassa assamapada½ patv± piyaputta½ disv± tattheva patitv± visaññ² ahosi. Tato paµiladdhass±s± patitaµµh±nato
uµµhahitv± ±gantv± bodhisattassa p±de da¼ha½ gahetv± vanditv± assupuººehi
nettehi roditv± vandanaµµh±nato uµµh±ya ekamanta½ nis²di. Atha na½ r±j±“bhadde, tava puttassa bhojana½ pass±h²”ti vatv± thoka½ paººaka½ tass± hattheµhapetv± sesa-itth²nampi thoka½ thoka½ ad±si. T± sabb±pi “s±mi, evar³pa½
bhojana½ bhuñjas²”ti vadantiyo ta½ gahetv± attano attano s²se katv± “atidukkara½
karosi, s±m²”ti vatv± namassam±n± nis²di½su. R±j± puna “t±ta, ida½ mayha½acchariya½ hutv± upaµµh±t²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–
87. “Accheraka½ ma½ paµibh±ti, ekakampi rahogata½;
edisa½ bhuñjam±n±na½, kena vaººo pas²dat²”ti.
Tattha ekakanti t±ta, ta½ ekakampi rahogata½ imin± bhojanena y±penta½
disv± mama acchariya½ hutv± upaµµh±ti. Edisanti evar³pa½ aloºaka½ atakka½
nidh³pana½ randha½ patta½ bhuñjant±na½ kena k±raºena vaººo pas²dat²ti na½
pucchi.
Athassa so ±cikkhanto ±ha–
88. “Eko r±ja nipajj±mi, niyate paººasanthare;t±ya me ekaseyy±ya, r±ja vaººo pas²dati.
89. “Na (6.0031) ca netti½sabandh± me, r±jarakkh± upaµµhit±;t±ya me sukhaseyy±ya, r±javaººo pas²dati.
90. “At²ta½ n±nusoc±mi, nappajapp±min±gata½;
Paccuppannena y±pemi, tena vaººo pas²dati.
91. “An±gatappajapp±ya, at²tass±nusocan±;etena b±l± sussanti, na¼ova harito luto”ti.
Tattha netti½sabandh±ti khaggabandh±. R±jarakkh±ti r±j±na½ rakkhit±. Nappajapp±m²ti na patthemi.

Haritoti haritavaººo. Lutoti luñcitv± ±tape khittana¼o viya.
Atha r±j± “idheva na½ abhisiñcitv± ±d±ya gamiss±m²”ti cintetv± rajjena nimantento ±ha–
92. “Hatth±n²ka½ rath±n²ka½, asse patt² ca vammino;
nivesan±ni ramm±ni, aha½ putta dad±mi te.
93. “Itth±g±rampi te dammi, sabb±laªk±rabh³sita½;
t± putta paµipajjassu, tva½ no r±j± bhavissasi.
94. “Kusal± naccag²tassa, sikkhit± c±turitthiyo;
k±me ta½ ramayissanti, ki½ araññe karissasi.
95. “Paµir±j³hi te kaññ±, ±nayissa½ alaªkat±;t±su putte janetv±na, atha pacch± pabbajissasi.
96. “Yuv± ca daharo c±si, paµhamuppattiko susu;
rajja½ k±rehi bhaddante, ki½ araññe karissas²”ti.
Tattha hatth±n²kanti dasahatthito paµµh±ya hatth±n²ka½ n±ma, tath± rath±n²ka½.
Vamminoti vammabaddhas³rayodhe. Kusal±ti chek±. Sikkhit±ti aññesupi itthikiccesu sikkhit±. C±turitthiyoti catur± vil±s± itthiyo, atha v± catur± n±gar± itthiyo,
atha v± catur± (6.0032) n±ma n±µakitthiyo. Paµir±j³hi te kaññ±ti aññehi r±j³hi tava
r±jakaññ±yo ±nayiss±mi. Yuv±ti yobbanappatto. Daharoti taruºo. Paµhamuppattikoti paµhamavayena uppattito samuggato. Sus³ti atitaruºo.
Ito paµµh±ya bodhisattassa dhammakath± hoti–
97. “Yuv± care brahmacariya½, brahmac±r² yuv± siy±;daharassa hi pabbajj±, eta½ is²hi vaººita½.
98. “Yuv± care brahmacariya½, brahmac±r² yuv± siy±;brahmacariya½ cariss±mi, n±ha½ rajjena matthiko.
99. “Pass±mi voha½ dahara½, amma t±ta vadantara½;
kicch±laddha½ piya½ putta½, appatv±va jara½ mata½.
100. “Pass±mi voha½ dahari½, kum±ri½ c±rudassani½;
navava½saka¼²ra½va, palugga½ j²vitakkhaya½.
101. “Dahar±pi hi m²yanti, nar± ca atha n±riyo;
tattha ko vissase poso, ‘daharomh²’ti j²vite.
102. “Yassa raty± vivas±ne, ±yu appatara½ siy±;appodakeva macch±na½, ki½ nu kom±raka½ tahi½.
103. “Niccamabbh±hato loko, niccañca pariv±rito;
amogh±su vajant²su, ki½ ma½ rajjebhisiñcas²”ti.
K±sir±j± ±ha–104. “Kena mabbh±hato loko, kena ca pariv±rito;
k±yo amogh± gacchanti, ta½ me akkh±hi pucchito”ti.
Bodhisatto ±ha–
105. “Maccun±bbh±hato loko, jar±ya pariv±rito;
ratyo amogh± gacchanti, eva½ j±n±hi khattiya.
106. “Yath±pi (6.0033) tante vitate, ya½ yadev³pav²yati;

appaka½ hoti vetabba½, eva½ macc±na j²vita½.
107. “Yath± v±rivaho p³ro, gaccha½ nupanivattati;evam±yu manuss±na½, gaccha½ nupanivattati.
108. “Yath± v±rivaho p³ro, vahe rukkhepak³laje;eva½ jar±maraºena, vuyhante sabbap±ºino”ti.
Tattha brahmac±r² yuv± siy±ti brahmacariya½ caranto yuv± bhaveyya. Is²hi
vaººitanti buddh±d²hi is²hi thomita½ pasattha½. N±ha½ rajjena matthikoti aha½
rajjena atthiko na homi. Amma t±ta vadantaranti “amma, t±t±”ti vadanta½. Palugganti maccun± luñcitv± gahita½. Yassa raty± vivas±neti mah±r±ja, yassa m±tukucchimhi paµisandhiggahaºak±lato paµµh±ya rattidiv±tikkamena appatara½ ±yuhoti. Kom±raka½ tahinti tasmi½ vaye taruºabh±vo ki½ karissati.
Kena mabbh±hatoti kena abbh±hato. Ida½ r±j± sa½khittena bh±sitassa attha½aj±nantova pucchati. Ratyoti rattiyo. T± hi imesa½ satt±na½ ±yuñca vaººañca
balañca khepentiyo eva gacchant²ti amogh± gacchanti n±m±ti veditabba½. Ya½
yadev³pav²yat²ti ya½ ya½ tanta½ upav²yati. Vetabbanti tantasmi½ v²te sesa½
vetabba½ yath± appaka½ hoti, eva½ satt±na½ j²vita½. Nupanivattat²ti tasmi½
tasmi½ khaºe gata½ gatameva hoti, na upanivattati. Vahe rukkhepak³lajeti upak³laje rukkhe vaheyya.
R±j± mah±sattassa dhammakatha½ sutv± “ki½ me ghar±v±sen±”ti ativiya ukkaºµhito pabbajituk±mo hutv± “n±ha½ t±va puna nagara½ gamiss±mi, idheva pabbajiss±mi. Sace pana me putto nagara½ gaccheyya, setacchattamassa dadeyyan”ticintetv± ta½ v²ma½situ½ puna rajjena nimantento ±ha–109. “Hatth±n²ka½ rath±n²ka½, asse patt² ca vammino;
nivesan±ni ramm±ni, aha½ putta dad±mi te.
110. “Itth±g±rampi (6.0034) te dammi, sabb±laªk±rabh³sita½;
t± putta paµipajjassu, tva½ no r±j± bhavissasi.
111. “Kusal± naccag²tassa, sikkhit± c±turitthiyo;
k±me ta½ ramayissanti, ki½ araññe karissasi.
112. “Paµir±j³hi te kaññ±, ±nayissa½ alaªkat±;t±su putte janetv±na, atha pacch± pabbajissasi.
113. “Yuv± ca daharo c±si, paµhamuppattiko susu;
rajja½ k±rehi bhaddante, ki½ araññe karissasi.
114. “Koµµh±g±rañca kosañca, v±han±ni bal±ni ca;
nivesan±ni ramm±ni, aha½ putta dad±mi te.
115. “Gomaº¹alapariby³¼ho, d±sisaªghapurakkhato;
rajja½ k±rehi bhaddante, ki½ araññe karissas²”ti.
Tattha gomaº¹alapariby³¼hoti subhaªg²na½ r±jakaññ±na½ maº¹alena purakkhato.
Atha mah±satto rajjena anatthikabh±va½ pak±sento ±ha–
116. “Ki½ dhanena ya½ kh²yetha, ki½ bhariy±ya marissati;
ki½ yobbanena jiººena, ya½ jar±y±bhibhuyyati.
117. “Tattha k± nandi k± khi¹¹±, k± rat² k± dhanesan±;ki½ me puttehi d±rehi, r±ja muttosmi bandhan±.
118. “Yoha½ eva½ paj±n±mi, maccu me nappamajjati;
antaken±dhipannassa, k± rat² k± dhanesan±.
119. “Phal±namiva pakk±na½, nicca½ patanato bhaya½;
eva½ j±t±na macc±na½, nicca½ maraºato bhaya½.
120. “S±yameke na dissanti, p±to diµµh± bah³ jan±;p±to ete na dissanti, s±ya½ diµµh± bah³ jan±.
121. “Ajjeva (6.0035) kicca½ ±tapa½, ko jaññ± maraºa½ suve;
na hi no saªgara½ tena, mah±senena maccun±.
122. “Cor± dhanassa patthenti, r±ja muttosmi bandhan±;ehi r±ja nivattassu, n±ha½ rajjena matthiko”ti.
Tattha ya½ kh²yeth±ti mah±r±ja, ki½ tva½ ma½ dhanena nimantesi, ya½
kh²yetha khaya½ gaccheyya. Dhana½ v± hi purisa½ cajati, puriso v± ta½ dhana½
cajitv± gacchat²ti sabbath±pi khayag±m²yeva hoti, ki½ tva½ ma½ tena dhanena
nimantesi. Ki½ bhariy±y±ti bhariy±ya ki½ kariss±mi, y± mayi µhiteyeva marissati.
Jiººen±ti jar±ya anuparitena anubh³tena. Abhibhuyyat²ti abhibhaviyyati. Tatth±ti
tasmi½ eva½ jar±maraºadhamme lokasanniv±se. K± nand²ti k± n±ma tuµµhi.
Khi¹¹±ti k²¼±. Rat²ti pañcak±maguºarati. Bandhan±ti k±mabandhan± mutto asmi,
mah±r±j±ti jh±nena vikkhambhitatt± evam±ha. Maccu meti mama maccu nappamajjati, nicca½ mama vadh±ya appamatoyev±ti. Yo aha½ eva½ paj±n±mi, tassa
mama antakena adhipannassa vadhitassa k± n±ma rati, k± dhanesan±ti. Niccanti
j±tak±lato paµµh±ya sad± jar±maraºato bhayameva uppajjati.
¾tapanti kusalakammav²riya½. Kiccantikattabba½. Ko jaññ± maraºa½ suveti suve v± parasuve v± maraºa½ v± j²vita½ v±
ko j±neyya. Saªgaranti saªketa½. Mah±senen±ti pañcav²satibhayab±tti½sakammakaraºachannavutirogappamukh±divasena puthusenena. Cor± dhanass±ti
dhanatth±ya j²vita½ cajant± cor± dhanassa patthenti n±ma, aha½ pana dhanapatthan±saªkh±t± bandhan± mutto asmi, na me dhanenatthoti attho. Nivattass³ti
mama vacanena samm± nivattassu, rajja½ pah±ya nekkhamma½ paµisaraºa½
katv± pabbajassu. Ya½ pana cintesi “ima½ rajje patiµµh±pess±m²”ti, ta½ m±
cintayi, n±ha½ rajjena atthikoti. Iti mah±sattassa dhammadesan± sah±nusandhin±
matthaka½ patt±.
Ta½ sutv± r±j±nañca cand±deviñca ±di½ katv± so¼asasahass± orodh± ca amacc±dayo ca sabbe pabbajituk±m± ahesu½. R±j±pi nagare (6.0036) bheri½ car±pesi “ye mama puttassa santike pabbajitu½ icchanti, te pabbajant³”ti. Sabbesañca suvaººakoµµh±g±r±d²na½ dv±r±ni vivar±petv± “asukaµµh±ne ca mah±nidhikumbhiyo atthi, atthik± gaºhant³”ti suvaººapaµµe akkhar±ni likh±petv± mah±thambhe bandh±pesi. Te n±gar± yath±pas±rite ±paºe ca vivaµadv±r±ni geh±ni ca
pah±ya nagarato nikkhamitv± rañño santika½ ±gami½su. R±j± mah±janena
saddhi½ mah±sattassa santike pabbaji. Sakkadattiya½ tiyojanika½ assamapada½
paripuººa½ ahosi. Mah±satto paººas±l±yo vic±resi, majjhe µhit± paººas±l±yo
itth²na½ d±pesi. Ki½k±raº±? Bh²rukaj±tik± et±ti. Puris±na½ pana bahipaººas±l±yo d±pesi. T± sabb±pi paººas±l±yo vissakammadevaputtova m±pesi. Te caphaladhararukkhe vissakammadevaputtoyeva attano iddhiy± m±pesi. Te sabbevissakammena nimmitesu phaladhararukkhesu uposathadivase bh³miya½ patitapatit±ni phal±ni gahetv± paribhuñjitv± samaºadhamma½ karonti. Tesu yo k±mavitakka½ v± by±p±davitakka½ v± vihi½s±vitakka½ v± vitakketi, tassa mana½
j±nitv± mah±satto ±k±se nis²ditv± madhuradhamma½ kathesi. Te jan± bodhisattassa madhuradhamma½ sutv± ekaggacitt± hutv± khippameva abhiññ± ca sam±pattiyo ca nibbattesu½.
Tad± eko s±mantar±j± “k±sir±j± kira b±r±ºasinagarato nikkhamitv± vana½ pavisitv± pabbajito”ti sutv± “b±r±ºasi½ gaºhiss±m²”ti nagar± nikkhamitv± b±r±ºasi½
patv± nagara½ pavisitv± alaªkatanagara½ disv± r±janivesana½ ±ruyha sattavidha½ vararatana½ oloketv± “k±sirañño ima½ dhana½ niss±ya ekena bhayenabhavitabban”ti cintento sur±soº¹e pakkos±petv± pucchi “tumh±ka½ rañño idha
nagare bhaya½ uppanna½ atth²”ti? “Natthi, dev±”ti. “Ki½ k±raº±”ti. “Amh±ka½
rañño putto temiyakum±ro ‘b±r±ºasi½ rajja½ na kariss±m²’ti am³gopi m³go viya
hutv± imamh± nagar± nikkhamitv± vana½ pavisitv± isipabbajja½ pabbaji, tena
k±raºena amh±ka½ r±j± mah±janena saddhi½ imamh± nagar± nikkhamitv± temiyakum±rassa santika½ gantv± pabbajito”ti ±rocesu½. S±mantar±j± tesa½
vacana½ sutv± tussitv± “ahampi pabbajiss±m²”ti cintetv± (6.0037) “t±ta, tumh±ka½r±j± kataradv±rena nikkhanto”ti pucchi. “Deva, p±c²nadv±ren±”ti vutte attano paris±ya saddhi½ teneva p±c²nadv±rena nikkhamitv± nad²t²rena p±y±si.
Mah±sattopi tassa ±gamana½ ñatv± vanantara½ ±gantv± ±k±se nis²ditv±
madhuradhamma½ desesi. So paris±ya saddhi½ tassa santikeyeva pabbaji. Eva½

aparepi satta r±j±no “b±r±ºasinagara½ gaºhiss±m²”ti ±gat±. Tepi r±j±no satta
rajj±ni cha¹¹etv± bodhisattassa santikeyeva pabbaji½su. Hatth²pi araññahatth²j±t±, ass±pi arañña-ass± j±t±, rath±pi araññeyeva vinaµµh±, bhaº¹±g±resu kah±paºe assamapade v±luka½ katv± vikiri½su. Sabbepi abhiññ±sam±pattiyo nibbattetv± j²vitapariyos±ne brahmalokapar±yaº± ahesu½. Tiracch±nagat± hatthi-ass±pi isigaºe citta½ pas±detv± chak±m±vacaralokesu nibbatti½su.
Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± sacc±ni pak±setv± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi rajja½ pah±ya nikkhantoyev±”ti vatv± j±taka½ samodh±nesi– “tad±chatte adhivatth± devadh²t± uppalavaºº± ahosi, sunando s±rathi s±riputto, m±t±pitaro mah±r±jakul±ni, sesaparis± buddhaparis±, m³gapakkhapaº¹ito pana ahameva samm±sambuddho ahosin”ti.
M³gapakkhaj±takavaººan± paµham±.

[539] 2. Mah±janakaj±takavaººan±
Koya½ (6.0039) majjhe samuddasminti ida½ satth± jetavane viharanto mah±bhinikkhamana½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½sannisinn± tath±gatassa mah±bhinikkhamana½ vaººayant± nis²di½su. Satth±±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya
n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi tath±gato mah±bhinikkhamana½
nikkhantoyev±”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari.
At²te videharaµµhe mithil±ya½ mah±janako n±ma r±j± rajja½ k±resi. Tassa dve
putt± ahesu½ ariµµhajanako ca polajanako c±ti. Tesu r±j± jeµµhaputtassa uparajja½
ad±si, kaniµµhassa sen±patiµµh±na½ ad±si. Aparabh±ge mah±janako k±lamak±si.
Tassa sar²rakicca½ katv± rañño accayena ariµµhajanako r±j± hutv± itarassa uparajja½ ad±si. Tasseko p±dam³liko amacco rañño santika½ gantv± “deva, upar±j±tumhe gh±tetuk±mo”ti ±ha. R±j± tassa punappuna½ katha½ sutv± kaniµµhassa
sineha½ bhinditv± polajanaka½ saªkhalik±hi bandh±petv± r±janivesanato avid³reekasmi½ gehe vas±petv± ±rakkha½ µhapesi. Kum±ro “sac±ha½ bh±tu ver²mhi,
saªkhalik±pi me hatthap±d± m± muccantu, dv±rampi m± vivar²yatu, sace nover²mhi, saªkhalik±pi me hatthap±d± muccantu, dv±rampi vivar²yat³”ti saccakiriyamak±si. T±vadeva saªkhalik±pi khaº¹±khaº¹a½ chijji½su, dv±rampi vivaµa½. So
nikkhamitv± eka½ paccantag±ma½ gantv± v±sa½ kappesi.
Paccantag±mav±sino ta½ sañj±nitv± upaµµhahi½su. R±j±pi ta½ g±h±petu½
n±sakkhi. So anupubbena paccantajanapada½ hatthagata½ katv± mah±pariv±ro
hutv± “aha½ pubbe bh±tu na ver², id±ni pana ver²mh²”ti mah±janaparivuto mithila½
gantv± bahinagare khandh±v±ra½ katv± v±sa½ kappesi. Nagarav±sino yodh±“kum±ro kira ±gato”ti sutv± yebhuyyena hatthi-assav±han±d²ni gahetv± tasseva
santika½ ±gami½su, aññepi n±gar± ±gami½su. So bh±tu s±sana½ pesesi “n±ha½pubbe tumh±ka½ ver², id±ni pana ver²mhi, chatta½ v± me detha, yuddha½ v±”ti.
R±j± ta½ sutv± (6.0040) yuddha½ k±tu½ icchanto aggamahesi½ ±mantetv±

“bhadde, yuddhe jayapar±jayo n±ma na sakk± ñ±tu½, sace mama antar±yo hoti,
tva½ gabbha½ rakkheyy±s²”ti vatv± mahatiy± sen±ya parivuto nagar± nikkhami.
Atha na½ yuddhe polajanakassa yodh± j²vitakkhaya½ p±pesu½. Tad± “r±j±mato”ti sakalanagare ekakol±hala½ j±ta½. Dev²pi tassa matabh±va½ ñatv±s²gha½ s²gha½ suvaººas±r±d²ni gahetv± pacchiya½ pakkhipitv± matthake kiliµµhapilotika½ attharitv± upari taº¹ule okiritv± kiliµµhapilotika½ niv±setv± sar²ra½
vir³pa½ katv± pacchi½ s²se µhapetv± div± divasseva nikkhami, na koci na½
sañj±ni. S± uttaradv±rena nikkhamitv± katthaci agatapubbatt± magga½ aj±nant²
disa½ vavatth±petu½ asakkont² kevala½ “k±lacamp±nagara½ n±ma atth²”tisutatt± “k±lacamp±nagara½ gamik± n±ma atth²”ti puccham±n± ekik± s±l±ya½
nis²di. Kucchimhi panass± nibbattasatto na yo v± so v±, p³ritap±ram² mah±satto
nibbatti.
Tassa tejena sakkassa bhavana½ kampi. Sakko ±vajjento ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv±“tass± kucchiya½ nibbattasatto mah±puñño, may± gantu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± paµicchannayogga½ m±petv± tattha mañca½ paññ±petv± mahallakapuriso viya
yogga½ p±jento t±ya nisinnas±l±ya dv±re µhatv± “k±lacamp±nagara½ gamik±n±ma atth²”ti pucchi. “Aha½, t±ta, gamiss±m²”ti. “Tena hi yogga½ ±ruyha nis²da,
amm±”ti. “T±ta, aha½ paripuººagabbh±, na sakk± may± yogga½ abhiruhitu½,
pacchato pacchato gamiss±mi, imiss± pana me pacchiy± ok±sa½ deh²”ti. “Amma,ki½ vadesi, yogga½ p±jetu½ j±nanasamattho n±ma may± sadiso natthi. Amma,m± bh±yi, ±ruyha nis²d±”ti. S± “t±ta, s±dh³”ti vadati. So tass± ±rohanak±le attano±nubh±vena v±tapuººabhastacamma½ viya pathavi½ unn±metv± yoggassapacchimante pahar±pesi. S± abhiruyha sayane nipajjitv±va “aya½ devat± bhavissat²”ti aññ±si. S± dibbasayane nipannamatt±va nidda½ okkami.
Atha (6.0041) na½ sakko ti½sayojanamatthake eka½ nadi½ patv± pabodhetv±“amma, otaritv± nadiya½ nh±yitv± uss²sake s±µakayuga½ atthi, ta½ niv±sehi, antoyogge puµabhatta½ atthi, ta½ bhuñj±h²”ti ±ha. S± tath± katv± puna nipajjitv± s±yanhasamaye k±lacamp±nagara½ patv± dv±raµµ±lakap±k±re disv± “t±ta, ki½ n±ma
nagarametan”ti pucchi. “K±lacamp±nagara½, amm±”ti. “Ki½ vadesi, t±ta, nanu
amh±ka½ nagarato k±lacamp±nagara½ saµµhiyojanamatthake hot²”ti? “Eva½,amma, aha½ pana ujumagga½ j±n±m²”ti. Atha na½ dakkhiºadv±rasam²pe ot±retv± “amma, amh±ka½ g±mo purato atthi, tva½ gantv± nagara½ pavis±h²”ti vatv±
purato gantv± viya sakko antaradh±yitv± sakaµµh±nameva gato.
Dev²pi ekik±va s±l±ya½ nis²di. Tasmi½ khaºe eko dis±p±mokkho ±cariyo k±lacamp±nagarav±s² mantajjh±yako br±hmaºo pañcahi m±ºavakasatehi parivuto
nh±natth±ya gacchanto d³ratova oloketv± ta½ abhir³pa½ sobhaggappatta½
tattha nisinna½ disv± tass± kucchiya½ mah±sattass±nubh±vena saha dassaneneva kaniµµhabhaginisineha½ upp±detv± m±ºavake bahi µhapetv± ekakova s±la½pavisitv± “bhagini, katarag±mav±sik± tvan”ti pucchi. “T±ta, mithil±ya½ ariµµhajanakarañño aggamahes²mh²”ti. “Amma, idha kasm± ±gat±s²”ti? “T±ta, polajanakena
r±j± m±rito, ath±ha½ bh²t± ‘gabbha½ anurakkhiss±m²’ti ±gat±”ti. “Amma, imasmi½
pana te nagare koci ñ±tako atth²”ti? “Natthi, t±t±”ti. Tena hi m± cintayi, aha½ udi-

ccabr±hmaºo mah±s±lo dis±p±mokkha-±cariyo, aha½ ta½ bhaginiµµh±neµhapetv± paµijaggiss±mi, tva½ “bh±tik±”ti ma½ vatv± p±desu gahetv± paridev±ti.
S± mah±sadda½ katv± tassa p±desu gahetv± paridevi. Te dvepi aññamañña½
paridevi½su.
Athassa antev±sik± mah±sadda½ sutv± khippa½ upadh±vitv± “±cariya, ki½ tehot²”ti pucchi½su. So ±ha– “kaniµµhabhagin² me es±, asukak±le n±ma may± vin±j±t±”ti. Atha m±ºav± “tava bhagini½ diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya m± cintayittha ±cariy±”ti ±ha½su. So m±ºave paµicchannayogga½ ±har±petv± ta½ tattha nis²d±petv±“t±t±, vo (6.0042) gantv± br±hmaºiy± mama kaniµµhabhaginibh±va½ kathetv±
sabbakicc±ni k±tu½ vadeth±”ti vatv± geha½ pesesi. Te gantv± br±hmaºiy±
kathesu½. Atha na½ br±hmaº²pi uºhodakena nh±petv± sayana½ paññ±petv±
nipajj±pesi. Atha br±hmaºopi nh±tv± ±gato bhojanak±le “bhagini½ me pakkosath±”ti pakkos±petv± t±ya saddhi½ ekato bhuñjitv± antonivesaneyeva ta½ paµijaggi.
S± na cirasseva suvaººavaººa½ putta½ vij±yi, “mah±janakakum±ro”tissa ayyakasantaka½ n±mamak±si. So va¹¹ham±no d±rakehi saddhi½ k²¼anto ye ta½
rosenti, te asambhinnakhattiyakule j±tatt± mah±balavat±ya ceva m±nathaddhat±ya ca da¼ha½ gahetv± paharati. Tad± te mah±saddena rodant± “kena pahaµ±”ti
vutte “vidhav±putten±”ti vadanti. Atha kum±ro cintesi “ime ma½ ‘vidhav±putto’ti
abhiºha½ vadanti, hotu, mama m±tara½ pucchiss±m²”ti. So ekadivasa½ m±tara½
pucchi “amma, ko mayha½ pit±”ti? Atha na½ m±t± “t±ta, br±hmaºo te pit±”tivañcesi. So punadivasepi d±rake paharanto “vidhav±putto”ti vutte “nanubr±hmaºo me pit±”ti vatv± “br±hmaºo ki½ te hot²”ti vutte cintesi “ime ma½,
br±hmaºo te ki½ hot²’ti abhiºha½ vadanti, m±t± me ida½ k±raºa½ yath±bh³ta½
na kathesi, s± attano manena me na kathessati, hotu, kath±pess±mi nan”ti. So
thañña½ pivanto thana½ dantehi ¹a½sitv± “amma, me pitara½ kathehi, sace nakathessasi, thana½ te chindiss±m²”ti ±ha. S± putta½ vañcetu½ asakkont² “t±ta,
tva½ mithil±ya½ ariµµhajanakarañño putto, pit± te polajanakena m±rito, aha½ ta½
anurakkhant² ima½ nagara½

±gat±, aya½ br±hmaºo ma½ bhaginiµµh±ne µhapetv± paµijaggat²”ti kathesi. So ta½
sutv± tato paµµh±ya “vidhav±putto”ti vuttepi na kujjhi.
So so¼asavassabbhantareyeva tayo vede ca sabbasipp±ni ca uggaºhi, so¼asavassikak±le pana uttamar³padharo ahosi. Atha so “pitu santaka½ rajja½ gaºhiss±m²”ti cintetv± m±tara½ pucchi “amma, kiñci dhana½ te hatthe atthi, ud±hu no,aha½ voh±ra½ katv± dhana½ upp±detv± (6.0043) pitu santaka½ rajja½ gaºhiss±m²”ti. Atha na½ m±t± ±ha– “t±ta, n±ha½ tucchahatth± ±gat±, tayo me hatthe dhanas±r± atthi, muttas±ro, maºis±ro, vajiras±roti, tesu ekeko rajjaggahaºappam±ºo,ta½ gahetv± rajja½ gaºha, m± voh±ra½ kar²”ti. “Amma, idampi dhana½ mayhameva upa¹¹ha½ katv± dehi, ta½ pana gahetv± suvaººabh³mi½ gantv± bahu½
dhana½ ±haritv± rajja½ gaºhiss±m²”ti. So upa¹¹ha½ ±har±petv± bhaº¹ika½
katv± suvaººabh³mi½ gamikehi v±ºijehi saddhi½ n±v±ya bhaº¹a½ ±ropetv±
puna nivattitv± m±tara½ vanditv± “amma, aha½ suvaººabh³mi½ gamiss±m²”ti±ha. Atha na½ m±t± ±ha– “t±ta, samuddo n±ma appasiddhiko bahu-antar±yo, m±
gaccha, rajjaggahaº±ya te dhana½ bah³”ti. So “gacchiss±meva amm±”ti m±tara½
vanditv± geh± nikkhamma n±va½ abhiruhi.
Ta½ divasameva polajanakassa sar²re rogo uppajji, anuµµh±naseyya½ sayi.
Tad± satta jaªghasat±ni n±va½ abhiruhi½su. N±v± sattadivasehi satta yojanasat±ni gat±. S± aticaº¹avegena gantv± att±na½ vahitu½ n±sakkhi, phalak±nibhinn±ni, tato tato udaka½ uggata½, n±v± samuddamajjhe nimugg±. Mah±jan±rodanti paridevanti, n±n±devat±yo namassanti. Mah±satto pana neva rodati na
paridevati, na devat±yo namassati, n±v±ya pana nimujjanabh±va½ ñatv± sappin±sakkhara½ omadditv± kucchip³ra½ kh±ditv± dve maµµhakas±µake telena temetv±
da¼ha½ niv±setv± k³paka½ niss±ya µhito n±v±ya nimujjanasamaye k³paka½
abhiruhi. Mah±jan± macchakacchapabhakkh± j±t±, samant± udaka½ a¹¹h³sabhamatta½ lohita½ ahosi. Mah±satto k³pakamatthake µhitova “im±ya n±ma dis±ya
mithilanagaran”ti disa½ vavatthapetv± k³pakamatthak± uppatitv± macchakacchape atikkamma mah±balavat±ya usabhamatthake pati. Ta½ divasameva polajanako k±lamak±si. Tato paµµh±ya mah±satto maºivaºº±su ³m²su parivattanto
suvaººakkhandho viya samudda½ tarati. So yath± ekadivasa½, eva½ satt±ha½tarati, “id±ni puººam²divaso”ti vela½ pana oloketv± loºodakena mukha½ vikkh±letv± uposathiko hoti.
Tad± (6.0044) ca “ye m±tupaµµh±n±diguºayutt± samudde maritu½ ananucchavik± satt±, te uddh±reh²”ti cat³hi lokap±lehi maºimekhal± n±ma devadh²t± samuddarakkhik± µhapit± hoti. S± satta divas±ni samudda½ na olokesi, dibbasampatti½
anubhavantiy± kirass± sati pamuµµh±. “Devasam±gama½ gat±”tipi vadanti. Athas± “ajja me sattamo divaso samudda½ anolokentiy±, k± nu kho pavatt²”ti olokent²
mah±satta½ disv± “sace mah±janakakum±ro samudde nassissa, devasam±gamapavesana½ na labhissan”ti cintetv± mah±sattassa avid³re alaªkatena sar²rena±k±se µhatv± mah±satta½ v²ma½sam±n± paµhama½ g±tham±ha–123. “Koya½ majjhe samuddasmi½, apassa½ t²ram±yuhe;ka½ tva½ atthavasa½ ñatv±, eva½ v±yamase bhusan”ti.

Tattha apassa½ t²ram±yuheti t²ra½ apassantova ±y³hati v²riya½ karoti.
Atha mah±satto tass± vacana½ sutv± “ajja me sattamo divaso samudda½ tarantassa, na me dutiyo satto diµµhapubbo, ko nu ma½ vadat²”ti ±k±sa½ olokento ta½
disv± dutiya½ g±tham±ha–
124. “Nisamma vatta½ lokassa, v±y±massa ca devate;tasm± majjhe samuddasmi½, apassa½ t²ram±yuhe”ti.
Tattha nisamma vatta½ lokass±ti aha½ lokassa vattakiriya½ disv± upadh±retv±
vihar±m²ti attho. V±y±massa c±ti v±y±massa ca ±nisa½sa½ nis±metv± vihar±m²ti
d²peti. Tasm±ti yasm± nisamma vihar±mi, “purisak±ro n±ma na nassati, sukhe
patiµµh±pet²”ti j±n±mi, tasm± t²ra½ apassantopi ±y³h±mi v²riya½ karomi, na ukkaºµh±m²ti.
S± tassa dhammakatha½ sutv± uttari sotuk±m± hutv± puna g±tham±ha–
125. “Gambh²re (6.0045) appameyyasmi½, t²ra½ yassa na dissati;
mogho te purisav±y±mo, appatv±va marissas²”ti.
Tattha appatv±ti t²ra½ appatv±yeva.
Atha na½ mah±satto “devate, ki½ n±meta½ kathesi, v±y±ma½ katv± marantopi garahato mucciss±m²”ti vatv± g±tham±ha–126. “Anaºo ñ±tina½ hoti, dev±na½ pitunañca so;
kara½ purisakicc±ni, na ca pacch±nutappat²”ti.
Tattha anaºoti v±y±ma½ karonto ñ±t²nañceva devat±nañca brahm±nañca
antare anaºo hoti agarahito anindito. Kara½ purisakicc±n²ti yath± so puggalo purisehi kattabb±ni kamm±ni kara½ pacch±k±le na ca anutappati, yath± n±nusocati,
ev±hampi v²riya½ karonto pacch±k±le n±nutapp±mi n±nusoc±m²ti attho.
Atha na½ devadh²t± g±tham±ha–127. “Ap±raneyya½ ya½ kamma½, aphala½ kilamathuddaya½;
tattha ko v±y±menattho, maccu yass±bhinippatan”ti.
Tattha ap±raneyyanti v±y±mena matthaka½ ap±petabba½. Maccu yass±bhinippatanti yassa aµµh±ne v±y±makaraºassa maraºameva nipphanna½, tattha ko
v±y±menatthoti.
Eva½ devadh²t±ya vutte ta½ appaµibh±na½ karonto mah±satto uttari g±th± ±ha–128. “Ap±raneyyamaccanta½, yo viditv±na devate;na rakkhe attano p±ºa½, jaññ± so yadi h±paye.
129. “Adhipp±yaphala½ eke, asmi½ lokasmi devate;payojayanti kamm±ni, t±ni ijjhanti v± na v±.
130. “Sandiµµhika½ kammaphala½, nanu passasi devate;sann± aññe tar±maha½, tañca pass±mi santike.
131. “So aha½ (6.0046) v±yamiss±mi, yath±satti yath±bala½;gaccha½ p±ra½ samuddassa, kassa½ purisak±riyan”ti.
Tattha accantanti yo “ida½ kamma½ v²riya½ katv± nipph±detu½ na sakk±, accantameva ap±raneyyan”ti viditv± caº¹ahatthi-±dayo apariharanto attano p±ºa½ na
rakkhati. Jaññ± so yadi h±payeti so yadi t±disesu µh±nesu v²riya½ h±peyya,
j±neyya tassa kus²tabh±vassa phala½. Tva½ ya½ v± ta½ v± niratthaka½ vadas²ti

d²peti. P±¼iya½ pana “jaññ± so yadi h±payan”ti likhita½, ta½ aµµhakath±su natthi.
Adhipp±yaphalanti attano adhipp±yaphala½ sampassam±n± ekacce puris± kasivaºijj±d²ni kamm±ni payojayanti, t±ni ijjhanti v± na v± ijjhanti. “Ettha gamiss±mi,
ida½ uggahess±m²”ti pana k±yikacetasikav²riya½ karontassa ta½ ijjhateva, tasm±
ta½ k±tu½ vaµµatiyev±ti dasseti. Sann± aññe tar±mahanti aññe jan± mah±samudde sann± nimugg± v²riya½ akaront± macchakacchapabhakkh± j±t±, aha½
pana ekakova tar±mi. Tañca pass±mi santiketi ida½ me v²riyaphala½ passa,
may± imin± attabh±vena devat± n±ma na diµµhapubb±, soha½ tañca imin± dibbar³pena mama santike µhita½ pass±mi. Yath±satti yath±balanti attano sattiy± cabalassa ca anur³pa½. Kassanti kariss±mi.
Tato devat± tassa ta½ da¼havacana½ sutv± thuti½ karont² g±tham±ha–132. “Yo tva½ eva½ gate oghe, appameyye mahaººave;
dhammav±y±masampanno, kammun± n±vas²dasi;
so tva½ tattheva gacch±hi, yattha te nirato mano”ti.

Tattha eva½ gateti evar³pe gambh²re vitthate mah±samudde. Dhammav±y±masampannoti dhammav±y±mena samann±gato. Kammun±ti attano purisak±rakammena. N±vas²das²ti na avas²dasi. Yattha teti yasmi½ µh±ne tava mano nirato,
tattheva gacch±h²ti.
S± evañca pana vatv± “paº¹ita mah±parakkama, kuhi½ ta½ nem²”ti pucchi.
“Mithilanagaran”ti vutte s± mah±satta½ pupphakal±pa½ viya ukkhipitv± ubhohi (6.00
hatthehi pariggayha ure nipajj±petv± piyaputta½ ±d±ya gacchant² viya ±k±se
pakkhandi. Mah±satto satt±ha½ loºodakena upakkasar²ro hutv± dibbaphassena
phuµµho nidda½ okkami. Atha na½ s± mithila½ netv± ambavanuyy±ne maªgalasil±paµµe dakkhiºapassena nipajj±petv± uyy±nadevat±hi tassa ±rakkha½ g±h±petv±
sakaµµh±nameva gat±.
Tad± polajanakassa putto natthi. Ek± panassa dh²t± ahosi, s± s²validev² n±ma
paº¹it± byatt±. Amacc± tamena½ maraºamañce nipanna½ pucchi½su “mah±r±ja,tumhesu divaªgatesu rajja½ kassa dass±m±”ti? Atha ne r±j± “t±t±, mama dh²tara½
s²validevi½ ±r±dhetu½ samatthassa rajja½ detha, yo v± pana caturassapallaªkassa uss²saka½ j±n±ti, yo v± pana sahassath±madhanu½ ±ropetu½ sakkoti, yo
v± pana so¼asa mah±nidh² n²haritu½ sakkoti, tassa rajja½ deth±”ti ±ha. Amacc±“deva, tesa½ no nidh²na½ udd±na½ katheth±”ti ±ha½su. Atha r±j±–“S³riyuggamane nidhi, atho okkamane nidhi;
anto nidhi bahi nidhi, na anto na bahi nidhi.
“¾rohane mah±nidhi, atho orohane nidhi;
cat³su mah±s±lesu, samant± yojane nidhi.
“Dantaggesu mah±nidhi, v±laggesu ca kepuke;
rukkhaggesu mah±nidhi, so¼asete mah±nidh².
“Sahassath±mo pallaªko, s²vali-±r±dhanena c±”ti.–
Mah±nidh²hi saddhi½ itaresampi udd±na½ kathesi. R±j±

ima½ katha½ vatv± k±lamak±si.
Amacc± rañño accayena tassa matakicca½ katv± sattame divase sannipatitv±
mantayi½su “ambho raññ± ‘attano dh²tara½ ±r±dhetu½ samatthassa rajja½ d±tabban’ti vutta½, ko ta½ ±r±dhetu½ sakkhissat²”ti. Te “sen±pati vallabho”ti vatv±
tassa s±sana½ pesesu½. So s±sana½ sutv± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± rajjatth±yar±jadv±ra½ gantv± attano (6.0048) ±gatabh±va½ r±jadh²t±ya ±roc±pesi. S± tassa±gatabh±va½ ñatv± “atthi nu khvassa setacchattasiri½ dh±retu½ dhit²”ti tassav²ma½sanatth±ya “khippa½ ±gacchat³”ti ±ha. So tass± s±sana½ sutv± ta½ ±r±dhetuk±mo sop±nap±dam³lato paµµh±ya javen±gantv± tass± santike aµµh±si. Athana½ s± v²ma½sam±n± “mah±tale javena dh±v±”ti ±ha. So “r±jadh²tara½ tosess±m²”ti vegena pakkhandi. Atha na½ “puna eh²”ti ±ha. So puna vegena ±gato. S±
tassa dhitiy± virahitabh±va½ ñatv± “ehi samma, p±de me samb±h±”ti ±ha. So
tass± ±r±dhanattha½ nis²ditv± p±de samb±hi. Atha na½ s± ure p±dena paharitv±
utt±naka½ p±tetv± “ima½ andhab±lapurisa½ dhitivirahita½ pothetv± g²v±ya½gahetv± n²harath±”ti d±s²na½ sañña½ ad±si. T± tath± kari½su. So tehi “ki½ sen±pat²”ti puµµho “m± kathetha, s± neva manussitth², yakkhin²”ti ±ha. Tato bhaº¹±g±riko gato, tampi tatheva lajj±pesi. Tath± seµµhi½, chattagg±ha½, asigg±hanti
sabbepi te lajj±pesiyeva.
Atha amacc± sannipatitv± “r±jadh²tara½ ±r±dhetu½ samattho n±ma natthi, sahassath±madhanu½ ±ropetu½ samatthassa rajja½ deth±”ti ±ha, tampi koci ±ropetu½
n±sakkhi. Tato “caturassapallaªkassa uss²saka½ j±nantassa rajja½ deth±”ti ±ha,tampi koci na j±n±ti. Tato so¼asa mah±nidh² n²haritu½ samatthassa rajja½
deth±”ti ±ha, tepi koci n²haritu½ n±sakkhi. Tato “ambho ar±jika½ n±ma raµµha½p±letu½ na sakk±, ki½ nu kho k±tabban”ti mantayi½su. Atha ne purohito ±ha–“bho tumhe m± cintayittha, phussaratha½ n±ma vissajjetu½ vaµµati, phussarathena hi laddhar±j± sakalajambud²pe rajja½ k±retu½ samattho hot²”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± nagara½ alaªk±r±petv± maªgalarathe catt±ro kumudavaººeasse yojetv± uttamapaccattharaºa½ attharitv± pañca r±jakakudhabhaº¹±ni ±ropetv± caturaªginiy± sen±ya pariv±resu½. “Sas±mikassa rathassa purato t³riy±ni
vajjanti, as±mikassa pacchato vajjanti, tasm± sabbat³riy±ni (6.0049) pacchato
v±deth±”ti vatv± suvaººabhiªk±rena rathadhurañca patodañca abhisiñcitv±“yassa rajja½ k±retu½ puñña½ atthi, tassa santika½ gacchat³”ti ratha½ vissajjesu½. Atha ratho r±jageha½ padakkhiºa½ katv± vegena mah±v²thi½ abhiruhi.
Sen±pati-±dayo “phussaratho mama santika½ ±gacchat³”ti cintayi½su. So
sabbesa½ geh±ni atikkamitv± nagara½ padakkhiºa½ katv± p±c²nadv±rena
nikkhamitv± uyy±n±bhimukho p±y±si. Atha na½ vegena gacchanta½ disv± “nivatteth±”ti ±ha½su. Purohito “m± nivattayittha, icchanto yojanasatampi gacchatu,
m± niv±reth±”ti ±ha. Ratho uyy±na½ pavisitv± maªgalasil±paµµa½ padakkhiºa½
katv± ±rohanasajjo hutv± aµµh±si. Purohito mah±satta½ nipannaka½ disv±
amacce ±mantetv± “ambho eko sil±paµµe nipannako puriso dissati, setacchatt±nucchavik± panassa dhiti atth²ti v± natth²ti v± na j±n±ma, sace esa puññav± bhavissati, amhe na olokessati, k±¼akaººisatto sace bhavissati, bh²tatasito uµµh±ya

kampam±no olokessati, tasm± khippa½ sabbat³riy±ni paggaºhath±”ti ±ha. T±vadeva anekasat±ni t³riy±ni paggaºhi½su. Tad± t³riyasaddo s±garaghoso viya
ahosi.
Mah±satto tena saddena pabujjhitv± s²sa½ vivaritv± olokento mah±jana½ disv±“setacchattena me ±gatena bhavitabban”ti cintetv± puna s²sa½ p±rupitv± parivattitv± v±mapassena nipajji. Purohito tassa p±de vivaritv± lakkhaº±ni olokento“tiµµhatu aya½ eko d²po, catunnampi mah±d²p±na½ rajja½ k±retu½ samattho hot²”ti puna t³riy±ni paggaºh±pesi. Atha mah±satto mukha½ vivaritv± parivattitv±
dakkhiºapassena nipajjitv± mah±jana½ olokesi. Tad± purohito parisa½ uss±retv±
añjali½ paggayha avakujjo hutv± “uµµhehi, deva, rajja½ te p±puº±t²”ti ±ha. Athana½ mah±satto “r±j± vo kuh²n”ti pucchitv± “k±lakato dev±”ti vutte “tassa putto v±
bh±t± v± natth²”ti pucchitv± “natthi dev±”ti vutte “tena hi s±dhu rajja½ k±ress±m²”ti vatv± uµµh±ya sil±paµµe pallaªkena nis²di. Atha na½ tattheva abhisiñci½su. So
mah±janako n±ma r±j± ahosi. So rathavara½ abhiruyha mahantena sirivibhavena
nagara½ pavisitv± r±janivesana½ abhiruhanto (6.0050) “sen±pati-±d²na½ t±nevaµh±n±ni hont³”ti vic±retv± mah±tala½ abhiruhi.
R±jadh²t± pana purimasaññ±ya eva tassa v²ma½sanattha½ eka½ purisa½ ±º±pesi “t±ta, tva½ gaccha, r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv± eva½ vadehi ‘deva, s²validev²
tumhe pakkosati, khippa½ kir±gacchat³’”ti. So gantv± tath± ±rocesi. R±j± paº¹ito
tassa vacana½ sutv±pi assuºanto viya “aho sobhano vat±ya½ p±s±do”ti p±s±dameva vaººeti. So ta½ s±vetu½ asakkonto gantv± r±jadh²t±ya ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi “ayye, r±j± tumh±ka½ vacana½ na suº±ti, p±s±dameva vaººeti, tumh±ka½vacana½ tiºa½ viya na gaºet²”ti. S± tassa vacana½ sutv± “so mahajjh±sayo
puriso bhavissat²”ti cintetv± dutiyampi tatiyampi pesesi. R±j±pi attano ruciy± pakatigamanena s²ho viya vijambham±no p±s±da½ abhiruhi. Tasmi½ upasaªkamanter±jadh²t± tassa tejena sakabh±vena saºµh±tu½ asakkont² ±gantv± hatth±lambaka½ ad±si.
So tass± hattha½ olambitv± mah±tala½ abhiruhitv± samussitasetacchatte r±japallaªke nis²ditv± amacce ±mantetv± “ambho, atthi pana vo raññ± k±la½ karontena koci ov±do dinno”ti pucchitv± “±ma, dev±”ti vutte “tena hi vadeth±”ti ±ha.
Deva “s²validevi½ ±r±dhetu½ samatthassa rajja½ deth±”ti tena vuttanti. S²valideviy± ±gantv± hatth±lambako dinno, aya½ t±va ±r±dhit± n±ma, añña½ vadeth±ti.
Deva “caturassapallaªkassa uss²saka½ j±nitu½ samatthassa rajja½ deth±”ti tenavuttanti. R±j± “ida½ dujj±na½, up±yena sakk± j±nitun”ti cintetv± s²sato suvaººas³ci½ n²haritv± s²valideviy± hatthe µhapesi “ima½ µhapeh²”ti. S± ta½ gahetv± pallaªkassa uss²sake µhapesi. “Khagga½ ad±s²”tipi vadantiyeva. So t±ya saññ±ya“ida½ uss²sakan”ti ñatv± tesa½ katha½ assuºanto viya “ki½ katheth±”ti vatv±
puna tehi tath± vutte “ida½ j±nitu½ na garu, eta½ uss²sakan”ti vatv± “añña½ vadeth±”ti ±ha. Deva, “sahassath±madhanu½ ±ropetu½ samatthassa rajja½ deth±”titena vuttanti. “Tena hi ±haratha nan”ti ±har±petv± so dhanu½ pallaªke yath±nisinnova (6.0051) itth²na½ kapp±saphoµanadhanu½ viya ±ropetv± “añña½ vadeth±”ti ±ha. “Deva, so¼asa mah±nidh² n²haritu½ samatthassa rajja½ deth±”ti tenavuttanti. “Tesa½ kiñci udd±na½ atth²”ti pucchitv± “±ma, dev±”ti vutte “tena hi na½
katheth±”ti ±ha. Te “s³riyuggamane nidh²”ti udd±na½ kathayi½su. Tassa ta½
suºantasseva gaganatale puººacando viya so attho p±kaµo ahosi.
Atha ne r±j± ±ha– “ajja, bhaºe, vel± natthi, sve nidh² gaºhiss±m²”ti. So punadivase amacce sannip±tetv± pucchi “tumh±ka½ r±j± paccekabuddhe bhojes²”ti?
“¾ma, dev±”ti. So cintesi “s³riyoti n±ya½ s³riyo, s³riyasadisatt± pana paccekabuddh± s³riy± n±ma, tesa½ paccuggamanaµµh±ne nidhin± bhavitabban”ti. Tator±j± “tesu paccekabuddhesu ±gacchantesu paccuggamana½ karonto katara½µh±na½ gacchat²”ti pucchitv± “asukaµµh±na½ n±ma dev±”ti vutte “ta½ µh±na½khaºitv± nidhi½ n²harath±”ti nidhi½ n²har±pesi. “Gamanak±le anugacchanto
kattha µhatv± uyyojes²”ti pucchitv± “asukaµµh±ne n±m±”ti vutte “tatopi nidhi½ n²harath±”ti nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Atha mah±jan± ukkuµµhisahass±ni pavattent± “s³riyuggamane nidh²”ti vuttatt± s³riyuggamanadis±ya½ khaºant± vicari½su. Atho “okkamane nidh²”ti vuttatt± s³riyatthaªgamanadis±ya½ khaºant± vicari½su. “Ida½
pana dhana½ idheva hoti, aho acchariyan”ti p²tisomanassa½ pavattayi½su. Antonidh²ti r±jagehe mah±dv±rassa anto-umm±r± nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Bahi nidh²ti
bahi-umm±r± nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Na anto na bahi nidh²ti heµµh±-umm±rato nidhi½n²har±pesi. ¾rohane nidh²ti maªgalahatthi½ ±rohanak±le suvaººanisseºiy± attharaºaµµh±nato nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Atho orohane nidh²ti hatthikkhandhato orohanaµµh±nato nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Cat³su mah±s±les³ti bh³miya½ kata-upaµµh±naµµh±ne
sirisayanassa catt±ro mañcap±d± s±lamay±, tesa½ heµµh± catasso nidhikumbhiyo
n²har±pesi. Samant±yojane nidh²ti yojana½ n±ma rathayugapam±ºa½, sirisayanassa samant± rathayugappam±ºato nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Dantaggesu mah±nidh²ti maªgalahatthiµµh±ne tassa dvinna½ dant±na½ abhimukhaµµh±nato (6.0052)
nidhi½ n²har±pesi. V±lagges³ti maªgalahatthiµµh±ne tassa v±ladhisammukhaµµh±nato nidhi½ n²har±pesi. Kepuketi kepuka½ vuccati udaka½, maªgalapokkharaºito
udaka½ n²har±petv± nidhi½ dassesi. Rukkhaggesu mah±nidh²ti uyy±ne mah±s±larukkham³le µhitamajjhanhikasamaye parimaº¹al±ya rukkhacch±y±ya anto nidhi½n²har±pesi. Eva½ so¼asa mah±nidhayo n²har±petv± “añña½ kiñci atth²”ti pucchi.
“Natthi dev±”ti vadi½su. Mah±jano haµµhatuµµho ahosi.
Atha r±j± “ida½ dhana½ d±namukhe vikiriss±m²”ti nagaramajjhe ceva cat³su
nagaradv±resu c±ti pañcasu µh±nesu pañca d±nas±l±yo k±r±petv± mah±d±na½paµµhapesi, k±lacamp±nagarato attano m±tarañca br±hmaºañca pakkos±petv±
mahanta½ sakk±ra½ ak±si. Tassa taruºarajjeyeva sakala½ videharaµµha½ “ariµµhajanakarañño kira putto mah±janako n±ma r±j± rajja½ k±reti, so kira paº¹ito
up±yakusalo, passiss±ma nan”ti dassanatth±ya saªkhubhita½ ahosi. Tato tatobahu½ paºº±k±ra½ gahetv± ±gami½su, n±gar±pi mah±chaºa½ sajjayi½su. R±janivesane attharaº±d²ni santharitv± gandhad±mam±l±d±m±d²ni os±retv± vippakiººal±j±kusumav±sadh³magandh±k±ra½ k±retv± n±nappak±ra½ p±nabhojana½
upaµµh±pesu½. Rañño paºº±k±ratth±ya rajatasuvaººabh±jan±d²su anekappak±r±ni kh±dan²yabhojan²yamadhuph±ºitaphal±d²ni gahetv± tattha tattha pariv±retv±aµµha½su. Ekato amaccamaº¹ala½ nis²di, ekato br±hmaºagaºo, ekato seµµhi-±-dayo nis²di½su, ekato uttamar³padhar± n±µakitthiyo nis²di½su, br±hmaº±pi sotthik±rena mukhamaªgalik±ni kathenti, naccag²t±d²su kusal± naccag²t±d²ni pavattayi½su, anekasat±ni t³riy±ni pavajji½s³. Tad± r±janivesana½ yugandharav±tavegena pahaµ± s±garakucchi viya ekaninn±da½ ahosi. Olokitolokitaµµh±na½
kampati.
Atha mah±satto setacchattassa heµµh± r±j±sane nisinnova sakkasirisadisa½
mahanta½ sirivil±sa½ oloketv± attano mah±samudde katav±y±ma½ anussari.
Tassa “v²riya½ n±ma kattabbayuttaka½, sac±ha½ mah±samudde (6.0053) v²riya½
n±karissa½, na ima½ sampatti½ alabhissan”ti ta½ v±y±ma½ anussarantassa p²ti
uppajji. So p²tivegena ud±na½ ud±nento ±ha–133. “¾s²setheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paº¹ito;
pass±mi voha½ att±na½, yath± icchi½ tath± ahu.
134. “¾s²setheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paº¹ito;
pass±mi voha½ att±na½, udak± thalamubbhata½.
135. “V±yametheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paº¹ito;
pass±mi voha½ att±na½, yath± icchi½ tath± ahu.
136. “V±yametheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paº¹ito;
pass±mi voha½ att±na½, udak± thalamubbhata½.
137. “Dukkh³pan²topi naro sapañño, ±sa½ na chindeyya sukh±gam±ya;bah³ hi phass± ahit± hit± ca, avitakkit± maccumupabbajanti.

138. “Acintitampi bhavati, cintitampi vinassati;
na hi cint±may± bhog±, itthiy± purisassa v±”ti.
Tattha ±s²sethev±ti ±s±chedakamma½ akatv± attano kamma½ ±sa½ karotheva.
Na nibbindeyy±ti v²riya½ karonto na nibbindeyya na alaseyya. Yath± icchinti
yath± r±jabh±va½ icchi½, tatheva r±j± j±tomhi. Ubbhatanti n²haµa½. Dukkh³pan²toti k±yikacetasikadukkhena phuµµhop²ti attho. Ahit± hit± c±ti dukkhaphass± ahit±,sukhaphass± hit±. Avitakkit±ti avitakkit±ro acintit±ro. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– tesu
phassesu ahitaphassena phuµµh± satt± “hitaphassopi atth²ti v²riya½ karont± ta½
p±puºant²”ti acintetv± v²riya½ na karonti, te imassa atthassa avitakkit±ro hitaphassa½ alabhitv±va maccumupabbajanti maraºa½ p±puºanti, tasm± v²riya½
kattabbamev±ti.
Acintitamp²ti (6.0054) imesa½ satt±na½ acintitampi hoti, cintitampi vinassati.
May±pi hi “ayujjhitv±va rajja½ labhiss±m²”ti ida½ acintita½, “suvaººabh³mito
dhana½ ±haritv± yujjhitv± pitu santaka½ rajja½ gaºhiss±m²”ti pana cintita½, id±ni
me cintita½ naµµha½, acintita½ j±ta½. Na hi cint±may± bhog±ti imesa½ satt±nañhi bhog± cint±ya anipphajjanato cint±may± n±ma na honti, tasm± v²riyameva
kattabba½. V²riyavato hi acintitampi hot²ti.
So tato paµµh±ya dasa r±jadhamme akopetv± dhammena samena rajja½ k±resi,
paccekabuddhe ca upaµµh±si. Aparabh±ge s²validev² dhaññapuññalakkhaºasampanna½ putta½ vij±yi, “d²gh±vukum±ro”tissa n±ma½ kari½su. Tassa vayappattassa r±j± uparajja½ datv± sattavassasahass±ni rajja½ k±resi. So ekadivasa½
uyy±nap±lena phal±phalesu ceva n±n±pupphesu ca ±bhatesu t±ni disv± tuµµho
hutv± tassa samm±na½ k±retv± “samma uyy±nap±la, aha½ uyy±na½ passiss±mi, tva½ alaªkarohi nan”ti ±ha. So “s±dhu, dev±”ti sampaµicchitv± tath± katv±
rañño paµivedesi. So hatthikkhandhavaragato mahantena pariv±rena nagar±
nikkhamitv± uyy±nadv±ra½ p±puºi. Tatra ca dve amb± atthi n²lobh±s±. Eko
aphalo, eko phaladharo. So pana atimadhuro, raññ± aggaphalassa aparibhuttatt±tato koci phala½ gahetu½ na ussahati. R±j± hatthikkhandhavaragatova tato eka½phala½ gahetv± paribhuñji, tassa ta½ jivhagge µhapitamattameva dibboja½ viya
upaµµh±si. So “nivattanak±le bah³ kh±diss±m²”ti cintesi. “Raññ± aggaphala½ paribhuttan”ti ñatv± upar±j±na½ ±di½ katv± antamaso hatthimeº¹a-assameº¹±dayopi phala½ gahetv± paribhuñji½su. Aññe phala½ alabhant± daº¹ehi s±kha½bhinditv± nipaººamaka½su. Rukkho obhaggavibhaggo aµµh±si, itaro pana maºipabbato viya vil±sam±no µhito.
R±j± uyy±n± nikkhanto ta½ disv± “ida½ kin”ti amacce pucchati. “Devena aggaphala½ paribhuttanti mah±janena vilumpito dev±”ti ±ha½su. “Ki½ nu kho bhaºe,
imassa pana neva patta½, na vaººo kh²ºo”ti? “Nipphalat±ya na kh²ºo, dev±”ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± sa½vega½ paµilabhitv± (6.0055) “aya½ rukkho nipphalat±ya n²lobh±so µhito, aya½ pana saphalat±ya obhaggavibhaggo µhito. Idampi rajja½ saphalarukkhasadisa½, pabbajj± pana nipphalarukkhasadis±. Sakiñcanasseva bhaya½,
n±kiñcanassa. Tasm± aha½ phalarukkho viya ahutv± nipphalarukkhasadiso

bhaviss±mi, ima½ sampatti½ cajitv± nikkhamma pabbajiss±m²”ti da¼ha½ sam±d±na½ katv± mana½ adhiµµhahitv± nagara½ pavisitv± p±s±dadv±re µhitova sen±pati½ pakkos±petv± “mah±sen±pati, ajja me paµµh±ya bhattah±rakañceva mukhodakadantakaµµhad±yakañca eka½ upaµµh±ka½ µhapetv± aññe ma½ daµµhu½ m±labhantu, por±ºakavinicchay±macce gahetv± rajja½ anus±satha, aha½ ito
paµµh±ya uparip±s±datale samaºadhamma½ kariss±m²”ti vatv± p±s±dam±ruyha
ekakova samaºadhamma½ ak±si. Eva½ gate k±le mah±jano r±jaªgaºe sannipatitv± mah±satta½ adisv± “na no r±j± por±ºako viya hot²”ti vatv± g±th±dvayam±ha–
139. “Apor±ºa½ vata bho r±j±, sabbabhummo disampati;najja nacce nis±meti, na g²te kurute mano.
140. “Na mige napi uyy±ne, napi ha½se udikkhati;
m³gova tuºhim±s²no, na atthamanus±sat²”ti.
Tattha migeti sabbasaªg±hikavacana½, pubbe hatth² yujjh±peti, meº¹e yujjh±peti, ajja tepi na oloket²ti attho. Uyy±neti uyy±nak²¼ampi n±nubhoti. Ha½seti pañcapadumasañchann±su uyy±napokkharaº²su ha½sagaºa½ na oloketi. M³gov±ti
bhattah±rakañca upaµµh±kañca pucchi½su “bho r±j±, tumhehi saddhi½ kiñci
attha½ mantet²”ti. Te “na mantet²”ti vadi½su. Tasm± evam±ha½su.
R±j± k±mesu anall²yantena vivekaninnena cittena attano kul³pakapaccekabuddhe anussaritv± “ko nu kho me tesa½ s²l±diguºayutt±na½ akiñcan±na½ vasanaµµh±na½ ±cikkhissat²”ti t²hi g±th±hi ud±na½ ud±nesi–
141. “Sukhak±m± rahos²l±, vadhabandh± up±rat±;
kassa nu ajja ±r±me, dahar± vuddh± ca acchare.
142. “Atikkantavanath± (6.0056) dh²r±, namo tesa½ mahesina½;
ye ussukamhi lokamhi, viharanti manussuk±.
143. “Te chetv± maccuno j±la½, tata½ m±y±vino da¼ha½;
chinn±layatt± gacchanti, ko tesa½ gatim±paye”ti.
Tattha sukhak±m±ti nibb±nasukhak±m±. Rahos²l±ti paµicchannas²l± na attano
guºappak±san±. Dahar± vu¹¹h± c±ti dahar± ceva mahallak± ca. Acchareti
vasanti.
Tasseva½ tesa½ guºe anussarantassa mahat² p²ti uppajji. Atha mah±satto pallaªkato uµµh±ya uttaras²hapañjara½ vivaritv± uttaradis±bhimukho sirasi añjali½ patiµµh±petv± “evar³pehi guºehi samann±gat± paccekabuddh±”ti namassam±no “atikkantavanath±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha atikkantavanath±ti pah²nataºh±. Mahesinantimahante s²lakkhandh±dayo guºe esitv± µhit±na½. Ussukamh²ti r±g±d²hi ussukka½±panne lokasmi½. Maccuno j±lanti kilesam±rena pas±rita½ taºh±j±la½. Tata½m±y±vinoti atim±y±vino. Ko tesa½ gatim±payeti ko ma½ tesa½ paccekabuddh±na½ niv±saµµh±na½ p±peyya, gahetv± gaccheyy±ti attho.
Tassa p±s±deyeva samaºadhamma½ karontassa catt±ro m±s± at²t±. Athassa
ativiya pabbajj±ya citta½ nami, ag±ra½ lokantarikanirayo viya kh±yi, tayo bhav±±ditt± viya upaµµhahi½su. So pabbajj±bhimukhena cittena “kad± nu kho ima½
sakkabhavana½ viya alaªkatappaµiyatta½ mithila½ pah±ya himavanta½ pavisitv±
pabbajitavesagahaºak±lo mayha½ bhavissat²”ti cintetv± mithilavaººana½ n±ma

±rabhi–144. “Kad±ha½ (6.0057) mithila½ ph²ta½, vibhatta½ bh±gaso mita½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
145. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, vis±la½ sabbatopabha½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
146. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, bahup±k±ratoraºa½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
147. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, da¼hamaµµ±lakoµµhaka½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
148. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, suvibhatta½ mah±patha½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
149. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, suvibhattantar±paºa½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
150. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, gav±ssarathap²¼ita½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
151. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, ±r±mavanam±lini½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
152. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, uyy±navanam±lini½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
153. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, p±s±davanam±lini½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
154. “Kad±ha½ mithila½ ph²ta½, tipura½ r±jabandhuni½;m±pita½ somanassena, vedehena yasassin±;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
155. “Kad±ha½ vedehe ph²te, nicite dhammarakkhite;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
156. “Kad±ha½ vedehe ph²te, ajeyye dhammarakkhite;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
157. “Kad±ha½ (6.0058) antepura½ ramma½, vibhatta½ bh±gaso mita½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
158. “Kad±ha½ antepura½ ramma½, sudh±mattikalepana½;pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
159. “Kad±ha½ antepura½ ramma½, sucigandha½ manorama½;pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.

160. “Kad±ha½ k³µ±g±re ca, vibhatte bh±gaso mite;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
161. “Kad±ha½ k³µ±g±re ca, sudh±mattikalepane;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
162. “Kad±ha½ k³µ±g±re ca, sucigandhe manorame;pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
163. “Kad±ha½ k³µ±g±re ca, litte candanaphosite;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
164. “Kad±ha½ soººapallaªke, gonake cittasanthate;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
165. “Kad±ha½ maºipallaªke, gonake cittasanthate;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
166. “Kad±ha½ kapp±sakoseyya½, khomakoµumbar±ni ca;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
167. “Kad±ha½ pokkharaº² ramm±, cakkav±kapak³jit±;mand±lakehi sañchann±, padumuppalakehi ca;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
168. “Kad±ha½ hatthigumbe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;
suvaººakacche m±taªge, hemakappanav±sase.
169. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, tomaraªkusap±ºibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
170. “Kad±ha½ assagumbe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;±j±n²yeva j±tiy±, sindhave s²ghav±hane.
171. “¾r³¼he (6.0059) g±maº²yehi, illiy±c±padh±ribhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
172. “Kad±ha½ rathaseniyo, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
173. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
174. “Kad±ha½ sovaººarathe, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
175. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
176. “Kad±ha½ sajjhurathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
177. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
178. “Kad±ha½ assarathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
179. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
180. “Kad±ha½ oµµharathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
181. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
182. “Kad±ha½ goºarathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
183. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
184. “Kad±ha½ (6.0060) ajarathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
185. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
186. “Kad±ha½ meº¹arathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
187. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
188. “Kad±ha½ migarathe ca, sannaddhe ussitaddhaje;
d²pe athopi veyyagghe, sabb±laªk±rabh³site.
189. “¾r³¼he g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
190. “Kad±ha½ hatth±rohe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;n²lavammadhare s³re, tomaraªkusap±ºine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
191. “Kad±ha½ ass±rohe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;n²lavammadhare s³re, illiy±c±padh±rine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
192. “Kad±ha½ rath±rohe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;n²lavammadhare s³re, c±pahatthe kal±pine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
193. “Kad±ha½ dhanuggahe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;n²lavammadhare s³re, c±pahatthe kal±pine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
194. “Kad±ha½ r±japutte ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;
citravammadhare s³re, kañcan±ve¼adh±rine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
195. “Kad±ha½ (6.0061) ariyagaºe ca, vatavante alaªkate;haricandanalittaªge, k±sikuttamadh±rine;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
196. “Kad±ha½ amaccagaºe ca, sabb±laªk±rabh³site;
p²tavammadhare s³re, purato gaccham±line;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
197. “Kad±ha½ sattasat± bhariy±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.

198. “Kad±ha½ sattasat± bhariy±, susaññ± tanumajjhim±;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
199. “Kad±ha½ sattasat± bhariy±, assav± piyabh±ºin²;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
200. “Kad±ha½ satapala½ ka½sa½, sovaººa½ satar±jika½;
pah±ya pabbajiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
201. “Kad±ssu ma½ hatthigumb±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
suvaººakacch± m±taªg±, hemakappanav±sas±.
202. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, tomaraªkusap±ºibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
203. “Kad±ssu ma½ assagumb±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;±j±n²y±va j±tiy±, sindhav± s²ghav±han±.

204. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, illiy±c±padh±ribhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
205. “Kad±ssu ma½ rathasen², sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
206. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
207. “Kad±ssu (6.0062) ma½ soººarath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
208. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
209. “Kad±ssu ma½ sajjhurath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
210. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
211. “Kad±ssu ma½ assarath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
212. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
213. “Kad±ssu ma½ oµµharath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
214. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
215. “Kad±ssu ma½ goºarath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
216. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
217. “Kad±ssu ma½ ajarath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
218. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
219. “Kad±ssu ma½ meº¹arath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
220. “¾r³¼h± (6.0063) g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
221. “Kad±ssu ma½ migarath±, sannaddh± ussitaddhaj±;
d²p± athopi veyyaggh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±.
222. “¾r³¼h± g±maº²yehi, c±pahatthehi vammibhi;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
223. “Kad±ssu ma½ hatth±roh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;n²lavammadhar± s³r±, tomaraªkusap±ºino;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
224. “Kad±ssu ma½ ass±roh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;n²lavammadhar± s³r±, illiy±c±padh±rino;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
225. “Kad±ssu ma½ rath±roh±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;n²lavammadhar± s³r±, c±pahatth± kal±pino;yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
226. “Kad±ssu ma½ dhanuggah±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;n²lavammadhar± s³r±, c±pahatth± kal±pino;yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
227. “Kad±ssu ma½ r±japutt±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
citravammadhar± s³r±, kañcan±ve¼adh±rino;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
228. “Kad±ssu ma½ ariyagaº±, vatavant± alaªkat±;haricandanalittaªg±, k±sikuttamadh±rino;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
229. “Kad±ssu ma½ amaccagaº±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
p²tavammadhar± s³r±, purato gaccham±lino;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
230. “Kad±ssu (6.0064) ma½ sattasat± bhariy±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
231. “Kad±ssu ma½ sattasat± bhariy±, susaññ± tanumajjhim±;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
232. “Kad±ssu ma½ sattasat± bhariy±, assav± piyabh±ºin²;
yanta½ ma½ n±nuyissanti, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
233. “Kad±ha½ patta½ gahetv±na, muº¹o saªgh±µip±ruto;
piº¹ik±ya cariss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
234. “Kad±ha½ pa½suk³l±na½, ujjhit±na½ mah±pathe;
saªgh±µi½ dh±rayiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
235. “Kad±ha½ satt±hasammeghe, ovaµµho allac²varo;
piº¹ik±ya cariss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
236. “Kad±ha½ sabbattha gantv±, rukkh± rukkha½ van± vana½;anapekkho gamiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
237. “Kad±ha½ giriduggesu, pah²nabhayabheravo;
adutiyo gamiss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
238. “Kad±ha½ v²ºa½va rujjako, sattatanti½ manorama½;
citta½ uju½ kariss±mi, ta½ kud±ssu bhavissati.
239. “Kad±ha½ rathak±rova, parikanta½ up±hana½;k±masaññojane checcha½, ye dibbe ye ca m±nuse”ti.
Tattha kad±ti k±laparivitakko. Ph²tanti vatth±laªk±r±d²hi supupphita½. Vibhatta½
bh±gaso mitanti chekehi nagaram±pakehi r±janivesan±d²na½ vasena vibhatta½
dv±rav²th²na½ vasena koµµh±sato mita½. Ta½ kud±ssu bhavissat²ti ta½ evar³pa½
nagara½ pah±ya pabbajana½ kud± n±ma me bhavissati. Sabbatopabhanti (6.0065)
samantato alaªk±robh±sena yutta½. Bahup±k±ratoraºanti bahalena puthulena

p±k±rena ceva dv±ratoraºehi ca samann±gata½. Da¼hamaµµ±lakoµµhakanti
da¼hehi aµµ±lakehi dv±rakoµµhakehi ca samann±gata½. P²¼itanti sam±kiººa½. Tipuranti t²hi purehi samann±gata½, tip±k±ranti attho. Atha v± tipuranti tikkhattu½
puººa½. R±jabandhun²nti r±jaññatakeheva puººa½. Somanassen±ti eva½n±makena videhar±jena.
Niciteti dhanadhaññanicay±din± sampanne. Ajeyyeti pacc±mittehi ajetabbe.
Candanaphositeti lohitacandanena paripphosite. Koµumbar±n²ti koµumbararaµµhe
uµµhitavatth±ni. Hatthigumbeti hatthighaµ±yo. Hemakappanav±saseti hemamayena s²s±laªk±rasaªkh±tena kappanena ca hemaj±lena ca samann±gate. G±maº²yeh²ti hatth±cariyehi. ¾j±n²yeva j±tiy±ti j±tiy± k±raº±k±raºaj±nanat±ya ±j±n²yeva,
t±dis±na½ ass±na½ gumbe. G±maº²yeh²ti ass±cariyehi. Illiy±c±padh±ribh²ti illiyañca c±pañca dh±rentehi. Rathaseniyoti rathaghaµ±yo. Sannandheti suµµhu
naddhe. D²pe athopi veyyaggheti d²pibyagghacammaparikkhitte. G±maº²yeh²ti
rath±cariyehi. Sajjhuratheti rajatarathe. Ajarathameº¹arathamigarathe sobhanatth±ya yojenti.
Ariyagaºeti br±hmaºagaºe. Te kira tad± ariy±c±r± ahesu½, tena te evam±ha.
Haricandanalittaªgeti kañcanavaººena candanena littasar²re. Sattasat± bhariy±ti
piyabhariy±yeva sandh±y±ha. Susaññ±ti suµµhu saññit±. Assav±ti s±mikassa vacanak±rik±. Satapalanti palasatena suvaººena k±rita½. Ka½santi p±ti½. Satar±jikanti piµµhipasse

r±jisatena samann±gata½. Yanta½ manti anitthigandhavanasaº¹e ekameva
gacchanta½ ma½ kad± nu te n±nuyissanti. Satt±hasammegheti satt±ha½ samuµµhite mah±meghe, satt±havaddaliketi attho. Ovaµµhoti onatas²so. Sabbatth±ti
sabbadisa½. Rujjakoti v²º±v±dako. K±masa½yojaneti k±masa½yojana½. Dibbeti
dibba½. M±nuseti m±nusa½.
So (6.0066) kira dasavassasahass±yukak±le nibbatto sattavassasahass±ni
rajja½ k±retv± tivassasahass±vasiµµhe ±yumhi pabbajito. Pabbajanto panesa uyy±nadv±re ambarukkhassa diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya catt±ro m±se ag±re vasitv±“imamh± r±javes± pabbajitaveso varataro, pabbajiss±m²”ti cintetv± upaµµh±ka½
rahassena ±º±pesi “t±ta, kañci aj±n±petv± antar±paºato k±s±yavatth±ni ceva
mattik±pattañca kiºitv± ±har±”ti. So tath± ak±si. R±j± kappaka½ pakkos±petv±
kesamassu½ oh±r±petv± kappakassa g±mavara½ datv± kappaka½ uyyojetv±
eka½ k±s±va½ niv±setv± eka½ p±rupitv± eka½ a½se katv± mattik±pattampi
thavik±ya os±retv± a½se laggesi. Tato kattaradaº¹a½ gahetv± mah±tale katipaye
v±re paccekabuddhal²l±ya apar±para½ caªkami. So ta½ divasa½ tattheva vasitv±
punadivase s³riyuggamanavel±ya p±s±d± otaritu½ ±rabhi.
Tad± s²validev² t± sattasat± vallabhitthiyo pakkos±petv± “cira½ diµµho no r±j±,
catt±ro m±s± at²t±, ajja na½ passiss±ma, sabb±laªk±rehi alaªkaritv± yath±bala½
itthikuttah±savil±se dassetv± kilesabandhanena bandhitu½ v±yameyy±th±”ti
vatv± alaªkatappaµiyatt±hi t±hi saddhi½ “r±j±na½ passiss±m±”ti p±s±da½ abhiruhant² ta½ otaranta½ disv±pi na sañj±ni. “Rañño ov±da½ d±tu½ ±gato paccekabuddho bhavissat²”ti saññ±ya vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Mah±sattopi p±s±d±otari. Itar±pi p±s±da½ abhiruhitv± sirisayanapiµµhe bhamaravaººakese ca pas±dhanabhaº¹añca disv± “na so paccekabuddho, amh±ka½ piyas±miko bhavissati,etha na½ y±citv± nivatt±pess±m²”ti mah±tal± otaritv± r±jaªgaºa½ samp±puºi.
P±puºitv± ca pana sabb±hi t±hi saddhi½ kese mocetv± piµµhiya½ vikiritv± ubhohi
hatthehi ura½ sa½sumbhitv± “kasm± evar³pa½ kamma½ karotha, mah±r±j±”tiatikaruºa½ paridevam±n± r±j±na½ anubandhi, sakalanagara½ saªkhubhita½ahosi. Tepi “r±j± kira no pabbajito, kuto pana evar³pa½ dhammikar±j±na½ labhiss±m±”ti rodam±n± r±j±na½ anubandhi½su. Tatra t±sa½ itth²na½ paridevanañceva paridevantiyopi t± pah±ya rañño gamanañca ±vikaronto satth± ±ha–240. “T± (6.0067) ca sattasat± bhariy±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;b±h± paggayha pakkandu½, kasm± no vijahissasi.
241. “T± ca sattasat± bhariy±, susaññ± tanumajjhim±;b±h± paggayha pakkandu½, kasm± no vijahissasi.
242. “T± ca sattasat± bhariy±, assav± piyabh±ºin²;b±h± paggayha pakkandu½, kasm± no vijahissasi.
243. “T± ca sattasat± bhariy±, sabb±laªk±rabh³sit±;
hitv± sampaddav² r±j±, pabbajj±ya purakkhato.
244. “T± ca sattasat± bhariy±, susaññ± tanumajjhim±;
hitv± sampaddav² r±j±, pabbajj±ya purakkhato.
245. “T± ca sattasat± bhariy±, assav± piyabh±ºin²;

hitv± sampaddav² r±j±, pabbajj±ya purakkhato.
246. “Hitv± satapala½ ka½sa½, sovaººa½ satar±jika½;
aggah² mattika½ patta½, ta½ dutiy±bhisecanan”ti.
Tattha b±h± paggayh±ti b±h± ukkhipitv±. Sampaddav²ti bhikkhave, so mah±janako r±j±, t± ca sattasat± bhariy± “ki½ no, deva, pah±ya gacchasi, ko amh±ka½
doso”ti vilapantiyova cha¹¹etv± sampaddav² gato, “pabbajj±ya y±h²”ti codiyam±no viya purakkhato hutv± gatoti attho. Ta½ dutiy±bhisecananti bhikkhave, ta½
mattik±pattaggahaºa½ dutiy±bhisecana½ katv± so r±j± nikkhantoti.
S²validev²pi paridevam±n± r±j±na½ nivattetu½ asakkont² “attheso up±yo”ti
cintetv± mah±senagutta½ pakkos±petv± “t±ta, rañño purato gamanadis±bh±ge
jiººagharajiººas±l±d²su aggi½ dehi, tiºapaºº±ni sa½haritv± tasmi½ tasmi½ µh±ne
dh³ma½ k±reh²”ti ±º±pesi. So tath± k±resi. S± rañño santika½ gantv± p±desu
patitv± mithil±ya ±dittabh±va½ ±rocent² g±th±dvayam±ha–
247. “Bhesm± (6.0068) aggisam± j±l±, kos± ¹ayhanti bh±gaso;
rajata½ j±tar³pañca, mutt± ve¼uriy± bah³.
248. “Maºayo saªkhamutt± ca, vatthika½ haricandana½;
ajina½ dantabhaº¹añca, loha½ k±¼±yasa½ bah³;
ehi r±ja nivattassu, m± teta½ vinas± dhanan”ti.
Tattha bhesm±ti bhay±nak±. Aggisam± j±l±ti tesa½ tesa½ manuss±na½geh±ni aggi gaºhi, so esa mah±j±loti attho. Kos±ti suvaººarajatakoµµh±g±r±d²ni.
Bh±gasoti koµµh±sato suvibhatt±pi no ete aggin± ¹ayhanti, dev±ti. Lohanti tambaloh±dika½. M± teta½ vinas± dhananti m± te eta½ dhana½ vinassatu, ehi na½ nibb±peti, pacch± gamissasi, “mah±janako nagara½ ¹ayham±na½ anoloketv±va
nikkhanto”ti tumh±ka½ garah± bhavissati, t±ya te lajj±pi vippaµis±ropi bhavissati,
ehi amacce ±º±petv± aggi½ nibb±pehi, dev±ti.
Atha mah±satto “devi, ki½ kathesi, yesa½ kiñcana½ atthi, tesa½ ta½ ¹ayhati,
maya½ pana akiñcan±”ti d²pento g±tham±ha–249. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, yesa½ no natthi kiñcana½;
mithil± ¹ayham±n±ya, na me kiñci a¹ayhath±”ti.
Tattha kiñcananti yesa½ amh±ka½ palibuddhakilesasaªkh±ta½ kiñcana½
natthi, te maya½ tena akiñcanabh±vena susukha½ vata j²v±ma. Teneva k±raºena
mithil±ya ¹ayham±n±ya na me kiñci a¹ayhatha, appamattakampi attanobhaº¹aka½ ¹ayham±na½ na pass±m²ti vadati.
Evañca pana vatv± mah±satto uttaradv±rena nikkhami. T±pissa sattasat±bhariy± nikkhami½su. Puna s²validev² eka½ up±ya½ cintetv± “g±magh±taraµµhavilumpan±k±ra½ viya dasseth±”ti amacce ±º±pesi. Ta½khaºa½yeva ±vudhahatthe
purise tato tato ±dh±vante paridh±vante vilumpante viya (6.0069) sar²re l±kh±rasa½ siñcitv± laddhappah±re viya phalake nipajj±petv± vuyhante mate viya ca
rañño dassesu½. Mah±jano upakkosi “mah±r±ja, tumhesu dharantesuyeva
raµµha½ vilumpanti, mah±jana½ gh±tent²”ti. Atha dev²pi r±j±na½ vanditv± nivattanatth±ya g±tham±ha–
250. “Aµaviyo samuppann±, raµµha½ viddha½sayanti ta½;ehi r±ja nivattassu, m± raµµha½ vinas± idan”ti.
Tattha aµaviyoti mah±r±ja, tumhesu dharantesuyeva aµavicor± samuppann±samuµµhit±, ta½ tay± dhammarakkhita½ tava raµµha½ viddha½senti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “mayi dharanteyeva cor± uµµh±ya raµµha½ viddha½sent± n±ma
natthi, s²valideviy± kiriy± es± bhavissat²”ti cintetv± ta½ appaµibh±na½ karonto ±ha–251. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, yesa½ no natthi kiñcana½;raµµhe vilumpam±namhi, na me kiñci ah²ratha.
252. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, yesa½ no natthi kiñcana½;
p²tibhakkh± bhaviss±ma, dev± ±bhassar± yath±”ti.
Tattha vilumpam±namh²ti viluppam±ne. ¾bhassar± yath±ti yath± te brahm±nop²tibhakkh± hutv± sam±pattisukhena v²tin±menti, tath± v²tin±mess±m±ti.
Eva½ vuttepi mah±jano r±j±na½ anubandhiyeva. Athassa etadahosi “aya½
mah±jano nivattitu½ na icchati, nivattess±mi nan”ti. So a¹¹hag±vutamatta½ gatak±le nivattitv± mah±magge µhitova amacce “kassida½ rajjan”ti pucchitv±“tumh±ka½, dev±”ti vutte “tena hi ima½ lekha½ antara½ karontassa r±jadaº¹a½
karoth±”ti kattaradaº¹ena tiriya½ lekha½ ±ka¹¹hi. Tena tejavat± raññ± kata½
lekha½ koci antara½ k±tu½ n±sakkhi. Mah±jano lekha½ uss²sake katv± b±¼haparideva½ paridevi. Dev²pi ta½ lekha½ antara½ k±tu½ asakkont² r±j±na½ piµµhi½ (6.00
datv± gacchanta½ disv± soka½ sandh±retu½ asakkont² ura½ paharitv± mah±magge tiriya½ patitv± parivattam±n± agam±si. Mah±jano “lekhas±mikehi lekh±bhinn±”ti vatv± deviy± gatamaggeneva gato. Atha mah±sattopi uttarahimavant±bhimukho agam±si. Dev²pi sabba½ sen±v±hana½ ±d±ya tena saddhi½yeva gat±.
R±j± mah±jana½ nivattetu½ asakkontoyeva saµµhiyojanamagga½ gato.
Tad± n±rado n±ma t±paso himavante suvaººaguh±ya½ vasitv± pañc±bhiñño
jh±nasukhena v²tin±metv± satt±ha½ atikk±metv± jh±nasukhato vuµµh±ya “ahosukha½, aho sukhan”ti ud±na½ ud±nesi. So “atthi nu kho koci jambud²patale ida½
sukha½ pariyesanto”ti dibbacakkhun± olokento mah±janakabuddhaªkura½ disv±“r±j± mah±bhinikkhamana½ nikkhantopi s²validevippamukha½ mah±jana½ nivattetu½ na sakkoti, antar±yampissa kareyya, id±ni gantv± bhiyyoso matt±ya da¼hasam±d±nattha½ ov±da½ dass±m²”ti cintetv± iddhibalena gantv± rañño purato±k±se µhitova tassa uss±ha½ janetu½ ima½ g±tham±ha–253. “Kimheso mahato ghoso, k± nu g±meva k²¼iy±;
samaºa teva pucch±ma, kattheso abhisaµo jano”ti.
Tassa ta½ sutv± r±j± ±ha–254. “Mama½ oh±ya gacchanta½, ettheso abhisaµo jano;s²m±tikkamana½ yanta½, munimonassa pattiy±;missa½ nand²hi gacchanta½, ki½ j±namanupucchas²”ti.
Tattha kimhesoti kimhi kena k±raºena eso hatthik±y±divasena mahato sam³hassa ghoso. K± nu g±meva k²¼iy±ti k± nu es± tay± saddhi½ ±gacchant±na½g±me viya k²¼i. Katthesoti kimattha½ esa mah±janoabhisaµo sannipatito, ta½ pariv±retv± ±gacchat²ti pucchi. Mamanti yo aha½ eta½
jana½ oh±ya gacch±mi, ta½ ma½ oh±ya gacchanta½. Etth±ti etasmi½ µh±ne eso
mah±jano abhisaµo anubandhanto ±gato. S²m±tikkamana½ yantanti tva½ panata½ ma½ kilesas²ma½ atikkamma (6.0071) anag±riyamuniñ±ºasaªkh±tassamonassa pattiy± yanta½, “pabbajito vatamh²”ti nandi½ avijahitv± khaºe khaºe
uppajjam±n±hi nand²hi missameva gacchanta½ ki½ j±nanto pucchasi, ud±hu aj±nanto. Mah±janako kira videharaµµha½ cha¹¹etv± pabbajitoti ki½ na suta½ tay±ti.
Athassa so da¼hasam±d±natth±ya puna g±tham±ha–
255. “M±ssu tiººo amaññittha, sar²ra½ dh±raya½ ima½;
at²raºeyya yamida½, bah³ hi paripanthayo”ti.
Tattha m±ssu tiººo amaññitth±ti ima½ bhaº¹uk±s±vanivattha½ sar²ra½
dh±rento “imin± pabbajitaliªgaggahaºamatteneva kilesas²ma½ tiººo atikkantosm²”ti m± amaññittha. At²raºeyya yamidanti ida½ kilesaj±ta½ n±ma na ettakena
t²retabba½. Bah³ hi paripanthayoti saggamagga½ ±varitv± µhit± tava bah³ kilesaparipanth±ti.
Tato mah±satto tassa vacana½ sutv± paripanthe pucchanto ±ha–256. “Ko nu me paripanthassa, mama½ eva½vih±rino;
yo neva diµµhe n±diµµhe, k±m±namabhipatthaye”ti.
Tattha yo neva diµµhe n±diµµheti yo aha½ neva diµµhe manussaloke, n±diµµhe
devaloke k±m±na½ abhipatthemi, tassa mama eva½ ekavih±rino ko nu paripantho ass±ti vadati.
Athassa so paripanthe dassento g±tham±ha–257. “Nidd± tand² vijambhit±, arat² bhattasammado;±vasanti sar²raµµh±, bah³ hi paripanthayo”ti.
Tattha nidd±ti kapinidd±. Tand²ti ±lasiya½. Arat²ti ukkaºµhit±. Bhattasammadoti
bhattapari¼±ho. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “samaºa, tva½ p±s±diko suvaººavaººo rajja½
pah±ya pabbajito”ti vutte tuyha½ paº²ta½ ojavanta½ piº¹ap±ta½ dassanti, so
tva½ pattap³ra½ ±d±ya y±vadattha½ paribhuñjitv± paººas±la½ pavisitv± kaµµhattharaºe nipajjitv± k±kaccham±no nidda½ (6.0072) okkamitv± antar± pabuddho
apar±para½ parivattitv± hatthap±de pas±retv± uµµh±ya c²varava½sa½ gahetv±
laggac²vara½ niv±setv± ±lasiyo hutv± neva sammajjani½ ±d±ya sammajjissasi, na
p±n²ya½ ±harissasi, puna nipajjitv± nidd±yissasi, k±mavitakka½ vitakkessasi, tad±pabbajj±ya ukkaºµhissasi, bhattapari¼±ho te bhavissat²ti. ¾vasanti sar²raµµh±ti ime
ettak± paripanth± tava sar²raµµhak± hutv± nivasanti, sar²reyeva te nibbattant²ti
dasseti.
Athassa mah±satto thuti½ karonto g±tham±ha–258. “Kaly±ºa½ vata ma½ bhava½, br±hmaºa manus±sati;br±hmaºa teva pucch±mi, ko nu tvamasi m±ris±”ti.
Tattha br±hmaºa manus±sat²ti br±hmaºa, kaly±ºa½ vata ma½ bhava½ anus±sati.
Tato t±paso ±ha–259. “N±rado iti me n±ma½, kassapo iti ma½ vid³;

bhoto sak±sam±gacchi½, s±dhu sabbhi sam±gamo.
260. “Tassa te sabbo ±nando, vih±ro upavattatu;
ya½ ³na½ ta½ parip³rehi, khantiy± upasamena ca.
261. “Pas±raya sannatañca, unnatañca pas±raya;
kamma½ vijjañca dhammañca, sakkatv±na paribbaj±”ti.
Tattha vid³ti gottena ma½ “kassapo”ti j±nanti. Sabbh²ti paº¹itehi saddhi½
sam±gamo n±ma s±dhu hot²ti ±gatomhi. ¾nandoti tassa tava imiss± pabbajj±ya±nando tuµµhi somanassameva hotu m± ukkaºµhi. Vih±roti catubbidho brahmavih±ro. Upavattat³ti nibbattatu. Ya½ ³na½ tanti ya½ te s²lena kasiºaparikammena
jh±nena ca ³na½, ta½ etehi s²l±d²hi p³raya. Khantiy± upasamena c±ti “aha½ r±japabbajito”ti m±na½ akatv± adhiv±sanakhantiy± ca kiles³pasamena ca samann±gato hohi. Pas±ray±ti m± ukkhipa m± patthara, pajah±ti attho. Sannatañca unnatañc±ti “ko n±m±han”ti-±din± nayena pavatta½ om±nañca “ahamasmi (6.0073) j±tisampanno”ti-±din± nayena pavatta½ atim±nañca. Kammanti dasakusalakammapatha½. Vijjanti pañca-abhiññ±-aµµhasam±pattiñ±ºa½. Dhammanti kasiºaparikammasaªkh±ta½ samaºadhamma½. Sakkatv±na paribbaj±ti ete guºe sakkatv±
vattassu, ete v± guºe sakkatv± da¼ha½ sam±d±ya paribbaja, pabbajja½ p±lehi,
m± ukkaºµh²ti attho.
Eva½ so mah±satta½ ovaditv± ±k±sena sakaµµh±nameva gato. Tasmi½ gate
aparopi mig±jino n±ma t±paso tatheva sam±pattito vuµµh±ya olokento bodhisatta½
disv± “mah±jana½ nivattanatth±ya tassa ov±da½ dass±m²”ti tatthev±gantv±±k±se att±na½ dassento ±ha–262. “Bah³ hatth² ca asse ca, nagare janapad±ni ca;
hitv± janaka pabbajito, kap±le ratimajjhag±.
263. “Kacci nu te j±napad±, mitt±macc± ca ñ±tak±;dubbhimaka½su janaka, kasm± teta½ aruccath±”ti.
Tattha kap±leti mattik±patta½ sandh±y±ha. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– mah±r±ja, tva½
evar³pa½ issariy±dhipacca½ cha¹¹etv± pabbajito imasmi½ kap±le rati½ ajjhag±adhigatoti pabbajj±k±raºa½ pucchanto evam±ha. Dubbhinti ki½ nu ete tava
antare kiñci apar±dha½ kari½su, kasm± tava evar³pa½ issariyasukha½ pah±ya
eta½ kap±lameva aruccitth±ti.
Tato mah±satto ±ha–
264. “Na mig±jina j±tucche, aha½ kañci kud±cana½;
adhammena jine ñ±ti½, na c±pi ñ±tayo maman”ti.
Tattha na mig±jin±ti ambho mig±jina j±tucche eka½seneva aha½ kañci ñ±ti½
kud±cana½ kismiñci k±le adhammena na jin±mi. Tepi ca ñ±tayo ma½ adhammena na jinanteva, iti na koci mayi dubbhi½ n±ma ak±s²ti attho.
Evamassa (6.0074) pañha½ paµikkhipitv± id±ni yena k±raºena pabbajito, ta½
dassento ±ha–265. “Disv±na lokavattanta½, khajjanta½ kaddam²kata½;
haññare bajjhare cettha, yattha sanno puthujjano;et±ha½ upama½ katv±, bhikkhakosmi mig±jin±”ti.

Tattha disv±na lokavattantanti vaµµ±nugatassa b±lalokassa vatta½ tanti½
paveºi½ ahamaddasa½, ta½ disv± pabbajitomh²ti d²peti. Khajjanta½ kaddam²katanti kilesehi khajjanta½ teheva ca kaddam²kata½ loka½ disv±. Yattha sanno puthujjanoti yamhi kilesavatthumhi sanno laggo puthujjano, tattha lagg± bah³ satt±haññanti ceva andubandhan±d²hi ca bajjhanti. Et±hanti ahampi sace ettha bajjhiss±mi, ime satt± viya haññiss±mi ceva bajjhiss±mi c±ti eva½ etadeva k±raºa½
attano upama½ katv± kaddam²kata½ loka½ disv± bhikkhako j±toti attho. Mig±jin±ti ta½ n±mena ±lapati. Katha½ pana tena tassa n±ma½ ñ±tanti? Paµisanth±rak±le paµhamameva pucchitatt±.
T±paso ta½ k±raºa½ vitth±rato sotuk±mo hutv± g±tham±ha–266. “Ko nu te bhagav± satth±, kasseta½ vacana½ suci;
na hi kappa½ v± vijja½ v±, paccakkh±ya rathesabha;samaºa½ ±hu vattanta½, yath± dukkhassatikkamo”ti.
Tattha kassetanti eta½ tay± vutta½ sucivacana½ kassa vacana½ n±ma.
Kappanti kappetv± kappetv± pavattit±na½ abhiññ±sam±patt²na½ l±bhi½ kammav±di½ t±pasa½. Vijjanti ±savakkhayañ±ºavijj±ya samann±gata½ paccekabuddha½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– rathesabha mah±r±ja, na hi kappasamaºa½ v± vijj±samaºa½ v± paccakkh±ya tassov±da½ vin± eva½ paµipajjitu½ sakk±. Yath±
dukkhassa atikkamo hoti, eva½ vattanta½ samaºa½ ±hu. Tesa½ pana vacana½
sutv± sakk± eva½ paµipajjitu½, tasm± vadehi, ko nu te bhagav± satth±ti.
Mah±satto ±ha–267. “Na mig±jina j±tucche, aha½ kañci kud±cana½;
samaºa½ br±hmaºa½ v±pi, sakkatv± anup±visin”ti.
Tattha (6.0075) sakkatv±ti pabbajj±ya guºapucchanatth±ya p³jetv±. Anup±visinti na kañci anupaviµµhapubbosmi, na may± añño koci samaºo pucchitapubboti
vadati. Imin± hi paccekabuddh±na½ santike dhamma½ suºantenapi na kad±ci
odissakavasena pabbajj±ya guºo pucchitapubbo, tasm± evam±ha.
Evañca pana vatv± yena k±raºena pabbajito, ta½ ±dito paµµh±ya d²pento ±ha–268. “Mahat± c±nubh±vena, gacchanto siriy± jala½;
g²yam±nesu g²tesu, vajjam±nesu vaggusu.
269. “T³riyat±¼asaªghuµµhe, sammat±lasam±hite;sa mig±jina maddakkhi½, phali½ amba½ tirocchada½;
haññam±na½ manussehi, phalak±mehi jantubhi.
270. “So khoha½ ta½ siri½ hitv±, orohitv± mig±jina;
m³la½ ambassup±gacchi½, phalino nipphalassa ca.
271. “Phali½ amba½ hata½ disv±, viddhasta½ vina¼²kata½;
atheka½ itara½ amba½, n²lobh±sa½ manorama½.
272. “Evameva n³namhepi, issare bahukaºµake;amitt± no vadhissanti, yath± ambo phal² hato.
273. “Ajinamhi haññate d²pi, n±go dantehi haññate;dhanamhi dhanino hanti, aniketamasanthava½;
phal² ambo aphalo ca, te satth±ro ubho mam±”ti.
Tattha vaggus³ti madhurassaresu t³riyesu vajjam±nesu. T³riyat±¼asaªghuµµheti t³riy±na½ t±¼itehi saªghuµµhe uyy±ne. Sammat±lasam±hiteti sammehi cat±lehi ca samann±gate. Sa mig±jin±ti mig±jina, so aha½ adakkhi½. Phali½
ambanti phalita½ ambarukkhanti attho. Tirocchadanti tirop±k±ra½ uyy±nassa
antoµhita½ bahip±k±ra½ niss±ya j±ta½ ambarukkha½. Haññam±nanti pothiyam±na½. Orohitv±ti hatthikkhandh± otaritv±. Vina¼²katanti nipattana¼a½ kata½.
Evamev±ti (6.0076) eva½ eva. Phal²ti phalasampanno. Ajinamh²ti cammatth±ya
cammak±raº±. Danteh²ti attano dantehi, haññate dantanimitta½ haññateti attho.
Hant²ti haññati. Aniketamasanthavanti yo pana niketa½ pah±ya pabbajitatt± aniketo n±ma sattasaªkh±ravatthukassa taºh±santhavassa abh±v± asanthavo n±ma,
ta½ aniketa½ asanthava½ ko hanissat²ti adhipp±yo. Te satth±roti te dve rukkh±
mama satth±ro ahesunti vadati.
Ta½ sutv± mig±jino “appamatto hoh²”ti rañño ov±da½ datv± sakaµµh±nameva
gato. Tasmi½ gate s²validev² rañño p±dam³le patitv± ±ha–274. “Sabbo jano pabyathito, r±j± pabbajito iti;
hatth±roh± an²kaµµh±, rathik± pattik±rak±.
275. “Ass±sayitv± janata½, µhapayitv± paµicchada½;putta½ rajje µhapetv±na, atha pacch± pabbajissas²”ti.
Tattha pabyathitoti bh²to utrasto. Paµicchadanti amhe ¹ayham±nepi viluppam±nepi r±j± na oloket²ti pabyathitassa mah±janassa ±varaºa½ rakkha½ µhapetv±
putta½ d²gh±vukum±ra½ rajje µhapetv± abhisiñcitv± pacch± pabbajissas²ti attho.
Tato bodhisatto ±ha–276. “Catt± may± j±napad±, mitt±macc± ca ñ±tak±;santi putt± videh±na½, d²gh±vu raµµhava¹¹hano;
te rajja½ k±rayissanti, mithil±ya½ paj±pat²”ti.
Tattha santi putt±ti s²vali samaº±na½ putt± n±ma natthi, videharaµµhav±s²na½
pana putt± d²gh±vu atthi, te rajja½ k±rayissanti. Paj±pat²ti devi½ ±lapati.
Dev² (6.0077) ±ha “deva, tumhesu t±va pabbajitesu aha½ ki½ karom²”ti. Athana½ so “bhadde, aha½ ta½ anusikkh±mi, vacana½ me karoh²”ti vatv± g±tham±ha–277. “Ehi ta½ anusikkh±mi, ya½ v±kya½ mama ruccati;
rajja½ tuva½ k±rayasi, p±pa½ duccarita½ bahu½;
k±yena v±c± manas±, yena gacchasi duggati½.
278. “Paradinnakena paraniµµhitena, piº¹ena y±pehi sa dh²radhammo”ti.
Tattha tuvanti tva½ puttassa chatta½ uss±petv± “mama puttassa rajjan”ti rajja½
anus±sam±n± bahu½ p±pa½ karissasi. Gacchas²ti yena k±y±d²hi katena bahup±pena duggati½ gamissasi. Sa dh²radhammoti piº¹iy±lopena y±petabba½, esa
paº¹it±na½ dhammoti.

Eva½ mah±satto tass± ov±da½ ad±si. Tesa½ aññamañña½ sallapant±na½gacchant±naññeva s³riyo atthaªgato. Dev² patir³pe µh±ne khandh±v±ra½ niv±s±pesi. Mah±sattopi eka½ rukkham³la½ upagato. So tattha ratti½ vasitv± punadivase sar²rapaµijaggana½ katv± magga½ paµipajji. Dev²pi “sen± pacchatova ±gacchat³”ti vatv± tassa pacchatova ahosi. Te bhikkh±c±ravel±ya½ th³ºa½ n±ma
nagara½ p±puºi½su. Tasmi½ khaºe antonagare eko puriso s³ºato mahanta½ma½sakhaº¹a½ kiºitv± s³lena aªg±resu pac±petv± nibb±panatth±ya phalakakoµiya½ µhapetv± aµµh±si. Tassa aññavihitassa eko sunakho ta½ ±d±ya pal±yi. So
ñatv± ta½ anubandhanto y±va bahidakkhiºadv±ra½ gantv± nibbindo nivatti. R±j±ca dev² ca sunakhassa purato gacchant± dvidh± ahesu½. So bhayena ma½sakhaº¹a½ cha¹¹etv± pal±yi.
Mah±satto ta½ disv± cintesi “aya½ sunakho cha¹¹etv± anapekkho pal±to, aññopissa s±miko na paññ±yati, evar³po anavajjo pa½suk³lapiº¹ap±to n±ma natthi,
paribhuñjiss±mi nan”ti. So mattik±patta½ n²haritv± (6.0078) ta½ ma½sakhaº¹a½±d±ya puñchitv± patte pakkhipitv± udakaph±sukaµµh±na½ gantv± paribhuñjitu½±rabhi. Tato dev² “sace esa rajjenatthiko bhaveyya, evar³pa½ jeguccha½ pa½sumakkhita½ sunakhucchiµµhaka½ na kh±deyya. Sace kh±deyya, id±nesa amh±ka½
s±miko na bhavissat²”ti cintetv± “mah±r±ja, evar³pa½ jeguccha½ kh±das²”ti ±ha.
“Devi, tva½ andhab±lat±ya imassa piº¹ap±tassa visesa½ na j±n±s²”ti vatv±
tasseva patitaµµh±na½ paccavekkhitv± amata½ viya paribhuñjitv± mukha½ vikkh±letv± hatthe dhovati. Tasmi½ khaºe dev² nindam±n± ±ha–279. “Yopi catutthe bhattak±le na bhuñje, ajuµµham±r²va khud±ya miyye;
na tveva piº¹a½ lu¼ita½ anariya½, kulaputtar³po sappuriso na seve;tayida½ na s±dhu tayida½ na suµµhu, sunakhucchiµµhaka½ janaka bhuñjase
tuvan”ti.
Tattha ajuµµham±r²v±ti an±thamaraºameva. Lu¼itanti pa½sumakkhita½. Anariyanti asundara½. Na seveti na-k±ro paripucchanatthe nip±to. Ida½ vutta½ hoti–
sace catutthepi bhattak±le na bhuñjeyya, khud±ya mareyya, nanu eva½ santepi
kulaputtar³po sappuriso evar³pa½ piº¹a½ na tveva seveyy±ti. Tayidanti ta½ ida½.
Mah±satto ±ha–
280. “Na c±pi me s²vali so abhakkho, ya½ hoti catta½ gihino sunassa v±;
ye keci bhog± idha dhammaladdh±, sabbo so bhakkho anavayoti vutto”ti.
Tattha abhakkhoti so piº¹ap±to mama abhakkho n±ma na hoti. Ya½ hot²ti ya½
gihino v± sunassa v± catta½ hoti, ta½ pa½suk³la½ n±ma as±mikatt± anavajjameva hoti. Ye kec²ti tasm± aññepi ye (6.0079) keci dhammena laddh± bhog±,sabbo so bhakkho. Anavayoti anu-avayo, anupunappuna½ olokiyam±nopi avayo
paripuººaguºo anavajjo, adhammaladdha½ pana sahassagghanakampi jigucchan²yamev±ti.
Eva½ te aññamañña½ kathent±va th³ºanagaradv±ra½ samp±puºi½su. Tatrad±rik±su k²¼ant²su ek± kum±rik± khuddakakullakena v±luka½ papphoµeti. Tass±ekasmi½ hatthe eka½ valaya½, ekasmi½ dve valay±ni. T±ni aññamañña½
saªghaµµenti, itara½ nissadda½. R±j± ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv± “s²validev² mamapacchato carati, itth² ca n±ma pabbajitassa mala½, ‘aya½ pabbajitv±pi bhariya½
jahitu½ na sakkot²’ti garahissanti ma½. Sac±ya½ kum±rik± paº¹it± bhavissati,
s²valideviy± nivattanak±raºa½ kathessati, imiss± katha½ sutv± s²validevi½ uyyojess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–281. “Kum±rike upaseniye, nicca½ nigga¼amaº¹ite;
kasm± te eko bhujo janati, eko te na janat² bhujo”ti.
Tattha upaseniyeti m±tara½ upagantv± senike. Nigga¼amaº¹iteti agalitamaº¹anena maº¹anas²liketi vadati. Janat²ti sadda½ karoti.
Kum±rik± ±ha–282. “Imasmi½ me samaºa hatthe, paµimukk± dun²var±;saªgh±t± j±yate saddo, dutiyasseva s± gati.
283. “Imasmi½ me samaºa hatthe, paµimukko ekan²varo;
so adutiyo na janati, munibh³tova tiµµhati.
284. “Viv±dappatto dutiyo, keneko vivadissati;tassa te saggak±massa, ekattamuparocatan”ti.
Tattha (6.0080) dun²var±ti dve valay±ni. Saªgh±t±ti sa½hananato saªghaµµanatoti attho. Gat²ti nibbatti. Dutiyasseva hi evar³p± nibbatti hot²ti attho. Soti so n²varo.
Munibh³tov±ti pah²nasabbakileso ariyapuggalo viya tiµµhati. Viv±dappattoti
samaºa dutiyako n±ma viv±dam±panno hoti, kalaha½ karoti, n±n±g±ha½ gaºh±ti.
Kenekoti ekako pana kena saddhi½ vivadissati. Ekattamuparocatanti ek²bh±vo teruccatu. Samaº± n±ma bhaginimpi ±d±ya na caranti, ki½ pana tva½ evar³pa½
uttamar³padhara½ bhariya½ ±d±ya vicarasi, aya½ te antar±ya½ karissati, ima½
n²haritv± ekakova samaºakamma½ karoh²ti na½ ovadati.
So tass± kum±rik±ya vacana½ sutv± paccaya½ labhitv± deviy± saddhi½
kathento ±ha–285. “Suº±si s²vali kath±, kum±riy± pavedit±;pesiy± ma½ garahittho, dutiyasseva s± gati.
286. “Aya½ dvedh±patho bhadde, anuciººo path±vihi;
tesa½ tva½ eka½ gaºh±hi, ahameka½ pun±para½.
287. “M±vaca ma½ tva½ ‘pati me’ti, n±ha½ ‘bhariy±’ti v± pun±”ti.
Tattha kum±riy± pavedit±ti kum±rik±ya kathit±. Pesiy±ti sac±ha½ rajja½
k±reyya½, es± me pesiy± vacanak±rik± bhaveyya, oloketumpi ma½ na visaheyya.
Id±ni pana attano pesiya½ viya ca maññati, “dutiyasseva s± gat²”ti ma½ ovadati.
Anuciººoti anusañcarito. Path±vih²ti pathikehi.

Ekanti tava ruccanaka½ eka½ magga½ gaºha, aha½ pana tay± gahit±vasesa½
apara½ gaºhiss±mi. M±vaca ma½ tvanti s²vali ito paµµh±ya puna ma½ “pati me”ti
m± avaca, aha½ v± tva½ “bhariy± me”ti n±vaca½.
S± tassa vacana½ sutv± “deva, tumhe uttam±, dakkhiºamagga½ gaºhatha,aha½ v±mamagga½ gaºhiss±m²”ti vatv± thoka½ gantv± soka½ sandh±retu½ asakkont² pun±gantv± raññ± saddhi½ kathent² ekatova nagara½ p±visi. Tamattha½
pak±sento satth± upa¹¹hag±tham±ha–“imameva (6.0081) kathayant±, th³ºa½ nagarup±gamun”ti.
Tattha nagarup±gamunti nagara½ paviµµh±.
Pavisitv± ca pana mah±satto piº¹atth±ya caranto usuk±rassa gehadv±ra½
patto. S²validev²pi ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Tasmi½ samaye usuk±ro aªg±rakapalle
usu½ t±petv± kañjiyena temetv± eka½ akkhi½ nim²letv± ekena akkhin± olokento
uju½ karoti. Ta½ disv± mah±satto cintesi “sac±ya½ paº¹ito bhavissati, mayha½
eka½ k±raºa½ kathessati, pucchiss±mi nan”ti. So upasaªkamitv± pucchati.
Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–288. “Koµµhake usuk±rassa, bhattak±le upaµµhite;
tatr± ca so usuk±ro, eka½ daº¹a½ uju½ kata½;
ekañca cakkhu½ niggayha, jimhamekena pekkhat²”ti.
Tattha koµµhaketi bhikkhave, so r±j± attano bhattak±le upaµµhite usuk±rassa
koµµhake aµµh±si. Tatr± c±ti tasmiñca koµµhake. Niggayh±ti nim²letv±. Jimhameken±ti ekena akkhin± vaªka½ sara½ pekkhati.
Atha na½ mah±satto ±ha–289. “Eva½ no s±dhu passasi, usuk±ra suºohi me;
yadeka½ cakkhu½ niggayha, jimhamekena pekkhas²”ti.
Tassattho– samma usuk±ra, eva½ nu tva½ s±dhu passasi, ya½ eka½ cakkhu½
nim²letv± ekena cakkhun± vaªka½ sara½ pekkhas²ti.
Athassa so kathento ±ha–290. “Dv²hi samaºa cakkh³hi, vis±la½ viya kh±yati;
asampatv± parama½ liªga½, nujubh±v±ya kappati.
291. “Ekañca cakkhu½ niggayha, jimhamekena pekkhato;
sampatv± parama½ liªga½, ujubh±v±ya kappati.
292. “Viv±dappatto (6.0082) dutiyo, keneko vivadissati;tassa te saggak±massa, ekattamuparocatan”ti.
Tattha vis±la½ viy±ti vitthiººa½ viya hutv± kh±yati. Asampatv± parama½
liªganti parato vaªkaµµh±na½ appatv±. Nujubh±v±y±ti na ujubh±v±ya. Ida½ vutta½
hoti– vis±le kh±yam±ne parato ujuµµh±na½ v± vaªkaµµh±na½ v± na p±puºeyya,tasmi½ asampatte adissam±ne ujubh±v±ya kicca½ na kappati na sampajjat²ti.
Sampatv±ti cakkhun± patv±, disv±ti attho. Viv±dappattoti yath± dutiye akkhimhi
umm²lite liªga½ na paññ±yati, vaªkaµµh±nampi ujuka½ paññ±yati, ujuµµh±nampi
vaªka½ paññ±yat²ti viv±do hoti, eva½ samaºassapi dutiyo n±ma viv±dam±pannohoti, kalaha½ karoti, n±n±g±ha½ gaºh±ti. Kenekoti eko pana kena saddhi½ vivadissati. Ekattamuparocatanti ek²bh±vo te ruccatu. Samaº± n±ma bhaginimpi

±d±ya na caranti, ki½ pana tva½ evar³pa½ uttamar³padhara½ bhariya½ ±d±ya
vicarasi. Aya½ te antar±ya½ karissati, ima½ n²haritv± ekakova samaºadhamma½
karoh²ti so ta½ ovadati.
Evamassa so ov±da½ datv± tuºh² ahosi. Mah±sattopi piº¹±ya caritv± missakabhatta½ sa½ka¹¹hitv± nagar± nikkhamitv± udakaph±sukaµµh±ne nis²ditv± katabhattakicco mukha½ vikkh±letv± patta½ thavik±ya os±retv± s²validevi½ ±mantetv± ±ha–293. “Suº±si s²vali kath±, usuk±rena vedit±;pesiy± ma½ garahittho, dutiyasseva s± gati.
294. “Aya½ dvedh±patho bhadde, anuciººo path±vihi;
tesa½ tva½ eka½ gaºh±hi, ahameka½ pun±para½.
295. “M±vaca ma½ tva½ ‘pati me’ti, n±ha½ ‘bhariy±’ti v± pun±”ti.
Tattha suº±s²ti suºa, tva½ kath±. “Pesiy± man”ti ida½ pana kum±rik±ya ov±dameva sandh±y±ha.
S± (6.0083) kira “m±vaca ma½ tva½ ‘pati me’ti” vutt±pi mah±satta½ anubandhiyeva. R±j± na½ nivattetu½ na sakkoti. Mah±janopi anubandhi. Tato panaaµav² avid³re hoti. Mah±satto n²lavanar±ji½ disv± ta½ nivattetuk±mo hutv± gacchantoyeva maggasam²pe muñjatiºa½ addasa. So tato ²sika½ luñcitv± “passasi
s²vali, aya½ idha puna ghaµetu½ na sakk±, evameva puna mayha½ tay± saddhi½sa½v±so n±ma ghaµetu½ na sakk±”ti vatv± ima½ upa¹¹hag±tham±ha–“muñj±vesik± pav±¼h±, ek± vihara s²val²”ti.
Tattha ek± vihar±ti aha½ ek²bh±vena vihariss±mi, tvampi ek± vihar±h²ti tass±
ov±damad±si.
Ta½ sutv± s²validev² “itod±ni paµµh±ya natthi mayha½ mah±janakanarindena
saddhi½ sa½v±so”ti soka½ sandh±retu½ asakkont² ubhohi hatthehi ura½ paharitv± mah±magge pati. Mah±satto tass± visaññibh±va½ ñatv± pada½ vikopetv±
arañña½ p±visi. Amacc± ±gantv± tass± sar²ra½ udakena siñcitv± hatthap±de parimajjitv± sañña½ labh±pesu½. S± “t±t±, kuhi½ r±j±”ti pucchi. “Nanu tumheva j±n±th±”ti? “Upadh±retha t±t±”ti. Te ito cito dh±vitv± vicinant±pi mah±satta½ na
passi½su. Dev² mah±parideva½ paridevitv± rañño µhitaµµh±ne cetiya½ k±retv±
gandham±l±d²hi p³jetv± nivatti. Mah±sattopi himavanta½ pavisitv± satt±habbhantareyeva pañca abhiññ± ca, aµµha sam±pattiyo ca nibbattetv± puna manussapatha½ n±gami. Dev²pi usuk±rena saddhi½ kathitaµµh±ne, kum±rik±ya saddhi½
kathitaµµh±ne, ma½saparibhogaµµh±ne, mig±jinena saddhi½ kathitaµµh±ne, n±radena saddhi½ kathitaµµh±ne c±ti sabbaµµh±nesu cetiy±ni k±retv± gandham±l±d²hi
p³jetv± senaªgaparivut± mithila½ patv± ambavanuyy±ne puttassa abhiseka½
k±retv± ta½ senaªgaparivuta½ nagara½ pesetv± saya½ isipabbajja½ pabbajitv±
tattheva uyy±ne vasant² kasiºaparikamma½ katv± jh±na½ nibbattetv± brahmalokapar±yaº± ahosi. Mah±sattopi aparih²najjh±no hutv± brahmalokapar±yaºoahosi.
Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi tath±gato mah±bhinikkhamana½ nikkhantoyev±”ti vatv± j±taka½ samodh±nesi (6.0084)–

“tad± samuddarakkhik± devadh²t± uppalavaºº± ahosi, n±rado s±riputto, mig±jinomoggall±no, kum±rik± khem± bhikkhun², usuk±ro ±nando, s²validev² r±hulam±t±,
d²gh±vukum±ro r±hulo, m±t±pitaro mah±r±jakul±ni, mah±janakanarindo pana ahameva samm±sambuddho ahosin”ti.
Mah±janakaj±takavaººan± dutiy±.

[540] 3. Suvaººas±maj±takavaººan±

Ko (6.0085) nu ma½ usun± vijjh²ti ida½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ m±tuposakabhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kira aµµh±rasakoµivibhavassa ekassa
seµµhikulassa ekaputtako ahosi m±t±pit³na½ piyo man±po. So ekadivasa½ p±s±davaragato s²hapañjara½ uggh±µetv± v²thi½ olokento gandham±l±dihattha½mah±jana½ dhammassavanatth±ya jetavana½ gacchanta½ disv± “ahampi
dhamma½ suºiss±m²”ti m±t±pitaro vanditv± gandham±l±d²ni g±h±petv± vih±ra½
gantv± vatthabhesajjap±nak±d²ni bhikkhusaªghassa d±petv± gandham±l±d²hi cabhagavanta½ p³jetv± ekamanta½ nisinno dhamma½ sutv± k±mesu ±d²nava½
disv± pabbajj±ya ca ±nisa½sa½ sallakkhetv± paris±ya vuµµhit±ya bhagavanta½
pabbajja½ y±citv± “m±t±pit³hi ananuññ±ta½ putta½ tath±gat± n±ma na pabb±jent²”ti sutv± bhagavanta½ vanditv± puna geha½ gantv± sag±ravena m±t±pitaro
vanditv± evam±ha– “ammat±t±, aha½ tath±gatassa santike pabbajiss±m²”ti.
Athassa m±t±pitaro tassa vacana½ sutv± ekaputtakabh±vena sattadh± bhijjam±nahaday± viya puttasinehena kampam±n± evam±ha½su “t±ta piyaputtaka, t±takulaªkura, t±ta nayana, t±ta hadaya, t±ta p±ºasadisa, tay± vin± katha½ j²v±ma,tayi paµibaddha½ no j²vita½. Mayañhi t±ta, jar±jiºº± vu¹¹h± mahallak±, ajja v±
suve v± parasuve v± maraºa½ p±puºiss±ma, tasm± m± amhe oh±ya gacchasi.
T±ta, pabbajj± n±ma atidukkar±, s²tena atthe sati uºha½ labhati, uºhena atthe
sati s²ta½ labhati, tasm± t±ta, m± pabbaj±h²”ti.
Ta½ sutv± kulaputto dukkh² dummano onatas²so pajjh±yantova nis²di satt±ha½
nir±h±ro. Athassa m±t±pitaro eva½ cintesu½ “sace no putto ananuññ±to, addh±
marissati, puna na passiss±ma, pabbajj±ya j²vam±na½ puna na½ passiss±m±”ti.
Cintetv± ca pana “t±ta piyaputtaka, ta½ pabbajj±ya anuj±n±ma, pabbaj±h²”ti anuj±ni½su. Ta½ sutv± kulaputto tuµµham±naso hutv± attano sakalasar²ra½ oº±metv± (6.0m±t±pitaro vanditv± vih±ra½ gantv± bhagavanta½ pabbajja½ y±ci. Satth± eka½
bhikkhu½ pakkos±petv± “ima½ kum±ra½ pabb±jeh²”ti ±º±pesi. So ta½ pabb±jesi.
Tassa pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya mah±l±bhasakk±ro nibbatti. So ±cariyupajjh±ye±r±dhetv± laddh³pasampado pañca vass±ni dhamma½ pariy±puºitv± “aha½ idha
±kiººo vihar±mi, na me ida½ patir³pan”ti vipassan±dhura½ p³retuk±mo hutv±
upajjh±yassa santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± upajjh±ya½ vanditv± jetavan±
nikkhamitv± eka½ paccantag±ma½ niss±ya araññe vih±si. So tattha vipassana½
va¹¹hetv± dv±dasa vass±ni ghaµento v±yamantopi visesa½ nibbattetu½
n±sakkhi. M±t±pitaropissa gacchante gacchante k±le duggat± ahesu½. Ye hi

tesa½ khetta½ v± vaºijja½ v± payojesu½, te “imasmi½ kule putto v± bh±t± v±
iºa½ codetv± gaºhanto n±ma natth²”ti attano attano hatthagata½ gahetv± yath±ruci pal±yi½su. Gehe d±sakammakar±dayopi hiraññasuvaºº±d²ni gahetv± pal±yi½su.
Aparabh±ge dve jan± kapaº± hutv± hatthe udakasiñcanampi alabhitv± geha½
vikkiºitv± aghar± hutv± k±ruññabh±va½ patt± pilotika½ niv±setv± kap±lahatth±bhikkh±ya cari½su. Tasmi½ k±le eko bhikkhu jetavanato nikkhamitv± anupubbena tassa vasanaµµh±na½ agam±si. So tassa ±gantukavatta½ katv± sukhanisinnak±le “bhante, kuto ±gatatth±”ti pucchitv± “jetavan± ±gato ±vuso”ti vutte
satthuno ceva mah±s±vak±d²nañca ±rogya½ pucchitv± m±t±pit³nañca pavatti½
pucchi “ki½, bhante, s±vatthiya½ asukassa n±ma seµµhikulassa ±rogyan”ti?
“¾vuso, m± tassa kulassa pavatti½ pucch±”ti. “Ki½ bhante”ti. “¾vuso, tassa kirakulassa eko putto atthi, so buddhas±sane pabbajito, tassa pabbajitak±latopaµµh±ya eta½ kula½ parikkh²ºa½, id±ni dve jan± paramak±ruññabh±va½ patt±bhikkh±ya carant²”ti. So tassa vacana½ sutv± sakabh±vena saºµh±tu½ asakkonto

assupuººehi nettehi roditu½ ±rabhi. “¾vuso, ki½ rodas²”ti? “Bhante, te mayha½m±t±pitaro, aha½ tesa½ putto”ti. “¾vuso, tava m±t±pitaro ta½ niss±ya vin±sa½patt±, gaccha, te paµijagg±h²”ti.
So (6.0087) “aha½ dv±dasa vass±ni ghaµento v±yamantopi magga½ v± phala½
v± nibbattetu½ n±sakkhi½, abhabbo bhaviss±mi, ki½ me pabbajj±ya, gih² hutv±
m±t±pitaro posetv± d±na½ datv± saggapar±yaºo bhaviss±m²”ti cintetv± araññ±v±sa½ tassa therassa niyy±detv± punadivase araññ± nikkhamitv± anupubbena
gacchanto s±vatthito avid³re jetavanapiµµhivih±ra½ p±puºi. Tattha dve magg±
ahesu½. Tesu eko maggo jetavana½ gacchati, eko s±vatthi½. So tattheva µhatv±“ki½ nu kho paµhama½ m±t±pitaro pass±mi, ud±hu dasabalan”ti cintetv± “may±m±t±pitaro cira½ diµµhapubb±, ito paµµh±ya pana me buddhadassana½ dullabha½
bhavissati, tasm± ajjameva samm±sambuddha½ disv± dhamma½ sutv± sve
p±tova m±t±pitaro passiss±m²”ti s±vatthimagga½ pah±ya s±yanhasamaye jetavana½ p±visi. Ta½ divasa½ pana satth± pacc³sak±le loka½ olokento imassa kulaputtassa upanissayasampatti½ addasa. So tass±gamanak±le m±tuposakasuttena(sa½. ni. 1.205) m±t±pit³na½ guºa½ vaººesi. So pana bhikkhu parisapariyanteµhatv± satthussa dhammakatha½ suºanto cintesi “aha½ gih² hutv± m±t±pitaro
paµijaggitu½ sakkom²ti cintesi½, satth± pana ‘pabbajitova sam±no paµijaggito upak±rako m±t±pit³nan’ti vadati. Sac±ha½ satth±ra½ adisv± gato, evar³p±ya pabbajj±ya parih²no bhaveyya½. Id±ni pana gih² ahutv± pabbajitova sam±no m±t±pitaro
posess±m²”ti.
So sal±kagga½ gantv± sal±kabhattañceva sal±kay±guñca gaºhitv± dv±dasa
vass±ni araññe vutthabhikkhu p±r±jikappatto viya ahosi. So p±tova s±vatthiya½
pavisitv± “ki½ nu kho paµhama½ y±gu½ gaºhiss±mi, ud±hu m±t±pitaro passiss±m²”ti cintetv± “kapaº±na½ m±t±pit³na½ santika½ tucchahatthena gantu½ ayuttan”ti cintetv± y±gu½ gahetv± etesa½ por±ºakagehadv±ra½ gato. M±t±pitaropissa
y±gubhikkha½ caritv± parabhitti½ niss±ya viharanti. So upagantv± nisinnake
disv± uppannasoko assupuººehi nettehi tesa½ avid³re aµµh±si. Te ta½ disv±pi na
sañj±ni½su. Atha m±t± “bhikkhatth±ya µhito bhavissat²”ti saññ±ya “bhante,
tumh±ka½ d±tabbayuttaka½ natthi, aticchath±”ti ±ha. So tass± (6.0088) katha½
sutv± hadayap³ra½ soka½ gahetv± assupuººehi nettehi tattheva aµµh±si. Dutiyampi tatiyampi “aticchath±”ti vuccam±nopi aµµh±siyeva. Athassa pit± m±tara½±ha– “gaccha, bhadde, j±n±hi, putto nu kho no eso”ti. S± uµµh±ya upagantv± olokent² sañj±nitv± p±dam³le patitv± paridevi, pit±pissa tatheva ak±si, mahanta½
k±ruñña½ ahosi.
Sopi m±t±pitaro disv± sakabh±vena saºµh±tu½ asakkonto ass³ni pavattesi. So
soka½ adhiv±setv± “ammat±t±, m± cintayittha, aha½ vo posess±m²”ti m±t±pitaro
ass±setv± y±gu½ p±yetv± ekamante nis²d±petv± puna bhikkha½ ±haritv± tebhojetv± attano atth±ya bhikkha½ pariyesitv± tesa½ santika½ gantv± puna bhatten±pucchitv± pacch± saya½ paribhuñjati. So tato paµµh±ya imin± niy±mena m±t±pitaro paµijaggati. Attan± laddh±ni pakkhikabhatt±d²ni tesa½yeva datv± saya½
piº¹±ya caritv± labham±no bhuñjati, alabham±no na bhuñjati, vass±v±sikampi

aññampi ya½ kiñci labhitv± tesa½yeva deti. Tehi paribhutta½ jiººapilotika½
gahetv± agga¼a½ datv± rajitv± saya½ paribhuñjati. Bhikkhalabhanadivasehi
panassa alabhanadivas± bah³ ahesu½. Athassa niv±sanap±rupana½ atil³kha½
hoti.
Iti so m±t±pitaro paµijaggantoyeva aparabh±ge kiso uppaº¹uppaº¹ukaj±to
dhamanisanthatagatto ahosi. Atha na½ sandiµµhasambhatt± bhikkh³ pucchi½su“±vuso, pubbe tava sar²ravaººo sobhati, id±ni pana kiso uppaº¹uppaº¹ukaj±to
dhamanisanthatagatto, by±dhi te nu kho uppanno”ti. So “natthi me, ±vuso, by±dhi,
apica pana palibodho me atth²”ti ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ te bhikkh³±ha½su “±vuso, bhagav± saddh±deyya½ vinip±tetu½ na deti, tva½ pana saddh±deyya½ gahetv± gih²na½ dadam±no ayutta½ karos²”ti. So tesa½ katha½ sutv±
lajjito ol²yi. Te ettakenapi asantuµµh± bhagavato santika½ gantv± “bhante, asuko
n±ma bhikkhu saddh±deyya½ vinip±tetv± gih² poset²”ti satthu ±rocesu½. Satth±ta½ bhikkhu½ pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tva½ bhikkhu saddh±deyya½ gahetv±
gih² poses²”ti (6.0089) pucchitv± “sacca½, bhante”ti vutte ta½ kiriya½ vaººetuk±mo attano ca pubbacariya½ pak±setuk±mo “bhikkhu, gih² posento ke poses²”tipucchi. “M±t±pitaro me, bhante”ti vutte satth± tassa uss±ha½ janetu½ “s±dhu
s±dhu, bhikkh³”ti tikkhattu½ s±dhuk±ra½ datv± “tva½ mama gatamagge µhito,
ahampi pubbacariya½ caranto m±t±pitaro posesin”ti ±ha. So ass±sa½ paµilabhi.
Satth± t±ya pubbacariy±ya ±vikaraºattha½ tehi bhikkh³hi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari.
At²te b±r±ºasinagarato avid³re nadiy± orimat²re eko nes±dag±mo ahosi, p±rimat²re eko nes±dag±mo. Ekekasmi½ g±me pañca pañca kulasat±ni vasanti. Dv²supi
g±mesu dve nes±dajeµµhak± sah±yak± ahesu½. Te daharak±leyeva katikavatta½
kari½su “sace amhesu ekassa dh²t± hoti, ekassa putto hoti, tesa½ ±v±haviv±ha½
kariss±m±”ti. Atha orimat²re g±majeµµhakassa gehe putto j±yi, j±takkhaºeyeva
duk³lena paµiggahitatt± “duk³lo”tvevassa n±ma½ kari½su. Itarassa gehe dh²t±
j±yi, tass± parat²re j±tatt± “p±rik±”ti n±ma½ kari½su. Te ubhopi abhir³p± p±s±dik±ahesu½ suvaººavaºº±. Te nes±dakule j±t±pi p±º±tip±ta½ n±ma na kari½su.
Aparabh±ge so¼asavassuddesika½ duk³lakum±ra½ m±t±pitaro ±ha½su “putta,
kum±rika½ te ±nayiss±m±”ti. So pana brahmalokato ±gato suddhasatto ubho
kaººe pidh±ya “na me ghar±v±senattho ammat±t±, m± evar³pa½ avacutth±”ti
vatv± y±vatatiya½ vuccam±nopi na icchiyeva. P±rik±pi m±t±pit³hi “amma,
amh±ka½ sah±yakassa putto atthi, so abhir³po suvaººavaººo, tassa ta½ dass±m±”ti vutt± tatheva vatv± ubho kaººe pidahi. S±pi br±hmalokato ±gat± ghar±v±sa½ na icchi. Duk³lakum±ro pana tass± rahassena s±sana½ pahiºi “sacep±rike methunadhammena atthik±, aññassa geha½ gacchatu, mayha½ methunadhamme chando natth²”ti. S±pi tassa tatheva s±sana½ pesesi.
Atha (6.0090) m±t±pitaro tesa½ aniccham±n±naññeva ±v±haviv±ha½ kari½su.
Te ubhopi kilesasamudda½ anotaritv± dve mah±brahm±no viya ekatova vasi½su.
Duk³lakum±ro pana maccha½ v± miga½ v± na m±reti, antamaso ±haµama½sampi na vikkiº±ti. Atha na½ m±t±pitaro vadi½su “t±ta, tva½ nes±dakule nibbattitv±pi neva ghar±v±sa½ icchasi, na p±ºavadha½ karosi, ki½ n±ma kamma½ kari-ssas²”ti? “Ammat±t±, tumhesu anuj±nantesu maya½ pabbajiss±m±”ti. Ta½ sutv±
m±t±pitaro “tena hi pabbajath±”ti dve jane anuj±ni½su. Te tuµµhahaµµh± m±t±pitaro
vanditv± g±mato nikkhamitv± anupubbena gaªg±t²rena himavanta½ pavisitv±
yasmi½ µh±ne migasammat± n±ma nad² himavantato otaritv± gaªga½ patt±, ta½µh±na½ gantv± gaªga½ pah±ya migasammat±bhimukh± abhiruhi½su.
Tasmi½ khaºe sakkassa bhavana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko olokento ta½
k±raºa½ ñatv± vissakamma½ ±mantetv± “t±ta vissakamma, dve mah±puris±
g±m± nikkhamitv± himavanta½ paviµµh±, tesa½ niv±saµµh±na½ laddhu½ vaµµati,
migasammat±nadiy± a¹¹hakosantare etesa½ paººas±lañca pabbajitaparikkh±re
ca m±petv± eh²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± m³gapakkhaj±take (j±. 2.22.1±dayo) vuttanayeneva sabba½ sa½vidahitv± aman±pasadde migapakkhino pal±petv± ekapadika½ jaªghamagga½ m±petv± sakaµµh±nameva gato. Tepi ta½
magga½ disv± tena maggena gantv± ta½ assamapada½ p±puºi½su. Duk³lapaº¹ito paººas±la½ pavisitv± pabbajitaparikkh±re disv± “sakkena mayha½ dinn±”tisakkadattiyabh±va½ ñatv± s±µaka½ omuñcitv± rattav±kac²ra½ niv±setv± eka½
p±rupitv± ajinacamma½ a½se katv± jaµ±maº¹ala½ bandhitv± isivesa½ gahetv±
p±rik±yapi pabbajja½ ad±si. Ubhopi k±m±vacarametta½ bh±vetv± tattha vasi½su.
Tesa½ mett±nubh±vena sabbepi migapakkhino aññamañña½ mettacittameva
paµilabhi½su, na koci kañci viheµhesi. P±rik± tato paµµh±ya p±n²ya½ paribhojan²ya½ ±harati, assamapada½ sammajjati, sabbakicc±ni karoti. Ubhopi phal±phal±ni ±haritv± paribhuñjitv± attano attano paººas±la½ pavisitv± samaºadhamma½
karont± tattha v±sa½ kappayi½su.
Sakko (6.0091) tesa½ upaµµh±na½ ±gacchati. So ekadivasa½ anu-olokento“imesa½ cakkh³ni parih±yissant²”ti antar±ya½ disv± duk³lapaº¹ita½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²ditv± evam±ha– “bhante, tumh±ka½ antar±yo
paññ±yati, paµijagganaka½ putta½ laddhu½ vaµµati, lokadhamma½ paµisevath±”ti.
Atha na½ duk³lapaº¹ito ±ha– “sakka, kinn±meta½ kathesi, maya½ ag±ramajjhe
vasant±pi eta½ lokadhamma½ pu¼avakag³thar±si½ viya jigucchimh±, id±ni panaarañña½ pavisitv± isipabbajja½ pabbajitv± katha½ evar³pa½ kariss±m±”ti. Athasakko ta½ ±ha– “bhante, sace eva½ na karotha, p±rik±ya t±pasiy± utunik±len±bhi½ hatthena par±maseyy±th±”ti. Duk³lapaº¹ito “ida½ sakk± k±tun”ti sampaµicchi. Sakko ta½ vanditv± sakaµµh±nameva gato.
Duk³lapaº¹itopi ta½ k±raºa½ p±rik±ya ±cikkhitv± ass± utunik±le n±bhi½
hatthena par±masi. Tad± bodhisatto devalokato cavitv± tass± kucchimhi paµisandhi½ gaºhi. S± dasam±saccayena suvaººavaººa½ putta½ vij±yi, tenevassa“suvaººas±mo”ti n±ma½ kari½su. P±rik±ya phal±phalatth±ya vana½ gatak±lepabbatantare kinnariyo dh±tikicca½ kari½su. Te ubhopi bodhisatta½ nh±petv±
paººas±l±ya½ nipajj±petv± phal±phalatth±ya arañña½ gacchanti. Tasmi½ khaºekinnar± kum±ra½ gahetv± girikandar±d²su nh±petv± pabbatamatthaka½ ±ruyha
n±n±pupphehi alaªkaritv± harit±lamanosil±d²ni sil±ya½ gha½sitv± nal±µe tilake
katv± puna ±netv± paººas±l±ya½ nipajj±pesu½. P±rik±pi ±gantv± putta½ thañña½
p±yesi. Ta½ aparabh±ge va¹¹hitv± so¼asavassuddesikampi anurakkhant± m±t±-pitaro paººas±l±ya½ nis²d±petv± sayameva vanam³laphal±phalatth±ya vana½
gacchanti. Mah±satto “mama m±t±pit³na½ kad±ci kocideva antar±yo bhaveyy±”ti cintetv± tesa½ gatamagga½ sallakkhesi.
Athekadivasa½ tesa½ vanam³laphal±phala½ ±d±ya s±yanhasamaye nivattant±na½ assamapadato avid³re mah±megho uµµhahi. Te eka½ rukkham³la½ pavisitv± vammikamatthake aµµha½su. Tassa ca abbhantare ±s²viso atthi. Tesa½ sar²rato sedagandhamissaka½ udaka½ otaritv± tassa (6.0092) n±s±puµa½ p±visi. So
kujjhitv± n±s±v±tena pahari. Dvepi andh± hutv± aññamañña½ na passi½su. Duk³lapaº¹ito p±rika½ ±mantetv± “p±rike mama cakkh³ni parih²n±ni, aha½ ta½ napass±m²”ti ±ha. S±pi tatheva ±ha. Te “natthi no id±ni j²vitan”ti magga½ apassant±paridevam±n± aµµha½su. “Ki½ pana tesa½ pubbakamman”ti? Te kira pubbe vejjakule ahesu½. Atha so vejjo ekassa mah±dhanassa purisassa akkhiroga½ paµijaggi. So tassa kiñci dhana½ na ad±si. Atha vejjo kujjhitv± attano geha½ gantv±
bhariy±ya ±rocetv± “bhadde, aha½ tassa akkhiroga½ paµijagg±mi, id±ni mayha½
dhana½ na deti, ki½ karom±”ti ±ha. S±pi kujjhitv± “na no tassa santakenattho,bhesajja½ tassa ekayoga½ datv± akkh²ni k±º±ni karoh²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”tisampaµicchitv± tassa santika½ gantv± tath± ak±si. So nacirasseva andho hoti.
Tesa½ ubhinnampi imin± kammena cakkh³ni andh±ni j±yi½su.
Atha mah±satto “mama m±t±pitaro aññesu divasesu im±ya vel±ya ±gacchanti,
id±ni tesa½ pavatti½ na j±n±mi, paµimagga½ gamiss±m²”ti cintetv± magga½
gantv± saddamak±si. Te tassa sadda½ sañj±nitv± paµisadda½ karitv± puttasinehena “t±ta suvaººas±ma, idha paripantho atthi, m± ±gam²”ti vadi½su. Atha nesa½“tena hi ima½ laµµhikoµi½ gahetv± mama santika½ eth±”ti d²ghalaµµhi½ ad±si. Te
laµµhikoµi½ gahetv± tassa santika½ ±gami½su. Atha ne “kena k±raºena vocakkh³ni vinaµµh±n²”ti pucchi. Atha na½ m±t±pitaro ±ha½su “t±ta, maya½ devevassante idha rukkham³le vammikamatthake µhit±, tena k±raºen±”ti. So m±t±pit³na½ katha½ sutv±va aññ±si “tattha ±s²visena bhavitabba½, tena kuddhenan±s±v±to vissaµµho bhavissat²”ti. So m±t±pitaro disv± rodi

ceva hasi ca. Atha na½ te pucchi½su “kasm±, t±ta, rodasi ceva hasasi c±”ti?
Ammat±t±, “tumh±ka½ daharak±leyeva eva½ cakkh³ni vinaµµh±n²”ti rodi½, “id±ni
paµijaggitu½ labhiss±m²”ti hasi½. Ammat±t±, tumhe m± cintayittha, aha½ vo paµijaggiss±m²ti.
So m±t±pitaro ass±setv± assamapada½ ±netv± tesa½ rattiµµh±nadiv±µµh±nesu
caªkame paººas±l±ya½ vaccaµµh±ne pass±vaµµh±ne c±ti (6.0093) sabbaµµh±nesu
rajjuke bandhi, tato paµµh±ya te assamapade µhapetv± saya½ vanam³laphal±d²ni±haritv± paººas±l±ya½ µhapetv± p±tova tesa½ vasanaµµh±na½ sammajjitv± m±t±pitaro vanditv± ghaµa½ ±d±ya migasammat±nadi½ gantv± p±n²yaparibhojan²ya½±haritv± upaµµh±peti, dantakaµµhamukhodak±d²ni datv± madhuraphal±phala½ deti,tehi bhuñjitv± mukhe vikkh±lite saya½ kh±ditv± m±t±pitaro vanditv± migagaºaparivuto phal±phalatth±ya arañña½ p±visi. Pabbatap±de kinnarapariv±ro phal±phala½ gahetv± s±yanhasamaye ±gantv± ghaµena udaka½ ±haritv± uºhodakena
tesa½ yath±ruci nh±pana½ p±dadhovana½ v± katv± aªg±rakapalla½ upanetv±
hatthap±de sedetv± tesa½ nisinn±na½ phal±phala½ datv± kh±d±petv± pariyos±ne saya½ kh±ditv± sesaka½ µhapesi. Imin± niy±meneva m±t±pitaro paµijaggi.
Tasmi½ samaye b±r±ºasiya½ p²¼iyakkho n±ma r±j± rajja½ k±resi. So migama½salobhena m±tara½ rajja½ paµicch±petv± sannaddhapañc±vudho himavanta½
pavisitv± mige vadhitv± ma½sa½ kh±danto migasammat±nadi½ patv± anupubbena s±massa p±n²yaggahaºatittha½ sampatto migapadavalañja½ disv± maºivaºº±hi s±kh±hi koµµhaka½ katv± dhanu½ ±d±ya visap²ta½ sara½ sannahitv± nil²nova acchi. Mah±sattopi s±yanhasamaye phal±phala½ ±haritv± assamapadeµhapetv± m±t±pitaro vanditv± “p±n²ya½ ±hariss±m²”ti ghaµa½ gahetv± migagaºaparivuto dvepi mige ekato katv± tesa½ piµµhiya½ p±n²yaghaµa½ µhapetv± hatthena
gahetv± nad²tittha½ agam±si. R±j± koµµhake µhitova ta½ tath± ±gacchanta½ disv±“may± ettaka½ k±la½ eva½ vicarantenapi manusso n±ma na diµµhapubbo, devo
nu kho esa n±go nu kho, sace pan±ha½ eta½ upasaªkamitv± pucchiss±mi. Devo
ce bhavissati, ±k±sa½ uppatissati. N±go ce, bh³miya½ pavisissati. Na kho
pan±ha½ sabbak±la½ himavanteyeva vicariss±mi, b±r±ºasi½ gamiss±mi. Tatra
ma½ pucchissanti ‘api nu kho te, mah±r±ja, himavante vasantena kiñci achariya½
diµµhapubban’ti? Tatr±ha½ ‘evar³po me satto diµµhapubbo’ti vakkh±mi. ‘Ko n±meso’ti vutte sace ‘na j±n±m²’ti vakkh±mi (6.0094), atha garahissanti ma½, tasm±
eta½ vijjhitv± dubbala½ katv± pucchiss±m²”ti cintesi.
Atha tesu migesu paµhamameva otaritv± p±n²ya½ pivitv± uttiººesu bodhisatto
uggahitavatto mah±thero viya saºika½ otaritv± passaddhadaratho paccuttaritv±
rattav±kac²ra½ niv±setv± eka½ p±rupitv± ajinacamma½ a½se katv± p±n²yaghaµa½ ukkhipitv± udaka½ puñchitv± v±ma-a½sak³µe µhapesi. Tasmi½ k±le
“id±ni vijjhitu½ samayo”ti r±j± visap²ta½ sara½ ukkhipitv± mah±satta½ dakkhiºapasse vijjhi, saro v±mapassena nikkhami. Tassa viddhabh±va½ ñatv± migagaº±bh²t± pal±yi½su. Suvaººas±mapaº¹ito pana viddhopi p±n²yaghaµa½ yath± v±
tath± v± anavasumbhitv± sati½ paccupaµµh±petv± saºika½ ot±retv± v±luka½ viy³hitv± µhapetv± disa½ vavatthapetv± m±t±pit³na½ vasanaµµh±nadis±bh±gena

s²sa½ katv± rajatapaµµavaºº±ya v±luk±ya suvaººapaµim± viya nipajjitv± sati½
paccupaµµh±petv± “imasmi½ himavantappadese mama ver² n±ma natthi, mayha½m±t±pit³nañca ver² n±ma natth²”ti mukhena lohita½ cha¹¹etv± r±j±na½ adisv±va
paµhama½ g±tham±ha–296. “Ko nu ma½ usun± vijjhi, pamatta½ udah±raka½;
khattiyo br±hmaºo vesso, ko ma½ viddh± nil²yas²”ti.
Tattha pamattanti mett±bh±van±ya anupaµµhitasati½. Idañhi so sandh±yatasmi½ khaºe att±na½ pamatta½ n±ma ak±si. Viddh±ti vijjhitv±.
Evañca pana vatv± puna attano sar²rama½sassa abhakkhasammatabh±va½dassetu½ dutiya½ g±tham±ha–297. “Na me ma½s±ni khajj±ni, cammenattho na vijjati;atha kena nu vaººena, viddheyya½ ma½ amaññath±”ti.
Dutiyag±tha½ vatv± tameva n±m±divasena pucchanto ±ha–298. “Ko v± tva½ kassa v± putto, katha½ j±nemu ta½ maya½;
puµµho me samma akkh±hi, ki½ ma½ viddh± nil²yas²”ti.
Tattha (6.0095) amaññath±ti aya½ puriso kena k±raºena ma½ vijjhitabbanti
amaññitth±ti attho.
Evañca pana vatv± tuºh² ahosi. Ta½ sutv± r±j± “aya½ may± visap²tena sallena
vijjhitv± p±titopi neva ma½ akkosati na paribh±sati, mama hadaya½ samb±hantoviya piyavacanena samud±carati, gacchiss±missa santikan”ti cintetv± gantv±
tassa santike µhitova dve g±th± abh±si–299. “R±j±hamasmi k±s²na½, p²¼iyakkhoti ma½ vid³;
lobh± raµµha½ pahitv±na, migamesa½ car±maha½.
300. “Issatthe casmi kusalo, da¼hadhammoti vissuto;
n±gopi me na mucceyya, ±gato usup±tanan”ti.
Tattha r±j±hamasm²ti eva½ kirassa vitakko ahosi “dev±pi n±g±pi manussabh±s±ya kathentiyeva, ahameta½ devoti v± n±goti v± manussoti v± na j±n±mi. Sace
kujjheyya, n±seyya ma½, ‘r±j±’ti vutte pana abh±yanto n±ma natth²”ti. Tasm±
attano r±jabh±va½ j±n±petu½ paµhama½ “r±j±hamasm²”ti ±ha. Lobh±ti migama½salobhena. Migamesanti miga½ esanto. Car±mahanti car±mi aha½. Dutiya½
g±tha½ pana attano bala½ d²petuk±mo evam±ha. Tattha issattheti dhanusippe.
Da¼hadhammoti da¼hadhanu½ sahassatth±madhanu½ oropetuñca ±ropetuñca
samattho.
Iti r±j± attano bala½ vaººetv± tassa n±magotta½ pucchanto ±ha–
301. “Ko v± tva½ kassa v± putto, katha½ j±nemu ta½ maya½;
pituno attano c±pi, n±magotta½ paveday±”ti.
Tattha paveday±ti kathaya.
Ta½ (6.0096) sutv± mah±satto “sac±ha½ ‘devan±gakinnarakhattiy±d²su aññatarohamasm²’ti katheyya½, saddaheyyeva esa, saccameva panassa kathetu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± evam±ha–

302. “Nes±daputto bhaddante, s±mo iti ma½ ñ±tayo;±mantayi½su j²vanta½, svajjev±ha½ gato saye.
303. “Viddhosmi puthusallena, savisena yath± migo;
sakamhi lohite r±ja, passa semi paripluto.
304. “Paµiv±magata½ salla½, passa dhimh±mi lohita½;±turo ty±nupucch±mi, ki½ ma½ viddh± nil²yasi.
305. “Ajinamhi haññate d²pi, n±go dantehi haññate;atha kena nu vaººena, viddheyya½ ma½ amaññath±”ti.
Tattha j²vantanti ma½ ito pubbe j²vam±na½ “ehi s±ma, y±hi s±m±”ti ñ±tayo ±mantayi½su. Svajjev±ha½ gatoti so aha½ ajja eva½ gato maraºamukhe sampatto,
paviµµhoti attho. Sayeti say±mi. Pariplutoti nimuggo. Paµiv±magatanti dakkhiºapassena pavisitv± v±mapassena niggatanti attho. Pass±ti olokehi ma½. Dhimh±m²ti
niµµhubh±mi, ida½ so sati½ paccupaµµh±petv± avikampam±nova lohita½ mukhenacha¹¹etv± ±ha. ¾turo ty±nupucch±m²”ti b±¼hagil±no hutv± aha½ ta½ anupucch±mi. Nil²yas²ti etasmi½ vanagumbe nil²no acchasi. Viddheyyanti vijjhitabba½.
Amaññath±ti amaññittha.
R±j± tassa vacana½ sutv± yath±bh³ta½ an±cikkhitv± mus±v±da½ kathento ±ha–306. “Migo upaµµhito ±si, ±gato usup±tana½;
ta½ disv± ubbij² s±ma, tena kodho mam±vis²”ti.
Tattha ±vis²ti ajjhotthari. Tena k±raºena me kodho uppannoti d²peti.
Atha (6.0097) na½ mah±satto “ki½ vadesi, mah±r±ja, imasmi½ himavante ma½
disv± pal±yanamigo n±ma natth²”ti vatv± ±ha–
307. “Yato sar±mi att±na½, yato pattosmi viññuta½;
na ma½ mig± uttasanti, araññe s±pad±nipi.
308. “Yato nidhi½ parihari½, yato pattosmi yobbana½;
na ma½ mig± uttasanti, araññe s±pad±nipi.
309. “Bh²r³ kimpuris± r±ja, pabbate gandham±dane;
sammodam±n± gacch±ma, pabbat±ni van±ni ca.
310. “Na ma½ mig± uttasanti, araññe s±pad±nipi;atha kena nu vaººena, utr±santi mig± maman”ti.
Tattha na ma½ mig±ti bho mah±r±ja, yato k±lato paµµh±ya aha½ att±na½
sar±mi, yato k±lato paµµh±ya aha½ viññubh±va½ patto asmi bhav±mi, tato k±latopaµµh±ya ma½ disv± mig± n±ma na uttasanti. S±pad±nip²ti v±¼amig±pi. Yatonidhinti yato k±lato paµµh±ya aha½ v±kac²ra½ parihari½. Bh²r³ kimpuris±ti mah±r±ja, mig± t±va tiµµhantu, kimpuris± n±ma atibh²ruk± honti. Ye imasmi½ gandham±danapabbate viharanti, tepi ma½ disv± na uttasanti, atha kho maya½ aññamañña½ sammodam±n± gacch±ma. Utr±santi mig± mamanti mama½ disv± mig±
utr±seyyu½, kena k±raºena tva½ ma½ saddah±pessas²ti d²peti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “may± ima½ nirapar±dha½ vijjhitv± mus±v±do kathito, saccameva kathayiss±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–
311. “Na ta½ tasa migo s±ma, ki½ t±ha½ alika½ bhaºe;kodhalobh±bhibh³t±ha½, usu½ te ta½ avassajin”ti.
Tattha na ta½ tas±ti na ta½ disv± migo tasa, na bh²toti attho. Ki½ t±hanti ki½ teeva½ kaly±ºadassanassasantike aha½ alika½ bhaºiss±mi (6.0098). Kodhalobh±bhibh³t±hanti kodhena ca
lobhena ca abhibh³to hutv± aha½. So hi paµhamameva migesu uppannena
kodhena “mige vijjhiss±m²”ti dhanu½ ±ropetv± µhito pacch± bodhisatta½ disv±
tassa devat±d²su aññatarabh±va½ aj±nanto “pucchiss±mi nan”ti lobha½ upp±desi, tasm± evam±ha.
Evañca pana vatv± “n±ya½ suvaººas±mo imasmi½ araññe ekakova vasissati,
ñ±takehipissa bhavitabba½, pucchiss±mi nan”ti cintetv± itara½ g±tham±ha–
312. “Kuto nu s±ma ±gamma, kassa v± pahito tuva½;‘udah±ro nadi½ gaccha’, ±gato migasammatan”ti.
Tattha s±m±ti mah±satta½ ±lapati. ¾gamm±ti kuto des± ima½ vana½ ±gamitv±“amh±ka½ udah±ro udaka½ ±haritu½ nadi½ gacch±”ti kassa v± pahitokena
puggalena pesito hutv± tuva½ ima½ migasammata½ ±gatoti attho.
So tassa katha½ sutv± mahanta½ dukkhavedana½ adhiv±setv± mukhena
lohita½ cha¹¹etv± g±tham±ha–313. “Andh± m±t±pit± mayha½, te bhar±mi brah±vane;
tes±ha½ udak±h±ro, ±gato migasammatan”ti.
Tattha bhar±m²ti m³laphal±d²ni ±haritv± posemi.
Evañca pana vatv± mah±satto m±t±pitaro ±rabbha vilapanto ±ha–
314. “Atthi nesa½ us±matta½, atha s±hassa j²vita½;udakassa al±bhena, maññe andh± marissare.
315. “Na me ida½ tath± dukkha½, labbh± hi pumun± ida½;
yañca amma½ na pass±mi, ta½ me dukkhatara½ ito.
316. “Na (6.0099) me ida½ tath± dukkha½, labbh± hi pumun± ida½;
yañca t±ta½ na pass±mi, ta½ me dukkhatara½ ito.
317. “S± n³na kapaº± amm±, ciraratt±ya rucchati;
a¹¹haratteva ratte v±, nad²va avasucchati.
318. “So n³na kapaºo t±to, ciraratt±ya rucchati;
a¹¹haratteva ratte v±, nad²va avasucchati.
319. “Uµµh±nap±dacariy±ya, p±dasamb±hanassa ca;
s±ma t±tavilapant±, hiº¹issanti brah±vane.
320. Idampi dutiya½ salla½, kampeti hadaya½ mama½;
yañca andhe na pass±mi, maññe hiss±mi j²vitan”ti.
Tattha us±mattanti bhojanamatta½. “Us±”ti hi bhojanassa n±ma½ tassa ca
atthit±ya. S±hassa j²vitanti chadivasamatta½ j²vitanti attho. Ida½ ±haritv± µhapita½phal±phala½ sandh±y±ha. Atha v± us±ti usm±. Teneta½ dasseti– tesa½ sar²reusm±matta½ atthi, atha may± ±bhatena phal±phalena s±hassa j²vita½ atth²ti. Marissareti marissant²ti maññ±mi. Pumun±ti purisena, evar³pañhi dukkha½ purisena
labhitabbamev±ti attho. Ciraratt±ya rucchat²ti ciraratta½ rodissati. A¹¹haratte v±ti
majjhimaratte v±. Ratte v±ti pacchimaratte v±. Avasucchat²ti kunnad² viya sussissat²ti attho. Uµµh±nap±dacariy±y±ti mah±r±ja, aha½ rattimpi div±pi dve tayo v±re
uµµh±ya attano uµµh±nav²riyena tesa½ p±dacariya½ karomi, hatthap±de samb±-

h±mi, id±ni ma½ adisv± mamatth±ya te parih²nacakkhuk± “s±mat±t±”ti vilapant±kaºµakehi vijjhiyam±n± viya imasmi½ vanappadese hiº¹issanti vicarissant²ti attho.
Dutiya½ sallanti paµhamaviddhavisap²tasallato sataguºena sahassaguºena satasahassaguºena dukkhatara½ ida½ dutiya½ tesa½ adassanasokasalla½.
R±j± (6.0100) tassa vil±pa½ sutv± “aya½ accanta½ brahmac±r² dhamme µhito
m±t±pitaro bharati, id±ni eva½ dukkhappattopi tesa½yeva vilapati, eva½ guºasampanne n±ma may± apar±dho kato, katha½ nu kho ima½ samass±seyyan”ticintetv± “niraye paccanak±le rajja½ ki½ karissati, imin± paµijaggitaniy±menevassam±t±pitaro paµijaggiss±mi, imassa maraºampi amaraºa½ viya bhavissat²”ti sanniµµh±na½ katv± ±ha–
321. “M± b±¼ha½ paridevesi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bharissa½ te brah±vane.
322. “Issatthe casmi kusalo, da¼hadhammoti vissuto;
aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bharissa½ te brah±vane.
323. “Mig±na½ vigh±samanvesa½, vanam³laphal±ni ca;
aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bharissa½ te brah±vane.
324. “Katama½ ta½ vana½ s±ma, yattha m±t±pit± tava;
aha½ te tath± bharissa½, yath± te abhar² tuvan”ti.
Tattha bharissa½ teti te tava m±t±pitaro bhariss±mi. Mig±nanti s²h±d²na½
mig±na½ vigh±sa½ anvesanto. Ida½ so “issatthe casmi kusaloti th³lath³le mige
vadhitv± madhurama½sena tava m±t±pitaro bhariss±m²”ti vatv± “m±, mah±r±ja,amhe niss±ya p±ºavadha½ kar²”ti vutte evam±ha. Yath± teti yath± tva½ te abhari,tathev±hampi bhariss±m²ti.
Athassa mah±satto “s±dhu, mah±r±ja, tena hi me m±t±pitaro bharass³”ti vatv±
magga½ ±cikkhanto ±ha–
325. “Aya½ ekapad² r±ja, yoya½ uss²sake mama;
ito gantv± a¹¹hakosa½, tattha nesa½ ag±raka½;
yattha m±t±pit± mayha½, te bharassu ito gato”ti.
Tattha ekapad²ti ekapadamaggo. Uss²saketi yo esa mama matthakaµµh±ne.
A¹¹hakosanti a¹¹hakosantare.
Eva½ (6.0101) so tassa magga½ ±cikkhitv± m±t±pit³su balavasinehena tath±r³pa½ vedana½ adhiv±setv± tesa½ bharaºatth±ya añjali½ paggayha y±cantopuna evam±ha–
326. “Namo te k±sir±jatthu, namo te k±siva¹¹hana;andh± m±t±pit± mayha½, te bharassu brah±vane.
327. “Añjali½ te paggaºh±mi, k±sir±ja namatthu te;m±tara½ pitara½ mayha½, vutto vajj±si vandanan”ti.
Tattha vutto vajj±s²ti “putto vo suvaººas±mo nad²t²revisap²tena sallena viddho
rajatapaµµasadise v±luk±puline dakkhiºapassena nipanno añjali½ paggayha
tumh±ka½ p±de vandat²”ti eva½ mah±r±ja, may± vutto hutv± m±t±pit³na½ mevandana½ vadeyy±s²ti attho.
R±j± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. Mah±sattopi m±t±pit³na½ vandana½ pesetv± visa-ññita½ p±puºi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–328. “Ida½ vatv±na so s±mo, yuv± kaly±ºadassano;mucchito visavegena, visaññ² samapajjath±”ti.
Tattha samapajjath±ti visaññ² j±to.
So hi heµµh± ettaka½ kathento nirass±so viya ahosi. Id±ni panassa visavegena
maddit± bhavaªgacittasantati hadayar³pa½ niss±ya pavatti, kath± pacchijji,mukha½ pihita½, akkh²ni nim²lit±ni, hatthap±d± thaddhabh±va½ patt±, sakalasar²ra½ lohitena makkhita½. R±j± “aya½ id±neva may± saddhi½ kathesi, ki½ nu kho”ti tassa ass±sapass±se upadh±resi. Te pana niruddh±, sar²ra½ thaddha½ j±ta½.
So ta½ disv± “niruddho d±ni s±mo”ti soka½ saddh±retu½ asakkonto ubho hatthe
matthake µhapetv± mah±saddena paridevi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
329. “Sa r±j± paridevesi, bahu½ k±ruññasañhita½;
ajar±maroha½ ±si½, ajjeta½ ñ±mi no pure;s±ma½ k±laªkata½ disv±, natthi maccussa n±gamo.
330. “Yassu (6.0102) ma½ paµimanteti, savisena samappito;
svajja eva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sati.
331. “Niraya½ n³na gacch±mi, ettha me natthi sa½sayo;
tad± hi pakata½ p±pa½, ciraratt±ya kibbisa½.
332. “Bhavanti tassa vatt±ro, g±me kibbisak±rako;
araññe nimmanussamhi, ko ma½ vattumarahati.
333. “S±rayanti hi kamm±ni, g±me sa½gaccha m±ºav±;
araññe nimmanussamhi, ko nu ma½ s±rayissat²”ti.
Tattha ±sinti aha½ ettaka½ k±la½ ajar±maromh²ti saññ² ahosi½. Ajjetanti ajja
aha½ ima½ s±ma½ k±lakata½ disv± mamañceva aññesañca natthi maccussa
n±gamoti ta½ maccussa ±gamana½ ajja j±n±mi, ito pubbe na j±n±m²ti vilapati.
Svajja eva½ gate k±leti yo savisena sallena samappito id±neva ma½ paµimanteti,
so ajja eva½ gate k±le eva½ maraºak±le sampatte kiñci appamattakampi na
bh±sati. Tad± h²ti tasmi½ khaºe s±ma½ vijjhantena may± p±pa½ kata½. Ciraratt±ya kibbisanti ta½ pana ciraratta½ vipaccanasamattha½ d±ruºa½ pharusa½.
Tass±ti tassa evar³pa½ p±pakamma½ katv± vicarantassa.

Vatt±roti nindit±ro bhavanti “kuhi½ g±me kinti kibbisak±rako”ti. Imasmi½ panaaraññe nimmanussamhi ko ma½ vattumarahati, sace hi bhaveyya, vadeyy±ti vilapati. S±rayant²ti g±me v± nigam±d²su v± sa½gaccha m±ºav± tattha tattha bah³
puris± sannipatitv± “ambho purisagh±taka, d±ruºa½ te kamma½ kata½, asukadaº¹a½ patto n±ma tvan”ti eva½ kamm±ni s±renti codenti. Imasmi½ pana nimmanusse araññe ma½ ko s±rayissat²ti att±na½ codento vilapati.
Tad± bahusundar² n±ma devadh²t± gandham±danav±sin² mah±sattassa
sattame attabh±ve m±tubh³tapubb±. S± puttasinehena bodhisatta½ nicca½ ±vajjeti, ta½ divasa½ pana dibbasampatti½ anubhavam±n± na ta½ ±vajjeti. “Devasam±gama½ gat±”tipi vadantiyeva. S± tassa visaññibh³tak±le “ki½ (6.0103) nu kho
me puttassa pavatt²”ti ±vajjam±n± addasa “aya½ p²¼iyakkho n±ma r±j± mamaputta½ visap²tena sallena vijjhitv± migasammat±nad²t²re v±luk±puline gh±tetv±
mahantena saddena paridevati. Sac±ha½ na gamiss±mi, mama putto suvaººas±mo ettheva marissati, raññopi hadaya½ phalissati, s±massa m±t±pitaropi nir±h±r± p±n²yampi alabhant± sussitv± marissanti. Mayi pana gat±ya r±j± p±n²yaghaµa½ ±d±ya tassa m±t±pit³na½ santika½ gamissati, gantv± ca pana “putto vo
may± hato’ti kathessati. Evañca vatv± tesa½ vacana½ sutv± te puttassa santika½±nayissati. Atha kho te ca ahañca saccakiriya½ kariss±ma, saccabalena s±massa
visa½ vinassissati. Eva½ me putto j²vita½ labhissati, m±t±pitaro ca cakkh³ni
labhissanti, r±j± ca s±massa dhammadesana½ sutv± nagara½ gantv± mah±d±na½ datv± saggapar±yaºo bhavissati, tasm± gacch±maha½ tatth±”ti. S±
gantv± migasammat±nad²t²re adissam±nena k±yena ±k±se µhatv± raññ± saddhi½
kathesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–334. “S± devat± antarahit±, pabbate gandham±dane;
raññova anukamp±ya, im± g±th± abh±satha.
335. “¾gu½ kira mah±r±ja, akari kammadukkaµa½;ad³sak± pit±putt±, tayo ek³sun± hat±.
336. “Ehi ta½ anusikkh±mi, yath± te sugat² siy±;dhammenandhe vane posa, maññeha½ sugat² tay±”ti.
Tattha raññov±ti raññoyeva. ¾gu½ kir±ti mah±r±ja, tva½ mah±par±dha½ mah±p±pa½ akari. Dukkaµanti ya½ kata½ dukkaµa½ hoti, ta½ l±makakamma½ akari.
Ad³sak±ti niddos±. Pit±putt±ti m±t± ca pit± ca putto ca ime tayo jan± eka-usun±
hat±. Tasmiñhi hate tappaµibaddh± tassa m±t±pitaropi hat±va honti. Anusikkh±m²ti sikkh±pemi anus±s±mi. Pos±ti s±massa µh±ne µhatv± sineha½ paccupaµµh±petv± s±mo viya te ubho andhe posehi. Maññeha½ sugat² tay±ti eva½ tay± sugatiyeva gantabb± bhavissat²ti aha½ maññ±mi.
So (6.0104) devat±ya vacana½ sutv± “aha½ kira tassa m±t±pitaro posetv±
sagga½ gamiss±m²”ti saddahitv± “ki½ me rajjena, teyeva posess±m²”ti da¼ha½
adhiµµh±ya balavaparideva½ paridevanto soka½ tanuka½ katv± “suvaººas±mo
mato bhavissat²”ti n±n±pupphehi tassa sar²ra½ p³jetv± udakena siñcitv±
tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv± cat³su µh±nesu vanditv± tena p³rita½ udakaghaµa½ ±d±ya domanassappatto dakkhiºadis±bhimukho agam±si. Tamattha½

pak±sento satth± ±ha–
337. “Sa r±j± paridevitv±, bahu½ k±ruññasañhita½;udakakumbham±d±ya, pakk±mi dakkhiº±mukho”ti.
Pakatiy±pi mah±th±mo r±j± p±n²yaghaµa½ ±d±ya gacchanto assamapada½
koµµento viya pavisitv± duk³lapaº¹itassa paººas±l±dv±ra½ samp±puºi. Duk³lapaº¹ito anto nisinnova tassa padasadda½ sutv± “n±ya½ s±massa padasaddo,
kassa nu kho”ti pucchanto g±th±dvayam±ha–
338. “Kassa nu eso padasaddo, manussasseva ±gato;
neso s±massa nigghoso, ko nu tvamasi m±risa.
339. “Santañhi s±mo vajati, santa½ p±d±ni neyati;
neso s±massa nigghoso, ko nu tvamasi m±ris±”ti.
Tattha manussassev±ti n±ya½ s²habyagghad²piyakkhan±gakinnar±na½, ±gacchato pana manussassev±ya½ padasaddo, neso s±mass±ti. Santa½ h²ti upasamayutta½ eva. Vajat²ti caªkamati. Neyat²ti patiµµh±peti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “sac±ha½ attano r±jabh±va½ akathetv± ‘may± tumh±ka½ puttom±rito’ti vakkh±mi, ime kujjhitv± may± saddhi½ pharusa½ kathessanti. Eva½ metesu kodho uppajjissati, atha ne viheµhess±mi, ta½ mama akusala½ bhavissati,‘r±j±’ti pana vutte abh±yant± n±ma natthi, tasm± r±jabh±va½ t±va kathess±m²”ticintetv± p±n²yam±¼ake p±n²yaghaµa½ µhapetv± paººas±l±dv±re µhatv± ±ha–
340. “R±j±hamasmi (6.0105) k±s²na½, p²¼iyakkhoti ma½ vid³;
lobh± raµµha½ pahitv±na, migamesa½ car±maha½.
341. “Issatthe casmi kusalo, da¼hadhammoti vissuto;
n±gopi me na mucceyya, ±gato usup±tanan”ti.
Duk³lapaº¹itopi tena saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ karonto ±ha–342. “Sv±gata½ te mah±r±ja, atho te adur±gata½;
issarosi anuppatto, ya½ idhatthi pavedaya.
343. “Tinduk±ni piy±l±ni, madhuke k±sum±riyo;
phal±ni khuddakapp±ni, bhuñja r±ja vara½ vara½.
344. “Idampi p±n²ya½ s²ta½, ±bhata½ girigabbhar±;tato piva mah±r±ja, sace tva½ abhikaªkhas²”ti;Tassattho sattigumbaj±take (j±. 1.15.159 ±dayo) kathito. Idha pana “girigabbhar±”ti migasammata½ sandh±ya vutta½. S± hi nad² girigabbhar± nikkhantatt± “girigabbhar±” tveva j±t±.
Eva½ tena paµisanth±re kate r±j± “putto vo may± m±rito”ti paµhamameva vattu½
ayutta½, aj±nanto viya katha½ samuµµh±petv± kathess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–345. “N±la½ andh± vane daµµhu½, ko nu vo phalam±hari;anandhassevaya½ samm±, niv±po mayha kh±yat²”ti.
Tattha n±lanti tumhe andh± imasmi½ vane kiñci daµµhu½ na samatth±. Ko nu vophalam±har²ti ko nu tumh±ka½ im±ni phal±phal±ni ±hari. Niv±poti aya½ samm±nayena up±yena k±raºena kato kh±ditabbayuttak±na½ parisuddh±na½ phal±phal±na½ niv±po sannicayo anandhassa viya mayha½ kh±yati paññ±yati upaµµh±ti.

Ta½ sutv± duk³lapaº¹ito “mah±r±ja, na maya½ phal±phal±ni ±har±ma, putto
pana no ±harat²”ti dassento g±th±dvayam±ha–346. “Daharo (6.0106) yuv± n±tibrah±, s±mo kaly±ºadassano;d²ghassa kes± asit±, atho s³naggavellit±.
347. “So have phalam±haritv±, ito ±d±ya kamaº¹alu½;
nadi½ gato udah±ro, maññe na d³ram±gato”ti.
Tattha n±tibrah±ti n±tid²gho n±tirasso. S³naggavellit±ti s³nasaªkh±t±ya ma½sakoµµanapotthaniy± agga½ viya vinat±. Kamaº¹alunti ghaµa½. Na d³ram±gatoti
id±ni na d³ra½ ±gato, ±sannaµµh±na½ ±gato bhavissat²ti maññ±m²ti attho.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± ±ha–348. “Aha½ ta½ avadhi½ s±ma½, yo tuyha½ paric±rako;
ya½ kum±ra½ pavedetha, s±ma½ kaly±ºadassana½.
349. “D²ghassa kes± asit±, atho s³naggavellit±;
tesu lohitalittesu, seti s±mo mah± hato”ti.
Tattha avadhinti visap²tena sarena vijjhitv± m±resi½. Pavedeth±ti kathetha.
Set²ti migasammat±nad²t²re v±luk±puline sayati.
Duk³lapaº¹itassa pana avid³re p±rik±ya paººas±l± hoti. S± tattha nisinn±va
rañño vacana½ sutv± ta½ pavatti½ sotuk±m± attano paººas±lato nikkhamitv±
rajjukasaññ±ya duk³lapaº¹itassa santika½ gantv± ±ha–
350. “Kena duk³la mantesi, ‘hato s±mo’ti v±din±;‘hato s±mo’ti sutv±na, hadaya½ me pavedhati.
351. “Assatthasseva taruºa½, pav±¼a½ m±luterita½;‘hato s±mo’ti sutv±na, hadaya½ me pavedhat²”ti.
Tattha v±din±ti “may± s±mo hato”ti vadantena. Pav±¼anti pallava½. M±luteritanti v±tena pahaµa½.
Duk³lapaº¹ito (6.0107) ovadanto ±ha–352. “P±rike k±sir±j±ya½, so s±ma½ migasammate;kodhas± usun± vijjhi, tassa m± p±pamicchimh±”ti.
Tattha migasammateti migasammat±nad²t²re. Kodhas±ti migesu uppannena
kodhena. M± p±pamicchimh±ti tassa maya½ ubhopi p±pa½ m± icchimh±.
Puna p±rik± ±ha–353. “Kicch± laddho piyo putto, yo andhe abhar² vane;ta½ ekaputta½ gh±timhi, katha½ citta½ na kopaye”ti.
Tattha gh±timh²ti gh±take.
Duk³lapaº¹ito ±ha–354. “Kicch± laddho piyo putto, yo andhe abhar² vane;ta½ ekaputta½ gh±timhi, akkodha½ ±hu paº¹it±”ti.
Tattha akkodhanti kodho n±ma nirayasa½vattaniko, tasm± ta½ kodha½ akatv±
puttagh±takamhi akkodho eva kattabboti paº¹it± ±hu kathenti.
Evañca pana vatv± te ubhohi hatthehi ura½ paharitv± mah±sattassa guºe
vaººetv± bhusa½ paridevi½su. Atha ne r±j± samass±sento ±ha–355. “M± b±¼ha½ paridevetha, ‘hato s±mo’ti v±din±;aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bhariss±mi brah±vane.
356. “Issatthe casmi kusalo, da¼hadhammoti vissuto;
aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bhariss±mi brah±vane.
357. “Mig±na½ vigh±samanvesa½, vanam³laphal±ni ca;
aha½ kammakaro hutv±, bhariss±mi brah±vane”ti.
Tattha v±din±ti tumhe “s±mo hato”ti vadantena may± saddhi½ “tay± no eva½
guºasampanno putto m±rito, id±ni ko amhe bharissat²”ti-±d²ni (6.0108) vatv± m±b±¼ha½ paridevetha, aha½ tumh±ka½ kammakaro hutv± s±mo viya tumhe bhariss±m²ti.
Eva½ r±j± “tumhe m± cintayittha, na mayha½ rajjenattho, aha½ vo y±vaj²va½
bhariss±m²”ti te ass±sesi. Te tena saddhi½ sallapant± ±ha½su–
358. “Nesa dhammo mah±r±ja, neta½ amhesu kappati;r±j± tvamasi amh±ka½, p±de vand±ma te mayan”ti.
Tattha dhammoti sabh±vo k±raºa½ v±. Neta½ amhesu kappat²ti eta½ tava
kammakaraºa½ amhesu na kappati na sobhati. “P±de vand±ma te mayan”ti ida½
pana te pabbajitaliªge µhit±pi puttasokena samabbh±hat±ya ceva nihatam±nat±ya
ca vadi½su. “Rañño viss±sa½ upp±detu½ evam±ha½s³”tipi vadanti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± ativiya tussitv± “aho acchariya½, eva½ dosak±rake n±ma mayi
pharusavacanamattampi natthi, paggaºhantiyeva maman”ti cintetv± g±tham±ha–
359. “Dhamma½ nes±d± bhaºatha, kat± apacit² tay±;pit± tvamasi amh±ka½, m±t± tvamasi p±rike”ti.
Tattha tay±ti ekeka½ vadanto evam±ha. Pit±ti duk³lapaº¹ita, ajja paµµh±ya tva½
mayha½ pituµµh±ne tiµµha, amma p±rike, tvampi me m±tuµµh±ne tiµµha, aha½ pana
vo puttassa s±massa µh±ne µhatv± p±dadhovan±d²ni sabbakicc±ni kariss±mi, ma½
r±j±ti asallakkhetv± s±moti sallakkheth±ti.
Te añjali½ paggayha vanditv± “mah±r±ja, tava amh±ka½ kammakaraºakicca½
natthi, apica kho pana laµµhikoµiy± no gahetv± ±netv± s±ma½ dasseh²”ti y±cant±g±th±dvayam±ha½su–
360. “Namo te k±sir±jatthu, namo te k±siva¹¹hana;añjali½ te paggaºh±ma, y±va s±m±nup±paya.
361. “Tassa (6.0109) p±de samajjant±, mukhañca bhujadassana½;
sa½sumbham±n± att±na½, k±lam±gamay±mase”ti.

Tattha y±va s±m±nup±pay±ti y±va s±mo yattha, tattha amhe anup±paya. Bhujadassananti kaly±ºadassana½ abhir³pa½. Sa½sumbham±n±ti pothent±. K±lam±gamay±maseti k±lakiriya½ ±gamess±ma.
Tesa½ eva½ kathent±naññeva s³riyo atthaªgato. Atha r±j± “sac±ha½ id±neva
ime tattha ness±mi, ta½ disv±va nesa½ hadaya½ phalissati, iti tiººampi etesa½
matak±le aha½ niraye uppajjantoyeva n±ma, tasm± tesa½ gantu½ na dass±m²”ticintetv± catasso g±th±yo ajjhabh±si–362. “Brah± v±¼amig±kiººa½, ±k±santa½va dissati;
yattha s±mo hato seti, candova patito cham±.
363. “Brah± v±¼amig±kiººa½, ±k±santa½va dissati;
yattha s±mo hato seti, s³riyova patito cham±.
364. “Brah± v±¼amig±kiººa½, ±k±santa½va dissati;
yattha s±mo hato seti, pa½sun± patikunthito.
365. “Brah± v±¼amig±kiººa½, ±k±santa½va dissati;
yattha s±mo hato seti, idheva vasathassame”ti.
Tattha brah±ti accuggata½. ¾k±santa½v±ti eta½ vana½ ±k±sassa anto viya
hutv± dissati. Atha v± ±k±santanti ±k±sam±na½, pak±sam±nanti attho. Cham±ti
cham±ya½, pathaviyanti attho. “Chaman”tipi p±µho, pathavi½ patito viy±ti attho.
Patikunthitoti parikiººo, paliveµhitoti attho.
Atha (6.0110) te attano v±¼amigabhay±bh±va½ dassetu½ g±tham±ha½su–
366. “Yadi tattha sahass±ni, sat±ni niyut±ni ca;
nevamh±ka½ bhaya½ koci, vane v±¼esu vijjat²”ti.
Tattha koc²ti imasmi½ vane katthaci ekasmi½ padesepi amh±ka½ v±¼esubhaya½ n±ma natthi.
R±j± te paµib±hitu½ asakkonto hatthesu gahetv± tattha nesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–367. “Tato andh±nam±d±ya, k±sir±j± brah±vane;
hatthe gahetv± pakk±mi, yattha s±mo hato ah³”ti.
Tattha tatoti tad±. Andh±nanti andhe. Ah³ti ahosi. Yatth±ti yasmi½ µh±ne sonipanno, tattha nes²ti attho.
So ±netv± ca pana s±massa santike µhapetv± “aya½ vo putto”ti ±cikkhi.
Athassa pit± s²sa½ ukkhipitv± m±t± p±de gahetv± ³r³su µhapetv± nis²ditv± vilapi½su. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–368. “Disv±na patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;
apaviddha½ brah±raññe, canda½va patita½ cham±.
369. “Disv±na patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;
apaviddha½ brah±raññe, s³riya½va patita½ cham±.
370. “Disv±na patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;
apaviddha½ brah±raññe, kal³na½ paridevayu½.
371. “Disv±na patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;b±h± paggayha pakkandu½, ‘adhammo kira bho’iti.
372. “B±¼ha½ kho tva½ pamattosi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;

yo ajjeva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sasi.
373. “B±¼ha½ (6.0111) kho tva½ padittosi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;yo ajjeva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sasi.
374. “B±¼ha½ kho tva½ pakuddhosi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;yo ajjeva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sati.
375. “B±¼ha½ kho tva½ pasuttosi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;yo ajjeva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sasi.
376. “B±¼ha½ kho tva½ vimanosi, s±ma kaly±ºadassana;yo ajjeva½ gate k±le, na kiñci mabhibh±sasi.
377. “Jaµa½ valina½ pa½sugata½, kod±ni saºµhapessati;s±mo aya½ k±lakato, andh±na½ paric±rako.
378. “Ko me sammajjam±d±ya, sammajjissati assama½;s±mo aya½ k±lakato, andh±na½ paric±rako.
379. “Kod±ni nh±payissati, s²tenuºhodakena ca;
s±mo aya½ k±lakato, andh±na½ paric±rako.
380. “Kod±ni bhojayissati, vanam³laphal±ni ca;
s±mo aya½ k±lakato, andh±na½ paric±rako”ti.
Tattha apaviddhanti raññ± niratthaka½ cha¹¹ita½. Adhammo kira bho it²ti
ayutta½ kira bho, ajja imasmi½ loke vattati. Pamattoti tikhiºasura½ pivitv± viya
matto pamatto pam±da½ ±panno. Padittoti dappito. “Pakuddhosi vimanos²”tisabba½ vil±pavasena bhaºanti. Jaµanti t±ta, amh±ka½ jaµ±maº¹ala½. Valina½pa½sugatanti yad± ±kula½ malaggahita½ bhavissati. Kod±n²ti id±ni ko

saºµhapessati, sodhetv± uju½ karissat²ti.
Athassa m±t± bahu½ vilapitv± tassa ure hattha½ µhapetv± sant±pa½ upadh±rent² “puttassa me sant±po pavattatiyeva, visavegena visaññita½ ±panno bhavissati, nibbisabh±vatth±ya cassa saccakiriya½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± saccakiriyamak±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
381. “Disv±na (6.0112) patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;
aµµit± puttasokena, m±t± sacca½ abh±satha.
382. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, dhammac±r² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
383. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, brahmac±r² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
384. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, saccav±d² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
385. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, m±t±pettibharo ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
386. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, kule jeµµh±pac±yiko;etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
387. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, p±º± piyataro mama;etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
388. “Ya½ kiñcitthi kata½ puñña½, mayhañceva pitucca te;sabbena tena kusalena, visa½ s±massa haññat³”ti.
Tattha yena saccen±ti yena bh³tena sabh±vena. Dhammac±r²ti dasakusalakammapathadhammac±r². Saccav±d²ti hasitavasenapi mus±v±da½ na vadati. M±t±pettibharoti analaso hutv± rattindiva½ m±t±pitaro bhari. Kule jeµµh±pac±yikoti
jeµµh±na½ m±t±pit³na½ sakk±rak±rako hoti.
Eva½ m±tar± sattahi g±th±hi saccakiriy±ya kat±ya s±mo parivattitv± nipajji.
Athassa pit± “j²vati me putto, ahampissa saccakiriya½ kariss±m²”ti tatheva saccakiriyamak±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
389. “Disv±na patita½ s±ma½, puttaka½ pa½sukunthita½;
aµµito puttasokena, pit± sacca½ abh±satha.
390. “Yena (6.0113) saccenaya½ s±mo, dhammac±r² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
391. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, brahmac±r² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
392. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, saccav±d² pure ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
393. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, m±t±pettibharo ahu;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
394. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, kule jeµµh±pac±yiko;etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
395. “Yena saccenaya½ s±mo, p±º± piyataro mama;etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.

396. “Ya½ kiñcitthi kata½ puñña½, mayhañceva m±tucca te;sabbena tena kusalena, visa½ s±massa haññat³”ti.
Eva½ pitari saccakiriya½ karonte mah±satto parivattitv± itarena passena nipajji.
Athassa tatiya½ saccakiriya½ devat± ak±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± aha–397. “S± devat± antarahit±, pabbate gandham±dane;s±massa anukamp±ya, ima½ sacca½ abh±satha.
398. “Pabbaty±ha½ gandham±dane, cirarattaniv±sin²;
na me piyataro koci, añño s±mena vijjati;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
399. “Sabbe van± gandhamay±, pabbate gandham±dane;
etena saccavajjena, visa½ s±massa haññatu.
400. “Tesa½ l±lappam±n±na½, bahu½ k±ruññasañhita½;
khippa½ s±mo samuµµh±si, yuv± kaly±ºadassano”ti.
Tattha (6.0114) pabbaty±hanti pabbate aha½. Sabbe van± gandhamay±ti
sabbe rukkh± gandhamay±. Na hi tattha agandho n±ma koci rukkho atthi. Tesantibhikkhave, tesa½ ubhinna½ l±lappam±n±naññeva devat±ya saccakiriy±ya pariyos±ne khippa½ s±mo uµµh±si, padumapattato udaka½ viyassa visa½ vinivattetv±±b±dho vigato, idha nu kho viddho, ettha nu kho viddhoti viddhaµµh±nampi na
paññ±yi.
Iti mah±sattassa nirogabh±vo, m±t±pit³nañca cakkhupaµil±bho, aruºuggamanañca, devat±nubh±vena tesa½ catunna½ assameyeva p±kaµabh±vo c±ti sabba½
ekakkhaºeyeva ahosi. M±t±pitaro “cakkh³ni no laddh±ni, suvaººas±mo ca arogo
j±to”ti atirekatara½ tussi½su. Atha ne s±mapaº¹ito g±tha½ abh±si–401. “S±mohamasmi bhadda½ vo, sotthin±mhi samuµµhito;
m± b±¼ha½ paridevetha, mañcun±bhivadetha man”ti.
Tattha sotthin±mhi samuµµhitoti sotthin± sukhena uµµhito amhi bhav±mi. Mañjun±ti madhurassarena ma½ abhivadetha.
Atha so r±j±na½ disv± paµisanth±ra½ karonto ±ha–402. “Sv±gata½ te mah±r±ja, atho te adur±gata½;
issarosi anuppatto, ya½ idhatthi pavedaya.
403. “Tinduk±ni piy±l±ni, madhuke k±sum±riyo;
phal±ni khuddakapp±ni, bhuñja r±ja vara½ vara½.
404. “Atthi me p±n²ya½ s²ta½, ±bhata½ girigabbhar±;tato piva mah±r±ja, sace tva½ abhikaªkhas²”ti.
R±j±pi ta½ acchariya½ disv± ±ha–405. “Sammuyh±mi pamuyh±mi, sabb± muyhanti me dis±;peta½ ta½ s±ma maddakkhi½, ko nu tva½ s±ma j²vas²”ti.
Tattha (6.0115) petanti s±ma aha½ ta½ mata½ addasa½. Ko nu tvanti katha½
nu tva½ j²vita½ paµilabhas²ti pucchi.
Mah±satto “aya½ r±j± ma½ ‘mato’ti sallakkhesi, amatabh±vamassa pak±sess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–406. “Api j²va½ mah±r±ja, purisa½ g±¼havedana½;
upan²tamanasaªkappa½, j²vanta½ maññate mata½.
407. “Api j²va½ mah±r±ja, purisa½ g±¼havedana½;
ta½ nirodhagata½ santa½, j²vanta½ maññate matan”ti.
Tattha api j²vanti j²vam±na½ api. Upan²tamanasaªkappanti bhavaªga-otiººacitt±c±ra½. J²vantanti j²vam±nameva “eso mato”ti maññati. Nirodhagatanti ass±sapass±sanirodha½ sam±panna½ santa½ vijjam±na½ ma½ eva½ loko mata½ viya
j²vantameva maññati.
Evañca pana vatv± mah±satto r±j±na½ atthe yojetuk±mo dhamma½ desento
puna dve g±th± abh±si–408. “Yo m±tara½ pitara½ v±, macco dhammena posati;
dev±pi na½ tikicchanti, m±t±pettibhara½ nara½.
409. “Yo m±tara½ pitara½ v±, macco dhammena posati;
idheva na½ pasa½santi, pecca sagge pamodat²”ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “acchariya½ vata, bho, m±t±pettibharassa jantuno uppannaroga½ devat±pi tikicchanti, ativiya aya½ s±mo sobhat²”ti añjali½ paggayha
y±canto ±ha–
410. “Esa bhiyyo pamuyh±mi, sabb± muyhanti me dis±;saraºa½ ta½ s±ma gacch±mi, tvañca me saraºa½ bhav±”ti.
Tattha bhiyyoti yasm± t±dise parisuddhas²laguºasampanne tayi aparajjhi½,
tasm± atirekatara½ sammuyh±mi. Tvañca me saraºa½ bhav±ti saraºa½ gacchantassa me tva½ saraºa½ bhava, patiµµh± hohi, devalokag±mimagga½ karoh²ti.
Atha (6.0116) na½ mah±satto “sacepi, mah±r±ja, devaloka½ gantuk±mosi,
mahanta½ dibbasampatti½ paribhuñjituk±mosi, im±su dasar±jadhammacariy±su
vattass³”ti tassa dhamma½ desento dasa

r±jadhammacariyag±th± abh±si–411. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, m±t±pit³su khattiya;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
412. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, puttad±resu khattiya;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
413. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, mitt±maccesu khattiya;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
414. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, v±hanesu balesu ca;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
415. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, g±mesu nigamesu ca;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
416. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, raµµhesu janapadesu ca;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
417. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, samaºabr±hmaºesu ca;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
418. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, migapakkh²su khattiya;
idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
419. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, dhammo ciººo sukh±vaho;idha dhamma½ caritv±na, r±ja sagga½ gamissasi.
420. “Dhamma½ cara mah±r±ja, sa-ind± dev± sabrahmak±;suciººena diva½ patt±, m± dhamma½ r±ja p±mado”ti.
T±sa½ (6.0117) attho tesakuºaj±take (j±. 2.17.1 ±dayo) vitth±ritova. Eva½mah±satto tassa dasa r±jadhamme desetv± uttaripi ovaditv± pañca s²l±ni ad±si.
So tassa ov±da½ siras± sampaµicchitv± mah±satta½ vanditv± kham±petv± b±r±ºasi½ gantv± d±n±d²ni puññ±ni katv± saggapar±yaºo ahosi. Bodhisattopi y±vaj²va½ m±t±pitaro paricaritv± m±t±pit³hi saddhi½ pañca abhiññ± ca aµµha sam±pattiyo ca nibbattetv± brahmalok³pago ahosi.
Satth± ida½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± “bhikkhave, m±t±pit³na½ posana½
n±ma paº¹it±na½ va½so”ti vatv± sacc±ni pak±setv± j±taka½ samodh±nesi,
saccapariyos±ne m±tuposakabhikkhu sot±pattiphala½ p±puºi.
Tad± r±j± ±nando ahosi, devadh²t± uppalavaºº±, sakko anuruddho, duk³lapaº¹ito mah±kassapo, p±rik± bhaddak±pil±n² bhikkhun², suvaººas±mapaº¹ito panaahameva samm±sambuddho ahosinti.
Suvaººas±maj±takavaººan± tatiy±.

[541] 4. Nimij±takavaººan±
Acchera½ (6.0119) vata lokasminti ida½ satth± mithila½ upaniss±ya maghadeva-ambavane viharanto sitap±tukamma½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi satth±s±yanhasamaye sambahulehi bhikkh³hi saddhi½ tasmi½ ambavane c±rika½ caram±no eka½ ramaº²ya½ bh³mippadesa½ disv± attano pubbacariya½ kathetu-

k±mo hutv± sitap±tukamma½ katv± ±yasmat± ±nandattherena sitap±tukammak±raºa½ puµµho “±nanda, aya½ bh³mippadeso pubbe may± maghadevar±jak±lejh±nak²¼ha½ k²¼antena ajjh±vuµµhapubbo”ti vatv± tena y±cito paññatt±sane nis²ditv± at²ta½ ±hari.
At²te videharaµµhe mithilanagare maghadevo n±ma r±j± rajja½ k±resi. So catur±s²tivassasahass±ni kum±rak²¼ha½ k²¼i, catur±s²tivassasahass±ni uparajja½ k±resi,
catur±s²tivassasahass±ni rajja½ k±rento “yad± me samma kappaka, sirasmi½palit±ni passeyy±si, tad± me ±roceyy±s²”ti ±ha. Aparabh±ge kappako palit±ni
disv± rañño ±rocesi. R±j± palita½ suvaººasaº¹±sena uddhar±petv± hatthatale
patiµµh±petv± palita½ oloketv± maccur±jena ±gantv± nal±µe lagga½ viya maraºa½
sampassam±no “id±ni me pabbajitak±lo”ti kappakassa g±mavara½ datv± jeµµhaputta½ pakkos±petv± “t±ta, rajja½ paµiccha, aha½ pabbajiss±m²”ti vatv± “ki½
k±raº± dev±”ti vutte–“Uttamaªgaruh± mayha½, ime j±t± vayohar±;p±tubh³t± devad³t±, pabbajj±samayo mam±”ti.–Vatv± putta½ rajje abhisiñcitv± “t±ta, tvampi evar³pa½ palita½ disv±va pabbajeyy±s²”ti ta½ ovaditv± nagar± nikkhamitv± ambavane isipabbajja½ pabbajitv± catur±s²tivassasahass±ni catt±ro brahmavih±re bh±vetv± brahmaloke nibbatti. Puttopissa eteneva up±yena pabbajitv± brahmalokapar±yaºo ahosi. Tath± tassa putto,tath± tassa puttoti eva½ dv²hi ³n±ni catur±s²tikhattiyasahass±ni s²se palita½
disv±va imasmi½ ambavane (6.0120) pabbajitv± catt±ro brahmavih±re bh±vetv±
brahmaloke nibbatti½su.
Tesa½ sabbapaµhama½ nibbatto maghadevar±j± brahmaloke µhitova attano
va½sa½ olokento dv²hi ³n±ni catur±s²tikhattiyasahass±ni pabbajit±ni disv± tuµµham±naso hutv± “ito nu kho para½ pavattissati, na pavattissat²”ti olokento appavattanabh±va½ ñatv± “mama va½sa½ ahameva ghaµess±m²”ti cintetv± tato cavitv±
mithilanagare rañño aggamahesiy± kucchimhi paµisandhi½ gaºhitv± dasam±saccayena m±tu kucchito nikkhami. R±j± tassa n±maggahaºadivase nemittake
br±hmaºe pakkos±petv± pucchi. Te tassa lakkhaº±ni oloketv± “mah±r±ja, aya½
kum±ro tumh±ka½ va½sa½ ghaµento uppanno. Tumh±kañhi va½so pabbajitava½so, imassa parato n±gamissat²”ti vadi½su. Ta½ sutv± r±j± “aya½ kum±rorathacakkanemi viya mama va½sa½ ghaµento j±to, tasm± tassa ‘nimikum±ro’ti
n±ma½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± “nimikum±ro”tissa n±ma½ ak±si.
So daharak±lato paµµh±ya d±ne s²le uposathakamme ca abhirato ahosi.
Athassa pit± purimanayeneva palita½ disv± kappakassa g±mavara½ datv±
puttassa rajja½ niyy±detv± ambavane pabbajitv± brahmalokapar±yaºo ahosi.
Nimir±j± pana d±najjh±sayat±ya cat³su nagaradv±resu nagaramajjhe c±ti
pañcasu µh±nesu pañca d±nas±l±yo k±r±petv± mah±d±na½ pavattesi. Ekek±yad±nas±l±ya satasahassa½ satasahassa½ katv± devasika½ pañca pañca kah±paºasatasahass±ni pariccaji, nicca½ pañca s²l±ni rakkhi, pakkhadivasesu uposatha½ sam±diyi, mah±janampi d±n±d²su puññesu sam±dapesi, saggamagga½±cikkhitv± nirayabhayena tajjetv± dhamma½ desesi. Tassa ov±de µhit± manuss±d±n±d²ni puññ±ni katv± tato cut± devaloke nibbatti½su, devaloko parip³ri, nirayotuccho viya ahosi. Tad± t±vati½sabhavane devasaªgh± sudhamm±ya½ devasabh±ya½ sannipatitv± “aho, vata amh±ka½ ±cariyo nimir±j±, ta½ niss±ya maya½
ima½ buddhaññaºenapi aparicchindan²ya½ dibbasampatti½ anubhav±m±”ti
vatv± mah±sattassa guºe vaººayi½su (6.0121). Manussalokepi mah±samuddapiµµhe ±sittatela½ viya mah±sattassa guºakath± patthari. Satth± tamattha½ ±vibh³ta½ katv± bhikkhusaªghassa kathento ±ha–
421. “Acchera½ vata lokasmi½, uppajjanti vicakkhaº±;yad± ahu nimir±j±, paº¹ito kusalatthiko.
422. “R±j± sabbavideh±na½, ad± d±na½ arindamo;tassa ta½ dadato d±na½, saªkappo udapajjatha;d±na½ v± brahmacariya½ v±, katama½ su mahapphalan”ti.
Tattha yad± ah³ti bhikkhave, yad± paº¹ito attano ca paresañca kusalatthikonimir±j± ahosi, tad± devamanuss± “acchera½ vata, bho, evar³p±pi n±ma anuppanne buddhañ±ºe mah±janassa buddhakicca½ s±dhayam±n± lokasmi½ vicakkhaº± uppajjant²”ti eva½ tassa guºakatha½ kathesunti attho. “Yath± ah³”tipip±µho. Tassattho– yath± ahu nimir±j± paº¹ito kusalatthikoyeva, tath±r³p± mah±janassa buddhakicca½ s±dhayam±n± uppajjanti vicakkhaº±. Ya½ tesa½ uppanna½,
ta½ acchera½ vata lokasminti. Iti satth± sayameva acchariyaj±to evam±ha. Sabbavideh±nanti sabbavideharaµµhav±s²na½. Katama½ s³ti etesu dv²su katama½ nu
kho mahapphalanti attho.
So kira pannaras²-uposathadivase uposathiko hutv± sabb±bharaº±ni omuñcitv±
sirisayanapiµµhe nipannova dve y±me nidda½ okkamitv± pacchimay±me
pabuddho pallaªka½ ±bhujitv± “aha½ mah±janassa aparim±ºa½ d±nampi demi,s²lampi rakkh±mi, d±nassa nu kho mahanta½ phala½, ud±hu brahmacariyass±”ticintetv± attano kaªkha½ chinditu½ n±sakkhi. Tasmi½ khaºe sakkassa bhavana½
uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko ±vajjento ta½ tath± vitakkenta½ disv± “kaªkhamassa
chindiss±m²”ti ekakova s²gha½ ±gantv± sakalanivesana½ ekobh±sa½ katv± sirigabbha½ pavisitv± obh±sa½ pharitv± ±k±se µhatv± tena puµµho by±k±si.
Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–423. “Tassa (6.0122) saªkappamaññ±ya, maghav± devakuñjaro;sahassanetto p±turahu, vaººena vihana½ tama½.
424. “Salomahaµµho manujindo, v±sava½ avac± nimi;
devat± nusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado.
425. “Na ca me t±diso vaººo, diµµho v± yadi v± suto;±cikkha me tva½ bhaddante, katha½ j±nemu ta½ maya½.
426. “Salomahaµµha½ ñatv±na, v±savo avac± nimi½;
sakkohamasmi devindo, ±gatosmi tavantike;alomahaµµho manujinda, puccha pañha½ yamicchasi.
427. “So ca tena katok±so, v±sava½ avac± nimi;
pucch±mi ta½ mah±r±ja, sabbabh³t±namissara;‘d±na½ v± brahmacariya½ v±, katama½su mahapphala½’.

428. “So puµµho naradevena, v±savo avac± nimi½;
vip±ka½ brahmacariyassa, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
429. “H²nena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;majjhimena ca devatta½, uttamena visujjhati.
430. “Na hete sulabh± k±y±, y±cayogena kenaci;
ye k±ye upapajjanti, an±g±r± tapassino”ti.
Tattha salomahaµµhoti bhikkhave, so nimir±j± obh±sa½ disv± ±k±sa½ olokento
ta½ dibb±bharaºapaµimaº¹ita½ disv±va bhayena lomahaµµho hutv± “devat± nusi
gandhabbo”ti-±din± pucchi. Alomahaµµhoti nibbhayo ahaµµhalomo hutv± puccha,
mah±r±j±ti. V±sava½ avac±ti tuµµham±naso hutv± sakka½ avoca. J±na½ akkh±sij±natoti bhikkhave, so sakko at²te attan± paccakkhato diµµhapubba½ brahmacariyassa vip±ka½ j±nanto tassa aj±nato akkh±si.
H²nen±ti-±d²su puthutitth±yatane methunaviratimatta½ s²la½ h²na½ n±ma, tenakhattiyakule upapajjati. Jh±nassa upac±ramatta½ majjhima½ n±ma, tena (6.0123)
devatta½ upapajjati. Aµµhasam±pattinibbattana½ pana uttama½ n±ma, tenabrahmaloke nibbattati, ta½ b±hirak± nibb±nanti kathenti. Ten±ha “visujjhat²”ti.
Imasmi½ pana buddhas±sane parisuddhas²lassa bhikkhuno aññatara½ devanik±ya½ patthentassa brahmacariyacetan± h²nat±ya h²na½ n±ma, tena yath±patthite devaloke nibbattati. Parisuddhas²lassa bhikkhuno aµµhasam±pattinibbattana½ majjhima½ n±ma, tena brahmaloke nibbattati. Parisuddhas²lassa vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± arahattuppatti uttama½ n±ma, tena visujjhat²ti. Iti sakko “mah±r±ja, d±nato sataguºena sahassaguºena satasahassaguºena brahmacariyav±sova mahapphalo”ti vaººeti. K±y±ti brahmaghaµ±. Y±cayogen±ti y±canayuttakena
yaññayuttakena v±ti ubhayatth±pi d±yakasseveta½ n±ma½. Tapassinoti tapanissitak±.
Im±ya g±th±ya brahmacariyav±sasseva mahapphalabh±va½ d²petv± id±ni ye
at²te mah±d±na½ datv± k±m±vacara½ atikkamitu½ n±sakkhi½su, te r±j±nodassento ±ha–
431. “Dud²po s±garo selo, mujakindo bhag²raso;usindaro kassapo ca, asako ca puthujjano.
432. “Ete caññe ca r±j±no, khattiy± br±hmaº± bah³;
puthuyañña½ yajitv±na, petatta½ n±tivattisun”ti.
Tassattho– mah±r±ja, pubbe b±r±ºasiya½ dud²po n±ma r±j± d±na½ datv± maraºacakkena chinno k±m±vacareyeva nibbatti. Tath± s±gar±dayo aµµh±ti ete ca
aññe ca bah³ r±j±no ceva khattiy± br±hmaº± ca puthuyañña½ yajitv±na anekappak±ra½ d±na½ datv± k±m±vacarabh³misaªkh±ta½ petatta½ n±tivatti½s³ti
attho. K±m±vacaradevat± hi r³p±dino kilesavatthussa k±raº± para½ pacc±s²sanato kapaºat±ya “pet±”ti vuccanti. Vuttampi ceta½–“Ye (6.0124) adutiy± na ramanti ekik±, vivekaja½ ye na labhanti p²ti½;
kiñc±pi te indasam±nabhog±, te ve par±dh²nasukh± var±k±”ti.
Evampi d±naphalato brahmacariyaphalasseva mahantabh±va½ dassetv± id±ni
brahmacariyav±sena petabhavana½ atikkamitv± brahmaloke nibbattat±pasedassento ±ha–433. “Atha y²me avatti½su, an±g±r± tapassino;
sattisayo y±mahanu, somay±mo manojavo.

434. “Samuddo m±gho bharato ca, isi k±lapurakkhato;
aªg²raso kassapo ca, kisavaccho akatti c±”ti.
Tattha avatti½s³ti k±m±vacara½ atikkami½su. Tapassinoti s²latapañceva sam±pattitapañca nissit±. Sattisayoti y±mahanu-±dayo satta bh±tarova sandh±y±ha.
Aªg²ras±d²hi cat³hi saddhi½ ek±dasete avatti½su atikkami½s³ti attho.
Eva½ t±va sutavaseneva d±naphalato brahmacariyav±sasseva mahapphalata½
vaººetv± id±ni attan± diµµhapubba½ ±haranto ±ha–435. “Uttarena nad² s²d±, gambh²r± duratikkam±;na¼aggivaºº± jotanti, sad± kañcanapabbat±.
436. “Par³¼hakacch± tagar±, r³¼hakacch± van± nag±;tatr±su½ dasasahass±, por±º± isayo pure.
437. “Aha½ seµµhosmi d±nena, sa½yamena damena ca;
anuttara½ vata½ katv±, pakirac±r² sam±hite.
438. “J±timanta½ ajaccañca, aha½ ujugata½ nara½;
ativela½ namassissa½, kammabandh³ hi m±ºav±.
439. “Sabbe (6.0125) vaºº± adhammaµµh±, patanti niraya½ adho;sabbe vaºº± visujjhanti, caritv± dhammamuttaman”ti.
Tattha uttaren±ti mah±r±ja, at²te uttarahimavante dvinna½ suvaººapabbat±na½antare pavatt± s²d± n±ma nad² gambh²r± n±v±hipi duratikkam± ahosi. Ki½ k±raº±?
S± hi atisukhumodak±, sukhumatt± udakassa antamaso morapiñcha-mattampi
tattha patita½ na½ saºµh±ti, os²ditv± heµµh±talameva gacchati. Teneva s± s²d±n±ma ahosi. Te pana tass± t²resu kañcanapabbat± sad± na¼aggivaºº± hutv±
jotanti obh±santi. Par³¼hakacch± tagar±ti tass± pana nadiy± t²re kacch± par³¼hatagar± ahesu½ tagaragandhasugandhino. R³¼hakacch± van± nag±ti ye tattha
aññepi pabbat±, tesampi antare kacch± r³¼havan± ahesu½, pupphaphal³pagarukkhasañchann±ti attho. Tatr±sunti tasmi½ eva½ ramaº²ye bh³mibh±ge dasasahass± isayo ahesu½. Te sabbepi abhiññ±sam±pattil±bhinova. Tesu bhikkh±c±ravel±ya keci uttarakuru½ gacchanti, keci mah±jambud²pe jambuphala½ ±haranti,
keci himavanteyeva madhuraphal±phal±ni ±haritv± kh±danti, keci jambud²patale
ta½ ta½ nagara½ gacchanti. Ekopi rasataºh±bhibh³to natthi, jh±nasukheneva
v²tin±menti. Tad± eko t±paso ±k±sena b±r±ºasi½ gantv± sunivattho sup±ruto
piº¹±ya caranto purohitassa gehadv±ra½ p±puºi. So tassa upasame pas²ditv±
antonivesana½ ±netv± bhojetv± katip±ha½ paµijagganto viss±se uppanne “bhante,tumhe kuhi½ vasath±”ti pucchi. “Asukaµµh±ne n±m±vuso”ti. “Ki½ pana tumhe ekakova tattha vasatha, ud±hu aññepi atth²”ti? “Ki½ vadesi, ±vuso, tasmi½ padesedasasahass± isayo vasanti, sabbeva abhiññ±sam±pattil±bhino”ti. Tassa tesa½
guºa½ sutv± pabbajj±ya citta½ nami. Atha na½ so ±ha– “bhante, mampi tattha
netv± pabb±jeth±”ti. “¾vuso, tva½ r±japuriso, na ta½ sakk± pabb±jetun”ti. “Tenahi, bhante, ajj±ha½ r±j±na½ ±pucchiss±mi, tumhe svepi ±gaccheyy±th±”ti. So
adhiv±sesi.
Itaropi bhuttap±tar±so r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv± “icch±maha½, deva, pabbajitun”ti ±ha. “Ki½ k±raº± pabbajissas²”ti? “K±mesu dosa½ nekkhamme ca (6.0126) ±ni-sa½sa½ disv±”ti. “Tena hi pabbaj±hi, pabbajitopi ma½ dasseyy±s²”ti. So“s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± attano geha½ gantv± puttad±ra½ anus±sitv± sabba½s±pateyya½ dassetv± attano pabbajitaparikkh±ra½ gahetv± t±pasassa ±gamanamagga½ olokentova nis²di. T±pasopi tatheva ±k±sen±gantv± antonagara½ pavisitv± tassa geha½ p±visi. So ta½ sakkacca½ parivisitv± “bhante, may± katha½
k±tabban”ti ±ha. So ta½ bahinagara½ netv± hatthe ±d±ya attano ±nubh±vena
tattha netv± pabb±jetv± punadivase ta½ tattheva µhapetv± bhatta½ ±haritv± datv±
kasiºaparikamma½ ±cikkhi. So katip±heneva abhiññ±sam±pattiyo nibbattetv±
sayameva piº¹±ya carati.
So aparabh±ge “aha½ rañño att±na½ dassetu½ paµiñña½ ad±si½, dassess±massa att±nan”ti cintetv± t±pase vanditv± ±k±sena b±r±ºasi½ gantv± bhikkha½
caranto r±jadv±ra½ p±puºi. R±j± ta½ disv± sañj±nitv± antonivesana½ pavesetv±
sakk±ra½ katv± “bhante, kuhi½ vasath±”ti pucchi. “Uttarahimavantapadese kañcanapabbatantare pavatt±ya s²d±nadiy± t²re, mah±r±j±”ti. “Ki½ pana, bhante, ekakova tattha vasatha, ud±hu aññepi atth²”ti. “Ki½ vadesi, mah±r±ja, tattha dasasahass± isayo vasanti, sabbeva abhiññ±sam±pattil±bhino”ti? R±j± tesa½ guºa½
sutv± sabbesa½ bhikkha½ d±tuk±mo ahosi. Atha na½ r±j± ±ha– “bhante, aha½
tesa½ is²na½ bhikkha½ d±tuk±momhi, ki½ karom²”ti? “Mah±r±ja, te isayo jivh±viññeyyarase agiddh±, na sakk± idh±netun”ti. “Bhante, tumhe niss±ya te bhojess±mi, up±ya½ me ±cikkhath±”ti. “Tena hi, mah±r±ja, sace tesa½ d±na½ d±tuk±mosi, ito nikkhamitv± s²d±nad²t²re vasanto tesa½ d±na½ deh²”ti.
So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± sabb³pakaraº±ni g±h±petv± caturaªginiy± sen±ya
saddhi½ nikkhamitv± attano rajjas²ma½ p±puºi. Atha na½ t±paso attano ±nubh±vena saddhi½ sen±ya s²d±nad²t²ra½ netv± nad²t²re khandh±v±ra½ k±r±petv± ±k±sena attano vasanaµµh±na½ gantv± punadivase pacc±gami. Atha na½ r±j±sakkacca½ bhojetv± “sve, bhante, dasasahasse isayo ±d±ya idheva ±gacchath±”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti (6.0127) sampaµicchitv± gantv± punadivase bhikkh±c±ravel±ya tesa½ is²na½ ±rocesi “m±ris±, b±r±ºasir±j± ‘tumh±ka½ bhikkha½ dass±m²’ti±gantv± s²d±nad²t²re nisinno sve vo nimanteti, tass±nukamp±ya khandh±v±ra½
gantv± bhikkha½ gaºhath±”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± ±k±sena gantv±
khandh±v±rassa avid³re otari½su. R±j± te disv± paccuggamana½ katv± khandh±v±ra½ pavesetv± paññatt±sanesu nis²d±petv± isigaºa½ paº²ten±h±rena santappetv± tesa½ iriy±pathe pasanno sv±tan±yapi nimantesi. Etenup±yena dasanna½t±pasasahass±na½ dasavassasahass±ni d±na½ ad±si. Dadanto ca tasmi½yeva
padese nagara½ m±petv± sassakamma½ k±resi. Na kho pana, mah±r±ja, tad± sor±j± añño ahosi, atha kho aha½ seµµhosmi d±nena, ahameva hi tad± d±nena
seµµho hutv± ta½ mah±d±na½ datv± ima½ petaloka½ atikkamitv± brahmaloke
nibbattitu½ n±sakkhi½. May± dinna½ pana d±na½ bhuñjitv± sabbeva te t±pas±
k±m±vacara½ atikkamitv± brahmaloke nibbatt±, imin±peta½ veditabba½ “brahmacariyav±sova mahapphalo”ti.
Eva½ d±nena attano seµµhabh±va½ pak±setv± itarehi t²hi padehi tesa½ is²na½
guºa½ pak±seti. Tattha sa½yamen±ti s²lena. Damen±ti indriyadamena. Anutta-

ranti etehi guºehi nirantara½ uttama½ vata½ sam±d±na½ caritv±. Pakirac±r²ti
gaºa½ pakiritv± paµikkhipitv± pah±ya ekac±rike, ek²bh±va½ gateti attho. Sam±hiteti upac±rappan±sam±dh²hi sam±hitacitte. Evar³pe aha½ tapassino upaµµhahinti
dasseti. Aha½ ujugatanti aha½, mah±r±ja, tesa½ dasasahass±na½ is²na½ antarek±yavaªk±d²na½ abh±vena ujugata½ ekampi nara½ h²najacco v± hotu j±tisampanno v±, j±ti½ avic±retv± tesa½ guºesu pasannam±naso hutv± sabbameva
ativela½ namassissa½, niccak±lameva namassissanti vadati. Ki½ k±raº±? Kammabandh³ hi m±ºav±ti, satt± hi n±mete kammabandh³ kammapaµisaraº±, teneva
k±raºena sabbe vaºº±ti veditabb±.
Evañca (6.0128) pana vatv± “kiñc±pi, mah±r±ja, d±nato brahmacariyameva
mahapphala½, dvepi panete mah±purisavitakk±va, tasm± dv²supi appamattova
hutv± d±nañca dehi, s²lañca rakkh±h²”ti ta½ ovaditv± sakaµµh±nameva gato.
Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–

440. “Ida½ vatv±na maghav±, devar±j± sujampati;vedehamanus±sitv±, saggak±ya½ apakkam²”ti.
Tattha apakkam²ti pakkami, sudhamm±devasabh±ya½ nisinnameva att±na½dasses²ti attho.
Atha na½ devagaº± ±ha½su “mah±r±ja, nanu na paññ±yittha, kuhi½ gatatth±”ti? “M±ris± mithil±ya½ nimirañño ek± kaªkh± uppajji, tassa pañha½ kathetv±
ta½ r±j±na½ nikkaªkha½ katv± ±gatomh²”ti vatv± puna ta½ k±raºa½ g±th±yakathetu½ ±ha–441. “Ima½ bhonto nis±metha, y±vantettha sam±gat±;
dhammik±na½ manuss±na½, vaººa½ ucc±vaca½ bahu½.
442. “Yath± aya½ nimir±j±, paº¹ito kusalatthiko;r±j± sabbavideh±na½, ad± d±na½ arindamo.
443. “Tassa ta½ dadato d±na½, saªkappo udapajjatha;d±na½ v± brahmacariya½ v±, katama½ su mahapphalan”ti.
Tattha imanti dhammik±na½ kaly±ºadhamm±na½ manuss±na½ may± vuccam±na½ s²lavasena ucca½ d±navasena avaca½ bahu½ ima½ vaººa½ nis±metha
suº±th±ti attho. Yath± ayanti aya½ nimir±j± yath± ativiya paº¹itoti.
Iti so aparih±petv± rañño vaººa½ kathesi. Ta½ sutv± devasaªgh± r±j±na½daµµhuk±m± hutv± “amh±ka½ nimir±j± ±cariyo, tassov±de µhatv± ta½ niss±yaamhehi aya½ dibbasampatti laddh±, maya½ daµµhuk±mamh±, ta½ pakkos±pehi,mah±r±j±”ti vadi½su. Sakko “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± m±tali½ pakkos±petv±“samma m±tali, vejayantaratha½ yojetv± mithila½ gantv± nimir±j±na½ dibbay±ne±ropetv± ±neh²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± ratha½ yojetv± p±y±si.
Sakkassa (6.0129) pana devehi saddhi½ kathentassa m±tali½ ±º±pentassa ca
ratha½ yojentassa ca manussagaºan±ya m±so atikkanto. Iti nimirañño puººam±ya½ uposathikassa p±c²nas²hapañjara½ vivaritv± mah±tale nis²ditv± amaccagaºaparivutassa s²la½ paccavekkhantassa p±c²nalokadh±tuto uggacchantena
candamaº¹alena saddhi½yeva so ratho paññ±yati. Manuss± bhuttas±yam±s±
gharadv±resu nis²ditv± sukhakatha½ kathent± “ajja dve cand± uggat±”ti ±ha½su.
Atha nesa½ sallapant±naññeva ratho p±kaµo ahosi. Mah±jano “n±ya½, cando,
ratho”ti vatv± anukkamena sindhavasahassayutte m±talisaªg±hake vejayantarathe ca p±kaµe j±te “kassa nu kho ida½ dibbay±na½ ±gacchat²”ti cintetv± “nakassaci aññassa, amh±ka½ r±j± dhammiko, sakkena vejayantaratho pesito bhavissati, amh±ka½ raññova anucchaviko”ti tuµµhappahaµµho g±tham±ha–444. “Abbhuto vata lokasmi½, uppajji lomaha½sano;dibbo ratho p±turahu, vedehassa yasassino”ti.
Tattha abbhutoti abh³tapubbo. Acchariyoti te vimhayavasenevam±ha½su.
Tassa pana mah±janassa eva½ kathentasseva m±tali v±tavegena ±gantv±
ratha½ nivattetv± s²hapañjara-umm±re pacch±bh±gena µhapetv± ±rohaºasajja½
katv± ±rohaºatth±ya r±j±na½ nimantesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–445. “Devaputto mahiddhiko, m±tali devas±rathi;
nimantayittha r±j±na½, vedeha½ mithilaggaha½.

446. “Ehima½ ratham±ruyha, r±jaseµµha disampati;
dev± dassanak±m± te, t±vati½s± sa-indak±;saram±n± hi te dev±, sudhamm±ya½ samacchare”ti.
Tattha mithilaggahanti mithil±ya½ patiµµhitageha½, cat³hi v± saªgahavatth³hi
mithil±ya½ saªg±haka½. Samacchareti taveva guºakatha½ kathent± nisinn±ti.
Ta½ (6.0130) sutv± r±j± “adiµµhapubba½ devalokañca passiss±mi, m±talissa ca
me saªgaho kato bhavissati, gacchiss±m²”ti cintetv± antepurañca mah±janañca±mantetv± “aha½ nacirasseva ±gamiss±mi, tumhe appamatt± d±n±d²ni puññ±ni
karoth±”ti vatv± ratha½ abhiruhi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–447. “Tato r±j± taram±no, vedeho mithilaggaho;±san± vuµµhahitv±na, pamukho ratham±ruhi.
448. “Abhir³¼ha½ ratha½ dibba½, m±tali etadabravi;
kena ta½ nemi maggena, r±jaseµµha disampati;
yena v± p±pakammant±, puññakamm± ca ye nar±”ti.
Tattha pamukhoti uttamo, abhimukho v±, mah±janassa piµµhi½ datv± ±r³¼hoti
attho. Yena v±ti yena maggena gantv± yattha p±pakammant± vasanti, ta½ µh±na½
sakk± daµµhu½, yena v± gantv± ye puññakamm± nar± vasanti, tesa½ µh±na½
sakk± daµµhu½, etesu dv²su kena maggena ta½ nemi. Ida½ so sakkena an±ºattopi attano d³tavisesadassanattha½ ±ha.
Atha na½ r±j± “may± dve µh±n±ni adiµµhapubb±ni, dvepi passiss±m²”ti cintetv±±ha–449. “Ubhayeneva ma½ nehi, m±tali devas±rathi;
yena v± p±pakammant±, puññakamm± ca ye nar±”ti.
Tato m±tali “dvepi ekapah±reneva na sakk± dassetu½, pucchiss±mi nan”tipucchanto puna g±tham±ha–450. “Kena ta½ paµhama½ nemi, r±jaseµµha disampati;
yena v± p±pakammant±, puññakamm± ca ye nar±”ti.
Nirayakaº¹a½
Tato r±j± “aha½ avassa½ devaloka½ gamiss±mi, niraya½ t±va passiss±m²”ticintetv± anantara½ g±tham±ha–451. “Niraye t±va pass±mi, ±v±se p±pakammina½;µh±n±ni luddakamm±na½, duss²l±nañca y± gat²”ti.
Tattha (6.0131) y± gat²ti y± etesa½ nibbatti, tañca pass±m²ti.
Athassa vetaraºi½ nadi½ t±va dassesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–452. “Dassesi m±tali rañño, dugga½ vetaraºi½ nadi½;
kuthita½ kh±rasa½yutta½, tatta½ aggisikh³paman”ti.
Tattha vetaraºinti bhikkhave, m±tali rañño katha½ sutv± niray±bhimukha½
ratha½ pesetv± kammapaccaye utun± samuµµhita½ vetaraºi½ nadi½ t±va
dassesi. Tattha nirayap±l± jalit±ni asisattitomarabhindiv±lamuggar±d²ni ±vudh±nigahetv± nerayikasatte paharanti vijjhanti viheµhenti. Te ta½ dukkha½ asahant±vetaraºiya½ patanti. S± upari bhindiv±lappam±º±hi sakaºµak±hi vettalat±hi
sañchann±. Te tattha bah³ni vassasahass±ni pacci½su. Tesu pajjalantesu khuradh±r±tikhiºesu kaºµakesu khaº¹±khaº¹ik± honti. Tesa½ heµµh± t±lakkhandhappam±º±ni pajjalita-ayas³l±ni uµµhahanti. Nerayikasatt± bahu½ addh±na½ v²tin±metv± vettalat±hi ga¼itv± s³lesu patitv± viddhasar²r± s³lesu ±vuºitamacch± viya
cira½ paccanti. T±ni s³l±nipi pajjalanti, nerayikasatt±pi pajjalanti. S³l±na½ heµµh±
udakapiµµhe jalit±ni khuradh±r±sadis±ni tikhiº±ni ayopokkharapatt±ni honti. Te
s³lehi ga¼itv± ayapokkharapattesu patitv± cira½ dukkhavedana½ anubhavanti.
Tato kh±rodake patanti, udaka½ pajjalati, nerayikasatt±pi pajjalanti, dh³mopi uµµhahati. Udakassa pana heµµh± nad²tala½ khuradh±r±hi sañchanna½. Te “heµµh± nu
kho k²disan”ti udake nimujjitv± khuradh±r±su khaº¹±khaº¹ik± honti. Te ta½ mah±dukkha½ adhiv±setu½ asakkont± mahanta½ bherava½ viravant± vicaranti.
Kad±ci anusota½ vuyhanti, kad±ci paµisota½. Atha ne t²re µhit± nirayap±l± ususattitomar±d²ni ukkhipitv± macche viya vijjhanti. Te dukkhavedan±ppatt± mah±virava½ ravanti. Atha ne pajjalitehi ayaba¼isehi uddharitv± parika¹¹hitv± pajjalita-ayapathaviya½ nipajj±petv± tesa½ mukhe tatta½ ayogu¼ha½ pakkhipanti.
Iti nimir±j± vetaraºiya½ mah±dukkhap²¼ite nerayikasatte disv± bh²tatasito saªkampitahadayo hutv± “ki½ n±mete satt± p±pakamma½ (6.0132) aka½s³”ti m±tali½pucchi. Sopissa by±k±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento ±ha–453. “Nim² have m±talimajjhabh±satha, disv± jana½ patam±na½ vidugge;bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± vetaraºi½ patanti.
454. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
455. “Ye dubbale balavant± j²valoke, hi½ santi rosenti sup±padhamm±;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± vetaraºi½ patant²”ti.
Tattha vindat²ti aha½ attano anissaro hutv± bhayasantako viya j±to. Disv±ti patam±na½ disv±. J±nanti bhikkhave, so m±tali saya½ j±nanto tassa aj±nato akkh±si.
Dubbaleti sar²rabalabhogabala-±º±balavirahite. Balavant±ti tehi balehi samann±gat±. Hi½sant²ti p±ºippah±r±d²hi kilamenti. Rosent²ti n±nappak±rehi akkosavatth³hi akkosanti ghaµenti. Pasavetv±ti janetv±, katv±ti attho.
Eva½ m±tali tassa pañha½ by±karitv± raññ± vetaraºiniraye diµµhe ta½ padesa½
antaradh±petv± purato ratha½ pesetv± sunakh±d²hi kh±danaµµh±na½ dassetv±
ta½ disv± bh²tena raññ± pañha½ puµµho by±k±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth±±ha–456. “S±m± (6.0133) ca soº± sabal± ca

gijjh±, k±kolasaªgh± adanti bherav±;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± ki½maka½su p±pa½, yeme jane k±kolasaªgh± adanti.
457. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
458. “Ye kecime maccharino kadariy±, paribh±sak± samaºabr±hmaº±na½;hi½ santi rosenti sup±padhamm±, te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½;teme jane k±kolasaªgh± adant²”ti.
Ito paresu pañhesu ceva by±karaºesu ca eseva nayo. Tattha s±m±ti rattavaºº±.
Soº±ti sunakh±. Sabal± c±ti kabaravaºº± ca, setak±¼ap²talohitavaºº± c±ti eva½
pañcavaººasunakhe dasseti. Te kira mah±hatthippam±º± jalita-ayapathaviya½
nerayikasatte mige viya anubandhitv± piº¹ikama½sesu ¹a½sitv± tesa½ tig±vutappam±ºa½ sar²ra½ jalita-ayapathaviya½ p±tetv± mah±rava½ ravant±na½ dv²hi
purimap±dehi ura½ akkamitv± aµµhimeva sesetv± ma½sa½ luñcitv± kh±danti.
Gijjh±ti mah±bhaº¹asakaµappam±º± lohatuº¹± gijjh±. Ete tesa½ kaºayasadisehi
tuº¹ehi aµµh²ni bhinditv± aµµhimiñja½ kh±danti. K±kolasaªgh±ti lohatuº¹ak±kagaº±. Te ativiya bhay±nak± diµµhe diµµhe kh±danti. Yeme janeti ye ime nerayikasatte k±kolasaªgh± kh±danti, ime nu macc± ki½ n±ma p±pa½ aka½s³ti pucchi.
Maccharinoti aññesa½ ad±yak±. Kadariy±ti pare dentepi paµisedhak± thaddhamaccharino. Samaºabr±hmaº±nanti samitab±hitap±p±na½.
459. “Sajotibh³t± (..0134) pathavi½ kamanti, tattehi khandhehi ca pothayanti;bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± khandhahat± sayanti.
460. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
461. “Ye j²valokasmi sup±padhammino, narañca n±riñca ap±padhamma½;
hi½ santi rosenti sup±padhamm±, te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½;teme jan± khandhahat± sayant²”ti.
Tattha sajotibh³t±ti pajjalitasar²r±. Pathavinti pajjalita½ navayojanabahala½ ayapathavi½. Kamant²ti akkamanti. Khandhehi ca pothayant²ti nirayap±l± anubandhitv± t±lappam±ºehi jalita-ayakkhandhehi jaªgh±d²su paharitv± p±tetv± teheva
khandhehi pothayanti, cuººavicuººa½ karonti. Sup±padhamminoti attan± suµµhu
p±padhamm± hutv±. Ap±padhammanti s²l±c±r±disampanna½, nirapar±dha½ v±.
462. “Aªg±rak±su½ apare phuºanti, nar± rudant± parida¹¹hagatt±;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± ki½ maka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± aªg±rak±su½ phuºanti.
463. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
464. “Ye keci (6.0135) p³g±ya dhanassa hetu, sakkhi½ karitv± iºa½ j±payanti;
te j±payitv± janata½ janinda, te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½;teme jan± aªg±rak±su½ phuºant²”ti.
Tattha aªg±rak±sunti samma m±tali, ke n±mete apare vaja½ apavisantiyo g±vo

viya sampariv±retv± nirayap±lehi jalita-ayagu¼ehi pothiyam±n± aªg±rak±su½patanti. Tatra ca nesa½ y±va kaµippam±º± nimugg±na½ mahat²hi ayapacch²hi±d±ya upari-aªg±re okiranti, atha ne aªg±re sampaµicchitu½ asakkont± rodant±
da¹¹hagatt± phuºanti vidhunanti, kammabalena v± attano s²se aªg±re phuºanti
okirant²ti attho. P³g±ya dhanass±ti ok±se sati d±na½ v± dass±ma, p³ja½ v± pavattess±ma, vih±ra½ v± kariss±m±ti sa½ka¹¹hitv± µhapitassa p³gasantakassa
dhanassa hetu. J±payant²ti ta½ dhana½ yath±ruci kh±ditv± gaºajeµµhak±na½
lañja½ datv± “asukaµµh±ne ettaka½ vayakaraºa½ gata½, asukaµµh±ne amhehi
ettaka½ dinnan”ti k³µasakkhi½ karitv± ta½ iºa½ j±payanti vin±senti.
465. “Sajotibh³t± jalit± paditt±, padissati mahat² lohakumbh²;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± ava½sir± lohakumbhi½
patanti.
466. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
467. “Ye s²lavanta½ samaºa½ br±hmaºa½ v±, hi½santi rosenti sup±padhamm±;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± ava½sir± lohakumbhi½ patant²”ti.
Tattha (6.0136) paditt±ti-±ditt±. Mahat²ti pabbatappam±º± kappena saºµhitaloharasena sampuºº±. Ava½sir±ti bhay±nakehi nirayap±lehi uddha½p±de adhosire
katv± khipiyam±n± ta½ lohakumbhi½ patanti. S²lavantanti s²la-±c±raguºasampanna½.
468. “Luñcanti g²va½ atha veµhayitv±, uºhodakasmi½ pakiledayitv±;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± luttasir± sayanti.
469. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
470. “Ye j²valokasmi sup±padhammino, pakkh² gahetv±na viheµhayanti te;
viheµhayitv± sakuºa½ janinda, te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½;teme jan± luttasir± sayan”ti.
Tattha luñcant²ti upp±µenti. Atha veµhayitv±ti jalitalohayottehi adhomukha½veµhayitv±. Uºhodakasminti kappena saºµhitaloha-udakasmi½. Pakiledayitv±ti
temetv± khipitv±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– samma m±tali, yesa½ ime nirayap±l± jalitalohayottehi g²va½ veµhetv± tig±vutappam±ºa½ sar²ra½ on±metv± ta½ g²va½ samparivattaka½ luñcitv± jalita-ayadaº¹ehi ±d±ya ekasmi½ jalitaloharase pakkhipitv±
tuµµhahaµµh± honti, t±ya ca g²v±ya luñcit±ya puna s²sena saddhi½ g²v± uppajjatiyeva. Ki½ n±mete kamma½ kari½su? Ete hi me disv± bhaya½ uppajjat²ti. Pakkh²
gahetv±na viheµhayant²ti mah±r±ja, ye j²valokasmi½ sakuºe gahetv± pakkhe
luñcitv± g²va½ veµhetv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±petv± kh±danti v± vikkiºanti v±, te ime
luttasir± sayant²ti.
471. “Pah³tatoy± (6.0137) anig±dhak³l±, nad² aya½ sandati suppatitth±;ghamm±bhitatt± manuj± pivanti, p²tañca tesa½ bhusa hoti p±ni.
472. “Bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, p²tañca tesa½ bhusa hoti p±ni.
473. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
474. “Ye suddhadhañña½ pal±sena missa½, asuddhakamm± kayino dadanti;
ghamm±bhitatt±na pip±sit±na½, p²tañca tesa½ bhusa hoti p±n²”ti.
Tattha anig±dhak³l±ti agambh²rat²r±. Suppatitth±ti sobhanehi titthehi upet±.
Bhusa hot²ti v²hibhusa½ sampajjati. P±n²ti p±n²ya½. Tasmi½ kira padese pah³tasalil± ramaº²y± nad² sandati, nerayikasatt± aggisant±pena tatt± pip±sa½ sandh±retu½ asakkont± b±h± paggayha jalitalohapathavi½ maddant± ta½ nadi½ otaranti, taªkhaºaññeva t²r± pajjalanti, p±n²ya½ bhusapal±sabh±va½ ±pajjitv± pajjalati. Te pip±sa½ sandh±retu½ asakkont± ta½ jalita½ bhusapal±sa½ kh±danti. Ta½
tesa½ sakalasar²ra½ jh±petv± adhobh±gena nikkhamati. Te ta½ dukkha½ adhiv±setu½ asakkont± b±h± paggayha kandanti. Suddhadhaññanti v²hi-±disattavidha½
parisuddhadhañña½. Pal±sena missanti pal±sena v± bhusena v± v±luk±mattik±d²hi v± missaka½ katv±. Asuddhakamm±ti kiliµµhak±yavac²manokamm±. Kayinoti“suddhadhañña½ dass±m²”ti kayikassa hatthato m³la½ gahetv± tath±r³pa½ asuddhadhañña½ dadanti.

475. “Us³hi (6.0138) satt²hi ca tomarehi, dubhay±ni pass±ni tudanti kandata½;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± sattihat± sayanti.
476. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
477. “Ye j²valokasmi½ as±dhukammino, adinnam±d±ya karonti j²vika½;
dhañña½ dhana½ rajata½ j±tar³pa½, aje¼akañc±pi pasu½ mahi½sa½;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± sattihat± sayant²”ti.
Tattha dubhay±n²ti ubhay±ni. Tudant²ti vijjhanti. Kandatanti kandant±na½.
Pharus± nirayap±l± araññe ludd± miga½ viya sampariv±retv± usu-±d²hi n±n±vudhehi dve pass±ni tudanti, sar²ra½ chidd±vachidda½ pur±ºapaººa½ viya kh±yati.
Adinnam±d±y±tiparasantaka½ saviññ±ºak±viññ±ºaka½ sandhicched±d²hi ceva
vañcan±ya ca gahetv± j²vika½ kappenti.
478. “G²v±ya baddh± kissa ime puneke, aññe vikant± bilakat± sayanti;bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± bilakat± sayanti.
479. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
480. “Orabbhik± (..0139) s³karik± ca macchik±, pasu½ mahi½sañca aje¼akañca.
hantv±na s³nesu pas±rayi½su, te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½;teme jan± bilakat± sayant²”ti.
Tattha g²v±ya baddh±ti mahantehi jalitalohayottehi g²v±ya bandhitv± ±ka¹¹hitv±
ayapathaviya½ p±tetv± n±n±vudhehi koµµiyam±ne disv± pucchi. Aññe vikant±ti
aññe pana khaº¹±khaº¹ika½ chinn±. Bilakat±ti jalitesu ayaphalakesu µhapetv±
ma½sa½ viya potthaniy± koµµetv± puñjakat± hutv± sayanti. Macchik±ti macchagh±tak±. Pasunti g±vi½. S³nesu pas±rayi½s³ti ma½sa½ vikkiºitv± j²vikakappanattha½ s³n±paºesu µhapesu½.
481. “Rahado aya½ muttakar²sap³ro, duggandhar³po asuci p³ti v±ti;
khud±paret± manuj± adanti, bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±;
pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi, ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½;yeme jan± muttakar²sabhakkh±.
482. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±si j±nato.
483. “Ye kecime k±raºik± virosak±, paresa½ hi½s±ya sad± niviµµh±;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, mittadduno m²¼hamadanti b±l±”ti;Tattha khud±paret± manuj± adant²ti ete nerayik± satt± ch±takena phuµµh±
khuda½ sahitu½ asakkont± pakkuthita½ dh³m±yanta½ pajjalanta½ kappena
saºµhita½ pur±ºam²¼ha½ piº¹a½ piº¹a½ katv± adanti kh±danti. K±raºik±ti (6.0140)
k±raºak±rak±. Virosak±ti mittasuhajj±nampi viheµhak±. Mittaddunoti ye tesaññeva
gehe kh±ditv± bhuñjitv± paññatt±sane nis²ditv± sayitv± puna m±sakah±paºa½n±ma ±har±penti, lañja½ gaºhanti, te mittad³sak± b±l± evar³pa½ m²¼ha½
kh±danti, mah±r±j±ti.

484. “Rahado aya½ lohitapubbap³ro, duggandhar³po asuci p³ti v±ti;
ghamm±bhitatt± manuj± pivanti, bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±;
pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi, ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½;yeme jan± lohitapubbabhakkh±.
485. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
486. “Ye m±tara½ v± pitara½ v± j²valoke, p±r±jik± arahante hananti;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± lohitapubbabhakkh±”ti.
Tattha ghamm±bhitatt±ti sant±pena p²¼it±. P±r±jik±ti par±jit± jar±jiººe m±t±pitaro gh±tetv± gihibh±veyeva p±r±jika½ patt±. Arahanteti p³j±visesassa anucchavike. Hanant²ti dukkarak±rake m±t±pitaro m±renti. Apica “arahante”ti padena
buddhas±vakepi saªgaºh±ti.
Aparasmimpi ussadaniraye nirayap±l± nerayik±na½ t±lappam±ºena jalita-ayaba¼isena jivha½ vijjhitv± ±ka¹¹hitv± te satte jalita-ayapathaviya½ p±tetv± usabhacamma½ viya pattharitv± saªkusatena hananti. Te thale khittamacch± viya
phandanti, tañca dukkha½ sahitu½ asakkont± rodant± paridevant± mukhena
khe¼a½ muñcanti. Tasmi½ r±j± m±talin± dassite ±ha–487. “Jivha (6.0141) ca passa ba¼isena viddha½, vihata½ yath± saªkusatena
camma½;
phandanti macch±va thalamhi khitt±, muñcanti khe¼a½ rudam±n± kimete.
488. “Bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± vaªkaghast± sayant²”ti.
489. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
490. “Ye keci sandh±nagat± manuss±, agghena aggha½ kaya½ h±payanti;
k³µena k³µa½ dhanalobhahetu, channa½ yath± v±ricara½ vadh±ya.
491. “Na hi k³µak±rissa bhavanti t±º±, sakehi kammehi purakkhatassa;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± vaªkaghast± sayant²”ti.
Tattha kimeteti ki½k±raº± ete. Vaªkaghast±ti gilitaba¼is±. Sandh±nagat±ti
sandh±na½ mariy±da½ gat±, aggh±panakaµµh±ne µhit±ti attho. Agghena agghanti
ta½ ta½ aggha½ lañja½ gahetv± hatthi-ass±d²na½ v± j±tar³parajat±d²na½ v±
tesa½ tesa½ saviññ±ºak±viññ±ºak±na½ aggha½ h±penti. Kayanti ta½ h±pent±k±yik±na½ kaya½ h±penti, sate d±tabbe paºº±sa½ d±penti, itara½ tehi saddhi½
vibhajitv± gaºhanti. K³µena k³µanti tul±k³µ±d²su ta½ ta½ k³µa½. Dhanalobhahet³ti dhanalobhena eta½ k³µakamma½ karonti. Channa½ yath± v±ricara½ vadh±y±ti ta½ pana kamma½ karont±pi madhurav±c±ya tath± katabh±va½ paµicchanna½ katv± yath± (6.0142) v±ricara½ maccha½ vadh±ya upagacchant±ba¼isa½ ±misena paµicchanna½ katv± ta½ vadhenti, eva½ paµicchanna½ katv±
ta½ kamma½ karonti. Na hi k³µak±riss±ti paµicchanna½ mama kamma½, na ta½
koci j±n±t²ti maññam±nassa hi k³µak±rissa t±º± n±ma na honti. So tehi kammehi
purakkhato patiµµha½ na labhati.
492. “N±r² im± samparibhinnagatt±, paggayha kandanti bhuje dujacc±;

sammakkhit± lohitapubbalitt±, g±vo yath± ±gh±tane vikant±;
t± bh³mibh±gasmi½ sad± nikh±t±, khandh±tivattanti sajotibh³t±.
493. “Bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
im± nu n±riyo kimaka½su p±pa½, y± bh³mibh±gasmi½ sad± nikh±t±;khandh±tivattanti sajotibh³t±.
494. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
495. “Kolitthiy±yo idha j²valoke, asuddhakamm± asata½ ac±ru½;
t± dittar³p± pati vippah±ya, añña½ ac±ru½ ratikhi¹¹ahetu;
t± j²valokasmi½ ram±payitv±, khandh±tivattanti sajotibh³t±”ti.
Tattha n±r²ti itthiyo. Samparibhinnagatt±ti suµµhu samantato bhinnasar²r±. Dujacc±ti dujj±tik± vir³p± jegucch±. ¾gh±taneti g±vagh±taµµh±ne. Vikant±ti chinnas²s±

g±vo viya pubbalohitalitt± hutv± (6.0143). Sad± nikh±t±ti nicca½ jalita-ayapathaviya½ kaµimatta½ pavesetv± nikhaºitv± µhapit± viya µhit±. Khandh±tivattant²ti
samma m±tali, t± n±riyo ete pabbatakkhandh± atikkamanti. T±sa½ kira eva½ kaµippam±ºa½ pavisitv± µhitak±le puratthim±ya dis±ya jalita-ayapabbato samuµµhahitv± asani viya viravanto ±gantv± sar²ra½ saºhakaraº² viya pisanto gacchati.
Tasmi½ ativattitv± pacchimapasse µhite puna ca t±sa½ sar²ra½ p±tu bhavati. T±
dukkha½ adhiv±setu½ asakkontiyo b±h± paggayha kandanti. Sesadis±su vuµµhitesu jalitapabbatesupi eseva nayo. Dve pabbat± samuµµh±ya ucchughaµika½ viya
p²¼enti, lohita½ pakkuthita½ sandati. Kad±ci tayo pabbat± samuµµh±ya p²¼enti.
Kad±ci catt±ro pabbat± samuµµh±ya t±sa½ sar²ra½ p²¼enti. Ten±ha “khandh±tivattant²”ti.
Kolitthiy±yoti kule patiµµhit± kuladh²taro. Asata½ ac±runti asaññatakamma½
kari½su. Dittar³p±ti saµhar³p± dhuttaj±tik± hutv±. Pati vippah±y±ti attano pati½
pajahitv±. Ac±runti agama½su. Ratikhi¹¹ahet³ti k±maratihetu ceva khi¹¹±hetu ca.
Ram±payitv±ti parapurisehi saddhi½ attano citta½ ram±payitv± idha upapann±.
Atha t±sa½ sar²ra½ ime khandh±tivattanti sajotibh³t±ti.
496. “P±de gahetv± kissa ime puneke, ava½sir± narake p±tayanti;bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± ava½sir± narake p±tayanti.
497. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
498. “Ye (6.0144) j²valokasmi½ as±dhukammino, parassa d±r±ni atikkamanti;
te t±dis± uttamabhaº¹athen±, teme jan± ava½sir± narake p±tayanti.
499. “Te vassap³g±ni bah³ni tattha, nirayesu dukkha½ vedana½ vedayanti;
na hi p±pak±rissa bhavanti t±º±, sakehi kammehi purakkhatassa;
te luddakamm± pasavetva p±pa½, teme jan± ava½sir± narake p±tayant²”ti.
Tattha naraketi jalita-aªg±rapuººe mah±-±v±µe. Te kira vaja½ apavisantiyo
g±vo viya nirayap±lehi n±n±vudh±ni gahetv± vijjhiyam±n± pothiyam±n± yad± ta½
naraka½ upagacchanti, atha te nirayap±l± uddha½p±de katv± tattha p±tayanti
khipanti. Eva½ te p±tiyam±ne disv± pucchanto evam±ha. Uttamabhaº¹athen±ti
manussehi piy±yitassa varabhaº¹assa thenak±.
Evañca pana vatv± m±talisaªg±hako ta½ niraya½ antaradh±petv± ratha½
purato pesetv± micch±diµµhik±na½ paccanaµµh±na½ niraya½ dassesi. Tena puµµho
cassa viy±k±si.
500. “Ucc±vac±me vividh± upakkam±, nirayesu dissanti sughorar³p±;
bhayañhi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su p±pa½, yeme jan± adhimatt± dukkh± tibb±;
khar± kaµuk± vedan± vedayanti.
501. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ p±pakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
502. “Ye (6.0145) j²valokasmi½ sup±padiµµhino, viss±sakamm±ni karonti moh±;parañca diµµh²su sam±dapenti, te p±padiµµhi½ pasavetva p±pa½;

teme jan± adhimatt± dukkh± tibb±, khar± kaµuk± vedan± vedayant²”ti.
Tattha ucc±vac±meti ucc± avac± ime, khuddak± ca mahant± c±ti attho. Upakkam±ti k±raºappayog±. Sup±padiµµhinoti “natthi dinnan”ti-±dik±ya dasavatthuk±ya
micch±diµµhiy± suµµhu p±padiµµhino. Viss±sakamm±n²ti t±ya diµµhiy± viss±senatannissit± hutv± n±n±vidh±ni p±pakamm±ni karonti. Temeti te ime jan± evar³pa½
dukkha½ anubhavanti.
Iti rañño micch±diµµhik±na½ paccananiraya½ ±cikkhi. Devalokepi devagaº±rañño ±gamanamagga½ olokayam±n± sudhamm±ya½ devasabh±ya½ nis²di½suyeva. Sakkopi “ki½ nu kho, m±tali, cir±yat²”ti upadh±rento ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv±“m±tali, attano d³tavisesa½ dassetu½ ‘mah±r±ja, asukakamma½ katv± asukaniraye n±ma paccant²’ti niraye dassento vicarati, nimirañño pana appameva ±yu
kh²yetha, nirayadassana½ n±ssa pariyanta½ gaccheyy±”ti eka½ mah±java½
devaputta½ pesesi “tva½ ‘s²gha½ r±j±na½ gahetv± ±gacchat³’ti m±talissa vadeh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± javena gantv± ±rocesi. M±tali, tassa vacana½
sutv± “na sakk± cir±yitun”ti rañño ekapah±reneva cat³su dis±su bah³ niraye
dassetv± g±tham±ha–503. “Vidit±ni te mah±r±ja, ±v±sa½ p±pakammina½;µh±n±ni luddakamm±na½, duss²l±nañca y± gati;
uyy±hi d±ni r±j²si, devar±jassa santike”ti.
Tassattho– mah±r±ja, ima½ p±pakamm²na½ satt±na½ ±v±sa½ disv± luddakamm±nañca µh±n±ni tay± vidit±ni. Duss²l±nañca y± gati nibbatti, s±pi te (6.0146)
vidit±. Id±ni devar±jassa santike dibbasampatti½ dassanattha½ uyy±hi gacch±hi,
mah±r±j±ti.
Nirayakaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Saggakaº¹a½
Evañca pana vatv± m±tali devalok±bhimukha½ ratha½ pesesi. R±j± devaloka½
gacchanto dv±dasayojanika½ maºimaya½ pañcath³pika½ sabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹ita½ uyy±napokkharaºisampanna½ kapparukkhaparivuta½ b²raºiy± devadh²t±ya ±k±saµµhakavim±na½ disv±, tañca devadh²tara½ antok³µ±g±re sayanapiµµhe
nisinna½ acchar±sahassaparivuta½ maºis²hapañjara½ vivaritv± olokenti½ disv±
m±tali½ pucchanto g±tham±ha. Itaropissa by±k±si.
504. “Pañcath³pa½ dissatida½ vim±na½, m±l±pi¼andh± sayanassa majjhe;
tatthacchati n±r² mah±nubh±v±, ucc±vaca½ iddhi vikubbam±n±.
505. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu n±r² kimak±si s±dhu½, y± modati saggapatt± vim±ne.
506. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
507. “Yadi te sut± b²raº² j²valoke, ±m±yad±s² ahu br±hmaºassa;

s± pattak±la½ atithi½ viditv±, m±t±va putta½ sakim±bhinand²;sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, s± vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Tattha pañcath³panti pañcahi k³µ±g±rehi samann±gata½. M±l±pi¼andh±ti m±l±d²hi sabb±bharaºehi paµimaº¹it±ti attho. Tatthacchat²ti tasmi½ (6.0147) vim±ne
acchati. Ucc±vaca½ iddhi vikubbam±n±ti n±nappak±ra½ deviddhi½ dassayam±n±. Disv±ti eta½ disv± µhita½ ma½ vitti vindati paµilabhati, vittisantako viya
homi tuµµhiy± atibh³tatt±ti attho. ¾m±yad±s²ti gehad±siy± kucchimhi j±tad±s². Ahu
br±hmaºass±ti s± kira kassapadasabalassa k±le ekassa br±hmaºassa d±s²ahosi. S± pattak±lanti tena br±hmaºena aµµha sal±kabhatt±ni saªghassa pariccatt±ni ahesu½. So geha½ gantv± “sve paµµh±ya ekekassa bhikkhussa ekeka½
kah±paºagghanaka½ katv± aµµha sal±kabhatt±ni samp±deyy±s²”ti br±hmaºi½±ha. S± “s±mi, bhikkhu n±ma dhutto, n±ha½ sakkhiss±m²”ti paµikkhipi. Dh²taropissa paµikkhipi½su. So d±si½ “sakkhissasi amm±”ti ±ha. S± “sakkhiss±mi ayy±”ti sampaµicchitv± sakkacca½ y±gukhajjakabhatt±d²ni samp±detv± sal±ka½
labhitv± ±gata½ pattak±la½ atithi½ viditv± haritagomayupalitte katapupphupah±resupaññatt±sane nis²d±petv± yath± n±ma vippav±s± ±gata½ putta½ m±t± saki½
abhinandati, tath± niccak±la½ abhinandati, sakkacca½ parivisati, attano santakampi kiñci deti. Sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± c±ti s± s²lavat² ahosi c±gavat² ca, tasm±
tena s²lena ceva c±gena ca imasmi½ vim±ne modati. Atha v± sa½yam±ti indriyadaman±.
Evañca pana vatv± m±tali purato ratha½ pesetv± soºadinnadevaputtassa satta
kanakavim±n±ni dassesi. So t±ni ca tassa ca sirisampatti½ disv± tena katakamma½ pucchi. Itaropissa by±k±si.
508. “Daddallam±n± ±bhenti, vim±n± satta nimmit±;
tattha yakkho mahiddhiko, sabb±bharaºabh³sito;
samant± anupariy±ti, n±r²gaºapurakkhato.
509. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu macco kimak±si s±dhu½, yo modati saggapatto vim±ne.
510. “Tassa (6.0148) puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
511. “Soºadinno gahapati, esa d±napat² ahu;esa pabbajituddissa, vih±re satta k±rayi.
512. “Sakkacca½ te upaµµh±si, bhikkhavo tattha v±sike;acch±danañca bhattañca, sen±sana½ pad²piya½;
ad±si ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
513. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
514. “Uposatha½ upavas², sad± s²lesu sa½vuto;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, so vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Tattha daddallam±n±ti jalam±n±. ¾bhent²ti taruºas³riyo viya obh±santi.
Tatth±ti tesu paµip±µiy± µhitesu sattasu vim±nesu. Yakkhoti eko devaputto. Soºadinnoti mah±r±ja, aya½ pubbe kassapadasabalassa k±le k±siraµµhe aññatarasmi½
nigame soºadinno n±ma gahapati d±napati ahosi. So pabbajite uddissa satta vih±rakuµiyo k±retv± tattha v±sike bhikkh³ cat³hi paccayehi sakkacca½ upaµµh±si, uposathañca upavasi, nicca½ s²lesu ca sa½vuto ahosi. So tato cavitv± idh³papanno
modat²ti attho. Ettha ca p±µih±riyapakkhanti ida½ pana aµµham²-uposathassa
paccuggaman±nugamanavasena
sattaminavamiyo,
c±tuddas²pannaras²na½paccuggaman±nugamanavasena teras²p±µipade ca sandh±ya vutta½.
Eva½ soºadinnassa katakamma½ kathetv± purato ratha½ pesetv± phalikavim±na½ dassesi. Ta½ ubbedhato pañcav²satiyojana½ anekasatehi sattaratanamayatthambhehi samann±gata½, anekasatak³µ±g±rapaµimaº¹ita½, kiªkiºikaj±l±parikkhitta½, samussitasuvaººarajatamayadhaja½, n±n±pupphavicitta-uyy±navanavibh³sita½,
ramaº²yapokkharaºisamann±gata½, naccag²tav±dit±d²su chek±hi
acchar±hi samparikiººa½. Ta½ disv± r±j± t±sa½ acchar±na½ katakamma½
pucchi, itaropissa by±k±si.
515. “Pabh±sati (6.0149) mida½ byamha½, phalik±su sunimmita½;
n±r²varagaº±kiººa½, k³µ±g±ravarocita½;
upeta½ annap±nehi, naccag²tehi c³bhaya½.
516. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su s±dhu½, y± modare saggapatt± vim±ne.
517. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
518. “Y± k±ci n±riyo idha j²valoke, s²lavantiyo up±sik±;d±ne rat± nicca½ pasannacitt±, sacce µhit± uposathe appamatt±;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, t± vim±nasmi modare”ti.
Tattha byamhanti vim±na½, p±s±doti vutta½ hoti. Phalik±s³ti phalikabhitt²su.
N±r²varagaº±kiººanti varan±rigaºehi ±kiººa½. K³µ±g±ravarocitanti varak³µ±g±rehi ocita½ samocita½, va¹¹hitanti attho. Ubhayanti ubhayehi. “Y± k±c²”ti ida½
kiñc±pi aniyametv± vutta½, t± pana kassapabuddhas±sane b±r±ºasiya½ up±sik±
hutv± gaºabandhanena et±ni vuttappak±r±ni puññ±ni katv± ta½ dibbasampatti½
patt±ti veditabb±.
Athassa so purato ratha½ pesetv± eka½ ramaº²ya½ maºivim±na½ dassesi.
Ta½ same bh³mibh±ge patiµµhita½ ubbedhasampanna½ maºipabbato viya obh±-sam±na½ tiµµhati, dibbag²tav±ditaninn±dita½ bah³hi devaputtehi samparikiººa½.
Ta½ disv± r±j± tesa½ devaputt±na½ katakamma½ pucchi, itaropissa by±k±si.
519. “Pabh±sati mida½ byamha½, ve¼uriy±su nimmita½;
upeta½ bh³mibh±gehi, vibhatta½ bh±gaso mita½.
520. “¾¼ambar± (6.0150) mudiªg± ca, naccag²t± suv±dit±;
dibb± sadd± niccharanti, savan²y± manoram±.
521. “N±ha½ eva½gata½ j±tu, eva½surucira½ pure;sadda½ samabhij±n±mi, diµµha½ v± yadi v± suta½.
522. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su s±dhu½, ye modare saggapatt± vim±ne.
523. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
524. “Ye keci macc± idha j²valoke, s²lavant± up±sak±;±r±me udap±ne ca, pap± saªkaman±ni ca;
arahante s²tibh³te, sakkacca½ paµip±dayu½.
525. “C²vara½ piº¹ap±tañca, paccaya½ sayan±sana½;
ada½su ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
526. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
527. “Uposatha½ upavasu½, sad± s²lesu sa½vut±;sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, te vim±nasmi modare”ti.
Tattha ve¼uriy±s³ti ve¼uriyabhitt²su. Bh³mibh±geh²ti ramaº²yehi bh³mibh±gehi
upeta½. ¾¼ambar± mudiªg± c±ti ete dve ettha vajjanti. Naccag²t± suv±dit±ti n±nappak±r±ni nacc±ni ceva g²t±ni ca aparesampi t³riy±na½ suv±dit±ni cettha pavattanti. Eva½gatanti eva½ manoramabh±va½ gata½. “Ye kec²”ti idampi k±ma½
aniyametv± vutta½, te pana kassapabuddhak±le b±r±ºasiv±sino up±sak± hutv±
gaºabandhanena et±ni puññ±ni katv± ta½ sampatti½ patt±ti veditabb±. Tattha paµip±dayunti (6.0151) paµip±dayi½su, tesa½ ada½s³ti attho. Paccayanti gil±napaccaya½. Ada½s³ti eva½ n±nappak±raka½ d±na½ ada½s³ti.
Itissa so tesa½ katakamma½ ±cikkhitv± purato ratha½ pesetv± aparampi phalikavim±na½ dassesi. Ta½ anekak³µ±g±rapaµimaº¹ita½, n±n±kusumasañchannadibbataruºavanapaµimaº¹itat²r±ya, vividhavihaªgamaninn±dit±ya nimmalasalil±yanadiy± parikkhitta½, acchar±gaºaparivutassekassa puññavato niv±sabh³ta½.
Ta½ disv± r±j± tassa katakamma½ pucchi, itaropissa by±k±si.
528. “Pabh±sati mida½ byamha½, phalik±su sunimmita½;
n±r²varagaº±kiººa½, k³µ±g±ravarocita½.
529. “Upeta½ annap±nehi, naccag²tehi c³bhaya½;
najjo c±nupariy±ti, n±n±pupphadum±yut±.
530. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu macco ki½mak±si s±dhu½, yo modat² saggapatto vim±ne.
531. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.

532. “Mithil±ya½ gahapati, esa d±napat² ahu;
±r±me udap±ne ca, pap± saªkaman±ni ca;
arahante s²tibh³te, sakkacca½ paµip±dayi.
533. “C²vara½ piº¹ap±tañca, paccaya½ sayan±sana½;ad±si ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
534. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
535. “Uposatha½ (6.0152) upavas², sad± s²lesu sa½vuto;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, so vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Tattha najjoti vacanavipall±so, ek± nad² ta½ vim±na½ parikkhipitv± gat±ti attho.
N±n±pupphadum±yut±ti s± nad² n±n±pupphehi dumehi ±yut±. Mithil±yanti esa
mah±r±ja, kassapabuddhak±le mithilanagare eko gahapati d±napati ahosi. So
et±ni ±r±maropan±d²ni puññ±ni katv± ima½ sampatti½ pattoti.
Evamassa tena katakamma½ ±cikkhitv± purato ratha½ pesetv± aparampi phalikavim±na½ dassesi. Ta½ purimavim±nato atirek±ya n±n±pupphaphalasañchann±ya taruºavanaghaµ±ya samann±gata½. Ta½ disv± r±j± t±ya sampattiy± samann±gatassa devaputtassa katakamma½ pucchi, itaropissa by±k±si.
536. “Pabh±sati mida½ byamha½, phalik±su sunimmita½;
n±r²varagaº±kiººa½, k³µ±g±ravarocita½.
537. “Upeta½ annap±nehi, naccag²tehi c³bhaya½;
najjo c±nupariy±ti, n±n±pupphadum±yut±.
538. “R±j±yatan± kapitth± ca, amb± s±l± ca jambuyo;
tinduk± ca piy±l± ca, dum± niccaphal± bah³.

539. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu macco kimak±si s±dhu½, yo modat² saggapatto vim±ne.
540. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
541. “Mithil±ya½ gahapati, esa d±napat² ahu;
±r±me udap±ne ca, pap± saªkaman±ni ca;
arahante s²tibh³te, sakkacca½ paµip±dayi.
542. “C²vara½ (6.0153) piº¹ap±tañca, paccaya½ sayan±sana½;ad±si ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
543. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
544. “Uposatha½ upavas², sad± s²lesu sa½vuto;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, so vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Tattha mithil±yanti esa, mah±r±ja, kassapabuddhak±le videharaµµhe mithilanagare eko gahapati d±napati ahosi. So et±ni puññ±ni katv± ima½ sampatti½
pattoti.
Evamassa tena katakamma½ ±cikkhitv± purato ratha½ pesetv± purimasadisameva aparampi ve¼uriyavim±na½ dassetv± tattha sampatti½ anubhavantassa
devaputtassa katakamma½ puµµho ±cikkhi.
545. “Pabh±sati mida½ byamha½, ve¼uriy±su nimmita½;
upeta½ bh³mibh±gehi, vibhatta½ bh±gaso mita½.
546. “¾¼ambar± mudiªg± ca, naccag²t± suv±dit±;
diby± sadd± niccharanti, savan²y± manoram±.
547. “N±ha½ eva½gata½ j±tu, eva½surucira½ pure;sadda½ samabhij±n±mi, diµµha½ v± yadi v± suta½.
548. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu macco kimak±si s±dhu½, yo modat² saggapatto vim±ne.
549. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
550. “B±r±ºasiya½ gahapati, esa d±napat² ahu;
±r±me udap±ne ca, pap± saªkaman±ni ca;
arahante s²tibh³te, sakkacca½ paµip±dayi.
551. “C²vara½ (6.0154) piº¹ap±tañca, paccaya½ sayan±sana½;ad±si ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
552. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
553. “Uposatha½ upavas², sad± s²lesu sa½vuto;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, so vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Athassa purato ratha½ pesetv± b±las³riyasannibha½ kanakavim±na½
dassetv± tattha niv±sino devaputtassa sampatti½ puµµho ±cikkhi.
554. “Yath± udayam±dicco, hoti lohitako mah±;tath³pama½ ida½ byamha½, j±tar³passa nimmita½.

555. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
aya½ nu macco kimak±si s±dhu½, yo modat² saggapatto vim±ne.
556. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
557. “S±vatthiya½ gahapati, esa d±napat² ahu;
±r±me udap±ne ca, pap± saªkaman±ni ca;
arahante s²tibh³te, sakkacca½ paµip±dayi.
558. “C²vara½ piº¹ap±tañca, paccaya½ sayan±sana½;ad±si ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
559. “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²;p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½.
560. “Uposatha½ upavas², sad± s²lesu sa½vuto;
sa½yam± sa½vibh±g± ca, so vim±nasmi modat²”ti.
Tattha (6.0155) udayam±diccoti uggacchanto ±dicco. S±vatthiyanti kassapabuddhak±le s±vatthinagare eko gahapati d±napati ahosi. So et±ni puññ±ni katv±
ima½ sampatti½ pattoti.
Eva½ tena imesa½ aµµhanna½ vim±n±na½ kathitak±le sakko devar±j± “m±tali,
ativiya cir±yat²”ti aparampi javanadevaputta½ pesesi. So vegena gantv± ±rocesi.
So tassa vacana½ sutv± “na sakk± id±ni cir±yitun”ti cat³su dis±su ekappah±reneva bah³ni vim±n±ni dassesi. Raññ± ca tattha sampatti½ anubhavant±na½ devaputt±na½ katakamma½ puµµho ±cikkhi.
561. “Veh±yas±me bahuk±, j±tar³passa nimmit±;
daddallam±n± ±bhenti, vijjuvabbhaghanantare.
562. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ime nu macc± kimaka½su s±dhu½, ye modare saggapatt± vim±ne.
563. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
564. “Saddh±ya suniviµµh±ya, saddhamme suppavedite;aka½su satthu vacana½, samm±sambuddhas±sane;tesa½ et±ni µh±n±ni, y±ni tva½ r±ja passas²”ti.
Tattha veh±yas±meti veh±yas± ime ±k±seyeva saºµhit±. ¾k±saµµhakavim±n±imeti vadati. Vijjuvabbhaghanantareti ghanaval±hakantare jalam±n± vijju viya.
Suniviµµh±y±ti maggena ±gatatt± suppatiµµhit±ya. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– mah±r±ja, ete
pure niyy±nike kassapabuddhas±sane pabbajitv± parisuddhas²l± samaºadhamma½ karont± sot±pattiphala½ sacchikatv± arahatta½ nibbattetu½ asakkont±
tato cut± imesu kanakavim±nesu uppann±. Etesa½ kassapabuddhas±vak±na½t±ni µh±n±ni, y±ni tva½, mah±r±ja, passas²ti.
Evamassa (6.0156) ±k±saµµhakavim±n±ni dassetv± sakkassa santika½ gamanatth±ya uss±ha½ karonto ±ha–565. “Vidit±ni te mah±r±ja, ±v±sa½ p±pakammina½;
atho kaly±ºakamm±na½, µh±n±ni vidit±ni te;uyy±hi d±ni r±j²si, devar±jassa santike”ti.

Tattha ±v±santi mah±r±ja, tay± paµhamameva nerayik±na½ ±v±sa½ disv± p±pakamm±na½ µh±n±ni vidit±ni, id±ni pana ±k±saµµhakavim±n±ni passantena athokaly±ºakamm±na½ µh±n±ni vidit±ni, id±ni devar±jassa santike sampatti½ daµµhu½uyy±hi gacch±h²ti.
Evañca pana vatv± purato ratha½ pesetv± sineru½ pariv±retv± µhite satta paribhaº¹apabbate dassesi. Te disv± raññ± m±talissa puµµhabh±va½ ±vikaronto
satth± ±ha–
566. “Sahassayutta½ hayav±hi½, dibbay±namadhiµµhito;
y±yam±no mah±r±j±, add± s²dantare nage;
disv±n±mantay² s³ta½, ime ke n±ma pabbat±”ti.
Tattha hayav±hinti hayehi v±hiyam±na½. Dibbay±namadhiµµhitoti dibbay±neµhito hutv±. Add±ti addasa. S²dantareti s²d±mah±samuddassa antare. Tasmi½ kiramah±samudde udaka½ sukhuma½, morapiñchamattampi pakkhitta½ patiµµh±tu½
na sakkoti s²dateva, tasm± so “s²d±mah±samuddo”ti vuccati. Tassa antare.
Nageti pabbate. Ke n±m±ti ke n±ma n±mena ime pabbat±ti.
Eva½ nimiraññ± puµµho m±tali devaputto ±ha–
568. “Sudassano karav²ko, ²sadharo yugandharo;nemindharo vinatako, assakaººo gir² brah±.
569. “Ete s²dantare nag±, anupubbasamuggat±;mah±r±j±nam±v±s±, y±ni tva½ r±ja passas²”ti.

Tattha sudassanoti aya½, mah±r±ja, etesa½ sabbab±hiro sudassano pabbato
n±ma, tadanantare karav²ko n±ma, so sudassanato uccataro (6.0157). Ubhinnampi pana tesa½ antare ekopi s²dantaramah±samuddo. Karav²kassa anantare²sadharo n±ma, so karav²kato uccataro. Tesampi antare eko s²dantaramah±samuddo. ¿sadharassa anantare yugandharo n±ma, so ²sadharato uccataro.
Tesampi antare eko s²dantaramah±samuddo. Yugandharassa anantare nemindharo n±ma, so yugandharato uccataro. Tesampi antare eko s²dantaramah±samuddo. Nemindharassa anantare vinatako n±ma, so nemindharato uccataro.
Tesampi antare eko s²dantaramah±samuddo. Vinatakassa anantare assakaººon±ma, so vinatakato uccataro. Tesampi antare eko s²dantaramah±samuddo. Anupubbasamuggat±ti ete s²dantaramah±samudde satta pabbat± anupaµip±µiy± samuggat± sop±nasadis± hutv± µhit±. Y±n²ti ye tva½, mah±r±ja, ime pabbate passasi,
ete catuººa½ mah±r±j±na½ ±v±s±ti.
Evamassa c±tumah±r±jikadevaloka½ dassetv± purato ratha½ pesetv± t±vati½sabhavanassa cittak³µadv±rakoµµhaka½ pariv±retv± µhit± indapaµim± dassesi. Ta½
disv± r±j± pucchi, itaropissa by±k±si.
570. “Anekar³pa½ rucira½, n±n±citra½ pak±sati;±kiººa½ indasadisehi, byaggheheva surakkhita½.
571. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ima½ nu dv±ra½ kimabhaññam±hu, manorama½ dissati d³ratova.
572. “Tassa puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
573. “‘Citrak³µo’ti ya½ ±hu, devar±japavesana½;
sudassanassa girino, dv±rañheta½ pak±sati.
574. “Anekar³pa½ (6.0158) rucira½, n±n±citra½ pak±sati;±kiººa½ indasadisehi, byaggheheva surakkhita½;
pavisetena r±j²si, araja½ bh³mimakkam±”ti.
Tattha anekar³panti anekaj±tika½. N±n±citranti n±n±ratanacitra½. Pak±sat²ti
ki½ n±ma eta½ paññ±yati. ¾kiººanti samparipuººa½. Byaggheheva surakkhitanti yath± n±ma byagghehi v± s²hehi v± mah±vana½, eva½ indasadiseheva surakkhita½. T±sañca pana indapaµim±na½ ±rakkhaºatth±ya µhapitabh±vo ekakanip±te kul±vakaj±take (j±. 1.1.31) vuttanayena gahetabbo. Ki½mabhaññam±h³ti
kinn±ma½ vadanti. Pavesananti nikkhamanappavesanatth±ya nimmita½. Sudassanass±ti sobhanadassanassa sinerugirino. Dv±ra½ hetanti eta½ sinerumatthake
patiµµhitassa dasasahassayojanikassa devanagarassa dv±ra½ pak±sati, dv±rakoµµhako paññ±yat²ti attho. Paviseten±ti etena dv±rena devanagara½ pavisa. Araja½
bh³mimakkam±ti araja½ suvaººarajatamaºimaya½ n±n±pupphehi sam±kiººa½
dibbabh³mi½ dibbay±nena akkama, mah±r±j±ti.
Evañca pana vatv± m±tali r±j±na½ devanagara½ pavesesi. Tena vutta½–
575. “Sahassayutta½ hayav±hi½, dibbay±namadhiµµhito;
y±yam±no mah±r±j±, add± devasabha½ idan”ti.
So dibbay±ne µhitova gacchanto sudhamm±devasabha½ disv± m±tali½ pucchi,

sopissa ±cikkhi.
576. “Yath± sarade ±k±se, n²lobh±so padissati;
tath³pama½ ida½ byamha½, ve¼uriy±su nimmita½.
577. “Vitt² hi ma½ vindati s³ta disv±, pucch±mi ta½ m±tali devas±rathi;
ima½ nu byamha½ kimabhaññam±hu, manorama½ dissati d³ratova.
578. “Tassa (6.0159) puµµho viy±k±si, m±tali devas±rathi;
vip±ka½ puññakamm±na½, j±na½ akkh±sij±nato.
579. “‘Sudhamm±’ iti ya½ ±hu, passes± dissate sabh±;ve¼uriy±rucir± citr±, dh±rayanti sunimmit±.
580. “Aµµha½s± sukat± thambh±, sabbe ve¼uriy±may±;yattha dev± t±vati½s±, sabbe indapurohit±.
581. “Attha½ devamanuss±na½, cintayant± samacchare;pavisetena r±j²si, dev±na½ anumodananti.
Tattha idanti nip±tamatta½, devasabha½ addas±ti attho. Passes±ti passa es±.
Ve¼uriy± rucir±ti rucirave¼uriy±. Citr±ti n±n±ratanavicitr±. Dh±rayant²ti ima½
sabha½ ete aµµha½s±dibhed± sukat± thambh± dh±rayanti. Indapurohit±ti inda½
purohita½ purec±rika½ katv± pariv±retv± µhit± devamanuss±na½ attha½ cintayant± acchanti. Paviseten±ti imin± maggena yattha dev± aññamañña½ anumodant± acchanti, ta½ µh±na½ dev±na½ anumodana½ pavisa.
Dev±pi kho tass±gamanamagga½ olokent±va nis²di½su. Te “r±j± ±gato”ti sutv±
dibbagandhav±sapupphahatth± y±va cittak³µadv±rakoµµhak± paµimagga½ gantv±
mah±satta½ dibbagandham±l±d²hi p³jayant± sudhamm±devasabha½ ±nayi½su.
R±j± rath± otaritv± devasabha½ p±visi. Dev± ±sanena nimantayi½su. Sakkopi±sanena ceva k±mehi ca nimantesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
582. “Ta½ dev± paµinandi½su, disv± r±j±nam±gata½;
sv±gata½ te mah±r±ja, atho te adur±gata½;
nis²da d±ni r±j²si, devar±jassa santike.
583. “Sakkopi paµinandittha, vedeha½ mithilaggaha½;
nimantayittha k±mehi, ±sanena ca v±savo.
584. “S±dhu (6.0160) khosi anuppatto, ±v±sa½ vasavattina½;
vasa devesu r±j²si, sabbak±masamiddhisu;
t±vati½sesu devesu, bhuñja k±me am±nuse”ti.
Tattha paµinandi½s³ti sampiy±yi½su, haµµhatuµµh±va hutv± sampaµicchi½su.
Sabbak±masamiddhis³ti sabbesa½ k±m±na½ samiddhiyuttesu.
Eva½ sakkena dibbak±mehi ceva ±sanena ca nimantito r±j± paµikkhipanto ±ha–585. “Yath± y±citaka½ y±na½, yath± y±citaka½ dhana½;
eva½ sampadameveta½, ya½ parato d±napaccay±.
586. “Na c±hametamicch±mi, ya½ parato d±napaccay±;saya½kat±ni puññ±ni, ta½ me ±veºika½ dhana½.
587. “Soha½ gantv± manussesu, k±h±mi kusala½ bahu½;d±nena samacariy±ya, sa½yamena damena ca;
ya½ katv± sukhito hoti, na ca pacch±nutappat²”ti.

Tattha ya½ parato d±napaccay±ti ya½ parato tassa parassa d±napaccay± tenadinnatt± labbhati, ta½ y±citakasadisa½ hoti, tasm± n±ha½ eta½ icch±mi. Saya½kat±n²ti y±ni pana may± attan± kat±ni puññ±ni, tameva mama parehi as±dh±raºatt±±veºika½ dhana½ anug±miyadhana½. Samacariy±y±ti t²hi dv±rehi samacariy±ya.
Sa½yamen±ti s²larakkhaºena. Damen±ti indriyadamena.
Eva½ mah±satto dev±na½ madhurasaddena dhamma½ desesi. Dhamma½
desentoyeva manussagaºan±ya satta divas±ni µhatv± devagaºa½ kosetv± devagaºamajjhe µhitova m±talissa guºa½ kathento ±ha–
588. “Bah³pak±ro no bhava½, m±tali devas±rathi;
yo me kaly±ºakamm±na½, p±p±na½ paµidassay²”ti.
Tattha (6.0161) yo me kaly±ºakamm±na½, p±p±na½ paµidassay²ti yo esa
mayha½ kaly±ºakamm±na½ dev±nañca µh±n±ni p±pakamm±na½ nerayik±nañca
p±p±ni µh±n±ni dasses²ti attho.
Saggakaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Atha r±j± sakka½ ±mantetv± “icch±maha½, mah±r±ja, manussaloka½ gan”ti ±ha. Sakko “tena hi, samma m±tali, nimir±j±na½ tattheva mithila½ neh²”ti ±ha.
So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± ratha½ upaµµh±pesi. R±j± devagaºehi saddhi½
sammoditv± deve nivatt±petv± ratha½ abhiruhi. M±tali ratha½ pesento p±c²nadis±bh±gena mithila½ p±puºi. Mah±jano dibbaratha½ disv± “r±j± no ±gato”ti pamudito ahosi. M±tali mithila½ padakkhiºa½ katv± tasmi½yeva s²hapañjare mah±satta½ ot±retv± “gacch±maha½, mah±r±j±”ti ±pucchitv± sakaµµh±nameva gato.
Mah±janopi r±j±na½ pariv±retv± “k²diso, deva, devaloko”ti pucchi. R±j± devat±nañca sakkassa ca devarañño sampatti½ vaººetv± “tumhepi d±n±d²ni puññ±ni
karotha, eva½ tasmi½ devaloke nibbattissath±”ti mah±janassa dhamma½ desesi.
So aparabh±ge kappakena palitassa j±tabh±ve ±rocite palita½ suvaººasaº¹±sena uddhar±petv± hatthe µhapetv± kappakassa g±mavara½ datv± pabbajituk±mo hutv± puttassa rajja½ paµicch±pesi. Tena ca “kasm±, deva, pabbajissas²”tivutte–“Uttamaªgaruh± mayha½, ime j±t± vayohar±;p±hubh³t± devad³t±, pabbajj±samayo mam±”ti.–G±tha½ vatv± purimar±j±no viya pabbajitv± tasmi½yeva

ambavane viharanto catt±ro brahmavih±re bh±vetv± brahmalok³pago ahosi.
Tasseva½ pabbajitabh±va½ ±vikaronto satth± os±nag±tham±ha–
589. “Ida½ vatv± nimir±j±, vedeho mithilaggaho;
puthuyañña½ yajitv±na, sa½yama½ ajjhup±gam²”ti.
Tattha (6.0162) ida½ vatv±ti “uttamaªgaruh± mayhan”ti ima½ g±tha½ vatv±.
Puthuyañña½ yajitv±n±ti mah±d±na½ datv±. Sa½yama½ ajjhup±gam²ti s²lasa½yama½ upagato.
Putto panassa k±¼±rajanako n±ma ta½ va½sa½ upacchindi.
Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi tath±gato mah±bhinikkhamana½ nikkhantoyev±”ti vatv± j±taka½ samodh±nesi “tad±sakko anuruddho ahosi, m±tali ±nando, catur±s²ti khattiyasahass±ni buddhaparis±,
nimir±j± pana ahameva samm±sambuddho ahosin”ti.
Nimij±takavaººan± catutth±.

[542] 5. Umaªgaj±takavaººan±
Pañc±lo (6.0163) sabbasen±y±ti ida½ satth± jetavane viharanto paññ±p±rami½±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ sannisinn± tath±gatassa paññ±p±rami½ vaººayant± nis²di½su “mah±pañño, ±vuso, tath±gato puthupañño gambh²rapañño h±sapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño
parappav±damaddano, attano paññ±nubh±vena k³µadant±dayo br±hmaºe, sabhiy±dayo paribb±jake, aªgulim±l±dayo core, ±¼avak±dayo yakkhe, sakk±dayo deve,
bak±dayo brahm±no ca dametv± nibbisevane ak±si, bahujanak±ye pabbajja½
datv± maggaphalesu patiµµh±pesi, eva½ mah±pañño, ±vuso, satth±”ti. Satth±±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya
n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, tath±gato id±neva paññav±, at²tepi aparipakke ñ±ºebodhiñ±ºatth±ya cariya½ carantopi paññav±yev±”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari.
At²te videharaµµhe mithil±ya½ vedeho n±ma r±j± rajja½ k±resi. Tassa atthadhamm±nus±sak± catt±ro paº¹it± ahesu½ senako, pukkuso, k±mindo, devindo c±ti.
Tad± r±j± bodhisattassa paµisandhiggahaºadivase pacc³sak±le evar³pa½
supina½ addasa– r±jaªgaºe cat³su koºesu catt±ro aggikkhandh± mah±p±k±rappam±º± uµµh±ya pajjalanti. Tesa½ majjhe khajjopanakappam±ºo aggikkhando
uµµhahitv± taªkhaºaññeva catt±ro aggikkhandhe atikkamitv± y±va brahmalok±uµµh±ya sakalacakkav±¼a½ obh±setv± µhito, bh³miya½ patito s±sapab²jamattampi
paññ±yati. Ta½ sadevak± lok± sam±rak± sabrahmak± gandham±l±d²hi p³jenti,
mah±jano j±lantareneva carati, lomak³pamattampi uºha½ na gaºh±ti. R±j± ima½
supina½ disv± bh²tatasito uµµh±ya “ki½ nu kho me bhavissat²”ti cintento nisinnakova aruºa½ uµµh±pesi.
Catt±ropi paº¹it± p±tov±gantv± “kacci, deva, sukha½ sayitth±”ti sukhaseyya½pucchi½su. So “kuto me sukhaseyya½ laddhan”ti vatv± “evar³po (6.0164) mesupino diµµho”ti sabba½ kathesi. Atha na½ senakapaº¹ito “m± bh±yi, mah±r±ja,

maªgalasupino esa, vuddhi vo bhavissat²”ti vatv± “ki½ k±raº± ±cariy±”ti vutte“mah±r±ja, amhe catt±ro paº¹ite abhibhavitv± añño vo pañcamo paº¹ito uppajjissati, mayañhi catt±ro paº¹it± catt±ro aggikkhandh± viya, tesa½ majjhe uppanno
aggikkhandho viya añño pañcamo paº¹ito uppajjissati, so sadevake loke asadiso
bhavissat²”ti vatv± “id±ni panesa kuhin”ti vutte “mah±r±ja, ajja tassa paµisandhiggahaºena v± m±tukucchito nikkhamanena v± bhavitabban”ti attano sippabalena
dibbacakkhun± diµµho viya by±k±si. R±j±pi tato paµµh±ya ta½ vacana½ anussari.
Mithil±ya½ pana cat³su dv±resu p±c²nayavamajjhako, dakkhiºayavamajjhako,pacchimayavamajjhako, uttarayavamajjhakoti catt±ro g±m± ahesu½. Tesu p±c²nayavamajjhake siriva¹¹hano n±ma seµµhi paµivasati, sumanadev² n±massa bhariy±ahosi. Mah±satto ta½ divasa½ raññ± supinassa diµµhavel±ya t±vati½sabhavanato
cavitv± tass± kucchimhi paµisandhi½ gaºhi. Tasmi½yeva k±le aparepi devaputtasahass± t±vati½sabhavanato cavitv± tasmi½yeva g±me seµµh±nuseµµh²na½
kulesu paµisandhi½ gaºhi½su. Sumanadev²pi dasam±saccayena suvaººavaººa½
putta½ vij±yi. Tasmi½ khaºe sakko manussaloka½ olokento mah±sattassa m±tukucchito nikkhamanabh±va½ ñatv± “ima½ buddhaªkura½ sadevake loke p±kaµa½
k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti mah±sattassa m±tukucchito nikkhantakkhaºe adissam±nak±yena
gantv± tassa hatthe eka½ osadhaghaµika½ µhapetv± sakaµµh±nameva gato. Mah±satto ta½ muµµhi½ katv± gaºhi. Tasmi½ pana m±tukucchito nikkhante m±tu appamattakampi dukkha½ n±hosi, dhamakaraºato udakamiva sukhena nikkhami.
S± tassa hatthe osadhaghaµika½ disv± “t±ta, ki½ te laddhan”ti ±ha. “Osadha½,amm±”ti dibbosadha½ m±tu hatthe µhapesi. Ýhapetv± ca pana “amma, ida½
osadha½ yena kenaci ±b±dhena ±b±dhik±na½ deth±”ti ±ha. S± tuµµhapahaµµh±
siriva¹¹hanaseµµhino ±rocesi. Tassa pana sattavassiko s²s±b±dho atthi. So tuµµhapahaµµho hutv± “aya½ m±tukucchito (6.0165) j±yam±no osadha½ gahetv± ±gato,
j±takkhaºeyeva m±tar± saddhi½ kathesi, evar³pena puññavat± dinna½ osadha½mah±nubh±va½ bhavissat²”ti cintetv± ta½ osadha½ gahetv± nisad±ya½gha½sitv± thoka½ nal±µe makkhesi. Tasmi½ khaºe tassa sattavassiko s²s±b±dho
padumapattato udaka½ viya nivattitv± gato. So “mah±nubh±va½ osadhan”tisomanassappatto ahosi. Mah±sattassa osadha½ gahetv± ±gatabh±vo sabbattha
p±kaµo j±to. Ye keci ±b±dhik±, sabbe seµµhissa geha½ gantv± osadha½ y±canti.
Sabbesa½ nisad±ya½ gha½sitv± thoka½ gahetv± udakena ±¼oletv± deti. Dibbosadhena sar²re makkhitamatteyeva sabb±b±dh± v³pasammanti. Sukhit± manuss±“siriva¹¹hanaseµµhino gehe osadhassa mahanto ±nubh±vo”ti vaººayant± pakkami½su. Mah±sattassa pana n±maggahaºadivase mah±seµµhi “mama puttassa
ayyak±d²na½ na n±mena attho atthi, j±yam±nassa osadha½ gahetv± ±gatatt± osadhan±makova hot³”ti vatv± “mahosadhakum±ro”tvevassa n±mamak±si.
Idañcassa ahosi “mama putto mah±puñño, na ekakova nibbattissati, imin±
saddhi½ j±tad±rakehi bhavitabban”ti. So olok±pento d±rakasahass±na½ nibbattabh±va½ sutv± sabbesampi kum±rak±na½ pi¼andhan±ni datv± dh±tiyo d±pesi“puttassa me upaµµh±k± bhavissant²”ti. Bodhisattena saddhi½yeva tesa½ maªgalaµµh±ne maªgala½ k±resi. D±rake alaªkaritv± mah±sattassa upaµµh±tu½ ±nenti.

Bodhisatto tehi saddhi½ k²¼anto va¹¹hitv± sattavassikak±le suvaººapaµim± viya
abhir³po ahosi. Athassa g±mamajjhe tehi saddhi½ k²¼antassa hatthi-ass±d²su ±gacchantesu k²¼±maº¹ala½ bhijjati. V±t±tapapaharaºak±le d±rak± kilamanti. Ekadivasañca tesa½ k²¼ant±na½yeva ak±lamegho uµµhahi. Ta½ disv± n±gabalo bodhisatto dh±vitv± ekas±la½ p±visi. Itare d±rak± pacchato dh±vant± aññamaññassa
p±desu paharitv± upakkhalitv± patit± jaººukabhed±d²ni p±puºi½su. Bodhisattopi“imasmi½ µh±ne k²¼±s±la½ k±tu½ vaµµati, eva½ v±te v± vasse (6.0166) v± ±tape v±±gate na kilamiss±m±”ti cintetv± te d±rake ±ha– “samm±, imasmi½ µh±ne v±te v±vasse v± ±tape v± ±gate µh±nanisajjasayanakkhama½ eka½ s±la½ k±ress±ma,
ekeka½ kah±paºa½ ±harath±”ti. Te tath± kari½su.
Mah±satto mah±va¹¹haki½ pakkos±petv± “imasmi½ µh±ne s±la½ karoh²”tisahassa½ ad±si. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± sahassa½ gahetv± kh±ºukaºµake
koµµetv± bh³mi½ sama½ k±retv± sutta½ pas±resi. Mah±satto tassa suttapas±raºavidh±na½ an±r±dhento “±cariya, eva½ apas±retv± s±dhuka½ pas±reh²”ti ±ha.
S±mi, aha½ attano sipp±nur³pena pas±resi½, ito añña½ na j±n±m²ti. ‘Ettaka½ aj±nanto tva½ amh±ka½ dhana½ gahetv± s±la½ katha½ karissasi, ±hara, sutta½
pas±retv± te dass±m²”ti ±har±petv± saya½ sutta½ pas±resi. Ta½ vissakammadevaputtassa pas±rita½ viya ahosi. Tato va¹¹haki½ ±ha “eva½ pas±retu½ sakkhissas²”ti? “Na sakkhiss±m²”ti. “Mama vic±raº±ya pana k±tu½ sakkhissas²”ti.
“Sakkhiss±mi, s±m²”ti. Mah±satto yath± tass± s±l±ya ekasmi½ padese an±th±na½vasanaµµh±na½ hoti, ekasmi½ an±th±na½ itth²na½ vij±yanaµµh±na½, ekasmi½ ±gantukasamaºabr±hmaº±na½ vasanaµµh±na½, ekasmi½ ±gantukamanuss±na½vasanaµµh±na½, ekasmi½ ±gantukav±ºij±na½ bhaº¹aµµhapanaµµh±na½ hoti, tath±sabb±ni µh±n±ni bahimukh±ni katv± s±la½ vic±resi. Tattheva k²¼±maº¹ala½,
tattheva vinicchaya½, tattheva dhammasabha½ k±resi. Katip±heneva niµµhit±ya
s±l±ya cittak±re pakkos±petv± saya½ vic±retv± ramaº²ya½ cittakamma½ k±resi.
S±l± sudhamm±devasabh±paµibh±g± ahosi.
Tato “na ettakena s±l± sobhati, pokkharaºi½ pana k±retu½ vaµµat²”ti pokkharaºi½ khaº±petv± iµµhakava¹¹haki½ pakkos±petv± saya½ vic±retv± sahassavaªka½ satatittha½ pokkharaºi½ k±resi. S± pañcavidhapadumasañchann±nand±pokkharaº² viya ahosi. Tass± t²re pupphaphaladhare n±n±rukkhe rop±petv±
nandanavanakappa½ uyy±na½ k±resi. Tameva ca s±la½ niss±ya dhammikasamaºabr±hmaº±nañceva ±gantukagamik±d²nañca d±navatta½ paµµhapesi. Tassas± kiriy± sabbattha p±kaµ± ahosi (6.0167). Bah³ manuss± osaranti. Mah±satto
s±l±ya nis²ditv± sampattasampatt±na½ k±raº±k±raºa½ yutt±yutta½ kathesi, vinicchaya½ µhapesi, buddhupp±dak±lo viya ahosi.
Vedehar±j±pi sattavassaccayena “catt±ro paº¹it± ‘amhe abhibhavitv± pañcamo
paº¹ito uppajjissat²’ti me kathayi½su, kattha so etarah²”ti saritv± “tassa vasanaµµh±na½ j±n±th±”ti cat³hi dv±rehi catt±ro amacce pesesi. Sesadv±rehi nikkhant±amacc± mah±satta½ na passi½su. P±c²nadv±rena nikkhanto amacco pana s±l±d²ni disv± “paº¹itena n±ma imiss± s±l±ya k±rakena v± k±r±pakena v± bhavitabban”ti cintetv± manusse pucchi “aya½ s±l± katarava¹¹hakin± kat±”ti? Manuss±“n±ya½ va¹¹hakin± kat±, siriva¹¹hanaseµµhiputtena mahosadhapaº¹itena attano
paññ±balena vic±retv± kat±”ti vadi½su. “Kativasso pana paº¹ito”ti? “Paripuººasattavasso”ti. Amacco raññ± diµµhasupinadivasato paµµh±ya vassa½ gaºetv± “rañño
diµµhasupinena sameti, ayameva so paº¹ito”ti rañño d³ta½ pesesi “deva, p±c²nayavamajjhakag±me siriva¹¹hanaseµµhiputto mahosadhapaº¹ito n±ma sattavassikova sam±no evar³pa½ n±ma s±la½ vic±resi, pokkharaºi½ uyy±nañca k±resi,
ima½ paº¹ita½ gahetv± ±nem²”ti. R±j± ta½ katha½ sutv±va tuµµhacitto hutv±
senaka½ pakkos±petv± tamattha½ ±rocetv± “ki½, ±cariya, ±nema paº¹itan”tipucchi. So l±bha½ macchar±yanto “mah±r±ja, s±l±d²na½ k±r±pitamattena paº¹ito
n±ma na hoti, yo koci et±ni k±reti, appamattaka½ etan”ti ±ha. So tassa katha½
sutv± “bhavitabbamettha k±raºen±”ti tuºh² hutv± “tattheva vasanto paº¹ita½
v²ma½sat³”ti amaccassa d³ta½ paµipesesi. Ta½ sutv± amacco tattheva vasantopaº¹ita½ v²ma½si.
Sattad±rakapañho
Tatrida½ v²ma½sanudd±na½–“Ma½sa½ goºo ganthi sutta½, putto goto rathena ca;daº¹o s²sa½ ah² ceva, kukkuµo maºi vij±yana½;
odana½ v±lukañc±pi, ta¼±kuyy±na½ gadrabho maº²”ti.
Tattha (6.0168) ma½santi ekadivasa½ bodhisatte k²¼±maº¹ala½ gacchante eko
seno s³naphalakato ma½sapesi½ gahetv± ±k±sa½ pakkhandi. Ta½ disv± d±rak±“ma½sapesi½ cha¹¹±pess±m±”ti sena½ anubandhi½su. Seno ito cito ca dh±vati.
Te uddha½ oloketv± tassa pacchato pacchato gacchant± p±s±º±d²su upakkhalitv± kilamanti. Atha ne paº¹ito ±ha “cha¹¹±pess±mi nan”ti. “Cha¹¹±pehi s±m²”ti.
“Tena hi passath±”ti so uddha½ anoloketv±va v±tavegena dh±vitv± senassa
ch±ya½ akkamitv±

p±ºi½ paharitv± mah±rava½ ravi. Tassa tejena so saddo senassa kucchiya½ vinivijjhitv± nicch±rito viya ahosi. So bh²to ma½sa½ cha¹¹esi. Mah±satto cha¹¹itabh±va½ ñatv± ch±ya½ olokentova bh³miya½ patitu½ adatv± ±k±seyeva sampaµicchi. Ta½ acchariya½ disv± mah±jano nadanto vagganto apphoµento mah±sadda½ ak±si. Amacco ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± rañño d³ta½ pesesi “paº¹ito imin±
up±yena ma½sapesi½ cha¹¹±pesi, ida½ devo j±n±t³”ti. Ta½ sutv± r±j± senaka½
pucchi “ki½, senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti? So cintesi “tassa idh±gatak±latopaµµh±ya maya½ nippabh± bhaviss±ma, atthibh±vampi no r±j± na j±nissati, na ta½±netu½ vaµµat²”ti. So balaval±bhamacchariyat±ya “mah±r±ja, ettakena paº¹ito
n±ma na hoti, appamattaka½ kiñci etan”ti ±ha. R±j± majjhattova hutv± “tattheva
na½ v²ma½sat³”ti puna pesesi.
Goºoti eko p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±s² puriso “vasse patite kasiss±m²”tig±mantarato goºe kiºitv± ±netv± gehe vas±petv± punadivase gocaratth±ya tiºabh³mi½ ±netv± goºapiµµhe nisinno kilantar³po otaritv± rukkham³le nipannova
nidda½ okkami. Tasmi½ khaºe eko coro goºe gahetv± pal±yi. So pabujjhitv±
goºe apassanto ito cito ca oloketv± goºe gahetv± pal±yanta½ cora½ disv±
vegena pakkhanditv± “kuhi½ me goºe nes²”ti ±ha. “Mama goºe attano icchitaµµh±na½ nem²”ti. Tesa½ viv±da½ sutv± mah±jano sannipati. Paº¹ito tesa½ s±l±dv±rena gacchant±na½ sadda½ sutv± ubhopi pakkos±petv± tesa½ kiriya½
disv±va “aya½ (6.0169) coro, aya½ goºas±miko”ti j±n±ti. J±nantopi “kasm± vivadath±”ti pucchi. Goºas±miko ±ha– “s±mi, ime aha½ asukag±mato asukassa n±ma
hatthato kiºitv± ±netv± gehe vas±petv± gocaratth±ya tiºabh³mi½ nesi½, tattha
mama pam±da½ disv± aya½ goºe gahetv± pal±yi. Sv±ha½ ito cito ca olokento
ima½ disv± anubandhitv± gaºhi½, asukag±mav±sino may± etesa½ kiºitv± gahitabh±va½ j±nant²”ti. Coro pana “mamete gharaj±tik±, aya½ mus± bhaºat²”ti ±ha.
Atha ne paº¹ito “aha½ vo a¹¹a½ dhammena vinicchiniss±mi, µhassatha mevinicchaye”ti pucchitv± “±ma, s±mi, µhass±m±”ti vutte “mah±janassa mana½
gaºhitu½ vaµµat²”ti paµhama½ cora½ pucchi “tay± ime goº± ki½ kh±d±pit± ki½
p±yit±”ti? “Y±gu½ p±yit± tilapiµµhañca m±se ca kh±d±pit±”ti. Tato goºas±mika½
pucchi. So ±ha– “s±mi, kuto me duggatassa y±gu-±d²ni laddh±ni, tiºameva kh±d±pit±”ti. Paº¹ito tesa½ katha½ parisa½ g±h±petv± piyaªgupatt±ni ±har±petv± koµµ±petv± udakena madd±petv± goºe p±yesi. Goº± tiºameva cha¹¹ayi½su. Paº¹ito“passathetan”ti mah±janassa dassetv± cora½ pucchi “tva½ corosi, na coros²”ti?
So “coromh²”ti ±ha. “Tena hi tva½ ito paµµh±ya m± evar³pamak±s²”ti ovadi. Bodhisattassa paris± pana ta½ hatthap±dehi koµµetv± dubbalamak±si. Atha na½
paº¹ito “diµµhadhammeyeva t±va ima½ dukkha½ labhasi, sampar±ye pana niray±d²su mah±dukkha½ anubhavissasi, samma, tva½ ito paµµh±ya pajaheta½ kamman”ti vatv± tassa pañca s²l±ni ad±si. Amacco ta½ pavatti½ yath±bh³ta½ rañño ±roc±pesi. R±j± senaka½ pucchi “ki½, senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti. “Goºa-a¹¹a½ n±ma,
mah±r±ja, ye keci vinicchinanti, ±gamehi t±v±”ti vutte r±j± majjhatto hutv± punatatheva s±sana½ pesesi. Sabbaµµh±nesupi eva½ veditabba½. Ito para½ pana
udd±namattameva vibhajitv± dassayiss±m±ti.

Ganth²ti ek± duggatitth² n±n±vaººehi suttehi ganthike bandhitv± kata½ suttaganthitapi¼andhana½ g²vato mocetv± s±µakassa upari µhapetv± nh±yitu½ (6.0170)
paº¹itena k±ritapokkharaºi½ otari. Apar± taruºitth² ta½ disv± lobha½ upp±detv±
ukkhipitv± “amma, ativiya sobhana½ ida½ kittakena te kata½, ahampi attano evar³pa½ kariss±mi, g²v±ya pi¼andhitv± pam±ºa½ t±vassa upadh±rem²”ti vatv± t±ya
ujucittat±ya “upadh±reh²”ti vutte g²v±ya pi¼andhitv± pakk±mi. Itar± ta½ disv±
s²gha½ uttaritv± s±µaka½ niv±setv± upadh±vitv± “kaha½ me pi¼andhana½
gahetv± pal±yissas²”ti s±µake gaºhi. Itar± “n±ha½ tava santaka½ gaºh±mi, mama
g²v±yameva pi¼andhanan”ti ±ha. Mah±jano ta½ sutv± sannipati. Paº¹ito d±rakehi
saddhi½ k²¼anto t±sa½ kalaha½ katv± s±l±dv±rena gacchant²na½ sadda½ sutv±“ki½ saddo eso”ti pucchitv± ubhinna½ kalahak±raºa½ sutv± pakkos±petv± ±k±reneva coriñca acoriñca ñatv±pi tamattha½ pucchitv± “aha½ vo dhammena vinicchiniss±mi, mama vinicchaye µhassath±”ti vatv± “±ma, µhass±ma, s±m²”ti vutte
paµhama½ cori½ pucchi “tva½ ima½ pi¼andhana½ pi¼andhant² kataragandha½ vilimpas²”ti? “Aha½ nicca½ sabbasa½h±raka½ vilimp±m²”ti. Sabbasa½h±rako n±ma
sabbagandhehi yojetv± katagandho. Tato itara½ pucchi. S± ±ha “kuto, s±mi,laddho duggat±ya mayha½ sabbasa½h±rako, aha½ nicca½ piyaªgupupphagandhameva vilimp±m²”ti. Paº¹ito udakap±ti½ ±har±petv± ta½ pi¼andhana½ tattha
pakkhip±petv± gandhika½ pakkos±petv± “eta½ gandha½ upasiªghitv± asukagandhabh±va½ j±n±h²”ti ±ha. So upasiªghanto piyaªgupupphabh±va½ ñatv± ima½
ekakanip±te g±tham±ha–“Sabbasa½h±rako natthi, suddha½ kaªgu pav±yati;
alika½ bh±satiya½ dhutt², saccam±hu mahallik±”ti. (j±. 1.1.110);
Tattha dhutt²ti dhuttik±. ¾h³ti ±ha, ayameva v± p±µho.
Eva½ mah±satto ta½ k±raºa½ mah±jana½ j±n±petv± “tva½ cor²si, na cor²s²”tipucchitv± coribh±va½ paµij±n±pesi. Tato paµµh±ya mah±sattassa paº¹itabh±vop±kaµo j±to.
Suttanti ek± kapp±sakkhettarakkhik± itth² kapp±sakkhetta½ rakkhant² tattheva
parisuddha½ kapp±sa½ gahetv± sukhumasutta½ kantitv± gu¼a½ katv± ucchaªge(6.0171) µhapetv± g±ma½ ±gacchant² “paº¹itassa pokkharaºiya½ nh±yiss±m²”ti
t²ra½ gantv± s±µaka½ muñcitv± s±µakassa upari suttagu¼a½ µhapetv± otaritv±
pokkharaºiya½ nh±yati. Apar± ta½ disv± luddhacittat±ya ta½ gahetv± “ahoman±pa½ sutta½, amma, tay± katan”ti acchara½ paharitv± olokent² viya
ucchaªge katv± pakk±mi. Sesa½ purimanayeneva vitth±retabba½. Paº¹ito
paµhama½ cori½ pucchi “tva½ gu¼a½ karont² anto ki½ pakkhipitv± ak±s²”ti?
“Kapp±saphalaµµhimeva s±m²”ti. Tato itara½ pucchi. S± “s±mi timbaru-aµµhin”ti±ha. So ubhinna½ vacana½ parisa½ g±h±petv± suttagu¼a½ nibbeµh±petv± timbaru-aµµhi½ disv± ta½ coribh±va½ sa½paµicch±pesi. Mah±jano haµµhatuµµho “suvinicchito a¹¹o”ti s±dhuk±rasahass±ni pavattesi.
Puttoti ekadivasa½ ek± itth² putta½ ±d±ya mukhadhovanatth±ya paº¹itassa
pokkharaºi½ gantv± putta½ nh±petv± attano s±µake nis²d±petv± attano mukha½
dhovitu½ otari. Tasmi½ khaºe ek± yakkhin² ta½ d±raka½ disv± kh±dituk±m±

hutv± itthivesa½ gahetv± “sah±yike, sobhati vat±ya½ d±rako, taveso putto”tipucchitv± “±m±”ti vutte “p±yemi nan”ti vatv± “p±yeh²”ti vutt± ta½ gahetv± thoka½
k²¼±petv± ±d±ya pal±yi. Itar± ta½ disv± dh±vitv± “kuhi½ me putta½ nes²”ti gaºhi.
Yakkhin² “kuto tay± putto laddho, mameso putto”ti ±ha. T± kalaha½ karontiyo s±l±dv±rena gacchanti. Paº¹ito ta½ kalahasadda½ sutv± pakkos±petv± “kimetan”tipucchi. T± tassa etamattha½ ±rocesu½. Ta½ sutv± mah±satto akkh²na½ animisat±ya ceva rattat±ya ca nir±saªkat±ya ca ch±y±ya abh±vat±ya ca “aya½ yakkhin²”ti ñatv±pi “mama vinicchaye µhassath±”ti vatv± “±ma, µhass±m±”ti vutte
bh³miya½ lekha½ ka¹¹hayitv± lekh±majjhe d±raka½ nipajj±petv± yakkhini½
hatthesu, m±tara½ p±desu g±h±petv± “dvepi ka¹¹hitv± gaºhatha, ka¹¹hitu½
sakkontiy± eva putto”ti ±ha.
T± ubhopi ka¹¹hi½su. D±rako ka¹¹hiyam±no dukkhappatto hutv± viravi. M±t±
hadayena phalitena viya hutv± putta½ muñcitv± rodam±n± aµµh±si. Paº¹ito mah±jana½ pucchi “ambho, d±rake, m±tu hadaya½ muduka½ hoti, ud±hu am±t³”ti.
“M±tu hadaya½ muduka½ hot²”ti. “Ki½ d±ni d±raka½ (6.0172) gahetv± µhit± m±t±hoti, ud±hu vissajjetv± µhit±”ti? “Vissajjetv± µhit± paº¹it±”ti. “Ima½ pana d±rakacori½ tumhe j±n±th±”ti? “Na j±n±ma, paº¹it±”ti. Atha ne paº¹ito ±ha– “yakkhin²
es±, eta½ kh±ditu½ gaºh²”ti. “Katha½ j±n±si, paº¹it±”ti. “Akkh²na½ animisat±ya
ceva rattat±ya ca nir±saªkat±ya ca ch±y±ya abh±vena ca nikkaruºat±ya c±”ti.
Atha na½ pucchi “k±si tvan”ti? “Yakkhin²mhi s±m²”ti. “Kasm± ima½ d±raka½
gaºh²”ti? “Kh±ditu½ gaºh±mi, s±m²”ti. “Andhab±le, tva½ pubbepi p±pakamma½
katv± yakkhin² j±t±si, id±ni punapi p±pa½ karosi, aho andhab±l±s²”ti vatv± ta½
pañcas²lesu patiµµh±petv± “ito paµµh±ya evar³pa½ p±pakamma½ m± ak±s²”ti vatv±
ta½ uyyojesi. D±rakam±t±pi d±raka½ labhitv± “cira½ j²vatu s±m²”ti paº¹ita½
thometv± putta½ ±d±ya pakk±mi.
Gototi eko kira lakuº¹akatt± goto, k±¼avaººat± ca k±¼oti gotak±¼o n±ma puriso
sattasa½vacchar±ni kamma½ katv± bhariya½ labhi. S± n±mena d²ghat±l± n±ma.
So ekadivasa½ ta½ ±mantetv± “bhadde, p³vakh±dan²ya½ pac±hi, m±t±pitaro
daµµhu½ gamiss±m±”ti vatv± “ki½ te m±t±pit³h²”ti t±ya paµikkhittopi y±vatatiya½
vatv± p³vakh±dan²ya½ pac±petv± p±theyyañceva paºº±k±rañca ±d±ya t±yasaddhi½ magga½ paµipanno antar±magge utt±nav±hini½ eka½ nadi½ addasa. Tepana dvepi udakabh²rukaj±tik±va, tasm± ta½ uttaritu½ avisahant± t²re aµµha½su.
Tad± d²ghapiµµhi n±meko duggatapuriso anuvicaranto ta½ µh±na½ p±puºi. Athana½ te disv± pucchi½su “samma, aya½ nad² gambh²r± utt±n±”ti. So tesa½ katha½
sutv± udakabh²rukabh±va½ ñatv± “samma, aya½ nad² gambh²r± bahucaº¹amacch±kiºº±”ti ±ha. “Samma, katha½ tva½ gamissas²”ti? So ±ha– “sa½sum±ramakar±na½ amhehi paricayo atthi, tena te amhe na viheµhent²”ti. “Tena hi, samma,
amhepi neh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. Athassa te khajjabhojana½ ada½su. So
katabhattakicco “samma, ka½ paµhama½ nem²”ti pucchi. So ±ha– “tava sah±yika½
paµhama½ nehi, ma½ pacch± neh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± ta½ khandhe
katv± p±theyyañceva paºº±k±rañca gahetv± nadi½ otaritv± thoka½ gantv± ukkuµiko nis²ditv± pakk±mi.

Gotak±¼o (6.0173) t²re µhitova “gambh²r±vat±ya½ nad², eva½ d²ghassapi n±ma
evar³p±, mayha½ pana apasayh±va bhavissat²”ti cintesi. Itaropi ta½ nad²majjha½
netv± “bhadde, aha½ ta½ posess±mi, sampannavatth±laªk±r± d±sid±saparivut±
vicarissasi, ki½ te aya½ lakuº¹akav±manako karissati, mama vacana½ karoh²”ti±ha. S± tassa vacana½ sutv±va attano s±mike sineha½ bhinditv± ta½khaºaññeva tasmi½ paµibaddhacitt± hutv± “s±mi, sace ma½ na cha¹¹essasi, kariss±mite vacanan”ti sampaµicchi. “Bhadde, ki½ vadesi, aha½ ta½ posess±m²”ti. Te parat²ra½ gantv± ubhopi samagg± sammodam±n± “gotak±¼a½ pah±ya tiµµha tvan”ti
vatv± tassa passantasseva kh±dan²ya½ kh±dant± pakkami½su. So disv± “imeekato hutv± ma½ cha¹¹etv± pal±yanti maññe”ti apar±para½ dh±vanto thoka½ otaritv± bhayena nivattitv± puna tesu kopena “j²v±mi v± mar±mi v±”ti ullaªghitv±
nadiya½ patito utt±nabh±va½ ñatv± nadi½ uttaritv± vegena ta½ p±puºitv±“ambho duµµhacora, kuhi½ me bhariya½ nes²”ti ±ha. Itaropi ta½ “are duµµhav±manaka, kuto tava bhariy±, mames± bhariy±”ti vatv± g²v±ya½ gahetv± khipi. So
d²ghat±la½ hatthe gahetv±”tiµµha tva½ kuhi½ gacchasi, satta sa½vacchar±ni
kamma½ katv± laddhabhariy± mes²”ti vatv± tena saddhi½ kalaha½ karontos±l±ya santika½ p±puºi. Mah±jano sannipati.
Paº¹ito “ki½ saddo n±meso”ti pucchitv± te ubhopi pakkos±petv± vacanappaµivacana½ sutv± “mama vinicchaye µhassath±”ti vatv± “±ma, µhass±m±”ti vutte
paµhama½ d²ghapiµµhi½ pakkos±petv± “tva½ kon±mos²”ti pucchi. “D²ghapiµµhikon±ma, s±m²”ti. “Bhariy± te k± n±m±”ti? So tass± n±ma½ aj±nanto añña½ kathesi.
“M±t±pitaro te ke n±m±”ti? “Asuk± n±m±”ti. “Bhariy±ya pana te m±t±pitaro ke
n±m±”ti? So aj±nitv± añña½ kathesi. Tassa katha½ parisa½ g±h±petv± ta½ apanetv± itara½ pakkos±petv± purimanayeneva sabbesa½ n±m±ni pucchi. So yath±bh³ta½ j±nanto avirajjhitv± kathesi. Tampi apanetv± d²ghat±la½ pakkos±petv±“tva½ k± n±m±”ti pucchi. “D²ghat±l± n±ma s±m²”ti. “S±miko te kon±mo”ti? S± aj±nant² añña½

kathesi. “M±t±pitaro te ke n±m±”ti. “Asuk± n±ma s±m²”ti. “S±mikassa pana te
m±t±pitaro ke n±m±”ti? S±pi vilapant² añña½ kathesi (6.0174). Itare dve pakkos±petv± mah±jana½ pucchi “ki½ imiss± d²ghapiµµhissa vacanena sameti, ud±hu gotak±¼ass±”ti. “Gotak±¼assa paº¹it±”ti. “Aya½ etiss± s±miko, itaro coro”ti. Atha na½“corosi, na coros²”ti pucchi. “¾ma, s±mi, coromh²”ti corabh±va½ sampaµicchi.
Paº¹itassa vinicchayena gotak±¼o attano bhariya½ labhitv± mah±satta½
thometv± ta½ ±d±ya pakk±mi. Paº¹ito d²ghapiµµhim±ha “m± puna evamak±s²”ti.
Rathena c±ti ekadivasa½ eko pana puriso rathe nis²ditv± mukhadhovanatth±ya
nikkhami. Tasmi½ khaºe sakko ±vajjento paº¹ita½ disv± “mahosadhabuddhaªkurassa paññ±nubh±va½ p±kaµa½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± manussavesen±gantv±
rathassa pacch±bh±ga½ gahetv± p±y±si. Rathe nisinno puriso “t±ta, kenatthen±gatos²”ti pucchitv± “tumhe upaµµh±tun”ti vutte “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± y±n±oruyha sar²rakiccatth±ya gato. Tasmi½ khaºe sakko ratha½ abhiruhitv± vegenap±jesi. Rathas±miko pana sar²rakicca½ katv± nikkhanto sakka½ ratha½ gahetv±
pal±yanta½ disv± vegena gantv± “tiµµha tiµµha, kuhi½ me ratha½ nes²”ti vatv± “tavaratho añño bhavissati, aya½ pana mama ratho”ti vutte tena saddhi½ kalaha½
karonto s±l±dv±ra½ patto. Paº¹ito “ki½ n±metan”ti pucchitv± te pakkos±petv±±gacchante disv± nibbhayat±ya ceva akkh²na½ animisat±ya ca “aya½ sakko,
aya½ rathas±miko”ti aññ±si, eva½ santepi viv±dak±raºa½ pucchitv± “mama vinicchaye µhassath±”ti vatv± “±ma, µhass±m±”ti vutte “aha½ ratha½ p±jess±mi,tumhe dvepi ratha½ pacchato gahetv± gacchatha, rathas±miko na vissajjessati,
itaro vissajjessat²”ti vatv± purisa½ ±º±pesi “ratha½ p±jeh²”ti. So tath± ak±si.
Itarepi dve pacchato gahetv± gacchanti. Rathas±miko thoka½ gantv± vissajjetv± µhito, sakko pana rathena saddhi½ gantv± ratheneva saddhi½ nivatti.
Paº¹ito manusse ±cikkhi “aya½ puriso thoka½ gantv± ratha½ vissajjetv± µhito,
aya½ pana rathena saddhi½ dh±vitv± ratheneva saddhi½ nivatti, nevassa sar²resedabindumattampi atthi, ass±sapass±sopi natthi, (..0175) abh²to animisanetto,esa sakko devar±j±”ti. Atha na½ “sakko devar±j±s²”ti pucchitv± “±ma, paº¹it±”tivutte “kasm± ±gatos²”ti vatv± “taveva paññ±pak±sanattha½ paº¹it±”ti vutte “tenahi m± puna evamak±s²”ti ovadati. Sakkopi sakk±nubh±va½ dassento ±k±seµhatv± “suvinicchito paº¹itena a¹¹o”ti paº¹itassa thuti½ katv± sakaµµh±nameva
gato. Tad± so amacco sayameva rañño santika½ gantv± “mah±r±ja, paº¹itena
eva½ ratha-a¹¹o suvinicchito, sakkopi tena par±jito, kasm± purisavisesa½ na
j±n±si, dev±”ti ±ha. R±j± senaka½ pucchi “ki½, senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti. So
l±bhamaccharena “mah±r±ja, ettakena paº¹ito n±ma na hoti, ±gametha t±vav²ma½sitv± j±niss±m±”ti ±ha.
Sattad±rakapañho niµµhito.
GadrabhapañhoDaº¹oti athekadivasa½ r±j± “paº¹ita½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti khadiradaº¹a½ ±har±petv± tato vidatthi½ gahetv± cundak±re pakkos±petv± suµµhu likh±petv± p±c²nayavamajjhakag±ma½ pesesi “p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino kira paº¹it±, ‘imassa
khadiradaº¹assa ida½ agga½, ida½ m³lan’ti j±nantu, aj±nant±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti. G±mav±sino sannipatitv± j±nitu½ asakkont± seµµhino kathayi½su “kad±cimahosadhapaº¹ito j±neyya, pakkos±petv± ta½ pucchath±”ti. Seµµhi paº¹ita½ k²¼±maº¹al± pakkos±petv± tamattha½ ±rocetv± “t±ta, maya½ j±nitu½ na sakkoma,
api nu tva½ sakkhissas²”ti pucchi. Ta½ sutv± paº¹ito cintesi “rañño imassa
aggena v± m³lena v± payojana½ natthi, mama v²ma½sanatth±ya pesita½ bhavissat²”ti. Cintetv± ca pana “±haratha, t±ta, j±niss±m²”ti ±har±petv± hatthena gahetv±va “ida½ agga½ ida½ m³lan”ti ñatv±pi mah±janassa hadayaggahaºattha½
udakap±ti½ ±har±petv± khadiradaº¹akassa majjhe suttena bandhitv± suttakoµiya½ gahetv± khadiradaº¹aka½ udakapiµµhe µhapesi. M³la½ bh±riyat±ya
paµhama½ udake nimujji. Tato mah±jana½ pucchi “rukkhassa n±ma m³la½
bh±riya½ hoti, ud±hu aggan”ti? “M³la½ paº¹it±”ti. Tena hi imassa paµhama½
nimugga½ passatha, eta½ m³lanti im±ya saññ±ya (6.0176) aggañca m³lañca±cikkhi. G±mav±sino “ida½ agga½ ida½ m³lan”ti rañño pahiºi½su. R±j± “ko ima½
j±n±t²”ti pucchitv± “siriva¹¹hanaseµµhino putto mahosadhapaº¹ito”ti sutv± “ki½,
senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti pucchi. Adhiv±sehi, deva, aññenapi up±yena na½
v²ma½siss±m±ti.
S²santi athekadivasa½ itthiy± ca purisassa c±ti dve s²s±ni ±har±petv± “ida½
itthis²sa½, ida½ purisas²santi j±nantu, aj±nant±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti pahiºi½su.
G±mav±sino aj±nant± paº¹ita½ pucchi½su. So disv±va aññ±si. Katha½ j±n±ti?
Purisas²se kira sibbin² ujuk±va hoti, itthis²se sibbin² vaªk± hoti, parivattitv±
gacchati. So imin± abhiññ±ºena “ida½ itthiy± s²sa½, ida½ purisassa s²san”ti±cikkhi. G±mav±sinopi rañño pahiºi½su. Sesa½ purimasadisameva.
Ah²ti athekadivasa½ sappañca sappiniñca ±har±petv± “aya½ sappo, aya½
sappin²ti j±nantu, aj±nant±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti vatv± g±mav±s²na½ pesesu½.
G±mav±sino aj±nant± paº¹ita½ pucchi½su. So disv±va j±n±ti. Sappassa hi
naªguµµha½ th³la½ hoti, sappiniy± tanuka½ hoti, sappassa s²sa½ puthula½ hoti,
sappiniy± tanuka½ hoti, sappassa akkh²ni mahant±ni, sappiniy± khuddak±ni,
sappassa sovattiko par±baddho hoti, sappiniy± vicchinnako. So imehi abhiññ±ºehi “aya½ sappo, aya½ sappin²”ti ±cikkhi. Sesa½ vuttanayameva.
Kukkuµoti athekadivasa½ “p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino amh±ka½ sabbaseta½ p±davis±ºa½ s²sakakudha½ tayo k±le anatikkamitv± nadanta½ usabha½pesentu, no ce pesenti, sahassadaº¹o”ti pahiºi½su. Te aj±nant± paº¹ita½
pucchi½su. So ±ha– “r±j± vo sabbaseta½ kukkuµa½ ±har±pesi, so hi p±danakhasikhat±ya p±davis±ºo n±ma, s²sac³¼at±ya s²sakakudho n±ma, tikkhattu½ vassanato tayo k±le anatikkamitv± nadati n±ma, tasm± evar³pa½ kukku¼a½ peseth±”ti±ha. Te pesayi½su.
Maº²ti (6.0177) sakkena kusarañño dinno maºikkhandho aµµhasu µh±nesu
vaªko hoti. Tassa pur±ºasutta½ chinna½, koci pur±ºasutta½ n²haritv± navasutta½

pavesetu½ na sakkoti, tasm± ekadivasa½ “imasm± maºikkhandh± pur±ºasutta½n²haritv± navasutta½ pavesent³”ti pesayi½su. G±mav±sino pur±ºasutta½ n²haritv± navasutta½ pavesetu½ asakkont± paº¹itassa ±cikkhi½su. So “m± cintayittha,
madhu½ ±harath±”ti ±har±petv± maºino dv²su passesu madhun± chidda½
makkhetv± kambalasutta½ vaµµetv± koµiya½ madhun± makkhetv± thoka½ chidde
pavesetv± kipillik±na½ nikkhamanaµµh±ne µhapesi. Kipillik± madhugandhena
nikkhamitv± maºimhi pur±ºasutta½ kh±dam±n± gantv± kambalasuttakoµiya½¹a½sitv± ka¹¹hant± ekena passena n²hari½su. Paº¹ito pavesitabh±va½ ñatv±“rañño deth±”ti g±mav±s²na½ ad±si. Te rañño pesayi½su. So pavesita-up±ya½sutv± tussi.
Vij±yananti athekadivasa½ rañño maªgala-usabha½ bah³ m±se kh±d±petv±
mahodara½ katv± vis±º±ni dhovitv± telena makkhetv± haliddiy± nh±petv± g±mav±s²na½ pahiºi½su “tumhe kira paº¹it±, ayañca rañño maªgala-usabho patiµµhitagabbho, eta½ vij±y±petv± savacchaka½ pesetha, apesent±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti.
G±mav±sino “na sakk± ida½ k±tu½, ki½ nu kho kariss±m±”ti paº¹ita½ pucchi½su.
So “imin± ekena pañhapaµibh±gena bhavitabban”ti cintetv± “sakkhissatha
paneka½ raññ± saddhi½ kathanasamattha½ vis±rada½ purisa½ laddhun”tipucchi. “Na garu eta½, paº¹it±”ti. “Tena hi na½ pakkosath±”ti. Te pakkosi½su.
Atha na½ mah±satto “ehi, bho purisa, tva½ tava kese piµµhiya½ vikiritv± n±nappak±ra½ balavaparideva½ paridevanto r±jadv±ra½ gaccha, aññehi pucchitopi kiñci
avatv±va parideva, raññ± pana pakkos±petv± paridevak±raºa½ pucchitova
sam±no ‘pit± me deva vij±yitu½ na sakkoti, ajja sattamo divaso, paµisaraºa½ mehohi, vij±yanup±yamassa karoh²’ti vatv± raññ± ‘ki½ vilapasi aµµh±nameta½, puris±n±ma vij±yant± natth²’ti vutte ‘sace deva, eva½ natthi, atha kasm± (6.0178) p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino katha½ maªgala-usabha½ vij±y±pessant²’ti vadeyy±s²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± tath± ak±si. R±j± “kenida½ pañhapaµibh±ga½
cintitan”ti pucchitv± “mahosadhapaº¹iten±”ti sutv± tussi.
Odananti aparasmi½ divase “paº¹ita½ v²ma½siss±m±”ti “p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino amh±ka½ aµµhaªgasamann±gata½ ambilodana½ pacitv± pesentu.
Tatrim±ni aµµhaªg±ni– na taº¹ulehi, na udakena, na ukkhaliy±, na uddhanena, na
aggin±, na d±r³hi, na itthiy± na purisena, na maggen±ti. Apesent±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti pahiºi½su. G±mav±sino ta½ k±raºa½ aj±nant± paº¹ita½ pucchi½su. So“m± cintayitth±”ti vatv± “na taº¹uleh²ti kaºika½ g±h±petv±, na udaken±ti hima½g±h±petv±, na ukkhaliy±ti añña½ navamattik±bh±jana½ g±h±petv±, na uddhanen±ti kh±ºuke koµµ±petv±, na aggin±ti pakati-aggi½ pah±ya araºi-aggi½ g±h±petv±,
na d±r³h²ti paºº±ni g±h±petv± ambilodana½ pac±petv± navabh±jane pakkhipitv±
lañchitv±, na itthiy± na purisen±ti paº¹akena ukkhip±petv±, na maggen±ti mah±magga½ pah±ya jaªghamaggena rañño peseth±”ti ±ha. Te tath± kari½su. R±j±“kena panesa pañho ñ±to”ti pucchitv± “mahosadhapaº¹iten±”ti sutv± tussi.
V±lukanti aparasmi½ divase paº¹itassa v²ma½sanattha½ g±mav±s²na½ pahiºi½su “r±j± dol±ya k²¼ituk±mo, r±jakule pur±ºayotta½ chinna½, eka½ v±lukayotta½vaµµetv± pesentu, apesent±na½ sahassadaº¹o”ti. Te paº¹ita½ pucchi½su.

Paº¹ito “imin±pi pañhapaµibh±geneva bhavitabban”ti g±mav±sino ass±setv±
vacanakusale dve tayo purise pakkos±petv± “gacchatha tumhe, r±j±na½ vadetha‘deva, g±mav±sino tassa yottassa tanuka½ v± th³la½ v± pam±ºa½ na j±nanti,
pur±ºav±lukayottato vidatthimatta½ v± caturaªgulamatta½ v± khaº¹a½ pesetha,ta½ oloketv± tena pam±ºena vaµµessant²’ti. Sace, vo r±j± ‘amh±ka½ ghare v±lukayotta½ n±ma na kad±ci sutapubban’ti vadati, atha na½ ‘sace, mah±r±ja, vo evar³pa½ na sakk± k±tu½, p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino katha½ karissant²’ti
vadeyy±th±”ti pesesi. Te tath± kari½su. R±j± “kena (6.0179) cintita½ pañhapaµibh±gan”ti pucchitv± “mahosadhapaº¹iten±”ti sutv± tussi.
Ta¼±kanti aparasmi½ divase paº¹itassa v²ma½sanattha½ “r±j± udakak²¼a½ k²¼ituk±mo, pañcavidhapadumasacchanna½ pokkharaºi½ pesentu, apesent±na½sahassadaº¹o”ti g±mav±s²na½ pesayi½su. Te paº¹itassa ±rocesu½. So “imin±pi pañhapaµibh±geneva bhavitabban”ti cintetv± vacanakusale katipaye
manusse pakkos±petv± “etha tumhe udakak²¼a½ k²¼itv± akkh²ni ratt±ni katv± allakes± allavatth± kaddamamakkhitasar²r± yottadaº¹ale¹¹uhatth± r±jadv±ra½
gantv± dv±re µhitabh±va½ rañño ±roc±petv± katok±s± pavisitv± ‘mah±r±ja,tumhehi kira p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino pokkharaºi½ pesent³ti pahit±
maya½ tumh±ka½ anucchavika½ mahanta½ pokkharaºi½ ±d±ya ±gat±. S± panaaraññav±sikatt± nagara½ disv± dv±rap±k±raparikh±-aµµ±lak±d²ni oloketv± bh²tatasit± yott±ni chinditv± pal±yitv± araññameva paviµµh±, maya½ le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi
pothent±pi nivattetu½ na sakkhimh±, tumh±ka½ araññ± ±n²ta½ pur±ºapokkharaºi½ pesetha, t±ya saddhi½ yojetv± hariss±m±’ti vatv± raññ±na kad±ci mamaaraññato ±n²tapokkharaº² n±ma bh³tapubb±, na ca may± kassaci yojetv± ±haraºatth±ya pokkharaº² pesitapubb±’ti vutte ‘sace, deva, vo eva½ na sakk± k±tu½, p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino katha½ pokkharaºi½ pesessant²’ti vadeyy±th±”ti
vatv± pesesi. Te tath± kari½su. R±j± paº¹itena ñ±tabh±va½ sutv± tussi.
Uyy±nanti punekadivasa½ “maya½ uyy±nak²¼a½ k²¼ituk±m±, amh±kañca pur±ºa-uyy±na½ parijiººa½, obhagga½ j±ta½,

p±c²nayavamajjhakag±mav±sino
supupphitataruºarukkhasañchanna½ nava-uyy±na½ pesent³”ti pahiºi½su. G±mav±sino paº¹itassa ±rocesu½. Paº¹ito “imin±pi pañhapaµibh±geneva bhavitabban”ti te samass±setv± manusse pesetv±
purimanayeneva kath±pesi.
Tad±pi (6.0180) r±j± tussitv± senaka½ pucchi “ki½, senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti.
So l±bhamacchariyena “ettakena paº¹ito n±ma na hoti, ±gametha, dev±”ti ±ha.
Tassa ta½ vacana½ sutv± r±j± cintesi “mahosadhapaº¹ito sattad±rakapañhehi
mama mana½ gaºhi, evar³pesupissa guyhapañhavissajjanesu ceva pañhapaµibh±gesu ca buddhassa viya by±karaºa½, senako evar³pa½ paº¹ita½ ±netu½ nadeti, ki½ me senakena, ±ness±mi nan”ti. So mahantena pariv±rena ta½ g±ma½p±y±si. Tassa maªgala-assa½ abhiruhitv± gacchantassa assassa p±do phalitabh³miy± antara½ pavisitv± bhijji. R±j± tatova nivattitv± nagara½ p±visi. Atha na½
senako upasaªkamitv± pucchi “mah±r±ja, paº¹ita½ ki½ ±netu½ p±c²nayavamajjhakag±ma½ agamitth±”ti. “¾ma, paº¹it±”ti. “Mah±r±ja, tumhe ma½ anatthak±ma½ katv± passatha, ‘±gametha t±v±’ti vuttepi atiturit± nikkhamittha, paµhamagamaneneva maªgala-assassa p±do bhinno”ti.
So tassa vacana½ sutv± tuºh² hutv± punekadivasa½ tena saddhi½ mantesi “ki½,
senaka, ±nema paº¹itan”ti. Deva, saya½ agantv± d³ta½ pesetha “paº¹ita,
amh±ka½ tava santika½ ±gacchant±na½ assassa p±do bhinno, assatara½ v± nopesetu seµµhatara½ v±”ti. “Yadi assatara½ pesessati, saya½ ±gamissati. Seµµhatara½ pesento pitara½ pesessati, ayameko no pañho bhavissat²”ti. R±j±“s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± tath± katv± d³ta½ pesesi. Paº¹ito d³tassa vacana½
sutv± “r±j± mamañceva pitarañca passituk±mo”ti cintetv± pitu santika½ gantv±
vanditv± “t±ta, r±j± tumhe ceva mamañca daµµhuk±mo, tumhe paµhamatara½
seµµhisahassaparivut± gacchatha, gacchant± ca tucchahatth± agantv± navasappip³ra½ candanakaraº¹aka½ ±d±ya gacchatha. R±j± tumhehi saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± ‘gahapati patir³pa½ ±sana½ ñatv± nis²d±h²’ti vakkhati, atha tumhe
tath±r³pa½ ±sana½ ñatv± nis²deyy±tha. Tumh±ka½ nisinnak±le aha½ ±gamiss±mi, r±j± may±pi saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± ‘paº¹ita, tav±nur³pa½ ±sana½
ñatv± nis²d±’ti vakkhati, ath±ha½ tumhe olokess±mi, tumhe t±ya saññ±ya ±san±vuµµh±ya ‘t±ta mahosadha, imasmi½ ±sane nis²d±’ti vadeyy±tha, ajja no eko pañho
matthaka½ p±puºissat²”ti (6.0181) ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± vuttanayeneva gantv± attano dv±re µhitabh±va½ rañño ±roc±petv± “pavisat³”ti vutte pavisitv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si.
R±j± tena saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± “gahapati, tavaputto mahosadhapaº¹ito kuhin”ti pucchi. “Pacchato ±gacchati, dev±”ti. R±j± “pacchato ±gacchat²”ti
sutv± tuµµham±naso hutv± “mah±seµµhi attano yutt±sana½ ñatv± nis²d±”ti ±ha. So
attano yutt±sana½ ñatv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Mah±sattopi alaªkatapaµiyatto d±rakasahassaparivuto alaªkatarathe nis²ditv± nagara½ pavisanto parikh±piµµhe caram±na½ eka½ gadrabha½ disv± th±masampanne m±ºave pesesi “ambho, eta½
gadrabha½ anubandhitv± yath± sadda½ na karoti, evamassa mukhabandhana½
katv± kilañjena veµhetv± tasmi½ ekenattharaºena paµicch±detv± a½sen±d±ya

±gacchath±”ti. Te tath± kari½su. Bodhisattopi mahantena pariv±rena nagara½
p±visi. Mah±jano “esa kira siriva¹¹hanaseµµhino putto mahosadhapaº¹ito n±ma,
esa kira j±yam±no osadhaghaµika½ hatthena gahetv± j±to, imin± kira ettak±na½v²ma½sanapañh±na½ pañhapaµibh±go ñ±to”ti mah±satta½ abhitthavanto olokentopi titti½ na gacchati. So r±jadv±ra½ gantv± paµivedesi. R±j± sutv±va haµµhatuµµho “mama putto mahosadhapaº¹ito khippa½ ±gacchat³”ti ±ha. So d±rakasahassaparivuto p±s±da½ abhiruhitv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si. R±j± ta½
disv±va somanassappatto hutv± madhurapaµisanth±ra½ katv± “paº¹ita, patir³pa½±sana½ ñatv± nis²d±”ti ±ha. Atha so pitara½ olokesi. Athassa pit±pi olokitasaññ±ya uµµh±ya “paº¹ita, imasmi½ ±sane nis²d±”ti ±ha. So tasmi½ ±sane nis²di.
Ta½ tattha nisinna½ disv±va senakapukkusak±mindadevind± ceva aññe ca
andhab±l± p±ºi½ paharitv± mah±hasita½ hasitv± “ima½ andhab±la½ ‘paº¹ito’ti
vadi½su, so pitara½ ±san± vuµµh±petv± saya½ nis²dati, ima½ ‘paº¹ito’ti vattu½
ayuttan”ti parih±sa½ kari½su. R±j±pi dummukho anattamano ahosi. Atha na½
mah±satto pucchi “ki½, mah±r±ja, dummukhatth±”ti (6.0182)? “¾ma paº¹ita,
dummukhomhi, savanameva te man±pa½, dassana½ pana aman±pa½ j±tan”ti.
“Ki½ k±raº±, mah±r±j±”ti? “Pitara½ ±san± vuµµh±petv± nisinnatt±”ti. “Ki½ panatva½, mah±r±ja, ‘sabbaµµh±nesu puttehi pitarova uttam±’ti maññas²”ti. “¾ma,
paº¹it±”ti. Atha mah±satto “nanu, mah±r±ja, tumhehi amh±ka½ ‘assatara½ v±
pesetu seµµhatara½ v±’ti s±sana½ pahitan”ti vatv± ±san± vuµµh±ya te m±ºave oloketv± “tumhehi gahita½ gadrabha½ ±neth±”ti ±º±petv± rañño p±dam³le nipajj±petv± “mah±r±ja, aya½ gadrabho ki½ agghat²”ti pucchi. “Paº¹ita, sace upak±rako,aµµha kah±paºe agghat²”ti. “Ima½ paµicca j±to ±j±n²yava¼av±ya kucchimhi vuµµha-assataro ki½ agghat²”ti? “Anaggho paº¹it±”ti. “Deva, kasm± eva½ kathetha, nanu
tumhehi id±neva vutta½ ‘sabbaµµh±nesu puttehi pitarova uttam±’ti. Sace ta½
sacca½, tumh±ka½ v±de assatarato gadrabhova uttamo hoti, ki½ pana, mah±r±ja,
tumh±ka½ paº¹it± ettakampi j±nitu½ asakkont± p±ºi½ paharitv± hasanti, aho
tumh±ka½ paº¹it±na½ paññ±sampatti, kuto vo ete laddh±”ti catt±ro paº¹ite parihasitv± r±j±na½ im±ya ekakanip±te g±th±ya ajjhabh±si–“Ha½ci tuva½ evamaññasi ‘seyyo, puttena pit±’ti r±jaseµµha;
handassatarassa te aya½, assatarassa hi gadrabho pit±”ti. (j±. 1.1.111);
Tassattho– yadi, tva½ r±jaseµµha, sabbaµµh±nesu seyyo puttena pit±ti eva½
maññasi, tava assataratopi aya½ gadrabho seyyo hotu. Ki½ k±raº±? Assatarassa
hi gadrabho pit±ti.
Evañca pana vatv± mah±satto ±ha– “mah±r±ja, sace puttato pit± seyyo, mamapitara½ gaºhatha. Sace pitito putto seyyo, ma½ gaºhatha tumh±ka½ atth±y±”ti.
R±j± somanassappatto ahosi. Sabb± r±japaris±pi “sukathito paº¹itena pañho”ti
unnadant± s±dhuk±rasahass±ni ada½su, aªguliphoµ± ceva celukkhep± ca pavatti½su (6.0183). Catt±ro paº¹it±pi dummukh± pajjh±yant±va ahesu½. Nanu m±t±pit³na½ guºa½ j±nanto bodhisattena sadiso n±ma natthi, atha so kasm± evamak±s²ti? Na so pitu avam±nanatth±ya, raññ± pana “assatara½ v± pesetu seµµhatara½ v±”ti pesita½, tasm± tasseva pañhassa ±vibh±vattha½ attano ca paº¹ita-

bh±vassa ñ±panattha½ catunnañca paº¹it±na½ appaµibh±nakaraºattha½ evamak±s²ti.
Gadrabhapañho niµµhito.
Ek³nav²satimapañho
R±j± tussitv± gandhodakapuººa½ suvaººabhiªk±ra½ ±d±ya “p±c²nayavamajjhakag±ma½ r±jabhogena paribhuñjat³”ti seµµhissa hatthe udaka½ p±tetv± “sesaseµµhino etasseva upaµµh±k± hont³”ti vatv± bodhisattassa m±tu ca sabb±laªk±repesetv± gadrabhapañhe pasanno bodhisatta½ putta½ katv± gaºhitu½ seµµhi½avoca– “gahapati, mahosadhapaº¹ita½ mama putta½ katv± deh²”ti. “Deva, atitaruºo aya½, ajj±pissa mukhe kh²ragandho v±yati, mahallakak±le tumh±ka½
santike bhavissat²”ti. “Gahapati, tva½ ito paµµh±ya etasmi½ nir±layo hohi, aya½
ajjatagge mama putto, aha½ mama putta½ posetu½ sakkhiss±mi, gaccha tvan”tita½ uyyojesi. So r±j±na½ vanditv± paº¹ita½ ±liªgitv± ure nipajj±petv± s²se
cumbitv± “t±ta, appamatto hoh²”ti ov±damassa ad±si. Sopi pitara½ vanditv± “t±ta,
m± cintayitth±”ti ass±setv± pitara½ uyyojesi. R±j± paº¹ita½ pucchi “t±ta, antobhattiko bhavissasi, ud±hu bahibhattiko”ti. So “mah± me pariv±ro, tasm± bahibhattikena may± bhavitu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± “bahibhattiko bhaviss±mi, dev±”ti ±ha.
Athassa r±j± anur³pa½ geha½ d±petv± d±rakasahassa½ ±di½ katv± paribbaya½
d±petv± sabbaparibhoge d±pesi. So tato paµµh±ya r±j±na½ upaµµh±si.
R±j±pi na½ v²ma½situk±mo ahosi. Tad± ca nagarassa dakkhiºadv±rato avid³re
pokkharaºit²re ekasmi½ t±larukkhe k±kakul±vake maºiratana½ ahosi. Tassach±y± pokkharaºiya½ paññ±yi. Mah±jano “pokkharaºiya½ (6.0184) maºi atth²”tirañño ±rocesi. So senaka½ ±mantetv± “pokkharaºiya½ kira maºiratana½ paññ±yati, katha½ ta½ gaºh±pess±m±”ti pucchitv± “mah±r±ja, udaka½ n²har±petv±
gaºhitu½ vaµµat²”ti vutte “tena hi, ±cariya, eva½ karoh²”ti tasseva bh±ramak±si. So
bah³ manusse sannip±t±petv± udakañca kaddamañca n²har±petv± bh³mi½
bhinditv±pi maºi½ n±ddasa. Puna puºº±ya pokkharaºiy± maºicch±y± paññ±yi.
So punapi tath± katv± na ca addasa. Tato r±j± paº¹ita½ ±mantetv± “t±ta, pokkharaºiya½ eko maºi paññ±yati, senako udakañca kaddamañca n²har±petv± bh³mi½
bhinditv±pi n±ddasa, puna puºº±ya pokkharaºiy± paññ±yati, sakkhissasi ta½
maºi½ gaºh±petun”ti pucchi. So “neta½, mah±r±ja, garu, etha dassess±m²”ti ±ha.
R±j± tassa vacana½ tussitv± “passiss±mi ajja paº¹itassa ñ±ºabalan”ti mah±janaparivuto pokkharaºit²ra½ gato.
Mah±satto t²re µhatv± maºi½ olokento “n±ya½ maºi pokkharaºiya½, t±larukkhe
k±kakul±vake maºin± bhavitabban”ti ñatv± “natthi, deva, pokkharaºiya½ maº²”ti
vatv± “nanu udake paññ±yat²”ti vutte “tena hi udakap±ti½ ±har±”ti udakap±ti½±har±petv± “passatha, deva, n±ya½ maºi pokkharaºiya½yeva paññ±yati, p±tiyampi paññ±yat²”ti vatv± “paº¹ita, kattha pana maºin± bhavitabban”ti vutte “deva,

pokkharaºiyampi p±tiyampi ch±y±va paññ±yati, na maºi, maºi pana t±larukkhe
k±kakul±vake atthi, purisa½ ±º±petv± ±har±peh²”ti ±ha. R±j± tath± katv± maºi½±har±pesi. So ±haritv± paº¹itassa ad±si. Paº¹ito ta½ gahetv± rañño hattheµhapesi. Ta½ disv± mah±jano paº¹itassa s±dhuk±ra½ datv± senaka½ paribh±santo “maºiratana½ t±larukkhe k±kakul±vake atthi, senakab±lo bah³ manusse
pokkharaºimeva bhind±pesi, paº¹itena n±ma mahosadhasadisena bhavitabban”ti mah±sattassa thutimak±si. R±j±pissa tuµµho attano g²v±ya pi¼andhana½ mutt±h±ra½ datv± d±rakasahass±nampi mutt±valiyo d±pesi. Bodhisattassa ca pariv±rassa ca imin± parih±rena upaµµh±na½ anuj±n²ti.
Ek³nav²satimapañho niµµhito.
Kakaºµakapañho
Punekadivasa½ (6.0185) r±j± paº¹itena saddhi½ uyy±na½ agam±si. Tad± eko
kakaºµako toraºagge vasati. So r±j±na½ ±gacchanta½ disv± otaritv± bh³miya½
nipajji. R±j± tassa ta½ kiriya½ oloketv± “paº¹ita, aya½ kakaºµako ki½ karot²”tipucchi. Mah±satto “mah±r±ja, tumhe sevat²”ti ±ha. “Sace eva½ amh±ka½ sevati,
etassa m± nipphalo hotu, bhogamassa d±peh²”ti. “Deva, tassa bhogena kicca½
natthi, kh±dan²yamatta½ alametass±”ti. “Ki½ panesa, kh±dat²”ti? “Ma½sa½ dev±”ti. “Kittaka½ laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti? “K±kaºikamattagghanaka½ dev±”ti. R±j± eka½
purisa½ ±º±pesi “r±jad±yo n±ma k±kaºikamatta½ na vaµµati, imassa nibaddha½
a¹¹ham±sagghanaka½ ma½sa½ ±haritv± deh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv±
tato paµµh±ya tath± ak±si. So ekadivasa½ uposathe m±gh±te ma½sa½ alabhitv±
tameva a¹¹ham±saka½ vijjhitv± suttena ±vunitv± tassa g²v±ya½ pi¼andhi. Athassa
ta½ niss±ya m±no uppajji. Ta½ divasameva r±j± puna mahosadhena saddhi½
uyy±na½ agam±si. So r±j±na½ ±gacchanta½ disv±pi dhana½ niss±ya uppannam±navasena “vedeha, tva½ nu kho mahaddhano, aha½ nu kho”ti raññ± saddhi½
att±na½ sama½ karonto anotaritv± toraºaggeyeva s²sa½ c±lento nipajji. R±j±
tassa ta½ kiriya½ oloketv± “paº¹ita, esa pubbe viya ajja na otarati, ki½ nu kho
k±raºan”ti pucchantoima½ g±tham±ha–“N±ya½ pure unnamati, toraºagge kakaºµako;
mahosadha vij±n±hi, kena thaddho kakaºµako”ti. (j±. 1.2.39);
Tattha unnamat²ti yath± ajja anotaritv± toraºaggeyeva s²sa½ c±lento unnamati,
eva½ pure na unnamati. Kena thaddhoti kena k±raºena thaddhabh±va½ ±pannoti.
Paº¹ito tassa vacana½ sutv± “mah±r±ja, uposathe m±gh±te ma½sa½ alabhantena r±japurisena g²v±ya baddha½ a¹¹ham±saka½ niss±ya tassa m±nenabhavitabban”ti ñatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Aladdhapubba½ laddh±na, a¹¹ham±sa½ kakaºµako;
atimaññati r±j±na½, vedeha½ mithilaggahan”ti. (j±. 1.2.40);
R±j± (6.0186) tassa vacana½ sutv± ta½ purisa½ pakkos±petv± pucchi. So
yath±bh³ta½ rañño ±rocesi. R±j± ta½ katha½ sutv± “kañci apucchitv±va sabbaññubuddhena viya paº¹itena kakaºµakassa ajjh±sayo ñ±to”ti ativiya pas²ditv±
paº¹itassa cat³su dv±resu suªka½ d±pesi. Kakaºµakassa pana kujjhitv± vatta½
h±retu½ ±rabhi. Paº¹ito pana “m± h±rehi mah±r±j±”ti ta½ niv±resi.
Kakaºµakapañho niµµhito.
Sirik±¼akaººipañho

Atheko mithilav±s² piªguttaro n±ma m±ºavo takkasila½ gantv± dis±p±mokkh±cariyassa santike sippa½ sikkhanto khippameva sikkhi. So anuyoga½ datv±“gacch±mahan”ti ±cariya½ ±pucchi. Tasmi½ pana kule “sace vayappatt± dh²t±
hoti, jeµµhantev±sikassa d±tabb±”ti vatta½va, tasm± tassa ±cariyassa vayappatt±ek± dh²t± atthi, s± abhir³p± devacchar±paµibh±g±. Atha na½ ±cariyo “dh²tara½ te,t±ta, dass±mi, ta½ ±d±ya gamissas²”ti ±ha. So pana m±ºavo dubbhago k±¼akaºº²,
kum±rik± pana mah±puññ±. Tassa ta½ disv± citta½ na all²yati. So ta½ arocentopi“±cariyassa vacana½ na bhindiss±m²”ti sampaµicchi. ¾cariyo dh²tara½ tassa
ad±si. So rattibh±ge alaªkatasirisayane nipanno t±ya ±gantv± sayana½ abhiru¼hamatt±ya aµµ²yam±no har±yam±no jiguccham±no pakampam±no otaritv± bh³miya½
nipajji. S±pi otaritv± tassa santika½ gantv± nipajji, so uµµh±ya sayana½ abhiruhi.
S±pi puna sayana½ abhiruhi, so puna sayan± otaritv± bh³miya½ nipajji. K±¼akaºº² n±ma siriy± saddhi½ na sameti. Kum±rik± sayaneyeva nipajji, so bh³miya½
sayi.
Eva½ satt±ha½ v²tin±metv± ta½ ±d±ya ±cariya½ vanditv± nikkhami, antar±magge ±l±pasall±pamattampi natthi. Aniccham±n±va ubhopi mithila½ sampatt±.
Atha piªguttaro nagar± avid³re phalasampanna½ udumbararukkha½ disv±
khud±ya p²¼ito ta½ abhiruhitv± phal±ni kh±di. S±pi ch±tajjhatt± rukkham³la½
gantv± “s±mi, mayhampi phal±ni p±teth±”ti ±ha. Ki½ tava hatthap±d± natthi,
saya½ abhiruhitv± kh±d±ti. S± abhiruhitv± kh±di. So tass± abhiru¼habh±va½ (6.0187

ñatv± khippa½ otaritv± rukkha½ kaºµakehi parikkhipitv± “muttomhi k±¼akaººiy±”ti
vatv± pal±yi. S±pi otaritu½ asakkont² tattheva nis²di. Atha r±j± uyy±ne k²¼itv±
hatthikkhandhe nisinno s±yanhasamaye nagara½ pavisanto ta½ disv± paµibaddhacitto hutv± “sapariggah±, apariggah±”ti pucch±pesi. S±pi “atthi me, s±mi,
kuladattiko pati, so pana ma½ idha nis²d±petv± cha¹¹etv± pal±to”ti ±ha. Amacco
ta½ k±raºa½ rañño ±rocesi. R±j± “as±mikabhaº¹a½ n±ma rañño p±puº±t²”ti ta½
ot±retv± hatthikkhandha½ ±ropetv± nivesana½ netv± abhisiñcitv± aggamahesiµµh±ne µhapesi. S± tassa piy± ahosi man±p±. Udumbararukkhe laddhatt± “udumbaradev²”tvevass± n±ma½ sañj±ni½su.
Athekadivasa½ rañño uyy±nagamanatth±ya dv±rag±mav±sikehi magga½ paµijagg±pesu½. Piªguttaropi bhati½ karonto kaccha½ bandhitv± kudd±lena magga½
tacchi. Magge aniµµhiteyeva r±j± udumbaradeviy± saddhi½ rathe nis²ditv±
nikkhami. Udumbaradev² k±¼akaººi½ magga½ tacchanta½ disv± “evar³pa½ siri½dh±retu½ n±sakkhi aya½ k±¼akaºº²”ti ta½ olokent² hasi. R±j± hasam±na½ disv±
kujjhitv± “kasm± has²”ti pucchi. Deva, aya½ maggatacchako puriso mayha½ por±ºakas±miko, esa ma½ udumbararukkha½ ±ropetv± kaºµakehi parikkhipitv± gato,
im±ha½ oloketv± “evar³pa½ siri½ dh±retu½ n±sakkhi k±¼akaºº² ayan”ti cintetv±
hasinti. R±j± “tva½ mus±v±da½ kathesi, añña½ kañci purisa½ disv± tay± hasita½
bhavissati, ta½ m±ress±m²”ti asi½ aggahesi. S± bhayappatt± “deva, paº¹ite t±va
pucchath±”ti ±ha. R±j± senaka½ pucchi “senaka, imiss± vacana½ tva½ saddahas²”ti. “Na saddah±mi, deva, ko n±ma evar³pa½ itthiratana½ pah±ya gamissat²”ti.
S± tassa katha½ sutv± atirekatara½ bh²t± ahosi. Atha r±j± “senako ki½ j±n±ti,
paº¹ita½ pucchiss±m²”ti cintetv± ta½ pucchanto ima½ g±tham±ha–“Itth² siy± r³pavat², s± ca s²lavat² siy±;puriso ta½ na iccheyya, saddah±si mahosadh±”ti. (j±. 1.2.83);
Tattha s²lavat²ti ±c±raguºasampann±.
Ta½ (6.0188) sutv± paº¹ito g±tham±ha–“Saddah±mi mah±r±ja, puriso dubbhago siy±;sir² ca k±¼akaºº² ca, na samenti kud±canan”ti. (j±. 1.2.84);
Tattha na sament²ti samuddassa orimat²rap±rimat²r±ni viya ca gaganatalapathavital±ni viya ca na sam±gacchanti.
R±j± tassa vacanena ta½ k±raºa½ sutv± tass± na kujjhi, hadayamassa nibb±yi.
So tassa tussitv± “sace paº¹ito n±bhavissa, ajj±ha½ b±lasenakassa kath±ya evar³pa½ itthiratana½ h²no assa½, ta½ niss±ya may± es± laddh±”ti satasahassena
p³ja½ k±resi. Dev²pi r±j±na½ vanditv± “deva, paº¹ita½ niss±ya may± j²vita½
laddha½, im±ha½ kaniµµhabh±tikaµµh±ne µhapetu½ vara½ y±c±m²”ti ±ha. “S±dhu,
devi, gaºh±hi, dammi te varan”ti. “Deva, ajja paµµh±ya mama kaniµµha½ vin± kiñci
madhurarasa½ na kh±diss±mi, ito paµµh±ya vel±ya v± avel±ya v± dv±ra½ vivar±petv± imassa madhurarasa½ pesetu½ labhanakavara½ gaºh±m²”ti. “S±dhu,
bhadde, imañca vara½ gaºh±h²”ti.
Sirik±¼akaººipañho niµµhito.

Meº¹akapañho
Aparasmi½ divase r±j± katap±tar±so p±s±dassa d²ghantare caªkamanto v±tap±nantarena olokento eka½ e¼akañca sunakhañca mittasanthava½ karonta½
addasa. So kira e¼ako hatthis±la½ gantv± hatthissa purato khitta½ an±maµµhatiºa½kh±di. Atha na½ hatthigopak± pothetv± n²hari½su. So viravitv± pal±yi. Atha na½
eko puriso vegen±gantv± piµµhiya½ daº¹ena tiriya½ pahari. So piµµhi½ on±metv±
vedan±ppatto hutv± gantv± r±jagehassa mah±bhitti½ niss±ya piµµhik±ya nipajji.
Ta½ divasameva rañño mah±nase aµµhicamm±d²ni kh±ditv± va¹¹hitasunakhobhattak±rake bhatta½ samp±detv± bahi µhatv± sar²re seda½ nibb±pente macchama½sagandha½ gh±yitv± taºha½ adhiv±setu½ asakkonto mah±nasa½ (6.0189)
pavisitv± bh±janapidh±na½ p±tetv± ma½sa½ kh±di. Atha bhattak±rako bh±janasaddena pavisitv± ta½ disv± dv±ra½ pidahitv± ta½ le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi pothesi. So
kh±ditama½sa½ mukheneva cha¹¹etv± viravitv± nikkhami. Bhattak±rakopi tassa
nikkhantabh±va½ ñatv± anubandhitv± piµµhiya½ daº¹ena tiriya½ pahari. So vedan±ppatto piµµhi½ on±metv± eka½ p±da½ ukkhipitv± e¼akassa nipannaµµh±nameva
p±visi. Atha na½ e¼ako “samma, ki½ piµµhi½ on±metv± ±gacchasi, ki½ te v±to
vijjhat²”ti pucchi. Sunakhopi “tvampi piµµhi½ on±metv± nipannosi, ki½ te v±to vijjhat²”ti pucchi. Te aññamañña½ attano pavatti½ ±rocesu½.
Atha na½ e¼ako pucchi “ki½ pana tva½ puna bhattageha½ gantu½ sakkhissasi
samm±”ti? “Na sakkhiss±mi, samma, gatassa me j²vita½ natth²”ti. “Tva½ panapuna hatthis±la½ gantu½ sakkhissas²”ti. “May±pi tattha gantu½ na sakk±,
gatassa me j²vita½ natth²”ti. Te “katha½ nu kho maya½ id±ni j²viss±m±”ti up±ya½cintesu½. Atha na½ e¼ako ±ha– “sace maya½ samaggav±sa½ vasitu½ sakkoma,
attheko up±yo”ti. “Tena hi katheh²”ti. “Samma, tva½ ito paµµh±ya hatthis±la½ y±hi,“n±ya½ tiºa½ kh±dat²”ti tayi hatthigopak± ±saªka½ na karissanti, tva½ mama
tiºa½ ±hareyy±si. Ahampi bhattageha½ pavisiss±mi, “n±ya½ ma½sakh±dako”tibhattak±rako mayi ±saªka½ na karissati, aha½ te ma½sa½ ±hariss±m²”ti. Te“sundaro up±yo”ti ubhopi sampaµicchi½su. Sunakho hatthis±la½ gantv± tiºakal±pa½ ¹a½sitv± ±gantv± mah±bhittipiµµhik±ya µhapesi. Itaropi bhattageha½ gantv±
ma½sakhaº¹a½ mukhap³ra½ ¹a½sitv± ±netv± tattheva µhapesi. Sunakho
ma½sa½ kh±di, e¼ako tiºa½ kh±di. Te imin± up±yena samagg± sammodam±n±mah±bhittipiµµhik±ya vasanti. R±j± tesa½ mittasanthava½ disv± cintesi “adiµµhapubba½ vata me k±raºa½ diµµha½, ime pacc±mitt± hutv±pi samaggav±sa½vasanti. Ida½ k±raºa½ gahetv± pañha½ katv± pañca paº¹ite pucchiss±mi, ima½
pañha½ aj±nanta½ raµµh± pabb±jess±mi, ta½ j±nantassa ‘evar³po paº¹ito
natth²’ti mah±sakk±ra½ kariss±mi. Ajja t±va avel±, sve upaµµh±na½ ±gatak±lepucchiss±m²”ti. So punadivase paº¹itesu ±gantv± nisinnesu pañha½ pucchanto
ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yesa½ (6.0190) na kad±ci bh³tapubba½, sakhya½ sattapadampimasmi

loke;j±t± amitt± duve sah±y±, paµisandh±ya caranti kissa het³”ti. (j±. 1.12.94);
Tattha paµisandh±y±ti saddahitv± ghaµit± hutv±.
Idañca pana vatv± puna evam±ha–“Yadi me ajja p±tar±sak±le, pañha½ na sakkuºeyy±tha vattumeta½;raµµh± pabb±jayiss±mi vo sabbe, na hi mattho duppaññaj±tikeh²”ti. (j±. 1.
12.95);
Tad± pana senako agg±sane nisinno ahosi, paº¹ito pana pariyante nisinno. So
ta½ pañha½ upadh±rento tamattha½ adisv± cintesi “aya½ r±j± dandhadh±tuko
ima½ pañha½ cintetv± saªkharitu½ asamattho, kiñcideva, tena diµµha½ bhavissati, ekadivasa½ ok±sa½ labhanto ima½ pañha½ n²hariss±mi, senako kenaci
up±yena ajjekadivasamatta½ adhiv±s±pet³”ti. Itarepi catt±ro paº¹it± andhak±ragabbha½ paviµµh± viya na kiñci passi½su. Senako “k± nu kho mahosadhassa
pavatt²”ti bodhisatta½ olokesi. Sopi ta½ olokesi. Senako bodhisattassa olokit±k±reneva tassa adhipp±ya½ ñatv± “paº¹itassapi na upaµµh±ti, tenekadivasa½
ok±sa½ icchati, p³ress±missa manorathan”ti cintetv± raññ± saddhi½ viss±sena
mah±hasita½ hasitv± “ki½, mah±r±ja, sabbeva amhe pañha½ kathetu½ asakkonte raµµh± pabb±jessasi, etampi ‘eko gaºµhipañho’ti tva½ sallakkhesi, na
maya½ eta½ kathetu½ na sakkoma, apica kho thoka½ adhiv±sehi. Gaºµhipañho
esa, na sakkoma mah±janamajjhe kathetu½, ekamante cintetv± pacch± tumh±ka½kathess±ma, ok±sa½ no deh²”ti mah±satta½ oloketv± ima½ g±th±dvayam±ha–

“Mah±janasam±gamamhi (6.0191) ghore, janakol±halasaªgamamhi j±te;vikkhittaman± anekacitt±, pañha½ na sakkuºoma vattumeta½.
“Ekaggacitt±va ekamek±, rahasi gat± attha½ nicintayitv±;
paviveke sammasitv±na dh²r±, atha vakkhanti janinda etamatthan”ti. (j±.
1.12.96-97);
Tattha sammasitv±n±ti k±yacittaviveke µhit± ime dh²r± ima½ pañha½ sammasitv± atha vo eta½ attha½ vakkhanti.
R±j± tassa katha½ sutv± anattamano hutv±pi “s±dhu cintetv± kathetha, akathente pana vo pabb±jess±m²”ti tajjesiyeva. Catt±ro paº¹it± p±s±d± otari½su.
Senako itare ±ha– “samm±, r±j± sukhumapañha½ pucchi, akathite mahanta½
bhaya½ bhavissati, sapp±yabhojana½ bhuñjitv± samm± upadh±reth±”ti. Te
attano attano geha½ gat±. Paº¹itopi uµµh±ya udumbaradeviy± santika½ gantv±“devi, ajja v± hiyyo v± r±j± kattha cira½ aµµh±s²”ti pucchi. “T±ta, d²ghantare v±tap±nena olokento caªkamat²”ti. Tato paº¹ito cintesi “raññ± imin± passena kiñci
diµµha½ bhavissat²”ti. So tattha gantv± bahi olokento e¼akasunakh±na½ kiriya½
disv± “ime disv± raññ± pañho abhisaªkhato”ti sanniµµh±na½ katv± geha½ gato.
Itarepi tayo cintetv± kiñci adisv± senakassa santika½ agama½su. So te pucchi“diµµho vo pañho”ti. “Na diµµho ±cariy±”ti. “Yadi eva½ r±j± vo pabb±jessati, ki½
karissath±”ti? “Tumhehi pana diµµho”ti? “Ahampi na pass±m²”ti. “Tumhesu apassantesu maya½ ki½ pass±ma, rañño pana santike ‘cintetv± kathess±m±’ti s²han±da½ naditv± ±gatamh±, akathite amhe r±j± kujjhissati, ki½ karoma, aya½ pañho
na sakk± amhehi daµµhu½, paº¹itena pana sataguºa½ sahassaguºa½ satasahassaguºa½ katv± cintito bhavissati, etha tassa santika½ gacch±m±”ti te catt±ropaº¹it± bodhisattassa gharadv±ra½ ±gatabh±va½ (6.0192) ±roc±petv± “pavisantu paº¹it±”ti vutte geha½ pavisitv± paµisanth±ra½ katv± ekamanta½ µhit±
mah±satta½ pucchi½su “ki½ pana, paº¹ita, cintito pañho”ti? “¾ma, cintito, mayi
acintente añño ko cintayissat²”ti. “Tena hi paº¹ita amh±kampi katheth±”ti.
Paº¹ito “sac±ha½ etesa½ na kathess±mi, r±j± te raµµh± pabb±jessati, ma½
pana sattahi ratanehi p³jessati, ime andhab±l± m± vinassantu, kathess±mi tesan”ti cintetv± te catt±ropi n²c±sane nis²d±petv± añjali½ paggaºh±petv± raññ±
diµµhata½ aj±n±petv± “raññ± pucchitak±le eva½ katheyy±th±”ti catunnampi
catasso g±th±yo bandhitv± p±¼imeva uggaºh±petv± uyyojesi. Te dutiyadivase r±jupaµµh±na½ gantv± paññatt±sane nis²di½su. R±j± senaka½ pucchi “ñ±to te, senaka,
pañho”ti? “Mah±r±ja, mayi aj±nante añño ko j±nissat²”ti. “Tena hi katheh²”ti.
“Suº±tha dev±”ti so uggahitaniy±meneva g±tham±ha–“Uggaputtar±japuttiy±na½, urabbhassa ma½sa½ piya½ man±pa½;
na sunakhassa te adenti ma½sa½, atha meº¹assa suºena sakhyamass±”ti.
(j±. 1.12.98);
Tattha uggaputtar±japuttiy±nanti uggat±na½ amaccaputt±nañceva r±japutt±nañca.
G±tha½ vatv±pi senako attha½ na j±n±ti. R±j± pana attano diµµhabh±vena paj±n±ti, tasm± “senakena t±va ñ±to”ti pukkusa½ pucchi. Sopissa “ki½ ahampi apa-

º¹ito”ti vatv± uggahitaniy±meneva g±tham±ha–“Camma½ vihananti e¼akassa, assapiµµhattharassukhassa hetu;
na ca te sunakhassa attharanti, atha meº¹assa suºena sakhyamass±”ti. (j±.
1.12.99);
Tassapi (6.0193) attho ap±kaµoyeva. R±j± pana attano p±kaµatt± “imin±pi pukkusena ñ±to”ti k±minda½ pucchi. Sopi uggahitaniy±meneva g±tham±ha–“¾vellitasiªgiko hi meº¹o, na ca sunakhassa vis±ºak±ni atthi;tiºabhakkho ma½sabhojano ca, atha meº¹assa suºena sakhyamass±”ti. (j±.
1.12.100);R±j± “imin±pi ñ±to”ti devinda½ pucchi. Sopi uggahitaniy±meneva g±tham±ha–“Tiºam±si pal±sam±si meº¹o, na ca sunakho tiºam±si no pal±sa½;gaºheyya suºo sasa½ bi¼±ra½, atha meº¹assa suºena sakhyamass±”ti. (j±.
1.12.101);
Tattha tiºam±si pal±sam±s²ti tiºakh±dako ceva paººakh±dako ca. No pal±santi paººampi na kh±dati.
Atha r±j± paº¹ita½ pucchi– “t±ta, tvampi ima½ pañha½ j±n±s²”ti? “Mah±r±ja,
av²cito y±va bhavagg± ma½ µhapetv± ko añño eta½ j±nissat²”ti. “Tena hi katheh²”ti. “Suºa mah±r±j±”ti tassa pañhassa attano p±kaµabh±va½ pak±sento g±th±dvayam±ha–“Aµµha¹¹hapado catuppadassa, meº¹o aµµhanakho adissam±no;
ch±diyam±harat² aya½ imassa, ma½sa½ ±harat² aya½ amussa.
“P±s±davaragato videhaseµµho, v²tih±ra½ aññamaññabhojan±na½;addakkhi kira sakkhika½ janindo, bubhukkassa puººa½mukhassa cetan”ti.
(j±. 1.12.102-103);
Tattha (6.0194) aµµha¹¹hapadoti byañjanakusalat±ya e¼akassa catupp±da½sandh±y±ha. Meº¹oti e¼ako. Aµµhanakhoti ekekasmi½ p±de dvinna½ dvinna½
khur±na½ vaseneta½ vutta½. Adissam±noti ma½sa½ ±haraºak±le apaññ±yam±no. Ch±diyanti gehacchadana½. Tiºanti attho. Aya½ imass±ti sunakho e¼akassa. V²tih±ranti v²tiharaºa½. Aññamaññabhojan±nanti aññamaññassa bhojan±na½. Meº¹o hi sunakhassa bhojana½ harati, so tassa v²tiharati, sunakhopi
tassa harati, itaro v²tiharati. Addakkh²ti ta½ tesa½ aññamaññabhojan±na½ v²tiharaºa½ sakkhika½ attano paccakkha½ katv± addasa. Bubhukkass±ti bhubh³ti
saddakaraºasunakhassa. Puººa½mukhass±ti meº¹assa. Imesa½ eta½ mittasanthava½ r±j± saya½ pass²ti.
R±j± itarehi bodhisatta½ niss±ya ñ±tabh±va½ aj±nanto “pañca paº¹it± attano
attano ñ±ºabalena j±ni½s³”ti maññam±no somanassappatto hutv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“L±bh± vata me anappar³p±, yassa medis± paº¹it± kulamhi;
pañhassa gambh²ragata½ nipuºamattha½, paµivijjhanti subh±sitena dh²r±”ti.
(j±. 1.12.104);
Tattha paµivijjhant²ti subh±sitena te viditv± kathenti.
Atha nesa½ “tuµµhena n±ma tuµµh±k±ro kattabbo”ti ta½ karonto ima½ g±tha-m±ha–“Assatarirathañca ekameka½, ph²ta½ g±mavarañca ekameka½;
sabbesa½ vo dammi paº¹it±na½, paramappat²tamano subh±siten±”ti. (j±. 1.
12.105);Iti vatv± tesa½ ta½ sabba½ d±pesi.
Dv±dasanip±te meº¹akapañho niµµhito.
Sirimantapañho
Udumbaradev² (6.0195) pana itarehi paº¹ita½ niss±ya pañhassa ñ±tabh±va½
ñatv± “raññ± mugga½ m±sena nibbisesaka½ karontena viya pañcanna½ samakova sakk±ro kato, nanu mayha½ kaniµµhassa visesa½ sakk±ra½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ticintetv± rañño santika½ gantv± pucchi “deva, kena vo pañho kathito”ti? “Pañcahi
paº¹itehi, bhadde”ti. “Deva, catt±ro jan± ta½ pañha½ ka½ niss±ya j±ni½s³”ti?
“Na j±n±mi, bhadde”ti. “Mah±r±ja, ki½ te j±nanti, paº¹ito pana ‘m± nassantu ime
b±l±’ti pañha½ uggaºh±pesi, tumhe sabbesa½ samaka½ sakk±ra½ karotha, ayuttameta½, paº¹itassa visesaka½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti. R±j± “att±na½ niss±ya ñ±tabh±va½ na kathes²”ti paº¹itassa tussitv± atirekatara½ sakk±ra½ k±tuk±mocintesi “hotu mama putta½ eka½ pañha½ pucchitv± kathitak±le mahanta½
sakk±ra½ kariss±m²”ti. So pañha½ cintento sirimantapañha½ cintetv± ekadivasa½
pañcanna½ paº¹it±na½ upaµµh±na½ ±gantv± sukhanisinnak±le senaka½ ±ha–“senaka, pañha½ pucchiss±m²”ti. “Puccha dev±”ti. R±j± sirimantapañhe
paµhama½ g±tham±ha–“Paññ±yupeta½ siriy± vih²na½, yasassina½ v±pi apetapañña½;
pucch±mi ta½ senaka etamattha½, kamettha seyyo kusal± vadant²”ti. (j±. 1.
15.83);
Tattha kamettha seyyoti imesu dv²su katara½ paº¹it± seyyoti vadanti.
Ayañca kira pañho senakassa va½s±nugato, tena na½ khippameva kathesi–“Dh²r± ca b±l± ca have janinda, sipp³papann± ca asippino ca;
suj±timantopi aj±timassa, yasassino pesakar± bhavanti;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.84);
Tattha (6.0196) pañño nih²noti paññav± nih²no, issarova uttamoti attho.
R±j± tassa vacana½ sutv± itare tayo apucchitv± saªghanavaka½ hutv±
nisinna½ mahosadhapaº¹ita½ ±ha–
“Tuvampi pucch±mi anomapañña, mahosadhakevaladhammadassi;b±la½ yasassi½ paº¹ita½ appabhoga½, kamettha seyyo kusal± vadant²”ti.
(j±. 1.15.85);
Tattha kevaladhammadass²ti sabbadhammadassi.
Athassa mah±satto “suºa, mah±r±j±”ti vatv± kathesi–“P±p±ni kamm±ni karoti b±lo, idhameva seyyo iti maññam±no;idhalokadass² paralokamadass², ubhayattha b±lo kalimaggahesi;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.86).
Tattha idhameva seyyoti idhaloke issariyameva mayha½ seµµhanti maññam±no.
Kalimaggahes²ti b±lo issariyam±nena p±pakamma½ katv± niray±di½ upapajjantoparaloke ca puna tato ±gantv± n²cakule dukkhabh±va½ patv± nibbattam±no idhaloke c±ti ubhayattha par±jayameva gaºh±ti. Etampi k±raºa½ aha½ disv± paññ±sampannova uttamo, issaro pana b±lo na uttamoti vad±mi.
Eva½ vutte r±j± senaka½ oloketv± “nanu mahosadho paññavantameva uttamoti vadat²”ti ±ha. Senako “mah±r±ja, mahosadho daharo, ajj±pissa mukhe kh²ragandho v±yati, kimesa j±n±t²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Nisippameta½ (6.0197) vidadh±ti bhoga½, na bandhuv± na sar²ravaººo yo.
passe¼am³ga½ sukhamedham±na½, sir² hi na½ bhajate goravinda½;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti.
Tattha e¼am³ganti paggharital±lamukha½. Goravindanti so kira tasmi½yeva
nagare as²tikoµivibhavo seµµhi vir³po. N±ssa putto na ca dh²t±, na kiñci sippa½
j±n±ti. Kathentassapissa hanukassa ubhohipi passehi l±l±dh±r± paggharati. Devacchar± viya dve itthiyo sabb±laªk±rehi vibh³sit± supupphit±ni n²luppal±ni gahetv±
ubhosu passesu µhit± ta½ l±la½ n²luppalehi sampaµicchitv± n²luppal±ni v±tap±nena cha¹¹enti. Sur±soº¹±pi p±n±g±ra½ pavisant± n²luppalehi atthe sati tassa
gehadv±ra½ gantv± “s±mi goravinda, seµµh²”ti vadanti. So tesa½ sadda½ sutv±
v±tap±ne µhatv± “ki½, t±t±”ti vadati. Athassa l±l±dh±r± paggharati. T± itthiyo ta½
n²luppalehi sampaµicchitv± n²luppal±ni antarav²thiya½ khipanti. Sur±dhutt± t±nigahetv± udakena vikkh±letv± pi¼andhitv± p±n±g±ra½ pavisanti. Eva½ sirisampanno ahosi. Senako ta½ ud±haraºa½ katv± dassento evam±ha.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “k²disa½, t±ta, mahosadhapaº¹it±”ti ±ha. Paº¹ito “deva, ki½
senako j±n±ti, odanasitthaµµh±ne k±ko viya dadhi½ p±tu½ ±raddhasunakho viya
ca yasameva passati, s²se patanta½ mah±muggara½ na passati, suºa, dev±”ti
vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Laddh± sukha½ majjati appapañño, dukkhena phuµµhopi pamohameti;±gantun± dukkhasukhena phuµµho, pavedhati v±ricarova ghamme;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.88).
Tattha (6.0198) sukhanti issariyasukha½ labhitv± b±lo pamajjati, pamatto
sam±no p±pa½ karoti. Dukkhen±ti k±yikacetasikadukkhena. ¾gantun±ti na ajjhattikena. Satt±nañhi sukhampi dukkhampi ±gantukameva, na niccapavatta½.
Ghammeti udak± uddharitv± ±tape khittamaccho viya.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “k²disa½ ±cariy±”ti ±ha. Senako “deva, kimesa j±n±ti, tiµµhantu

t±va manuss±, araññe j±tarukkhesupi phalasampannameva bah³ vihaªgam±bhajant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Duma½ yath± s±duphala½ araññe, samantato samabhisaranti pakkh²;
evampi a¹¹ha½ sadhana½ sabhoga½, bahujjano bhajati atthahetu;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.89);
Tattha bahujjanoti mah±jano.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “k²disa½ t±t±”ti ±ha. Paº¹ito “kimesa mahodaro j±n±ti, suºa,dev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Na s±dhu balav± b±lo, s±has± vindate dhana½;
kandantameta½ dummedha½, ka¹¹hanti niraya½ bhusa½;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.90).
Tattha s±has±ti s±hasena s±hasikakamma½ katv± jana½ p²¼etv± dhana½
vindati. Atha na½ nirayap±l± kandantameva dummedha½ balavavedana½
niraya½ ka¹¹hanti.
Puna (6.0199) raññ± “ki½ senak±”ti vutte senako ima½ g±tham±ha–“Y± k±ci najjo gaªgamabhissavanti, sabb±va t± n±magotta½ jahanti;
gaªg± samudda½ paµipajjam±n±, na kh±yate iddhi½ paññopi loke;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.91);
Tattha najjoti ninn± hutv± sandam±n± antamaso kunnadiyopi gaªga½ abhissavanti. Jahant²ti gaªg±tveva saªkhya½ gacchanti, attano n±magotta½ jahanti. Na
kh±yateti s±pi gaªg± samudda½ paµipajjam±n± na paññ±yati, samuddotvevan±ma½ labhati. Evameva mah±paññopi issarasantika½ patto na kh±yati na
paññ±yati,samudda½ paviµµhagaªg± viya hoti.
Puna r±j± “ki½ paº¹it±”ti ±ha. So “suºa, mah±r±j±”ti vatv± ima½ g±th±dvayam±ha–“Yametamakkh± udadhi½ mahanta½, savanti najjo sabbak±lamasaªkhya½.
so s±garo niccamu¼±ravego, vela½ na acceti mah±samuddo.
“Evampi b±lassa pajappit±ni, pañña½ na acceti sir² kad±ci;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.9293);
Tattha yametamakkh±ti ya½ eta½ akkh±si vadesi. Asaªkhyanti agaºana½.
Vela½ na accet²ti u¼±ravegopi hutv± ³misahassa½ ukkhipitv±pi vela½ atikkamitu½
na sakkoti, vela½ patv± avassa½ sabb± ³miyo bhijjanti. Evampi b±lassa pajappit±n²ti b±lassa vacan±nipi evameva paññavanta½ atikkamitu½ na sakkonti, ta½
patv±va bhijjanti. Pañña½ na accet²ti paññavanta½ sirim± n±ma n±tikkamati. Na
hi koci manujo atth±natthe uppannakaªkho ta½chindanatth±ya (6.0200) paññavanta½ atikkamitv± b±lassa issarassa p±dam³la½ gacchati, paññavantassa pana
p±dam³leyeva vinicchayo n±ma labbhat²ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “katha½ senak±”ti ±ha. So “suºa, dev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Asaññato cepi paresamattha½, bhaº±ti sandh±nagato yasass²;
tasseva ta½ r³hati ñ±timajjhe, sir² hi na½ k±rayate na paññ±;

etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.94);
Tattha asaññato cep²ti issaro hi sacepi k±y±d²hi asaññato duss²lo. Sandh±nagatoti vinicchaye µhito hutv± paresa½ attha½ bhaºati, tasmi½ vinicchayamaº¹ale
mah±pariv±raparivutassa mus±v±da½ vatv± s±mikampi ass±mika½ karontassa
tasseva ta½ vacana½ ruhati. Sir² hi na½ tath± k±rayate na paññ±, tasm± pañño
nih²no, sirim±va seyyoti vad±mi.
Puna raññ± “ki½, t±t±”ti vutte paº¹ito “suºa, deva, b±lasenako ki½ j±n±t²”ti
vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Parassa v± attano v±pi hetu, b±lo mus± bh±sati appapañño;
so nindito hoti sabh±ya majjhe, pacch±pi so duggatig±m² hoti;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.95).
Tato (6.0201) senako ima½ g±tham±ha–“Atthampi ce bh±sati bh³ripañño, an±¼hiyo appadhano daliddo;
na tassa ta½ r³hati ñ±timajjhe, sir² ca paññ±ºavato na hoti;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.96);
Tattha atthamp²ti k±raºampi ce bh±sati. Ñ±timajjheti parisamajjhe. Paññ±ºavatoti mah±r±ja, paññ±ºavantassa sirisobhaggappattassa santika½ gantv± pakatiy±vijjam±n±pi sir² n±ma na hoti. So hi tassa santike s³riyuggamane khajjopanako
viya kh±yat²ti dasseti.
Puna raññ± “k²disa½, t±t±”ti vutte paº¹ito “ki½

j±n±ti, senako, idhalokamattameva oloketi, na paralokan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Parassa v± attano v±pi hetu, na bh±sati alika½ bh³ripañño;
so p³jito hoti sabh±ya majjhe, pacch±pi so suggatig±m² hoti;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.97).
Tato senako g±tham±ha–“Hatth² gav±ss± maºikuº¹al± ca, thiyo ca iddhesu kulesu j±t±;
sabb±va t± upabhog± bhavanti, iddhassa posassa aniddhimanto;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.98);
Tattha (6.0202) iddhass±ti issarassa. Aniddhimantoti na kevala½ t± n±riyova,
atha kho sabbe aniddhimantopi satt± tassa upabhog± bhavanti.
Tato paº¹ito “ki½ esa j±n±t²”ti vatv± eka½ k±raºa½ ±haritv± dassento ima½
g±tham±ha–“Asa½vihitakammanta½, b±la½ dummedhamantina½;
Sir² jahati dummedha½, jiººa½va urago taca½.
Etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi;
paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.15.99);
Tattha “sir² jahat²”ti padassa cetiyaj±takena (j±. 1.8.45 ±dayo) attho vaººetabbo.
Atha senako raññ± “k²disan”ti vutte “deva, ki½ esa taruºad±rako j±n±ti, suº±th±”ti vatv± “paº¹ita½ appaµibh±na½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Pañca paº¹it± maya½ bhaddante, sabbe pañjalik± upaµµhit±;
tva½ no abhibhuyya issarosi, sakkova bh³tapati devar±j±;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, pañño nih²no sir²m±va seyyo”ti. (j±. 1.15.100).
Ida½ kira sutv± r±j± “s±dhur³pa½ senakena k±raºa½ ±bhata½, sakkhissati nu
kho me putto imassa v±da½ bhinditv± añña½ k±raºa½ ±haritun”ti cintetv±“k²disa½ paº¹it±”ti ±ha. Senakena kira imasmi½ k±raºe ±bhate µhapetv± bodhisatta½ añño ta½ v±da½ bhinditu½ samattho n±ma natthi, tasm± mah±sattoattano ñ±ºabalena tassa v±da½ bhindanto “mah±r±ja, kimesa b±lo j±n±ti, yasameva oloketi, paññ±ya visesa½ na j±n±ti, suº±th±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“D±sova (6.0203) paññassa yasassi b±lo, atthesu j±tesu tath±vidhesu;
ya½ paº¹ito nipuºa½ sa½vidheti, sammoham±pajjati tattha b±lo;
etampi disv±na aha½ vad±mi, paññova seyyo na yasassi b±lo”ti. (j±. 1.
15.101);
Tattha atthes³ti kiccesu j±tesu. Sa½vidhet²ti sa½vidahati.
Iti mah±satto sinerup±dato suvaººav±luka½ uddharanto viya gaganatale puººacanda½ uµµh±pento viya ca nayak±raºa½ dassesi. Eva½ mah±sattena paññ±nubh±va½ dassetv± kathite r±j± senaka½ ±ha– “k²disa½, senaka, sakkonto uttaripi
katheh²”ti. So koµµhe µhapitadhañña½ viya uggahitaka½ khepetv± appaµibh±no
maªkubh³to pajjh±yanto nis²di. Sace hi so añña½ k±raºa½ ±hareyya, na g±th±sahassenapi ima½ j±taka½ niµµh±yetha. Tassa pana appaµibh±nassa µhitak±legambh²ra½ ogha½ ±nento viya mah±satto uttaripi paññameva vaººento ima½
g±tham±ha–

“Addh± hi paññ±va sata½ pasatth±, kant± sir² bhogarat± manuss±;
ñ±ºañca buddh±namatulyar³pa½, pañña½ na acceti sir² kad±c²”ti. (j±. 1.15.
102);
Tattha satanti buddh±d²na½ sappuris±na½. Bhogarat±ti mah±r±ja, yasm±
andhab±lamanuss± bhogarat±va, tasm± tesa½ sir² kant±. Yaso n±mesa paº¹itehi garahito b±l±na½ kantoti c±ya½ attho bhisaj±takena (j±. 1.14.78 ±dayo)
vaººetabbo. Buddh±nanti sabbaññubuddh±nañca ñ±ºa½. Kad±c²ti kismiñci k±le
ñ±ºavanta½ sir² n±ma n±tikkamati, dev±ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± mah±sattassa pañhaby±karaºena tuµµho ghanavassa½
vassento viya mah±satta½ dhanena p³jento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Ya½ (6.0204) ta½ apucchimha akittay² no, mahosadha kevaladhammadass²;
gava½ sahassa½ usabhañca n±ga½, ±jaññayutte ca rathe dasa ime;pañhassa veyy±karaºena tuµµho, dad±mi te g±mavar±ni so¼as±”ti. (j±. 1.
15.103);
Tattha usabhañca n±ganti tassa gava½ sahassassa usabha½ katv± alaªkatapaµiyatta½ ±rohan²ya½ n±ga½ damm²ti.
V²satinip±te sirimantapañho niµµhito.
Channapathapañho
Tato paµµh±ya bodhisattassa yaso mah± ahosi. Ta½ sabba½ udumbaradev²yeva vic±resi. S± tassa so¼asavassikak±le cintesi “mama kaniµµho mahallako j±to,yasopissa mah± ahosi, ±v±hamassa k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti. S± rañño tamattha½ ±rocesi.
R±j± “s±dhu j±n±pehi nan”ti ±ha. S± ta½ j±n±petv± tena sampaµicchite “tena hi,t±ta, te kum±rika½ ±nem²”ti ±ha. Atha mah±satto “kad±ci imehi ±n²t± mama na
rucceyya, sayameva t±va upadh±rem²”ti cintetv± evam±ha– “devi, katip±ha½ m±
kiñci rañño vadetha, aha½ eka½ kum±rika½ saya½ pariyesitv± mama cittarucita½
tumh±ka½ ±cikkhiss±m²”ti. “Eva½ karohi, t±t±”ti. So devi½ vanditv± attano ghara½
gantv± sah±yak±na½ sañña½ datv± aññ±takavesena tunnav±ya-upakaraº±nigahetv± ekakova uttaradv±rena nikkhamitv± uttarayavamajjhaka½ p±y±si. Tad±pana tattha eka½ por±ºaseµµhikula½ parikkh²ºa½ ahosi. Tassa kulassa dh²t± amar±dev² n±ma abhir³p± dassan²y± p±s±dik± sabbalakkhaºasampann± puññavat².
S± ta½ divasa½ p±tova y±gu½ pacitv± ±d±ya “pitu kasanaµµh±na½ gamiss±m²”tinikkhamitv± tameva magga½ paµipajji. Mah±satto ta½ ±gacchanti½ disv± “sabbalakkhaºasampann±ya½ itth², sace apariggah±, im±ya me p±daparic±rik±yabhavitu½ vaµµat²”ti cintesi.
S±pi (6.0205) ta½ disv±va “sace evar³passa purisassa gehe bhaveyya½,
sakk± may± kuµumba½ saºµh±petun”ti cintesi.
Atha mah±satto– “imiss± sapariggah±pariggahabh±va½ na j±n±mi, hatthamu-

µµhiy± na½ pucchiss±mi, sace es± paº¹it± bhavissati, j±nissati. No ce, na j±nissati,
idheva na½ cha¹¹etv± gacch±m²”ti cintetv± d³re µhitova hatthamuµµhimak±si.
S±pi “aya½ mama sas±mik±s±mikabh±va½ pucchat²”ti ñatv± hattha½ pas±resi.
So apariggahabh±va½ ñatv± sam²pa½ gantv± “bhadde, k± n±ma tvan”ti pucchi.
“S±mi, aha½ at²te v± an±gate v± etarahi v± ya½ natthi, tann±mik±”ti. “Bhadde,
loke amar± n±ma natthi, tva½ amar± n±ma bhavissas²”ti. “Eva½, s±m²”ti. “Bhadde,kassa y±gu½ harissas²”ti? “Pubbadevat±ya, s±m²”ti. “Bhadde, pubbadevat± n±ma
m±t±pitaro, tava pitu y±gu½ harissasi maññe”ti. “Eva½, s±m²”ti. “Bhadde, tava
pit± ki½ karot²”ti? “S±mi, eka½ dvidh± karot²”ti. “Ekassa dvidh±karaºa½ n±makasana½, tava pit± kasat²”ti. “Eva½, s±m²”ti. “Katarasmi½ pana µh±ne te pit± kasat²”ti? “Yattha saki½ gat± na enti, tasmi½ µh±ne, s±m²”ti. “Saki½ gat±na½ na pacc±gamanaµµh±na½ n±ma sus±na½, sus±nasantike kasati, bhadde”ti. “Eva½, s±m²”ti.
“Bhadde, ajjeva essas²”ti. “Sace essati, na ess±”mi. “No ce essati, ess±mi,
s±m²”ti. “Bhadde, pit± te maññe nad²p±re kasati, udake ente na essasi, anente
essas²”ti. “Eva½, s±m²”ti. Ettaka½ n±ma mah±satto ±l±pasall±pa½ karoti.
Atha na½ amar±dev² “y±gu½ pivissasi, s±m²”ti nimantesi. Mah±satto “paµhamameva paµikkhipana½ n±ma avamaªgalan”ti cintetv± “±ma, piviss±m²”ti ±ha. S±
pana y±gughaµa½ ot±resi. Mah±satto cintesi “sace p±ti½ adhovitv± hatthadhovana½ adatv± dassati, ettheva na½ pah±ya gamiss±m²”ti. S± pana p±ti½ dhovitv±
p±tiy± udaka½ ±haritv± hatthadhovana½ datv± tucchap±ti½ hatthe aµµhapetv±
bh³miya½ µhapetv± ghaµa½ ±lu¼etv± y±guy± p³resi, tattha pana sitth±ni mahant±ni. Atha na½ mah±satto ±ha “ki½, bhadde, atibahal± y±g³”ti. “Udaka½ na
laddha½, s±m²”ti (6.0206). “Ked±re udaka½ na laddha½ bhavissati maññe”ti.
“Eva½, s±m²”ti. S± pitu y±gu½ µhapetv± bodhisattassa ad±si. So y±gu½ pivitv±
mukha½ vikkh±letv± “bhadde, tuyha½ m±tu geha½ gamiss±mi, magga½ me ±cikkh±”ti ±ha. S± “s±dh³”ti vatv± magga½ ±cikkhant² ekakanip±te ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yena sattubilaªg± ca, diguºapal±so ca pupphito;
yena dad±mi tena vad±mi, yena na dad±mi na tena vad±mi;
esa maggo yavamajjhakassa, eta½ annapatha½ vij±n±h²”ti. (j±. 1.1.112);
Tassattho– “s±mi, antog±ma½ pavisitv± eka½ sattu-±paºa½ passissasi, tatokañjik±paºa½, tesa½ purato diguºapaººo kovi¼±ro supupphito, tasm± tva½ yena
sattubilaªg± ca kovi¼±ro ca pupphito, tena gantv± kovi¼±ram³le µhatv± dakkhiºa½
gaºha v±ma½ muñca, esa maggo yavamajjhakassa yavamajjhakag±me µhitassa
amh±ka½ gehassa, eta½ eva½ paµicch±detv± may± vutta½ channapatha½ paµicchannapatha½ channapatha½ v± paµicchannak±raºa½ vij±n±h²”ti. Ettha hi yena
dad±m²ti yena hatthena dad±mi, ida½ dakkhiºahattha½ sandh±ya vutta½, itara½
v±mahattha½. Eva½ s± tassa magga½ ±cikkhitv± pitu y±gu½ gahetv± agam±si.
Channapathapañho niµµhito.

Amar±devipariyesan±
Sopi t±ya kathitamaggeneva ta½ geha½ gato. Atha na½ amar±deviy± m±t±
disv± ±sana½ datv± “y±gu½ pivissasi, s±m²”ti ±ha. “Amma, kaniµµhabhaginiy± me
amar±deviy± thok± y±gu me dinn±”ti. Ta½ sutv± s± “dh²tu me atth±ya ±gato
bhavissat²”ti aññ±si. Mah±satto tesa½ duggatabh±va½ j±nantopi “amma, aha½
tunnav±yo, kiñci sibbitabbayuttaka½ atth²”ti pucchi. “Atthi, s±mi, m³la½ pananatth²”ti? “Amma m³lena kamma½ natthi, ±nehi, sibbiss±mi nan”ti. S± jiººas±µak±ni ±haritv± ad±si. Bodhisatto ±haµ±haµa½ niµµh±pesiyeva. Puññavato hi kiriy±n±ma samijjhatiyeva. Atha na½ ±ha “amma, v²thibh±gena (6.0207) ±roceyy±s²”ti.
S± sakalag±ma½ ±rocesi. Mah±satto tunnav±yakamma½ katv± ek±heneva
sahassa½ kah±paºa½ upp±desi. Mahallik±pissa p±tar±sabhatta½ pacitv± datv±“t±ta, s±yam±sa½ kittaka½ pac±m²”ti ±ha. “Amma, yattak± imasmi½ gehebhuñjanti, tesa½ pam±ºen±”ti. S± anekas³pabyañjana½ bahubhatta½ paci. Amar±dev²pi s±ya½ s²sena d±rukal±pa½, ucchaªgena paººa½ ±d±ya araññato
±gantv± puragehadv±re d±rukal±pa½ nikkhipitv± pacchimadv±rena geha½ p±visi.
Pit±piss± s±yatara½ ±gam±si. Mah±satto n±naggarasabhojana½ bhuñji. Itar±m±t±pitaro bhojetv± pacch± saya½ bhuñjitv± m±t±pit³na½ p±de dhovitv± mah±sattassa p±de dhovi.
So ta½ pariggaºhanto katip±ha½ tattheva vasi. Atha na½ v²ma½santo ekadivasa½ ±ha– “bhadde, a¹¹han±¼ikataº¹ule gahetv± tato mayha½ y±guñca
p³vañca bhattañca pac±h²”ti. S± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± taº¹ule koµµetv± m³lataº¹ulehi bhatta½, majjhimataº¹ulehi y±gu½, kaºak±hi p³va½ pacitv± tadanur³pa½
s³pabyañjana½ samp±detv± mah±sattassa sabyañjana½ y±gu½ ad±si. S± y±gu
mukhe µhapitamatt±va satta rasaharaºisahass±ni pharitv± aµµh±si. So tass± v²ma½sanatthameva “bhadde, y±gu½ pacitu½ aj±nant² kimattha½ mama taº¹ule n±ses²”ti kuddho viya saha khe¼ena niµµhubhitv± bh³miya½ p±tesi. S± tassa akujjhitv±va“s±mi, sace y±gu na sundar±, p³va½ kh±d±”ti p³va½ ad±si. Tampi tatheva ak±si.
“Sace, s±mi, p³va½ na sundara½, bhatta½ bhuñj±”ti bhatta½ ad±si. Bhattampi
tatheva katv± “bhadde, tva½ pacitu½ aj±nant² mama santaka½ kimattha½ n±ses²”ti kuddho viya t²ºipi ekato madditv± s²sato paµµh±ya sakalasar²ra½ limpitv±“gaccha, dv±re nis²d±h²”ti ±ha. S± akujjhitv±va “s±dhu, s±m²”ti gantv± tath± ak±si.
So tass± nihatam±nabh±va½ ñatv± “bhadde, eh²”ti ±ha. S± akujjhitv± ekavacaneneva ±gat±. Mah±satto pana ±gacchanto kah±paºasahassena saddhi½ ekas±µakayuga½ tamb³lapasibbake µhapetv± ±gato. Atha (6.0208) so ta½ s±µaka½ n²haritv± tass± hatthe µhapetv± “bhadde, tava sah±yik±hi saddhi½ nh±yitv± ima½s±µaka½ niv±setv± eh²”ti ±ha. S± tath± ak±si.
Paº¹ito upp±ditadhanañca, ±bhatadhanañca sabba½ tass± m±t±pit³na½ datv±
samass±setv± sasure ±pucchitv± ta½ ±d±ya nagar±bhimukho agam±si. Antar±magge tass± v²ma½sanatth±ya chattañca up±hanañca datv± evam±ha– “bhadde,
ima½ chatta½ gahetv± att±na½ dh±rehi, up±hana½ abhiruhitv± y±h²”ti. S± ta½

gahetv± tath± akatv± abbhok±se s³riyasant±pe chatta½ adh±retv± vanante
dh±retv± gacchati, thalaµµh±ne up±hana½ paµimuñcitv± udakaµµh±na½ sampattak±le abhiruhitv± gacchati. Bodhisatto ta½ k±raºa½ disv± pucchi “ki½, bhadde,thalaµµh±ne up±hana½ paµimuñcitv± udakaµµh±ne abhiruhitv± gacchasi, s³riyasant±pe chatta½ adh±retv± vanante dh±retv±”ti? S± ±ha– “s±mi, thalaµµh±ne kaºµak±d²ni pass±mi, udakaµµh±ne macchakacchapakaºµak±d²ni na pass±mi, tesu p±de
paviµµhesu dukkhavedan± bhaveyya, abbhok±se sukkharukkhakaºµak±d²ni natthi,
vanantara½ paviµµh±na½ pana sukkharukkhadaº¹±dikesu matthake patitesu
dukkhavedan± bhaveyya, tasm± t±ni paµigh±tanatth±ya eva½ karom²”ti.
Bodhisatto dv²hi k±raºehi tass± katha½ sutv± tussitv± gacchanto ekasmi½µh±ne phalasampanna½ eka½ badararukkha½ disv± badararukkham³le nis²di. S±
badararukkham³le nisinna½ mah±satta½ disv± “s±mi, abhiruhitv± badaraphala½
gahetv± kh±d±hi, mayhampi deh²”ti ±ha. “Bhadde, aha½ kilam±mi, abhiruhitu½ nasakkomi, tvameva abhiruh±”ti. S± tassa vacana½ sutv± badararukkha½ abhiruyha s±khantare nis²ditv± phala½ ocini. Bodhisatto ta½ ±ha– “bhadde, phala½
mayha½ deh²”ti. S± “aya½ puriso paº¹ito v± apaº¹ito v± v²ma½siss±m²”ti cintetv±
ta½ ±ha “s±mi, uºhaphala½ kh±dissasi, ud±hu s²taphalan”ti? So ta½ k±raºa½ aj±nanto viya evam±ha– “bhadde, uºhaphalena me attho”ti. S± phal±ni bh³miya½
khipitv± “s±mi, kh±d±”ti ±ha. Bodhisatto ta½ gahetv± dhamento kh±di. Punav²ma½sam±no na½ evam±ha– “bhadde, s²tala½ me deh²”ti. Atha s± (6.0209) badaraphal±ni tiºabh³miy± upari khipi. So ta½ gahetv± kh±ditv± “aya½ d±rik± ativiya
paº¹it±”ti cintetv± tussi. Atha mah±satto ta½ ±ha– “bhadde, badararukkhato otar±h²”ti. S± mah±sattassa vacana½ sutv± rukkhato otaritv± ghaµa½ gahetv± nadi½
gantv± udaka½ ±netv± mah±sattassa ad±si. Mah±satto pivitv± mukha½ vikkh±letv± tato uµµh±ya gacchanto nagarameva sampatto.
Atha so ta½ v²ma½sanatth±ya dov±rikassa gehe µhapetv± dov±rikassa bhariy±ya ±cikkhitv± attano nivesana½ gantv± purise ±mantetv± “asukagehe itthi½µhapetv± ±gatomhi, ima½ sahassa½ ±d±ya gantv± ta½ v²ma½sath±”ti sahassa½
datv± pesesi. Te tath± kari½su. S± ±ha– “ida½ mama s±mikassa p±darajampi na
agghat²”ti. Te ±gantv± paº¹itassa ±rocesu½. Punapi y±vatatiya½ pesetv±
catutthe v±re mah±satto teyeva “tena hi na½ hatthe gahetv± ka¹¹hant± ±neth±”ti±ha. Te tath± kari½su. S± mah±satta½ mah±sampattiya½ µhita½ na sañj±ni, na½
oloketv± ca pana hasi ceva rodi ca. So ubhayak±raºa½ pucchi. Atha na½ s± ±ha–“s±mi, aha½ hasam±n± tava sampatti½ oloketv± ‘aya½ ak±raºena na laddh±,
purimabhave kusala½ katv± laddh±, aho puññ±na½ phala½ n±m±’ti hasi½. Rodam±n± pana ‘id±ni parassa rakkhitagopitavatthumhi aparajjhitv± niraya½ gamissat²’ti tayi k±ruññena rodin”ti.
So ta½ v²ma½sitv± suddhabh±va½ ñatv± “gacchatha na½ tattheva neth±”ti
vatv± pesetv± puna tunnav±yavesa½ gahetv± gantv± t±ya saddhi½ sayitv± punadivase p±tova r±jakula½ pavisitv± udumbaradeviy± ±rocesi. S± rañño ±rocetv±
amar±devi½ sabb±laªk±rehi alaªkaritv± mah±yogge nis²d±petv± mahantena
sakk±rena mah±sattassa geha½ netv± maªgala½ k±resi. R±j± bodhisattassa

sahassam³la½ paºº±k±ra½ pesesi. Dov±rike ±di½ katv± sakalanagarav±sino
paºº±k±re pahiºi½su. Amar±dev²pi raññ± pahita½ paºº±k±ra½ dvidh± (6.0210)
bhinditv± eka½ koµµh±sa½ rañño pesesi. Etenup±yena sakalanagarav±s²nampi
paºº±k±ra½ pesetv± nagara½ saªgaºhi. Tato paµµh±ya mah±satto t±ya saddhi½
samaggav±sa½ vasanto rañño atthañca dhammañca anus±si.
Amar±devipariyesan± niµµhit±.
Sabbaratanathenavaººan±
Athekadivasa½ senako itare tayo attano santika½ ±gate ±mantesi “ambho,
maya½ gahapatiputtassa mahosadhasseva nappahoma, id±ni pana tena attan±
byattatar± bhariy± ±n²t±, kinti na½ rañño antare paribhindeyy±m±”ti. “¾cariya,
maya½ ki½ j±n±ma, tva½yeva j±n±h²”ti. “Hotu m± cintayittha, attheko up±yo, aha½
rañño c³¼±maºi½ thenetv± ±hariss±mi, pukkusa, tva½ suvaººam±la½ ±hara,k±minda, tva½ kambala½, devinda, tva½ suvaººap±dukanti eva½ maya½ catt±ropi up±yena t±ni ±hariss±ma, tato amh±ka½ gehe aµµhapetv± gahapatiputtassa
geha½ pesess±m±”ti. Atha kho te catt±ropi tath± kari½su. Tesu senako t±va c³¼±maºi½ takkaghaµe pakkhipitv± d±siy± hatthe µhapetv± pesesi “ima½ takkaghaµa½
aññesa½ gaºhant±na½ adatv± sace mahosadhassa gehe gaºh±ti, ghaµeneva
saddhi½ deh²”ti. S± paº¹itassa gharadv±ra½ gantv± “takka½ gaºhatha, takka½
gaºhath±”ti apar±para½ carati.
Amar±dev² dv±re µhit± tass± kiriya½ disv± “aya½ aññattha na gacchati, bhavitabbamettha k±raºen±”ti iªgitasaññ±ya d±siyo paµikkam±petv± sayameva “amma,
ehi takka½ gaºhiss±m²”ti pakkositv± tass± ±gatak±le d±s²na½ sañña½ datv± t±su
an±gacchant²su “gaccha, amma, d±siyo pakkos±h²”ti tameva pesetv± takkaghaµe
hattha½ ot±retv± maºi½ disv± ta½ d±si½ pucchi “amma, tva½ kassa santak±”ti?
“Ayye, senakapaº¹itassa d±s²mh²”ti. Tato tass± n±ma½ tass± ca m±tuy± n±ma½pucchitv± “asuk± n±m±”ti vutte “amma, ima½ takka½ katim³lan”ti pucchi. “Ayye,
catun±¼ikan”ti. “Tena hi, amma, ima½ takka½ me deh²”ti vatv± “ayye, tumhesu
gaºhant²su m³lena me ko attho, ghaµeneva saddhi½ gaºhath±”ti vutte “tena hi
y±h²”ti ta½ uyyojetv± s± “asukam±se asukadivase (6.0211) senak±cariyo asuk±ya
n±ma d±siy± dh²t±ya asuk±ya n±ma hatthe rañño c³¼±maºi½ pahenakatth±ya
pahiº²”ti paººe likhitv± takka½ gaºhi. Pukkusopi suvaººam±la½ sumanapupphacaªkoµake µhapetv± sumanapupphena paµicch±detv± tatheva pesesi. K±mindopi
kambala½ paººapacchiya½ µhapetv± paººehi ch±detv± pesesi. Devindopi suvaººap±duka½ yavakal±pantare bandhitv± pesesi. S± sabb±nipi t±ni gahetv± paººeakkhar±ni ±ropetv± mah±sattassa ±cikkhitv± µhapesi.
Tepi catt±ro paº¹it± r±jakula½ gantv± “ki½, deva, tumhe c³¼±maºi½ na pi¼andhath±”ti ±ha½su. R±j± “pi¼andhiss±mi ±harath±”ti purise ±ha. Te maºi½ na
passi½su, itar±nipi na passi½suyeva. Atha te catt±ro paº¹it± “deva, tumh±ka½

±bharaº±ni mahosadhassa gehe atthi, so t±ni saya½ va¼añjeti, paµisattu te mah±r±ja, gahapatiputto”ti ta½ bhindi½su. Athassa atthacarak± manuss± s²gha½
gantv± ±rocesu½. So “r±j±na½ disv± j±niss±m²”ti r±jupaµµh±na½ agam±si. R±j±kujjhitv± “ko j±nissati, ki½ bhavissati ki½ karissat²”ti att±na½ passitu½ n±d±si.
Paº¹ito rañño kuddhabh±va½ ñatv± attano nivesanameva gato. R±j± “na½ gaºhath±”ti ±º±pesi. Paº¹ito atthacarak±na½ vacana½ sutv± “may± apagantu½ vaµµat²”ti amar±deviy± sañña½ datv± aññ±takavesena nagar± nikkhamitv± dakkhiºayavamajjhakag±ma½ gantv± tasmi½ kumbhak±rakamma½ ak±si. Nagare “paº¹ito
pal±to”ti ekakol±hala½ j±ta½.
Senak±dayopi catt±ro jan± tassa pal±tabh±va½ ñatv± “m± cintayittha, maya½
ki½ apaº¹it±”ti aññamañña½ aj±n±petv±va amar±deviy± paºº±k±ra½ pahiºi½su
s± tehi cat³hi pesitapaºº±k±ra½ gahetv± “asuka-asukavel±ya ±gacchat³”ti vatv±
eka½ k³pa½ khaº±petv± g³thar±sino saha udakena tattha p³retv± g³thak³passa
uparitale yantaphalak±hi pidahitv± ki¼añjena paµicch±detv± sabba½ niµµh±pesi.
Atha senako s±yanhasamaye nhatv± att±na½ alaªkaritv± n±naggarasabhojana½
bhuñjitv± bodhisattassa geha½ agam±si. So gharadv±re µhatv± (6.0212) attano±gatabh±va½ j±n±pesi. S± “ehi, ±cariy±”ti ±ha. So gantv± tass± santike aµµh±si.
S± evam±ha– “s±mi, id±ni aha½ tava vasa½ gat±, attano sar²ra½ anh±yitv±
sayitu½ ayuttan”ti. So tass± vacana½ sutv± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. S± nikkhamitv± udakap³ra½ ghaµa½ gahetv± ±sitt± viya “ehi, ±cariya, nh±natth±ya phalak±ni ±ruh±”ti vatv± tassa phalak±ni abhiruyha µhitak±le geha½ pavisitv± phalakakoµiya½ akkamitv± g³thak³pe p±tesi.
Pukkusopi
s±yanhasamaye
nhatv± alaªkaritv± n±naggarasabhojana½
bhuñjitv± bodhisattassa geha½ gantv± gharadv±re µhatv± attano ±gatabh±va½
j±n±pesi. Ek± paric±rik± itth² amar±deviy± ±rocesi. S± tass± vacana½ sutv± “ehi,±cariya, attano sar²ra½ anh±yitv± sayitu½ ayuttan”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. S± nikkhamitv± udakap³ra½ ghaµa½ gahetv± ±siñcam±n± viya “ehi, ±cariya, nh±natth±ya phalak±ni abhiruh±”ti ±ha. Tassa phalak±ni abhiruyha µhitak±les± geha½ pavisitv± phalak±ni ±ka¹¹hitv± g³thak³pe p±tesi. Pukkusa½ senako“ko eso”ti pucchi. “Aha½ pukkuso”ti. “Tva½ ko n±ma manusso”ti? “Aha½ senako”ti aññamañña½ pucchitv± aµµha½su. Tath± itare dvepi tattheva p±tesi. Sabbepi tejegucche g³thak³pe aµµha½su. S± vibh±t±ya rattiy± tato ukkhip±petv±, catt±ropi
jane khuramuº¹e k±r±petv± taº¹ul±ni g±h±petv± udakena temetv± koµµ±petv±

cuººa½ bahalay±gu½ pac±petv± madditv± s²sato paµµh±ya sakalasar²ra½ vilimp±petv± t³lapic³ni g±h±petv± tatheva s²sato paµµh±ya okir±petv± mah±dukkha½
p±petv± kilañjakucchiya½ nipajj±petv± veµhetv± rañño ±rocetuk±m± hutv± tehisaddhi½ catt±ri ratan±ni g±h±petv± rañño santika½ gantv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²ditv±– “deva, setav±nara½ n±ma mah±paºº±k±ra½ paµiggaºhath±”ti
vatv± catt±ri kilañj±ni rañño p±dam³le µhap±pesi. Atha r±j± vivar±petv± setamakkaµasadise catt±ropi jane passi. Atha sabbe manuss± “aho adiµµhapubb±, aho
mah±setav±nar±”ti vatv± mah±hasita½ hasi½su. Te catt±ropi mah±lajj± ahesu½.
Atha (6.0213) amar±dev² attano s±mino niddosabh±va½ kathent² r±j±na½ ±ha–“deva, mahosadhapaº¹ito na coro, ime catt±rova cor±. Etesu hi senako maºicoro,
pukkuso suvaººam±l±coro, k±mindo kambalacoro, devindo suvaººap±duk±coro.
Ime cor± asukam±se asukadivase asukad±sidh²t±na½ asukad±s²na½ hatthe
im±ni ratan±ni pahiºanti. Ima½ paººa½ passatha, attano santakañca gaºhatha,core ca, deva, paµicchath±”ti. S± catt±ropi jane mah±vippak±ra½ p±petv± r±j±na½
vanditv± attano gehameva gat±. R±j± bodhisattassa pal±tabh±vena tasmi½ ±saªk±ya ca aññesa½ paº¹itapatimant²na½ abh±vena ca tesa½ kiñci avatv±“paº¹it± nh±petv± attano geh±ni gacchath±”ti pesesi. Catt±ro jan± mah±vippak±ra½ patv± r±j±na½ vanditv± attano gehameva gat±.
Sabbaratanathen± niµµhit±.
Khajjopanakapañho
Athassa chatte adhivatth± devat± bodhisattassa dhammadesana½ assuºant²“ki½ nu kho k±raºan”ti ±vajjam±n± ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv± “paº¹itassa ±nayanak±raºa½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± rattibh±ge chattapiº¹ika½ vivaritv± r±j±na½ catukkanip±te devat±ya pucchitapañhe ±gate “hanti hatthehi p±deh²”ti-±dike catt±ropañhe pucchi. R±j± aj±nanto “aha½ na j±n±mi, aññe paº¹ite pucchiss±m²”ti ekadivasa½ ok±sa½ y±citv± punadivase “±gacchant³”ti catunna½ paº¹it±na½s±sana½ pesesi. Tehi “maya½ khuramuº¹± v²thi½ otarant± lajj±m±”ti vutte r±j±
catt±ro n±¼ipaµµe pesesi “ime s²sesu katv± ±gacchant³”ti. Tad± kira te n±¼ipaµµ±
uppann±. Te ±gantv± paññatt±sane nis²di½su. Atha r±j± “senaka, ajja rattibh±gechatte adhivatth± devat± ma½ catt±ro pañhe pucchi, aha½ pana aj±nanto ‘paº¹ite
pucchiss±m²’ti avaca½, kathehi me te pañhe”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Hanti hatthehi p±dehi, mukhañca parisumbhati;
sa ve r±ja piyo hoti, ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.197);
Senako (6.0214) aj±nanto “ki½ hanti, katha½ hant²”ti ta½ ta½ vilapitv± neva
anta½ passi, na koµi½ passi. Ses±pi appaµibh±n± ahesu½. Atha r±j± vippaµis±r²
hutv± puna rattibh±ge devat±ya “pañho te ñ±to”ti puµµho “may± catt±ro paº¹it±
puµµh±, tepi na j±ni½s³”ti ±ha. Devat± “ki½ te j±nissanti, µhapetv± mahosadhapaº¹ita½ añño koci ete pañhe kathetu½ samattho n±ma natthi. Sace ta½ pakkos±-

petv± ete pañhe na kath±pessasi, imin± te jalitena ayak³µena s²sa½ bhindiss±m²”ti r±j±na½ tajjetv± “mah±r±ja, aggin± atthe sati khajjopanaka½ dhamitu½ na
vaµµati, kh²rena atthe sati vis±ºa½ duhitu½ na vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ pañcakanip±te
khajjopanakapañha½ ud±hari–“Ko nu santamhi pajjote, aggipariyesana½ cara½;
addakkhi ratti khajjota½, j±taveda½ amaññatha.
“Svassa gomayacuºº±ni, abhimattha½ tiº±ni ca;
vipar²t±ya saññ±ya, n±sakkhi pajjaletave.
“Evampi anup±yena, attha½ na labhate migo;
vis±ºato gava½ doha½, yattha kh²ra½ na vindati.
“Vividhehi up±yehi, attha½ papponti m±ºav±;
niggahena amitt±na½, mitt±na½ paggahena ca.
“Sen±mokkhapal±bhena, vallabh±na½ nayena ca;
jagati½ jagatip±l±, ±vasanti vasundharan”ti. (j±. 1.5.75-79);
Tattha santamhi pajjoteti aggimhi sante. Caranti caranto. Addakkh²ti passi,
disv± ca pana vaººas±maññat±ya khajjopanaka½ “j±tavedo aya½ bhavissat²”tiamaññittha. Svass±ti so assa khajjopanakassa upari sukhum±ni gomayacuºº±ni
ceva tiº±ni ca. Abhimatthanti hatthehi gha½sitv± ±kiranto jaººukehi bh³miya½
patiµµh±ya mukhena dhamanto j±less±mi nanti vipar²t±ya saññ±ya v±yamantopi
j±letu½ n±sakkhi. Migoti migasadiso andhab±lo eva½ anup±yena pariyesantoattha½ na labhati. Yatth±ti yasmi½ vis±ºe kh²rameva natthi, tato g±vi½ duhanto (6.02
viya ca attha½ na vindati. Sen±mokkhapal±bhen±ti sen±mokkh±na½ amacc±na½l±bhena. Vallabh±nanti piyaman±p±na½ viss±sik±na½ amacc±na½ nayena ca.
Vasundharanti vasusaªkh±t±na½ ratan±na½ dh±raºato vasundharanti laddhan±ma½ jagati½ jagatip±l± r±j±no ±vasanti.
Na te tay± sadis± hutv± aggimhi vijjam±neyeva khajjopanaka½ dhamanti. Mah±r±ja, tva½ pana aggimhi sati khajjopanaka½ dhamanto viya, tula½ cha¹¹etv±
hatthena tulayanto viya, kh²rena atthe j±te vis±ºato duhanto viya ca, senak±dayo
pucchasi, ete ki½ j±nanti. Khajjopanakasadis± hete. Aggikkhandhasadiso mahosadho paññ±ya jalati, ta½ pakkos±petv± puccha. Ime te pañhe aj±nantassa j²vita½
natth²ti r±j±na½ tajjetv± antaradh±yi.
Khajjopanakapañho niµµhito.
Bh³ripañho
Atha r±j± maraºabhayatajjito punadivase catt±ro amacce pakkos±petv± “t±t±,tumhe catt±ro cat³su rathesu µhatv± cat³hi nagaradv±rehi nikkhamitv± yattha
mama putta½ mahosadhapaº¹ita½ passatha, tatthevassa sakk±ra½ katv±
khippa½ ±neth±”ti ±º±pesi. Tepi catt±ro ekekena dv±rena nikkhami½su. Tesu
tayo jan± paº¹ita½ na passi½su. Dakkhiºadv±rena nikkhanto pana dakkhiºayava-majjhakag±me mah±satta½ mattika½ ±haritv± ±cariyassa cakka½ vaµµetv± mattik±makkhitasar²ra½ pal±lapiµµhake nis²ditv± muµµhi½ muµµhi½ katv± appas³pa½
yavabhatta½ bhuñjam±na½ passi. Kasm± panesa eta½ kamma½ ak±s²ti? R±j±kira “nissa½saya½ paº¹ito rajja½ gaºhissat²”ti ±saªkati. “So ‘kumbhak±rakammena j²vat²’ti sutv± nir±saªko bhavissat²”ti cintetv± evamak±s²ti. So amacca½
disv± attano santika½ ±gatabh±va½ ñatv± “ajja mayha½ yaso puna p±katikobhavissati, amar±deviy± samp±dita½ n±naggarasabhojanameva bhuñjiss±m²”ticintetv± gahita½ yavabhattapiº¹a½ cha¹¹etv± uµµh±ya mukha½ vikkh±letv±
nis²di. Tasmi½ khaºe so amacco ta½ upasaªkami. So pana senakapakkhiko,tasm± na½ ghaµento “paº¹ita, ±cariyasenakassa vacana½ niyy±nika½, tavan±ma yase parih²ne tath±r³p± (6.0216) paññ± patiµµh± hotu½ n±sakkhi, id±ni
mattik±makkhito pal±lapiµµhe nis²ditv± evar³pa½ bhatta½ bhuñjas²”ti vatv± dasakanip±te bh³ripañhe paµhama½ g±tham±ha–“Sacca½ kira, tva½ api bh³ripañña, y± t±dis² sir² dhit² mat² ca;
na t±yatebh±vavas³panita½, yo yavaka½ bhuñjasi appas³pan”ti. (j±. 1.
10.145);
Tattha sacca½ kir±ti ya½ ±cariyasenako ±ha, ta½ kira saccameva. Sir²ti issariya½. Dhit²ti abbhocchinnav²riya½. Na t±yatebh±vavas³panitanti abh±vassa avu¹¹hiy± vasa½ upan²ta½ ta½ na rakkhati na gopeti, patiµµh± hotu½ na sakkoti. Yavakanti yavabhatta½.
Atha na½ mah±satto “andhab±la, aha½ attano paññ±balena puna ta½ yasa½p±katika½ k±tuk±mo eva½ karom²”ti vatv± ima½ g±th±dvayam±ha–“Sukha½ dukkhena parip±cayanto, k±l±k±la½ vicina½ chandachanno;
atthassa dv±r±ni av±puranto, ten±ha½ tuss±mi yavodanena.
“K±lañca ñatv± abhij²han±ya, mantehi attha½ parip±cayitv±;
vijambhissa½ s²havijambhit±ni, t±yiddhiy± dakkhasi ma½ pun±p²”ti. (j±. 1.10.
146-147);
Tattha dukkhen±ti imin± k±yikacetasikadukkhena attano por±ºakasukha½ paµip±katikakaraºena parip±cayantova¹¹hento. K±l±k±lanti aya½ paµicchanno hutv±
caraºak±lo, aya½ appaµicchannoti eva½ k±lañca ak±lañca vicinanto rañño
kuddhak±le channena caritabbanti ñatv± chandena attano ruciy± channo paµicchanno hutv± kumbhak±rakammena j²vanto attano atthassa k±raºasaªkh±t±ni
dv±r±ni (6.0217) av±puranto vihar±mi, tena k±raºen±ha½ yavodanena tuss±m²ti
attho. Abhij²han±y±ti v²riyakaraºassa. Mantehi attha½ parip±cayitv±ti attano ñ±ºabalena mama yasa½ va¹¹hetv± manosil±tale vijambham±no s²ho viya vijambhissa½, t±ya iddhiy± ma½ punapi tva½ passissas²ti.
Atha na½ amacco ±ha– “paº¹ita, chatte adhivatth± devat± r±j±na½ pañha½
pucchi. R±j± catt±ro paº¹ite pucchi. Tesu ekopi ta½ pañha½ kathetu½ n±sakkhi,
tasm± r±j± tava santika½ ma½ pahiº²”ti. “Eva½ sante paññ±ya ±nubh±va½kasm± na passasi, evar³pe hi k±le na issariya½ patiµµh± hoti, paññ±sampannova
patiµµh± hot²”ti mah±satto paññ±ya ±nubh±va½ vaººesi. Amacco raññ± “paº¹ita½
diµµhaµµh±neyeva sakk±ra½ katv± ±neth±”ti dinna½ kah±paºasahassa½ mah±sa-ttassa hatthe µhapesi. Kumbhak±ro “mahosadhapaº¹ito kira may± pesak±rakamma½ k±rito”ti bhaya½ ±pajji. Atha na½ mah±satto “m± bh±yi, ±cariya, bah³pak±ro tva½ amh±kan”ti ass±setv± sahassa½ datv± mattik±makkhiteneva sar²rena
rathe nis²ditv± nagara½ p±visi. Amacco rañño ±rocetv± “t±ta, kuhi½ paº¹ito diµµho”ti vutte “deva, dakkhiºayavamajjhakag±me kumbhak±rakamma½ katv± j²vati,
tumhe pakkosath±ti sutv±va anh±yitv± mattik±makkhiteneva sar²rena ±gato”ti ±ha.
R±j± “sace mayha½ paccatthiko assa, issariyavidhin± careyya, n±ya½ mamapaccatthiko”ti cintetv± “mama puttassa ‘attano ghara½ gantv± nhatv± alaªkaritv±
may± dinnavidh±nena ±gacchat³’ti vadeyy±th±”ti ±ha. Ta½ sutv± paº¹ito tath±katv± ±gantv± “pavisat³”ti vutte pavisitv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si.
R±j± paµisanth±ra½ katv± paº¹ita½ v²ma½santo ima½ g±tham±ha–“Sukh²pi heke na karonti p±pa½, avaººasa½saggabhay± puneke;pah³ sam±no vipulatthacint², ki½ k±raº± me na

karosi dukkhan”ti. (j±. 1.10.148);
Tattha (6.0218) sukh²ti paº¹ita, ekacce “maya½ sukhino sampanna-issariy±,ala½ no ettaken±”ti uttari issariyak±raº± p±pa½ na karonti, ekacce “evar³passa
no yasad±yakassa s±mikassa aparajjhant±na½ avaººo bhavissat²”ti avaººasa½saggabhay± na karonti. Eko na samattho hoti, eko mandapañño, tva½ panasamattho ca vipulatthacint² ca, icchanto pana sakalajambud²pe rajjampi k±reyy±si.
Ki½ k±raº± mama rajja½ gahetv± dukkha½ na karos²ti.
Atha na½ bodhisatto ±ha–
“Na paº¹it± attasukhassa hetu, p±p±ni kamm±ni sam±caranti;
dukkhena phuµµh± khalit±pi sant±, chand± ca dos± na jahanti dhamman”ti.
(j±. 1.10.149);
Tattha khalit±p²ti sampattito khalitv± vipattiya½ µhitasabh±v± hutv±pi. Na jahanti
dhammanti paveºiyadhammampi sucaritadhammampi na jahanti.
Puna r±j± tassa v²ma½sanattha½ khattiyam±ya½ kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yena kenaci vaººena, mudun± d±ruºena v±;
uddhare d²namatt±na½, pacch± dhamma½ sam±care”ti. (j±. 1.10.150);
Tattha d²nanti duggata½ att±na½ uddharitv± sampattiya½ µhapeyy±ti.
Athassa mah±satto rukkh³pama½ dassento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yassa rukkhassa ch±y±ya, nis²deyya sayeyya v±;
na tassa s±kha½ bhañjeyya, mittadubbho hi p±pako”ti. (j±. 1.10.151);
Evañca pana vatv±– “mah±r±ja, yadi paribhuttarukkhassa s±kha½ bhañjantopi
mittadubbh² hoti, yehi tumhehi mama pit± u¼±re issariye patiµµh±pito, ahañca mahantena anuggahena anuggahito, tesu tumhesu aparajjhanto aha½ katha½ n±ma
mittadubbho na bhaveyyan”ti sabbath±pi attano amittadubbhibh±va½ kathetv±
rañño citt±c±ra½ codento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yass±pi (6.0219) dhamma½ puriso vijaññ±, ye cassa kaªkha½ vinayantisanto;
ta½ hissa d²pañca par±yaºañca, na tena metti½ jarayetha pañño”ti. (j±. 1.10.
152);
Tassattho– mah±r±ja, yassa ±cariyassa santik± yo puriso appamattakampi
dhamma½ k±raºa½ j±neyya, ye cassa santo uppanna½ kaªkha½ vinayanti, ta½
tassa patiµµh±naµµhena d²pañceva par±yaºañca, t±disena ±cariyena saddhi½
paº¹ito mittabh±va½ n±ma na j²reyya na n±seyya.
Id±ni ta½ ovadanto ima½ g±th±dvayam±ha–“Alaso gih² k±mabhog² na s±dhu, asaññato pabbajito na s±dhu;
r±j± na s±dhu anisammak±r², yo paº¹ito kodhano ta½ na s±dhu.
“Nisamma khattiyo kayir±, n±nisamma disampati;nisammak±rino r±ja, yaso kitti ca va¹¹hat²”ti. (j±. 1.10.153-154);
Tattha na s±dh³ti na sundaro. Anisammak±r²ti kiñci sutv± anupadh±retv±
attano paccakkha½ akatv± k±rako. Yaso kitti c±ti issariyapariv±ro ca guºakitti ca
ekantena va¹¹hat²ti.

Bh³ripañho niµµhito.
Devat±pañho

Eva½ vutte r±j± mah±satta½ samussitasetacchatte r±japallaªke nis²d±petv±
saya½ n²c±sane nis²ditv± ±ha– “paº¹ita, setacchatte adhivatth± devat± ma½
catt±ro pañhe pucchi, te aha½ na j±n±mi. Catt±ropi paº¹it± na j±ni½su, kathehime, t±ta, te pañhe”ti. Mah±r±ja, chatte adhivatth± devat± v± hotu, c±tumah±r±jik±dayo v± hontu, yena kenaci pucchitapañha½ aha½ kathetu½ sakkomi. Vada,
mah±r±ja, devat±ya pucchitapañheti. Atha r±j± devat±ya pucchitaniy±meneva
kathento paµhama½ g±tham±ha–“Hanti (6.0220) hatthehi p±dehi, mukhañca parisumbhati;
sa ve r±ja piyo hoti, ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.197);
Tattha hant²ti paharati. Parisumbhat²ti paharatiyeva. Sa veti so eva½ karonto
piyo hoti. Ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²ti tena paharaºak±raºena piya½ katama½
puggala½ tva½, r±ja, abhipassas²ti.
Mah±sattassa ta½ katha½ sutv±va gaganatale puººacando viya attho p±kaµoahosi. Atha mah±satto “suºa, mah±r±ja, yad± hi m±tu-aªke nipanno daharakum±ro haµµhatuµµho k²¼anto m±tara½ hatthap±dehi paharati, kese luñcati, muµµhin±
mukha½ paharati, tad± na½ m±t± ‘coraputtaka, katha½ tva½ no eva½ paharas²’ti-±d²ni pemasinehavaseneva vatv± pema½ sandh±retu½ asakkont² ±liªgitv±
thanantare nipajj±petv± mukha½ paricumbati. Iti so tass± evar³pe k±le piyataro
hoti, tath± pitunop²”ti eva½ gaganamajjhe s³riya½ uµµh±pento viya p±kaµa½ katv±
pañha½ kathesi. Ta½ sutv± devat± chattapiº¹ika½ vivaritv± nikkhamitv±
upa¹¹ha½ sar²ra½ dassetv± “sukathito paº¹itena pañho”ti madhurassarenas±dhuk±ra½ datv± ratanacaªkoµaka½ p³retv± dibbapupphagandhav±sehi bodhisatta½ p³jetv± antaradh±yi. R±j±pi paº¹ita½ pupph±d²hi p³jetv± itara½ pañha½
y±citv± “vada, mah±r±j±”ti vutte dutiya½ g±tham±ha–“Akkosati yath±k±ma½, ±gamañcassa icchati;
sa ve r±ja piyo hoti, ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.198);
Athassa mah±satto– “mah±r±ja, m±t± vacanapesana½ k±tu½ samattha½ sattaµµhavassika½ putta½ ‘t±ta, khetta½ gaccha, antar±paºa½ gacch±’ti-±d²ni vatv±‘amma, sace idañcidañca kh±dan²ya½ bhojan²ya½ dassasi, gamiss±m²’ti vutte‘s±dhu, putta, gaºh±h²’ti vatv± deti. So d±rako ta½ kh±ditv± bahi gantv± d±rakehi
saddhi½ k²¼itv± m±tupesana½ na gacchati. M±tar± “t±ta, gacch±h²’ti vutte som±tara½ ‘amma, tva½ s²t±ya gharacch±y±ya nis²dasi, ki½ pana aha½ tava bahi (6.02
pesanakamma½ kariss±mi, aha½ ta½ vañcem²’ti vatv± hatthavik±ramukhavik±re
katv± gato. S± gacchanta½ disv± kujjhitv± daº¹aka½ gahetv± ‘tva½ mama
santaka½ kh±ditv± khette kicca½ k±tu½ na icchas²’ti tajjent² vegena pal±yanta½
anubandhitv± p±puºitu½ asakkont² ‘cor± ta½ khaº¹±khaº¹a½ chindant³’ti-±d²ni
vatv± yath±k±ma½ akkosati paribh±sati. Ya½ pana mukhena bhaºati, tath±hadaye appamattakampi na icchati, ±gamanañcassa icchati, so divasabh±ga½
k²¼itv± s±ya½ geha½ pavisitu½ avisahanto ñ±tak±na½ santika½ gacchati. M±t±pissa ±gamanamagga½ olokent² an±gacchanta½ disv± ‘pavisitu½ na visahati
maññe’ti sokassa hadaya½ p³retv± assupuººehi nettehi ñ±tighare upadh±rent²
putta½ disv± ±liªgitv± s²se cumbitv± ubhohi hatthehi da¼ha½ gahetv± ‘t±ta piyaputtaka, mama vacana½ hadaye µhapes²’ti atirekatara½ pema½ upp±desi. Eva½,mah±r±ja, m±tuy± kuddhak±le putto piyataro n±ma hot²”ti dutiya½ pañha½
kathesi. Devat± tatheva p³jesi.
R±j±pi p³jetv± tatiya½ pañha½ y±citv± “vada, mah±r±j±”ti vutte tatiya½ g±tham±ha–“Abbhakkh±ti abh³tena, aliken±bhis±raye;
sa ve r±ja piyo hoti, ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.199);
Athassa mah±satto “r±ja, yad± ubho jayampatik± rahogat± lokass±daratiy±k²¼ant± ‘bhadde, tava mayi pema½ natthi, hadaya½ te bahi gatan’ti eva½ aññamañña½ abh³tena abbh±cikkhanti, alikena s±renti codenti, tad± te atirekatara½
aññamañña½ piy±yanti. Evamassa pañhassa attha½ j±n±h²”ti kathesi. Devat±tatheva p³jesi.
R±j±pi p³jetv± itara½ pañha½ y±citv± “vada, mah±r±j±”ti vutte catuttha½ g±tham±ha–“Hara½ (..0222) annañca p±nañca, vatthasen±san±ni ca;
Aññadatthuhar± sant±, te ve r±ja piy± honti;
ka½ tena tv±bhipassas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.200);
Athassa mah±satto “mah±r±ja, aya½ pañho dhammikasamaºabr±hmaºe
sandh±ya vutto. Saddh±ni hi kul±ni idhalokaparaloka½ saddahitv± denti ceva d±tuk±m±ni ca honti, t±ni tath±r³pe samaºabr±hmaºe y±cantepi laddha½ harante
bhuñjantepi disv± ‘amheyeva y±canti, amh±ka½yeva santak±ni annap±n±d²ni
paribhuñjant²’ti tesu atirekatara½ pema½ karonti. Eva½ kho, mah±r±ja, aññadatthuhar± sant± eka½sena y±cant± ceva laddha½ harant± ca sam±n± piy± hont²”tikathesi. Imasmi½ pana pañhe kathite devat± tatheva p³jetv± s±dhuk±ra½ datv±
sattaratanap³ra½ ratanacaªkoµaka½ “gaºha, mah±paº¹it±”ti mah±sattassa p±dam³le khipi. R±j±pissa atirekatara½ p³ja½ karonto ativiya pas²ditv± sen±patiµµh±na½ ad±si. Tato paµµh±ya mah±sattassa yaso mah± ahosi.
Devat±pañho niµµhito.
Pañcapaº¹itapañho
Puna te catt±ro paº¹it± “ambho, gahapatiputto id±ni mahantataro j±to, ki½ karom±”ti mantayi½su. Atha ne senako ±ha– “hotu diµµho me up±yo, maya½ gahapatiputta½ upasaªkamitv± ‘rahassa½ n±ma kassa kathetu½ vaµµat²’ti pucchiss±ma,
so ‘na kassaci kathetabban’ti vakkhati. Atha na½ ‘gahapatiputto te, deva, pacca-tthiko j±to’ti paribhindiss±m±”ti. Te catt±ropi paº¹it± tassa ghara½ gantv± paµisanth±ra½ katv± “paº¹ita, pañha½ pucchituk±mamh±”ti vatv± “pucchath±”ti vutte
senako pucchi “paº¹ita, purisena n±ma kattha patiµµh±tabban”ti? “Sacce patiµµh±tabban”ti. “Sacce patiµµhitena ki½ upp±detabban”ti? “Dhana½ upp±detabban”ti.
“Dhana½ upp±detv± ki½ k±tabban”ti? “Manto gahetabbo”ti. “Manta½ gahetv± ki½
k±tabban”ti? “Attano rahassa½ parassa na

kathetabban”ti. Te “s±dhu paº¹it±”ti vatv± tuµµham±nas± hutv± “id±ni gahapatiputtassa piµµhi½ passiss±m±”ti rañño santika½ gantv± “mah±r±ja, gahapatiputto (6.022
te paccatthiko j±to”ti vadi½su. “N±ha½ tumh±ka½ vacana½ saddah±mi, na somayha½ paccatthiko bhavissat²”ti. Sacca½, mah±r±ja, saddahatha, asaddahantopana tameva pucchatha “paº¹ita, attano rahassa½ n±ma kassa kathetabban”ti?
Sace paccatthiko na bhavissati, “asukassa n±ma kathetabban”ti vakkhati. Sace
paccatthiko bhavissati, “kassaci na kathetabba½, manorathe paripuººe kathetabban”ti vakkhati. Tad± amh±ka½ vacana½ saddahitv± nikkaªkh± bhaveyy±th±ti.
So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± ekadivasa½ sabbesu sam±gantv± nisinnesu v²satinip±te pañcapaº¹itapañhe paµhama½ g±tham±ha–“Pañca paº¹it± sam±gat±ttha, pañh± me paµibh±ti ta½ suº±tha;nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, kassev±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±. 1.
15.315);Eva½ vutte senako “r±j±nampi amh±ka½yeva abbhantare pakkhipiss±m²”ticintetv± ima½ g±tham±ha–“Tva½ ±vikarohi bh³mip±la, bhatt± bh±rasaho tuva½ vadeta½;
tava chandaruc²ni sammasitv±, atha vakkhanti janinda pañca dh²r±”ti. (j±. 1.
15.316);
Tattha bhatt±ti tva½ amh±ka½ s±miko ceva uppannassa ca bh±rassa saho,paµhama½ t±va tvameva eta½ vadehi. Tava chandaruc²n²ti pacch± tava chandañceva ruccanak±raº±ni ca sammasitv± ime pañca paº¹it± vakkhanti.
Atha r±j± attano kilesavasikat±ya ima½ g±tham±ha–“Y± s²lavat² anaññatheyy±, bhattucchandavas±nug± piy± man±p±;nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, bhariy±y±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±. 1.
15.317);
Tattha anaññatheyy±ti kilesavasena aññena na thenitabb±.
Tato (6.0224) senako “id±ni r±j±na½ amh±ka½ abbhantare pakkhipimh±”ti
tussitv± saya½katak±raºameva d²pento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yo kicchagatassa ±turassa, saraºa½ hoti gat² par±yaºañca;
nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, sakhinov±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±.
1.15.318);
Atha r±j± pukkusa½ pucchi “katha½, pukkusa, passasi, nindiya½ v± pasa½siya½ v± rahassa½ kassa kathetabban”ti? So kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Jeµµho atha majjhimo kaniµµho, yo ce s²lasam±hito µhitatto;
nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, bh±tuv±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±.
1.15.319);
Tattha µhitattoti µhitasabh±vo nibbisevano.
Tato r±j± k±minda½ pucchi “katha½ k±minda passasi, rahassa½ kassa kathetabban”ti? So kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Yo ve pituhadayassa paddhag³, anuj±to pitara½ anomapañño;
nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, puttass±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±. 1.
15.320);Tattha paddhag³ti pesanak±rako yo pitussa pesana½ karoti, pitu cittassa vasevattati, ov±dakkhamo hot²ti attho. Anuj±toti tayo putt± atij±to ca anuj±to ca avaj±toc±ti. Anuppanna½ yasa½ upp±dento atij±to, kulabh±ro avaj±to, kulapaveºirakkhako pana anuj±to. Ta½ sandh±ya evam±ha.
Tato (6.0225) r±j± devinda½ pucchi– “katha½ devinda, passasi, rahassa½
kassa kathetabban”ti? So attano katak±raºameva kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“M±t± dvipad±janindaseµµha, y± na½ poseti chandas± piyena;
nindiyamattha½ pasa½siya½ v±, m±tuy±vikareyya guyhamatthan”ti. (j±.
1.15.321);
Tattha dvipad±janindaseµµh±ti dvipad±na½ seµµha, janinda. Chandas± piyen±ti
chandena ceva pemena ca.
Eva½ te pucchitv± r±j± paº¹ita½ pucchi “katha½ passasi, paº¹ita, rahassa½
kassa kathetabban”ti. “Mah±r±ja, y±va attano icchita½ na nipphajjati, t±va paº¹ito
adhiv±seyya, kassaci na katheyy±”ti so ima½ g±tham±ha–“Guyhassa hi guyhameva s±dhu, na hi guyhassa pasattham±vikamma½;
anipphannat± saheyya dh²ro, nipphannova yath±sukha½ bhaºeyy±”ti. (j±. 1.
15.322);
Tattha anipphannat±ti mah±r±ja, y±va attano icchita½ na nipphajjati, t±va
paº¹ito adhiv±seyya, na kassaci katheyy±ti.
Paº¹itena pana eva½ vutte r±j± anattamano ahosi. Senako r±j±na½ olokesi,
r±j±pi senakamukha½ olokesi. Bodhisatto tesa½ kiriya½ disv±va j±ni “ime catt±ro
jan± paµhamameva ma½ rañño antare paribhindi½su, v²ma½sanavasena pañho
pucchito bhavissat²”ti. Tesa½ pana kathent±naññeva s³riyo atthaªgato, d²p± jalit±.
Paº¹ito “r±jakamm±ni n±ma bh±riy±ni, na paññ±yati ‘ki½ bhavissat²’ti, khippameva gantu½ vaµµat²”ti uµµh±y±san± r±j±na½ vanditv± nikkhamitv± cintesi “imesu
eko ‘sah±yakassa kathetu½ vaµµat²’ti ±ha (6.0226), eko ‘bh±tussa, eko puttassa,
eko m±tu kathetu½ vaµµat²’ti ±ha. Imehi eta½ katameva bhavissati, diµµhameva
kathitanti maññ±mi, hotu ajjeva eta½ j±niss±m²”ti. Te pana catt±ropi aññesu divasesu r±jakul± nikkhamitv± r±janivesanadv±re ekassa bhatta-ambaºassa piµµhe
nis²ditv± kiccakaraº²y±ni mantetv± ghar±ni gacchanti. Tasm± paº¹ito “aha½etesa½ catunna½ rahassa½ ambaºassa heµµh± nipajjitv± j±nitu½ sakkuºeyyan”ticintetv± ta½ ambaºa½ ukkhip±petv± attharaºa½ atthar±petv± ambaºassa heµµh±
pavisitv± puris±na½ sañña½ ad±si “tumhe cat³su paº¹itesu mantetv± gatesu±gantv± ma½ ±neyy±th±”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± pakkami½su. Senakopi
r±j±na½ ±ha– “mah±r±ja, amh±ka½ vacana½ na saddahatha, id±ni ki½ karissath±”ti. So tassa vacana½ gahetv± anis±metv±va bh²tatasito hutv± “id±ni ki½ karoma,senaka paº¹it±”ti pucchi. “Mah±r±ja, papañca½ akatv± kañci aj±n±petv± gahapatiputta½ m±retu½ vaµµat²”ti. R±j± “senaka, µhapetv± tumhe añño mama atthak±mo
n±ma natthi, tumhe attano suhade gahetv± dv±rantare µhatv± gahapatiputtassa
p±tova upaµµh±na½ ±gacchantassa khaggena s²sa½ chindath±”ti attano khaggaratana½ ad±si. Te “s±dhu, deva, m± bh±yi, maya½ ta½ m±ress±m±”ti vatv± nikkhamitv± “diµµh± no pacc±mittassa piµµh²”ti bhatta-ambaºassa piµµhe nis²di½su. Tatosenako ±ha “ambho, ko gahapatiputta½ m±ressat²”ti. Itare “tumheyeva ±cariya,
m±reth±”ti tasseva bh±ra½ kari½su.
Atha ne senako pucchi “tumhe ‘rahassa½ n±ma asukassa asukassa kathetabban’ti vadatha, ki½ vo eta½ kata½, ud±hu diµµha½ sutan”ti? “Kata½ eta½, ±cariy±”ti. Tumhe “rahassa½ n±ma sah±yakassa kathetabban”ti vadatha, “ki½ vo eta½
kata½, ud±hu diµµha½ sutan”ti? “Kata½ eta½ may±”ti? “Kathetha, ±cariy±”ti.
“Imasmi½ rahasse raññ± ñ±te j²vita½ me natth²”ti. “M± bh±yatha ±cariya, idha
tumh±ka½ rahassabhedako natthi, katheth±”ti. So nakhena ambaºa½ koµµetv±“atthi nu kho imassa heµµh± gahapatiputto”ti ±ha. “¾cariya, gahapatiputto attano
issariyena evar³pa½ µh±na½ na pavisissati, id±ni yasena matto bhavissati,
kathetha (6.0227) tumhe”ti. Senako t±va attano rahassa½ kathento ±ha– “tumhe
imasmi½ nagare asuka½ n±ma vesi½ j±n±th±”ti? “¾ma, ±cariy±”ti. “Id±ni s±
paññ±yat²”ti. “Na paññ±yati, ±cariy±”ti. “Aha½ s±lavanuyy±ne t±ya saddhi½ purisakicca½ katv± tass± pi¼andhanesu lobhena ta½ m±retv± tass±yeva s±µakena
bhaº¹ika½ katv± ±haritv± amh±ka½ ghare asukabh³mik±ya asuke n±ma gabbhen±gadantake laggesi½, va¼añjetu½ 3 visah±mi, pur±ºabh±vamassa olokemi, evar³pa½ apar±dhakamma½ katv± may± ekassa sah±yakassa kathita½, na tenakassaci kathitapubba½, imin± k±raºena ‘sah±yakassa guyha½ kathetabban’ti
may± kathitan”ti. Paº¹ito tassa rahassa½ s±dhuka½ vavatthapetv± sallakkhesi.
Pukkusopi attano rahassa½ kathento ±ha– “mama ³ruy± kuµµha½ atthi, kaniµµho
me p±tova kañci aj±n±petv± ta½ dhovitv± bhesajjena makkhetv± upari pilotika½
datv± bandhati. R±j± mayi muducitto ‘ehi pukkus±’ti ma½ pakkositv± yebhuyyena
mama ³ruy±yeva sayati, sace pana eta½ r±j± j±neyya, ma½ m±reyya. Ta½ mamakaniµµha½ µhapetv± añño j±nanto n±ma natthi, tena k±raºena ‘rahassa½ n±ma
bh±tu kathetabban’ti may± vuttan”ti. K±mindopi attano rahassa½ kathento ±ha–“ma½ k±¼apakkhe uposathadivase naradevo n±ma yakkho gaºh±ti, aha½ ummattakasunakho viya virav±mi, sv±ha½ tamattha½ puttassa kathesi½. So mama
yakkhena gahitabh±va½ ñatv± ma½ antogehagabbhe nipajj±petv± dv±ra½ pidahitv± nikkhamitv± mama sadda½ paµicch±danattha½ dv±re samajja½ k±resi,
imin± k±raºena ‘rahassa½ n±ma puttassa kathetabban’ti may± vuttan”ti. Tato
tayopi devinda½ pucchi½su. So attano rahassa½ kathento ±ha– “may± maºipaha½sanakamma½ karontena rañño santaka½ sakkena kusarañño dinna½, siripavesana½ maªgalamaºiratana½ thenetv± m±tuy± dinna½. S± kañci aj±n±petv±
mama r±jakula½ pavisanak±le ta½ mayha½ deti, aha½ tena maºin± siri½ pavesetv± r±janivesana½ gacch±mi. R±j± tumhehi saddhi½ akathetv± paµhamatara½
may± saddhi½ kathesi. Devasika½ aµµha, so¼asa, dvatti½sa, catusaµµhi kah±paºemama paribbayatth±ya deti (6.0228). Sace tassa maºiratanassa channabh±va½r±j± j±neyya, mayha½ j²vita½ natthi, imin± k±raºena ‘rahassa½ n±ma m±tu kathetabban’ti may± vuttan”ti.
Mah±satto sabbesampi guyha½ attano paccakkha½ ak±si. Te pana attanoudara½ ph±letv± anta½ b±hira½ karont± viya rahassa½ aññamañña½ kathetv±“tumhe appamatt± p±tova ±gacchatha, gahapatiputta½ m±ress±m±”ti uµµh±ya

pakkami½su. Tesa½ gatak±le paº¹itassa puris± ±gantv± ambaºa½ ukkhipitv±
mah±satta½ ±d±ya pakkami½su. So ghara½ gantv± nhatv± alaªkaritv± subhojana½ bhuñjitv± “ajja me bhagin² udumbaradev² r±jagehato s±sana½ pesessat²”tiñatv± dv±re pacc±yika½ purisa½ µhapesi “r±jagehato ±gata½ s²gha½ pavesetv±
mama dasseyy±s²”ti. Evañca pana vatv± sayanapiµµhe nipajji. Tasmi½ khaºer±j±pi sayanapiµµhe nipannova paº¹itassa guºa½ saritv± “mahosadhapaº¹ito
sattavassikak±lato paµµh±ya ma½ upaµµhahanto na kiñci mayha½ anattha½ ak±si,
devat±ya pucchitapañhepi paº¹ite asati j²vita½ me laddha½ na siy±. Veripacc±mitt±na½ vacana½ gahetv± ‘asamadhura½ paº¹ita½ m±reth±’ti khagga½ dentena
ayutta½ may± kata½, sve

d±ni na½ passitu½ na labhiss±m²”ti soka½ upp±desi. Sar²rato sed± mucci½su. So
sokasamappito cittass±da½ na labhi. Udumbaradev²pi tena saddhi½ ekasayanagat± ta½ ±k±ra½ disv± “ki½ nu kho mayha½ koci apar±dho atthi, ud±hu devassa
kiñci sokak±raºa½ uppanna½, pucchiss±mi t±va nan”ti ima½ g±tham±ha–“Ki½ tva½ vimanosi r±jaseµµha, dvipadajaninda vacana½ suºoma meta½;
ki½ cintayam±no dummanosi, n³na deva apar±dho atthi mayhan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
323);
Atha r±j± kathento g±tham±ha–“Paºhe vajjho mahosadhoti, ±ºatto me vam±ya bh³ripañño;
ta½ cintayam±no dummanosmi, na hi dev² apar±dho atthi tuyhan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
324);
Tattha (6.0229) ±ºattoti bhadde, catt±ro paº¹it± “mahosadho mama paccatthiko”ti kathayi½su. May± tathato avicinitv± “vadhetha nan”ti bh³ripañño vadh±ya±ºatto. Ta½ k±raºa½ cintayam±no dummanosm²ti.
Tass± tassa vacana½ sutv±va mah±satte sinehena pabbatamatto soko uppajji.
Tato s± cintesi “ekena up±yena r±j±na½ ass±setv± rañño nidda½ okkamanak±lemama kaniµµhassa s±sana½ pahiºiss±m²”ti. Atha s± “mah±r±ja, tay±veta½ kata½
gahapatiputta½ mahante issariye patiµµh±pentena, tumhehi so sen±patiµµh±neµhapito, id±ni kira so tumh±ka½yeva paccatthiko j±to, na kho pana paccatthikokhuddako n±ma atthi, m±retabbova, tumhe m± cintayitth±”ti r±j±na½ ass±sesi. So
tanubh³tasoko nidda½ okkami. Dev² uµµh±ya gabbha½ pavisitv± “t±ta mahosadha,catt±ro paº¹it± ta½ paribhindi½su, r±j± kuddho sve dv±rantare ta½ vadh±ya ±º±pesi, sve r±jakula½ m± ±gaccheyy±si, ±gacchanto pana nagara½ hatthagata½
katv± samattho hutv± ±gaccheyy±s²”ti paººa½ likhitv± modakassa anto pakkhipitv± modaka½ suttena veµhetv± navabh±jane katv± ch±detv± lañchetv± atthac±rik±ya d±siy± ad±si “ima½ modaka½ gahetv± mama kaniµµhassa deh²”ti. S± tath±ak±si. “Ratti½ katha½ nikkhant±”ti na cintetabba½. Raññ± paµhamameva deviy±
varo dinno, tena na na½ koci niv±resi. Bodhisatto paºº±k±ra½ gahetv± na½ uyyojesi. S± puna ±gantv± dinnabh±va½ ±rocesi. Tasmi½ khaºe dev² ±gantv± raññ±
saddhi½ nipajji. Mah±sattopi modaka½ bhinditv± paººa½ v±cetv± tamattha½ñatv± kattabbakicca½ vic±retv± sayane nipajji.
Itarepi catt±ro jan± p±tova khagga½ gahetv± dv±rantare µhatv± paº¹ita½ apassant± dumman± hutv± rañño santika½ gantv± “ki½ paº¹it± m±rito vo gahapatiputto”ti vutte “na pass±ma, dev±”ti ±ha½su. Mah±sattopi aruºuggamaneyeva
nagara½ attano hatthagata½ katv± tattha tattha ±rakkha½ µhapetv± mah±janaparivuto ratha½ ±ruyha mahantena pariv±rena r±jadv±ra½ agam±si. R±j± s²hapañjara½ uggh±µetv± bahi olokento aµµh±si. Atha mah±satto rath± otaritv± r±j±na½
vanditv± aµµh±si. R±j± ta½ disv± cintesi “sace aya½ mama paccatthiko bhaveyya(6.0230), na ma½ vandeyy±”ti. Atha na½ pakkos±petv± r±j± ±sane nis²di. Mah±sattopi ekamanta½ nis²di. Catt±ropi paº¹it± tattheva nis²di½su. Atha na½ r±j± kiñci
aj±nanto viya “t±ta, tva½ hiyyo gantv± id±ni ±gacchasi, ki½ ma½ pariccajas²”ti
vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–

“Abhidosagato d±ni ehisi, ki½ sutv± ki½ saªkate mano te;
ko te kimavoca bh³ripañña, iªgha vacana½ suºoma br³hi metan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
325);
Tattha abhidosagatoti hiyyo paµhamay±me gato id±ni ±gato. Ki½ saªkateti ki½±saªkate. Kimavoc±ti ki½ rañño santika½ m± gam²ti ta½ koci avoca.
Atha na½ mah±satto “mah±r±ja, tay± me catunna½ paº¹it±na½ vacana½
gahetv± vadho ±ºatto, ten±ha½ na em²”ti codento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Paºhe vajjho mahosadhoti, yadi te mantayita½ janinda dosa½;
bhariy±ya rahogato asa½si, guyha½ p±tukata½ suta½ mametan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
326);
Tattha yadi teti yasm± tay±. Mantayitanti kathita½. Dosanti abhidosa½, rattibh±geti attho. Kassa kathitanti? Bhariy±ya. Tvañhi hiyyo tass± imamattha½ rahogato
asa½si. Guyha½ p±tukatanti tass± evar³pa½ attano rahassa½ p±tukata½. Suta½
mametanti may± paneta½ tasmi½ khaºeyeva suta½.
R±j± ta½ sutv± “im±ya taªkhaºaññeva s±sana½ pahita½ bhavissat²”ti kuddho
devi½ olokesi. Ta½ ñatv± mah±satto “ki½, deva, deviy± kujjhatha, aha½ at²t±n±gatapaccuppanna½ sabba½ j±n±mi. Deva, tumh±ka½ t±va rahassa½ deviy±
kathita½ hotu, ±cariyasenakassa pukkus±d²na½ v± rahassa½ mama kenakathita½, aha½ etesampi rahassa½ j±n±miyev±”ti (6.0231) senakassa t±va
rahassa½ kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Ya½ s±lavanasmi½ senako, p±pakamma½ ak±si asabbhir³pa½;
sakhinova rahogato asa½si, guyha½ p±tukata½ suta½ mametan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
327);
Tattha asabbhir³panti as±dhuj±tika½ l±maka½ akusalakamma½ ak±si. Imasmi½yeva hi nagare asuka½ n±ma vesi½ s±lavanuyy±ne purisakicca½ katv± ta½
m±retv± alaªk±ra½ gahetv± tass±yeva s±µakena bhaº¹ika½ katv± attano ghare
asukaµµh±ne n±gadantake laggetv± µhapesi. Sakhinov±ti atha na½, mah±r±ja,
ekassa sah±yakassa rahogato hutv± akkh±si, tampi may± suta½. N±ha½ devassapaccatthiko, senakoyeva. Yadi te paccatthikena kamma½ atthi, senaka½ gaºh±peh²ti.
R±j± senaka½ oloketv± “sacca½, senak±”ti pucchitv± “sacca½, dev±”ti vuttetassa bandhan±g±rappavesana½ ±º±pesi. Paº¹ito pukkusassa rahassa½
kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“Pukkusapurisassa te janinda, uppanno rogo ar±jayutto;
bh±tucca rahogato asa½si, guyha½ p±tukata½ suta½ mametan”ti. (j±. 1.15.
328);
Tattha ar±jayuttoti mah±r±ja, etassa kuµµharogo uppanno, so r±j±na½ pattu½
ayutto, chupan±nucchaviko na hoti. Tumhe ca “pukkusassa ³ru muduko”ti yebhuyyena tassa ³rumhi nipajjatha. So panesa vaºabandhapilotik±ya phasso, dev±ti.
R±j± tampi oloketv± “sacca½ pukkus±”ti pucchitv± “sacca½ dev±”ti vutte tampi
bandhan±g±ra½ paves±pesi. Paº¹ito k±mindassapi rahassa½ kathento ima½
g±tham±ha–

“¾b±dhoya½ (6.0232) asabbhir³po, k±mindo naradevena phuµµho;
puttassa rahogato asa½si, guyha½ p±tukata½ suta½ mametan”ti. (j±. 1.
15.329);
Tattha asabbhir³poti yena so ±b±dhena phuµµho ummattakasunakho viya viravati, so naradevayakkh±b±dho asabbhij±tiko l±mako, r±jakula½ pavisitu½ na yutto,mah±r±j±ti vadati.
R±j± tampi oloketv± “sacca½ k±mind±”ti pucchitv± “sacca½ dev±”ti vutte tampi
bandhan±g±ra½ paves±pesi. Paº¹ito devindassapi rahassa½ kathento ima½
g±tham±ha–“Aµµhavaªka½ maºiratana½ u¼±ra½, sakko te adad± pit±mahassa;
devindassa gata½ tadajja hattha½, m±tucca rahogato asa½si;
guyha½ p±tukata½ suta½ mametan”ti. (j±. 1.15.330);
Tattha pit±mahass±ti tava pit±mahassa kusar±jassa. Tadajja hatthanti ta½
maªgalasammata½ maºiratana½ ajja devindassa hatthagata½, mah±r±j±ti.
R±j± tampi oloketv± “sacca½ devind±”ti pucchitv± “sacca½ dev±”ti vutte tampi
bandhan±g±ra½ paves±pesi. Eva½ “bodhisatta½ vadhiss±m±”ti cintetv± sabbepi
te bandhan±g±ra½ paviµµh±. Bodhisatto “mah±r±ja, imin± k±raºen±ha½ ‘attano
guyha½ parassa na kathetabban’ti vad±mi, vadant± pana mah±vin±sa½ patt±”ti
vatv± uttari dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si–“Guyhassa hi guyhameva s±dhu, na guyhassa pasattham±vikamma½;
anipphannat± saheyya dh²ro, nipphannova yath±sukha½ bhaºeyya.
“Na (6.0233) guyhamattha½ vivareyya, rakkheyya na½ yath± nidhi½;
na hi p±tukato s±dhu, guyho attho paj±nat±.
“Thiy± guyha½ na sa½seyya, amittassa ca paº¹ito;
yo c±misena sa½h²ro, hadayattheno ca yo naro.
“Guyhamattha½ asambuddha½, sambodhayati yo naro;
mantabhedabhay± tassa, d±sabh³to titikkhati.
“Y±vanto purisassattha½, guyha½ j±nanti mantina½;t±vanto tassa ubbeg±, tasm± guyha½ na vissaje.
“Vivicca bh±seyya div± rahassa½, ratti½ gira½ n±tivela½ pamuñce;
upassutik± hi suºanti manta½, tasm± manto khippamupeti bhedan”ti. (j±.
1.15.331-336);
Tattha amittassa c±ti itthiy± ca paccatthikassa ca na katheyya. Sa½h²roti yo ca
yena kenaci ±misena sa½h²rati upal±pati saªgaha½ gacchati, tassapi na
sa½seyya. Hadayatthenoti yo ca amitto mittapatir³pako mukhena añña½ katheti,
hadayena añña½ cinteti, tassapi na sa½seyya. Asambuddhanti parehi aññ±ta½.
“Asambodhan”tipi p±µho, paresa½ bodhetu½ ayuttanti attho. Titikkhat²ti tassa
akkosampi paribh±sampi pah±rampi d±soviya hutv± adhiv±seti. Mantinanti mantita½, mant²na½ v± antare y±vanto j±nant²ti
attho. T±vantoti te guyhaj±nanake paµicca tattak± tassa ubbeg± sant±s± uppajjanti. Na vissajeti na vissajjeyya para½ na j±n±peyya. Vivicc±ti sace div±
rahassa½ mantetuk±mo hoti, vivitta½ ok±sa½ k±retv± suppaµicchannaµµh±nemanteyya. N±tivelanti ratti½ rahassa½ kathento pana ativela½ mariy±d±tikkanta½mah±sadda½ karonto gira½ nappamuñceyya. Upassutik± h²ti mantanaµµh±na½upagantv± tirokuµµ±d²su µhatv± sot±ro. Tasm±ti mah±r±ja, tena k±raºena so manto
khippameva bhedamup±gam²ti.
R±j± (6.0234) mah±sattassa katha½ sutv± “ete saya½ r±javerino hutv±
paº¹ita½ mama veri½ karont²”ti kujjhitv± “gacchatha ne nagar± nikkham±petv±
s³lesu v± utt±setha, s²s±ni v± tesa½ chindath±”ti ±º±pesi. Tesu pacch±b±ha½
bandhitv± catukke catukke kas±hi pah±rasahassa½ datv± n²yam±nesu paº¹ito“deva, ime tumh±ka½ por±ºak± amacc±, khamatha nesa½ apar±dhan”ti r±j±na½kham±pesi. R±j± tassa vacana½ sutv± “s±dh³”ti te pakkos±petv± tasseva d±se
katv± ad±si. So pana te tattheva bhujisse ak±si. R±j± “tena hi mama vijite m±vasant³”ti pabb±jan²yakamma½ ±º±pesi. Paº¹ito “khamatha, deva, etesa½andhab±l±na½ dosan”ti kham±petv± tesa½ µh±nantar±ni puna p±katik±ni k±resi.
R±j± “pacc±mittesupi t±vassa evar³p± mett± bhavati, aññesu janesu katha½ nabhavissat²”ti paº¹itassa ativiya pasanno ahosi. Tato paµµh±ya catt±ro paº¹it±
uddhatad±µh± viya sapp± nibbis± hutv± kiñci kathetu½ n±sakkhi½su.
Pañcapaº¹itapañho niµµhito.
Niµµhit± ca paribhindakath±.
Yuddhapar±jayakaº¹a½
Tato paµµh±ya paº¹itova rañño atthañca dhammañca anus±sati. So cintesi“rañño setachattamattameva, rajja½ pana ahameva vic±remi, may± appamattenabhavitu½ vaµµat²”ti. So nagare mah±p±k±ra½ n±ma k±resi, tath± anup±k±rañca
dv±raµµ±lake antaraµµ±lake udakaparikha½ kaddamaparikha½ sukkhaparikhanti
tisso parikh±yo k±resi, antonagare jiººageh±ni paµisaªkhar±pesi, mah±pokkharaºiyo k±retv± t±su udakanidh±na½ k±resi, nagare sabbakoµµh±g±r±ni dhaññassa
p³r±pesi, himavantappadesato kulupakat±pasehi kudr³sakumudab²j±ni ±har±pesi, udakaniddhaman±ni sodh±petv± tattha rop±pesi, bahinagarepi jiººas±l±paµisaªkharaºakamma½ k±resi. Ki½ k±raº±? An±gatabhayapaµib±hanattha½. Tato
tato ±gatav±ºijakepi “samm±, tumhe kuto ±gatatth±”ti pucchitv± “asukaµµh±nato”ti vutte “tumh±ka½ raññ± ki½ piyan”ti pucchitv± “asuka½ n±m±”ti vutte tesa½
samm±na½ k±retv± uyyojetv± (6.0235) attano ekasate yodhe pakkos±petv±“samm±, may± dinne paºº±k±re gahetv± ekasatar±jadh±niyo gantv± ime paºº±-k±re attano piyak±mat±ya tesa½ r±j³na½ datv± teyeva upaµµhahant± tesa½
kiriya½ v± manta½ v± ñatv± mayha½ s±sana½ pesent± tattheva vasatha, aha½
vo puttad±ra½ posess±m²”ti vatv± kesañci kuº¹ale, kesañci p±duk±yo, kesañci
khagge, kesañci suvaººam±l±yo akkhar±ni chinditv± “yad± mama kicca½ atthi,
tad± paññ±yant³”ti adhiµµhahitv± tesa½ hatthe datv± pesesi. Te tattha tattha
gantv± tesa½ tesa½ r±j³na½ paºº±k±ra½ datv± “kenatthen±gat±”ti vutte“tumheva upaµµh±tu½ ±gatamh±”ti vatv± “kuto ±gatatth±”ti puµµh± ±gataµµh±na½
avatv± aññ±ni µh±n±ni ±cikkhitv± “tena hi s±dh³”ti sampaµicchite upaµµhahant±
tesa½ abbhantarik± ahesu½.
Tad± kapilaraµµhe saªkhabalako n±ma r±j± ±vudh±ni sajj±pesi, sena½
saªka¹¹hi. Tassa santike upanikkhittakapuriso paº¹itassa s±sana½ pesesi“s±mi, maya½ idha pavatti½ ‘ida½ n±ma karissat²’ti na j±n±ma, ±vudh±ni sajj±peti, sena½ saªka¹¹hati, tumhe purisavisese pesetv± ida½ pavatti½ tathato j±n±th±”ti. Atha mah±satto suvapotaka½ ±mantetv± “samma, kapilaraµµhe saªkhabalako n±ma r±j± ±vudh±ni sajj±pesi, tva½ tattha gantv± ‘ima½ n±ma karot²’ti tathato
ñatv± sakalajambud²pa½ ±hiº¹itv± mayha½ pavatti½ ±har±h²”ti vatv± madhul±jekh±d±petv± madhup±n²ya½ p±yetv± satap±kasahassap±kehi telehi pakkhantara½
makkhetv± p±c²nas²hapañjare µhatv± vissajjesi. Sopi tattha gantv± tassa purisassasantik± tassa rañño pavatti½ tathato ñatv± sakalajambud²pa½ pariggaºhanto
kapilaraµµhe uttarapañc±lanagara½ p±puºi. Tad± tattha c³¼anibrahmadatto n±ma
r±j± rajja½ k±resi. Tassa kevaµµo n±ma br±hmaºo atthañca dhammañca anus±sati, paº¹ito byatto. So pacc³sak±le pabujjhitv± d²p±lokena alaªkatappaµiyatta½
sirigabbha½ olokento attano mahanta½ yasa½ disv± “aya½ mama yaso, kassa
santako”ti cintetv± “na aññassa santako c³¼anibrahmadattassa (6.0236), evar³pa½ pana yasad±yaka½ r±j±na½ sakalajambud²pe aggar±j±na½ k±tu½ vaµµati,
ahañca aggapurohito bhaviss±m²”ti cintetv± p±tova nhatv± bhuñjitv± alaªkaritv±
rañño santika½ gantv± “mah±r±ja, sukha½ sayath±”ti sukhaseyya½ pucchitv±“±ma, paº¹it±”ti vutte r±j±na½ “deva, mantetabba½ atth²”ti ±ha. “Vada, ±cariy±”ti.
“Deva, antonagare raho n±ma na sakk± laddhu½, uyy±na½ gacch±m±”ti. “S±dhu,±cariy±”ti r±j± tena saddhi½ uyy±na½ gantv± balak±ya½ bahi µhapetv± ±rakkha½
k±retv± br±hmaºena saddhi½ uyy±na½ pavisitv± maªgalasil±paµµe nis²di.
Tad± suvapotakopi ta½ kiriya½ disv± “bhavitabbamettha k±raºena, ajja paº¹itassa ±cikkhitabbayuttaka½ kiñci suºiss±m²”ti uyy±na½ pavisitv± maªgalas±larukkhassa pattantare nil²yitv± nis²di. R±j± “kathetha, ±cariy±”ti ±ha. “Mah±r±ja, tava
kaººe ito karohi, catukkaººova manto bhavissati. Sace, mah±r±ja, mamavacana½ kareyy±si, sakalajambud²pe ta½ aggar±j±na½ karom²”ti. So mah±taºhat±ya tassa vacana½ sutv± somanassappatto hutv± “kathetha, ±cariya, kariss±mite vacanan”ti ±ha. “Deva, maya½ sena½ saªka¹¹hitv± paµhama½ khuddakanagara½ rumbhitv± gaºhiss±ma, ahañhi c³¼adv±rena nagara½ pavisitv± r±j±na½
vakkh±mi– mah±r±ja, tava yuddhena kicca½ natthi, kevala½ amh±ka½ rañño
santako hohi, tava rajja½ taveva bhavissati, yujjhanto pana amh±ka½ balav±hanassa mahantat±ya ekantena par±jissas²”ti. “Sace me vacana½ karissati, saªga-

ºhiss±ma na½. No ce, yujjhitv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±petv± dve sen± gahetv± añña½
nagara½ gaºhiss±ma, tato aññanti etenup±yena sakalajambud²pe rajja½ gahetv±‘jayap±na½ piviss±m±’ti vatv± ekasatar±j±no amh±ka½ nagara½ ±netv± uyy±ne±p±namaº¹apa½ k±retv± tattha nisinne visamissaka½ sura½ p±yetv± sabbepi ter±j±no j²vitakkhaya½ p±petv± ekasatar±jadh±n²su rajja½ amh±ka½ hatthagata½
kariss±ma. Eva½ tva½ sakalajambud²pe aggar±j± bhavissas²”ti. Sopi “s±dhu, ±cariya, eva½ kariss±m²”ti vadati. “Mah±r±ja, catukkaººo manto n±ma, ayañhi mantona sakk± aññena j±nitu½, tasm± (6.0237) papañca½ akatv± s²gha½ nikkhamath±”ti. R±j± tussitv± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi.
Suvapotako ta½ sutv± tesa½ mantapariyos±ne s±kh±ya½ olambaka½ ot±rento
viya kevaµµassa s²se chakaºapiº¹a½ p±tetv± “kimetan”ti mukha½ vivaritv±
uddha½ olokentassa aparampi mukhe p±tetv± “kiri kir²”ti sadda½ viravantos±khato uppatitv± “kevaµµa, tva½ catukkaººamantoti maññasi, id±neva chakkaººoj±to, puna aµµhakaººo bhavitv± anekasatakaººopi bhavissat²”ti vatv± “gaºhatha,
gaºhath±”ti vadant±naññeva v±tavegena mithila½ gantv± paº¹itassa nivesana½
p±visi. Tassa pana ida½ vatta½– sace kutoci ±bhatas±sana½ paº¹itasseva kathetabba½ hoti, athassa a½sak³µe otarati, sace amar±deviy±pi sotu½ vaµµati,
ucchaªge otarati, sace mah±janena sotabba½, bh³miya½ otarati. Tad± so paº¹itassa a½sak³µe otari. T±ya saññ±ya “rahassena bhavitabban”ti mah±jano paµikkami. Paº¹ito ta½ gahetv± uparip±s±datala½ abhiruyha “ki½ te, t±ta, diµµha½sutan”ti pucchi. Athassa so “aha½, deva, sakalajambud²pe vicaranto aññassa
rañño santike kiñci guyha½ na pass±mi, uttarapañc±lanagare pana c³¼anibrahmadattassa purohito kevaµµo n±ma br±hmaºo r±j±na½ uyy±na½ netv± catukkaººamanta½ gaºhi. Ath±ha½ s±khantare nis²ditv± tesa½ manta½ suºitv± mantapariyos±ne tassa s²se ca mukhe ca chakaºapiº¹a½ p±tetv± ±gatomh²”ti vatv± sabba½
kathesi. ‘Raññ± sampaµicchitan”ti vutte “sampaµicchi, dev±”ti ±ha.
Athassa paº¹ito kattabbayuttaka½ sakk±ra½ karitv± ta½ mudupaccattharaºe
suvaººapañjare suµµhu say±petv± “kevaµµo mama mahosadhassa paº¹itabh±va½
na j±n±ti maññe, aha½ na d±nissa mantassa matthaka½ p±puºitu½ dass±m²”ticintetv± nagarato duggatakul±ni n²har±petv± bahi niv±s±pesi, raµµhajanapadadv±rag±mesu samiddh±ni issariyakul±ni ±haritv± antonagare niv±s±pesi, bahu½
dhanadhañña½ k±resi. C³¼anibrahmadattopi kevaµµassa vacana½ gahetv± senaªgaparivuto gantv± eka½ khuddakanagara½ parikkhipi. Kevaµµopi vuttanayeneva
tattha (6.0238) pavisitv± ta½ r±j±na½ saññ±petv± attano santakamak±si. Dvesen± ekato katv± tato añña½ nagara½ rumbhati. Etenup±yena paµip±µiy± sabb±ni
t±ni nagar±ni gaºhi. Eva½ c³¼anibrahmadatto kevaµµassa ov±de µhito, µhapetv±
vedehar±j±na½ sesar±j±no sakalajambud²pe attano santake ak±si. Bodhisattassa
pana upanikkhittakapuris± “c³¼anibrahmadattena ettak±ni nagar±ni gahit±ni, appamatto hot³”ti nicca½ s±sana½ pahiºi½su. Sopi tesa½ “aha½ idha appamatto
vas±mi, tumhepi anukkaºµhant± appamatto hutv± vasath±”ti paµipesesi.
C³¼anibrahmadatto sattadivasasattam±s±dhikehi sattasa½vaccharehi videharajja½ vajjetv± sesa½ sakalajambud²pe rajja½ gahetv± kevaµµa½ ±ha– “±cariya,

mithil±ya½ videharajja½ gaºh±m±”ti. “Mah±r±ja, mahosadhapaº¹itassa vasananagare rajja½ gaºhitu½ na sakkhiss±ma. So hi eva½ ñ±ºasampanno eva½ up±yakusalo”ti so vitth±retv± candamaº¹ala½ uµµh±pento viya mahosadhassa guºekathesi. Ayañhi sayampi up±yakusalova, tasm± “mithilanagara½ n±ma deva appamattaka½, sakalajambud²pe rajja½ amh±ka½ pahoti, ki½ no eten±”ti up±yeneva
r±j±na½ sallakkh±pesi. Sesar±j±nopi “maya½ mithilarajja½ gahetv±va jayap±na½piviss±m±”ti vadanti. Kevaµµo tepi niv±retv± “videharajja½ gahetv± ki½ kariss±ma,
sopi r±j± amh±ka½ santakova, tasm± nivattath±”ti te up±yeneva bodhesi. Te
tassa vacana½ sutv± nivatti½su. Mah±sattassa upanikkhittakapuris± s±sana½
pesayi½su “brahmadatto ekasatar±japarivuto mithila½ ±gacchantova nivattitv±
attano nagarameva gato”ti. Sopi tesa½ “ito paµµh±ya tassa kiriya½ j±nant³”ti paµipesesi. Brahmadattopi kevaµµena saddhi½ “id±ni ki½ kariss±m²”ti mantetv± “jayap±na½ piviss±m±”ti vutte uyy±na½ alaªkaritv± c±µisatesu c±µisahassesu sura½µhapetha, n±n±vidh±ni ca macchama½s±d²ni upaneth±”ti sevake ±º±pesi. Upanikkhittakapuris± ta½ pavatti½ paº¹itassa ±rocesu½. Te pana “visena sura½
yojetv± r±j±no m±retuk±mo”ti na j±ni½su. Mah±satto pana suvapotakassa santik±
sutatt± (6.0239) tathato j±nitv± “nesa½ sur±p±nadivasa½ tathato j±nitv± mama
peseth±”ti paµis±sana½ pesesi. Te tath± kari½su.
Paº¹ito “m±dise dharam±ne ettak±na½ r±j³na½ maraºa½ ayutta½, avassayo
nesa½ bhaviss±m²”ti cintetv± sahaj±ta½ yodhasahassa½ pakkos±petv± “samm±,
c³¼anibrahmadatto kira uyy±na½ alaªk±r±petv± ekasatar±japarivuto sura½ p±tuk±mo, tumhe tattha gantv± r±j³na½ ±sanesu paññattesu kismiñci anisinneyeva‘c³¼anibrahmadattassa anantara½ mah±raha½ ±sana½ amh±ka½ raññova deth±’ti vadant± gahetv± tesa½ purisehi ‘tumhe kassa puris±’ti vutte ‘videhar±jass±’ti
vadeyy±tha. Te tumhehi saddhi½ ‘maya½ sattadivasasattam±s±dhik±ni sattavass±ni rajja½ gaºhant± ekadivasampi videhar±j±na½ na pass±ma, ki½ r±j±n±mesa, gacchatha pariyante ±sana½ gaºhath±’ti vadant± kalaha½ karissanti.
Atha tumhe ‘µhapetv± brahmadatta½ añño amh±ka½ rañño uttaritaro idha natth²’tikalaha½ va¹¹hetv± amh±ka½ rañño ±sanamattampi alabhant± ‘na d±ni vo sura½
p±tu½ macchama½sa½ kh±ditu½ dass±m±’ti nadant± vaggant± mah±ghosa½
karont± tesa½ sant±sa½ janent± mahantehi le¹¹udaº¹ehi sabbac±µiyo bhinditv±
macchama½sa½ vippakiritv± aparibhoga½ katv± javena sen±ya antara½ pavisitv± devanagara½ paviµµh± asur± viya ullo¼a½ uµµh±petv± ‘maya½ mithilanagare
mahosadhapaº¹itassa puris±, sakkont± amhe gaºhath±’ti tumh±ka½ ±gatabh±va½ j±n±petv± ±gacchath±”ti pesesi. Te “s±dh³”ti tassa vacana½ sampaµicchitv± vanditv± sannaddhapañc±vudh± nikkhamitv± tattha gantv± nandanavanamiva

alaªkata-uyy±na½ pavisitv± samussitasetacchatte ekasatar±japallaªke ±di½
katv± alaªkatappaµiyatta½ sirivibhava½ disv± mah±sattena vuttaniy±meneva
sabba½ katv± mah±jana½ saªkhobhetv± mithil±bhimukh± pakkami½su. R±japuris±pi ta½ pavatti½ tesa½ r±j³na½ ±rocesu½. C³¼anibrahmadattopi “evar³passan±ma me visayogassa antar±yo kato”ti kujjhi. R±j±nopi “amh±ka½ jayap±na½
p±tu½ n±d±s²”ti kujjhi½su. Balak±y±pi “maya½ am³laka½ sura½ p±tu½ na labhimh±”ti kujjhi½su.
C³¼anibrahmadatto (6.0240) te r±j±no ±mantetv± “etha, bho, mithila½ gantv±
videhar±jassa khaggena s²sa½ chinditv± p±dehi akkamitv± nisinn± jayap±na½piviss±ma, sena½ gamanasajja½ karoth±”ti vatv± puna rahogato kevaµµassapi etamattha½ kathetv± “amh±ka½ evar³passa mantassa antar±yakara½ pacc±mitta½
gaºhiss±ma, ekasatar±j³na½ aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya parivut±
gacch±ma, etha, ±cariy±”ti ±ha. Br±hmaºo attano paº¹itabh±vena cintesi “mahosadhapaº¹ita½ jinitu½ n±ma na sakk±, amh±ka½yeva lajjitabba½ bhavissati, nivatt±pess±mi nan”ti. Atha na½ evam±ha– “mah±r±ja, na esa videhar±jassa th±mo,mahosadhapaº¹itassa sa½vidh±nameta½, mah±nubh±vo panesa, tena rakkhit±
mithil± s²harakkhitaguh± viya na sakk± kenaci gahetu½, kevala½ amh±ka½ lajjanaka½ bhavissati, ala½ tattha gamanen±”ti. R±j± pana khattiyam±nena issariyamadena matto hutv± “ki½ so karissat²”ti vatv± ekasatar±japarivuto aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya saddhi½ nikkhami. Kevaµµopi attano katha½ gaºh±petu½ asakkonto “rañño paccan²kavutti n±ma ayutt±”ti tena saddhi½yeva
nikkhami. Tepi yodh± ekaratteneva mithila½ patv± attan± katakicca½ paº¹itassa
kathayi½su. Paµhama½ upanikkhittakapuris±pissa s±sana½ pahiºi½su. “C³¼anibrahmadatto ‘videhar±j±na½ gaºhiss±m²’ti ekasatar±japarivuto ±gacchati, paº¹ito
appamatto hotu, ajja asukaµµh±na½ n±ma ±gato, ajja asukaµµh±na½, ajja nagara½
p±puºissat²”ti paº¹itassa nibaddha½ pesentiyeva. Ta½ sutv± mah±satto appamatto ahosi. Videhar±j± pana “brahmadatto kira ima½ nagara½ gahetu½ ±gacchat²”ti paramparaghosena assosi.
Atha brahmadatto aggapadoseyeva ukk±satasahassena dh±riyam±nena±gantv± sakalanagara½ pariv±resi. Atha na½ hatthip±k±rarathap±k±r±d²hi parikkhip±petv± tesu tesu µh±nesu balagumba½ µhapesi. Manuss± unn±dent± apphoµent± se¼ent± naccant± gajjant± tajjent± mah±ghosa½ karont± aµµha½su. D²pobh±sena ceva alaªk±robh±sena ca sakalasattayojanik± mithil± ekobh±s± ahosi.
Hatthi-assarathat³riy±na½ (6.0241) saddena pathaviy± bhijjanak±lo viya ahosi.
Catt±ro paº¹it± ullo¼asadda½ sutv± aj±nant± rañño santika½ gantv± “mah±r±ja,
ullo¼asaddo j±to, na kho pana maya½ j±n±ma, ki½ n±meta½, v²ma½situ½ vaµµat²”ti ±ha½su. Ta½ sutv± r±j± “c³¼anibrahmadatto nu kho ±gato bhaveyy±”ti s²hapañjara½ vivaritv± olokento tass±gamanabh±va½ ñatv± bh²tatasito “natthi amh±ka½
j²vita½, sabbe no j²vitakkhaya½ p±pessat²”ti tehi saddhi½ sallapanto nis²di. Mah±satto pana tass±gatabh±va½ ñatv± s²ho viya achambhito sakalanagare ±rakkha½
sa½vidahitv± “r±j±na½ ass±sess±m²”ti r±janivesana½ abhiruhitv± ekamanta½aµµh±si. R±j± ta½ disv±va paµiladdhass±so hutv± “µhapetv± mama putta½ mahosa-dhapaº¹ita½ añño ma½ imamh± dukkh± mocetu½ samattho n±ma natth²”ticintetv± tena saddhi½ sallapanto ±ha–
590. “Pañc±lo sabbasen±ya, brahmadattoyam±gato;s±ya½ pañc±liy± sen±, appameyyo mahosadha.
591. “V²thimat² pattimat², sabbasaªg±makovid±;oh±rin² saddavat², bherisaªkhappabodhan±.
592. “Lohavijj±laªk±r±bh±, dhajin² v±marohin²;
sippiyehi susampann±, s³rehi suppatiµµhit±.
593. “Dasettha paº¹it± ±hu, bh³ripaññ± rahogam±;m±t± ek±das² rañño, pañc±liya½ pas±sati.
594. “Athetthekasata½ khaty±, anuyant± yasassino;
acchinnaraµµh± byathit±, pañc±liya½ vasa½ gat±.
595. “Ya½vad± takkar± rañño, ak±m± piyabh±ºino;
pañc±lamanuy±yanti, ak±m± vasino gat±.
596. “T±ya sen±ya mithil±, tisandhipariv±rit±;
r±jadh±n² videh±na½, samant± parikhaññati.
597. “Uddha½ (6.0242) t±rakaj±t±va, samant± pariv±rit±;mahosadha vij±n±hi, katha½ mokkho bhavissat²”ti.
Tattha sabbasen±y±ti sabb±ya ekasatar±jan±yik±ya aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya saddhi½ ±gato kira, t±t±ti vadati. Pañc±liy±ti pañc±larañño
santak±. V²thimat²ti v²thiy± ±n²te dabbasambh±re gahetv± vicarantena va¹¹hakigaºena samann±gat±. Pattimat²ti padasañcarena balak±yena samann±gat±. Sabbasaªg±makovid±ti sabbasaªg±me kusal±. Oh±rin²ti parasen±ya antara½ pavisitv±
apaññ±yant±va paras²sa½ ±haritu½ samatth±. Saddavat²ti dasahi saddehi avivitt±.
Bherisaªkhappabodhan±ti “etha y±tha yujjhath±”ti-±d²ni tattha vac²bhedena j±n±petu½ na sakk±, t±dis±ni panettha kicc±ni bherisaªkhasaddeheva bodhent²tibherisaªkhappabodhan±. Lohavijj±laªk±r±bh±ti ettha lohavijj±ti lohasipp±ni. Sattaratanapaµimaº¹it±na½ kavacacammaj±lik±s²sakareºik±d²na½ eta½ n±ma½. Alaªk±r±ti r±jamah±matt±d²na½ alaªk±r±. Tasm± lohavijj±hi ceva alaªk±rehi ca
bh±sat²ti lohavijj±laªk±r±bh±ti ayamettha attho. Dhajin²ti suvaºº±dipaµimaº¹itehi
n±n±vatthasamujjalehi rath±d²su samussitadhajehi samann±gat±. V±marohin²ti
hatth² ca asse ca ±rohant± v±mapassena ±rohanti, tena “v±marohin²”ti vuccanti,tehi samann±gat±, aparimitahatthi-assasam±kiºº±ti attho. Sippiyeh²ti hatthisippa-assasipp±d²su aµµh±rasasu sippesu nipphatti½ pattehi suµµhu samann±gat±
susam±kiºº±. S³reh²ti t±ta, es± kira sen± s²hasam±naparakkamehi s³rayodhehi
suppatiµµhit±.
¾h³ti dasa kirettha sen±ya paº¹it±ti vadanti. Bh³ripaññ±ti pathavisam±ya vipul±ya paññ±ya samann±gat±. Rahogam±ti raho gamanas²l± raho nis²ditv± mantanas²l±. Te kira ek±hadv²ha½ cintetu½ labhant± pathavi½ parivattetu½ ±k±se
gaºhitu½ samatth±. Ek±das²ti tehi (6.0243) kira paº¹itehi atirekatarapaññ± pañc±larañño m±t±. S± tesa½ ek±das² hutv± pañc±liya½ sena½ pas±sati anus±sati.
Ekadivasa½ kireko puriso eka½ taº¹ulan±¼iñca puµakabhattañca kah±paºasa-hassañca gahetv± “nadi½ tariss±m²”ti otiººo nadimajjha½ patv± taritu½ asakkonto t²re µhite manusse evam±ha– “ambho, mama hatthe ek± taº¹ulan±¼i puµakabhatta½ kah±paºasahassañca atthi, ito ya½ mayha½ ruccati, ta½ dass±mi. Yosakkoti, so ma½ utt±ret³”ti. Atheko th±masampanno puriso g±¼ha½ niv±setv±
nadi½ og±hetv± ta½ hatthe gahetv± parat²ra½ utt±retv± “dehi me d±tabban”ti ±ha.
“So taº¹ulan±¼i½ v± puµakabhatta½ v± gaºh±h²”ti. “Samma, aha½ j²vita½ agaºetv± ta½ utt±resi½, na me etehi attho, kah±paºa½ me deh²”ti. Aha½ “ito mayha½
ya½ ruccati, ta½ dass±m²”ti avaca½, id±ni mayha½ ya½ ruccati, ta½ dammi,
icchanto gaºh±ti. So sam²pe µhitassa ekassa kathesi. Sopi ta½ “esa attano ruccanaka½ tava deti, gaºh±”ti ±ha. So “aha½ na gaºhiss±m²”ti ta½ ±d±ya vinicchaya½
gantv± vinicchay±macc±na½ ±rocesi. Tepi sabba½ sutv± tathev±ha½su. So
tesa½ vinicchayena atuµµho rañño santika½ gantv± tamattha½ ±rocesi. R±j±pi
vinicchay±macce pakkos±petv± tesa½ santike ubhinna½ vacana½ sutv± vinicchinitu½ aj±nanto attano j²vita½ pah±ya nadi½ otiººa½ parajj±pesi.
Tasmi½ khaºe rañño m±t± cal±kadev² n±ma avid³re nisinn± ahosi. S± rañño
dubbinicchitabh±va½ ñatv± “t±ta, ima½ a¹¹a½ ñatv±va suµµhu vinicchitan”ti ±ha.
“Amma, aha½ ettaka½ j±n±mi. Sace tumhe uttaritara½ j±n±tha, tumheva vinicchinath±”ti. S± “eva½ kariss±m²”ti vatv± ta½ purisa½ pakkos±petv± “ehi, t±ta, tava
hatthagat±ni t²ºipi bh³miya½ µhapeh²”ti paµip±µiy± µhap±petv± “t±ta, tva½ udake
vuyham±no imassa ki½ kathes²”ti pucchitv± “ida½ n±mayye”ti vutte “tena hi tava
ruccanaka½ gaºh±”ti ±ha. So sahassatthavika½ gaºhi. Atha na½ s± thoka½ gatak±le pakkos±petv± “t±ta, sahassa½ te ruccat²”ti pucchitv± “±ma, ruccat²”ti vutte“t±ta, tay± ‘ito (6.0244) ya½ mayha½ ruccati, ta½ dass±m²’ti imassa vutta½, navuttan”ti pucchitv± “vutta½ dev²”ti vutte “tena hi ima½ sahassa½ etassa deh²”ti
vatv± d±pesi. So rodanto paridevanto ad±si. Tasmi½ khaºe r±j± amacc± catussitv± s±dhuk±ra½ pavattayi½su. Tato paµµh±ya tass± paº¹itabh±vo sabbattha
p±kaµo j±to. Ta½ sandh±ya videhar±j± “m±t± ek±das² rañño”ti ±ha.
Khaty±ti khattiy±. Acchinnaraµµh±ti c³¼anibrahmadattena acchinditv± gahitaraµµh±. Byathit±ti maraºabhayabh²t± añña½ gahetabbagahaºa½ apassant±. Pañc±liya½ vasa½ gat±ti etassa pañc±larañño vasa½ gat±ti attho. S±mivacanatthe hi
eta½ upayogavacana½. Ya½vad± takkar±ti ya½ mukhena vadanti, ta½ rañño
k±tu½ sakkont±va. Vasino gat±ti pubbe saya½vasino id±ni panassa vasa½ gat±ti
attho. Tisandh²ti paµhama½ hatthip±k±rena parikkhitt±, tato rathap±k±rena, tato
assap±k±rena, tato yodhapattip±k±rena parikkhitt±ti imehi cat³hi saªkhepehi tisandh²hi pariv±rit±. Hatthirath±nañhi antara½ eko sandhi, ratha-ass±na½ antara½
eko sandhi, assapatt²na½ antara½ eko sandhi. Parikhaññat²ti khan²yati. Imañhi
id±ni upp±µetv± gaºhituk±m± viya samantato khananti. Uddha½ t±rakaj±t±v±ti
t±ta, y±ya sen±ya samant± pariv±rit±, s± anekasatasahassadaº¹ad²pik±hi uddha½
t±rakaj±t± viya kh±yati. Vij±n±h²ti t±ta mahosadhapaº¹ita, av²cito y±va bhavagg±
añño tay± sadiso up±yakusalo paº¹ito n±ma natthi, paº¹itabh±vo n±ma evar³pesu µh±nesu paññ±yati, tasm± tvameva j±n±hi, katha½ amh±ka½ ito dukkh±
pamokkho bhavissat²ti.

Ima½ rañño katha½ sutv± mah±satto cintesi “aya½ r±j± ativiya maraºabhayabh²to, gil±nassa kho pana vejjo paµisaraºa½, ch±tassa bhojana½, pip±sitassa
p±n²ya½, imassapi ma½ µhapetv± añña½ paµisaraºa½ natthi, ass±sess±mi nan”ti.
Atha mah±satto manosil±tale nadanto s²ho viya “m± bh±yi, mah±r±ja, rajjasukha½
anubhava, aha½ le¹¹u½
Gahetv± (6.0245) k±ka½ viya, dhanu½ gahetv± makkaµa½ viya ca, ima½ aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkha½ sena½ udare bandhas±µak±nampi ass±mika½ katv±
pal±pess±m²”ti vatv± navama½ g±tham±ha–
598. “P±de deva pas±rehi, bhuñja k±me ramassu ca;
hitv± pañc±liya½ sena½, brahmadatto pal±yit²”ti.
Tassattho– “deva, tva½ yath±sukha½ attano rajjasukhasaªkh±te te p±de pas±rehi, pas±rento ca saªg±me citta½ akatv± bhuñja, k±me ramassu ca, esa brahmadatto ima½ sena½ cha¹¹etv± pal±yissat²”ti.
Eva½ paº¹ito r±j±na½ samass±setv± vanditv± r±janivesan± nikkhamitv±
nagare chaºabheri½ car±petv± n±gare ±ha–“ambho, tumhe m± cintayittha, satt±ha½ m±l±gandhavilepanap±nabhojan±d²ni
samp±detv± chaºak²¼a½ paµµhapetha. Tattha tattha manuss± yath±r³pa½ mah±p±na½ pivantu, gandhabba½ karontu, v±dentu vaggantu se¼entu nadantu
naccantu g±yantu apphoµentu, paribbayo pana vo mama santakova hotu, aha½
mahosadhapaº¹ito n±ma, passissatha me ±nubh±van”ti. Te tath± kari½su. Tad±g²tav±dit±disadda½ bahinagare µhit± suºanti, c³¼adv±rena manuss± nagara½
pavisanti. Ýhapetv± paµisattu½ diµµha½ diµµha½ na gaºhanti, tasm± sañc±ro na
chijjati, nagara½ paviµµhamanuss± chaºak²¼anissita½ jana½ passanti.
C³¼anibrahmadattopi nagare kol±hala½ sutv± amacce evam±ha– “ambho,
amhesu aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºiy± sen±ya nagara½ pariv±retv± µhitesu nagarav±s²na½ bhaya½ v± s±rajja½ v± natthi, ±nandit± somanassappatt± apphoµenti
nadanti se¼enti naccanti g±yanti, ki½ n±metan”ti? Atha na½ upanikkhittakapuris±
mus±v±da½ katv± evam±ha½su “deva, maya½ ekena kammena c³¼adv±renanagara½ pavisitv± chaºanissita½ mah±jana½ disv± pucchimh± ‘ambho, sakalajambud²par±j±no ±gantv± tumh±ka½ nagara½ parikkhipitv± µhit±, tumhe pana atipamatt±, ki½ n±metan’ti? Te evam±ha½su ‘ambho, amh±ka½ rañño kum±rak±le
eko manoratho ahosi sakalajambud²par±j³hi nagare pariv±rite chaºa½ kariss±m²ti, tassa ajja manoratho matthaka½ patto, tasm± chaºabheri½ car±petv± saya½
mah±tale mah±p±na½ pivat²’”ti.
R±j± (6.0246) tesa½ katha½ sutv± kujjhitv± sena½ ±º±pesi– “bhonto,
gacchatha, khippa½ ito cito ca nagara½ avattharitv± parikha½ bhinditv± p±k±ra½
maddant± dv±raµµ±lake bhindant± nagara½ pavisitv± sakaµehi kumbhaº¹±ni viya
mah±janassa s²s±ni gaºhatha, videharañño s²sa½ ±harath±”ti. Ta½ sutv± s³rayodh± n±n±vudhahatth± dv±rasam²pa½ gantv± paº¹itassa purisehi sakkharav±lukakalalasiñcanap±s±ºapatan±d²hi upaddut± paµikkamanti. “P±k±ra½ bhindiss±m±”ti parikha½ otiººepi antaraµµ±lakesu µhit± ususattitomar±d²hi vijjhant± mah±vin±sa½ p±penti. Paº¹itassa yodh± c³¼anibrahmadattassa yodhe hatthavik±r±d²ni
dassetv± n±nappak±rehi akkosanti paribh±santi tajjenti. “Tumhe kilamant±bhatta½ alabhant± thoka½ pivissatha kh±dissath±”ti sur±piµµhak±ni ceva macchama½sas³l±ni ca pas±retv± sayameva pivanti kh±danti, anup±k±re caªkamanti.
Itare kiñci k±tu½ asakkont± c³¼anibrahmadattassa santika½ gantv± “deva,µhapetv± iddhimante aññehi niddharitu½ na sakk±”ti vadi½su.
R±j± catupañc±ha½ vasitv± gahetabbayuttaka½ apassanto kevaµµa½ pucchi“±cariya, nagara½ gaºhitu½ na sakkoma, ekopi upasaªkamitu½ samattho natthi,
ki½ k±tabban”ti. Kevaµµo “hotu, mah±r±ja, nagara½ n±ma bahi-udaka½ hoti, udakakkhayena na½ gaºhiss±ma, manuss± udakena kilamant± dv±ra½ vivarissant²”ti ±ha. So “attheso up±yo”ti sampaµicchi. Tato paµµh±ya udaka½ pavesetu½ na
denti. Paº¹itassa upanikkhittakapuris± paººa½ likhitv± kaº¹e bandhitv± ta½
pavatti½ pesesu½. Tenapi paµhamameva ±ºatta½ “yo yo kaº¹e paººa½ passati,
so so me ±harat³”ti. Atheko puriso ta½ disv± paº¹itassa dassesi. So ta½ pavatti½
ñatv± “na me paº¹itabh±va½ j±nant²”ti saµµhihattha½ ve¼u½ dvidh± ph±letv± parisuddha½ sodh±petv± puna ekato katv± cammena bandhitv± upari kalalena

makkhetv± himavantato iddhimantat±pasehi ±n²ta½ kudr³sakumudab²ja½ pokkharaºit²re kalalesu rop±petv± upari ve¼u½ µhap±petv± udakassa p³r±pesi. Ekaratteneva va¹¹hitv± puppha½ ve¼umatthakato uggantv± ratanamatta½ aµµh±si.
Atha (6.0247) na½ upp±µetv± “ida½ c³¼anibrahmadattassa deth±”ti attano puris±na½ d±pesi. Te tassa daº¹aka½ valaya½ katv± “ambho, brahmadattassa p±dam³lik± ch±takena m± marittha, gaºhatheta½ uppala½ pi¼andhitv± daº¹aka½
kucchip³ra½ kh±dath±”ti vatv± khipi½su. Tameko paº¹itassa upanikkhittakapuriso uµµh±ya gaºhi, atha ta½ rañño santika½ ±haritv± “passatha, deva, imassadaº¹aka½, na no ito pubbe eva½ d²ghadaº¹ako diµµhapubbo”ti vatv± “minathanan”ti vutte paº¹itassa puris± saµµhihattha½ daº¹aka½ as²tihattha½ katv±
mini½su. Puna raññ± “kattheta½ j±tan”ti vutte eko mus±v±da½ katv± evam±ha–“deva, aha½ ekadivasa½ pip±sito hutv± ‘sura½ piviss±m²’ti c³¼adv±rena nagara½
paviµµho, n±gar±na½ udakak²¼atth±ya kata½ mah±pokkharaºi½ passi½, mah±jano
n±v±ya nis²ditv± pupph±ni gaºh±ti. Tattha ida½ t²rappadese j±ta½, gambh²raµµh±ne j±tassa pana daº¹ako satahattho bhavissat²”ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± kevaµµa½ ±ha– “±cariya, na sakk± udakakkhayena ida½
gaºhitu½, haratheka½ up±yan”ti. “Tena hi, deva, dhaññakkhayena gaºhiss±ma,nagara½ n±ma bahidhañña½ hot²”ti. Eva½ hotu ±cariy±ti, paº¹ito purimanayeneva ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± “na me kevaµµabr±hmaºo paº¹itabh±va½ j±n±t²”ti anup±k±ramatthake kalala½ katv± v²hi½ tattha rop±pesi. Bodhisatt±na½ adhipp±yon±ma samijjhat²ti v²h² ekaratteneva vuµµh±ya p±k±ramatthake n²l± hutv± paññ±yanti. Ta½ disv± c³¼anibrahmadatto “ambho, kimeta½ p±k±ramatthake n²la½
hutv± paññ±yat²”ti pucchi. Paº¹itassa upanikkhittakapuriso rañño vacana½
mukhato jivha½ luñcanto viya gahetv± “deva, gahapatiputto mahosadhapaº¹ito
an±gatabhaya½ disv± pubbeva raµµhato dhañña½ ±har±petv± koµµh±g±r±d²ni p³r±petv± sesadhañña½ p±k±rapasse nikkhip±pesi. Te kira v²hayo ±tapena sukkhant±
vassena tement± tattheva sassa½ janesu½. Aha½ ekadivasa½ ekena kammena
c³¼adv±rena pavisitv± p±k±ramatthake v²hir±sito v²hi½ hatthena gahetv± v²thiya½
cha¹¹ente passi½. Atha te ma½ parih±sant± ‘ch±tosi maññe, v²hi½s±µakadasante(6.0248) bandhitv± tava geha½ haritv± koµµetv± pac±petv± bhuñj±h²’ti vadi½s³”ti±rocesi.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± kevaµµa½ “±cariya, dhaññakkhayenapi gaºhitu½ na sakk±,
ayampi anup±yo”ti ±ha. “Tena hi, deva, d±rukkhayena gaºhiss±ma, nagara½
n±ma bahid±ruka½ hot²”ti. “Eva½ hotu, ±cariy±”ti. Paº¹ito purimanayeneva ta½
pavatti½ ñatv± p±k±ramatthake v²hi½ atikkamitv± paññ±yam±na½ d±rur±si½k±resi. Paº¹itassa manuss± c³¼anibrahmadattassa purisehi saddhi½ parih±sa½
karont± “sace ch±tattha, y±gubhatta½ pacitv± bhuñjath±”ti mahantamahant±ni
d±r³ni khipi½su. R±j± “p±k±ramatthakena d±r³ni paññ±yanti, kimetan”ti pucchitv±“deva, gahapatiputto kira mahosadhapaº¹ito an±gatabhaya½ disv± d±r³ni ±har±petv± kul±na½ pacch±gehesu µhap±petv± atirek±ni p±k±ra½ niss±ya µhap±pes²”tiupanikkhittak±naññeva santik± vacana½ sutv± kevaµµa½ ±ha– “±cariya, d±rukkhayenapi na sakk± amhehi gaºhitu½, ±haratheka½ up±yan”ti. “M± cintayittha, mah±-r±ja, añño up±yo atth²”ti. “¾cariya, ki½ up±yo n±mesa, n±ha½ tava up±yassa
anta½ pass±mi, na sakk± amhehi vedeha½ gaºhitu½, amh±ka½ nagarameva
gamiss±m±”ti. “Deva, ‘c³¼anibrahmadatto ekasatakhattiyehi saddhi½ vedeha½
gaºhitu½ n±sakkh²’ti amh±ka½ lajjanaka½ bhavissati, ki½ pana mahosadhova
paº¹ito, ahampi paº¹itoyeva, eka½ lesa½ kariss±m²”ti. “Ki½ leso n±ma, ±cariy±”ti. “Dhammayuddha½ n±ma kariss±ma, dev±”ti. “Kimeta½ dhammayuddha½n±m±”ti? “Mah±r±ja na sen± yujjhissanti, dvinna½ pana r±j³na½ dve paº¹it± ekaµµh±ne bhavissanti. Tesu yo vandissati, tassa par±jayo bhavissati. Mahosadho
pana ima½ manta½ na j±n±ti, aha½ mahallako, so daharo, ma½ disv±va vandissati, tad± videho par±jito n±ma bhavissati, atha maya½ videha½ par±jetv± attano
nagarameva gamiss±ma, eva½ no lajjanaka½ na bhavissati. Ida½ dhammayuddha½ n±m±”ti.
Paº¹ito tampi rahassa½ purimanayeneva ñatv± “sace kevaµµassa parajj±mi,n±ha½ paº¹itosm²”ti cintesi. C³¼anibrahmadattopi “sobhano, ±cariya, up±yo”ti
vatv± “sve dhammayuddha½ bhavissati, dvinnampi paº¹it±na½ dhammena (6.0249)
jayapar±jayo bhavissati. Yo dhammayuddha½ na karissati, sopi par±jito n±mabhavissat²”ti paººa½ likh±petv± c³¼adv±rena vedehassa pesesi. Ta½ sutv±
vedeho paº¹ita½ pakkos±petv± tamattha½ ±cikkhi. Ta½ pavatti½ sutv± paº¹ito“s±dhu, deva, sve p±tova pacchimadv±re dhammayuddhamaº¹ala½ sajjessanti,‘dhammayuddhamaº¹ala½ ±gacchat³’ti peseth±”ti ±ha. Ta½ sutv± r±j± ±gatad³tasseva hatthe paººaka½ ad±si. Paº¹ito punadivase “kevaµµasseva par±jayo hot³”ti pacchimadv±re dhammayuddhamaº¹ala½ sajj±pesi. Tepi kho ekasatapuris±“ko j±n±ti, ki½ bhavissat²”ti paº¹itassa ±rakkhatth±ya kevaµµa½ pariv±rayi½su.
Tepi ekasatar±j±no dhammayuddhamaº¹ala½ gantv± p±c²nadisa½ olokent±aµµha½su, tath± kevaµµabr±hmaºopi.
Bodhisatto pana p±tova gandhodakena nhatv± satasahassagghanaka½ k±sikavattha½ niv±setv± sabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹ito n±naggarasabhojana½ bhuñjitv±
mahantena pariv±rena r±jadv±ra½ gantv± “pavisatu me putto”ti vutte pavisitv±
r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ µhatv± “kuhi½ gamissasi, t±t±”ti vutte “dhammayuddhamaº¹ala½ gamiss±m²”ti ±ha. “Ki½ laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti? “Deva, kevaµµabr±hmaºa½ maºiratanena vañcetuk±momhi, aµµhavaªka½ maºiratana½ laddhu½vaµµat²”ti. “Gaºha, t±t±”ti. So ta½ gahetv± r±j±na½ vanditv± r±janivesan± otiººosahaj±tehi yodhasahassehi parivuto navutikah±paºasahassagghanaka½ setasindhavayutta½ rathavaram±ruyha p±tar±savel±ya dv±rasam²pa½ p±puºi. Kevaµµo
pana “id±ni ±gamissati, id±ni ±gamissat²”ti tass±gamana½ olokentoyeva aµµh±si,
olokanena d²ghag²vata½ patto viya ahosi, s³riyatejena sed± muccanti. Mah±sattopi mah±pariv±rat±ya mah±samuddo viya ajjhottharanto kesaras²ho viya achambhito vigatalomaha½so dv±ra½ vivar±petv± nagar± nikkhamma rath± oruyha
s²ho viya vijambham±no p±y±si. Ekasatar±j±nopi tassa r³pasiri½ disv± “esa kirasiriva¹¹hanaseµµhiputto mahosadhapaº¹ito paññ±ya sakalajambud²pe adutiyo”ti
ukkuµµhisahass±ni pavattayi½su.
Sopi marugaºaparivuto viya sakko anomena sirivibhavena ta½ maºiratana½

hatthena gahetv± kevaµµ±bhimukho agam±si. Kevaµµopi ta½ disv±va (6.0250) sakabh±vena saºµh±tu½ asakkonto paccuggamana½ katv± evam±ha– “paº¹ita mahosadha, maya½ dve paº¹it±, amh±ka½ tumhe niss±ya ettaka½ k±la½ vasant±na½tumhehi paºº±k±ramattampi na pesitapubba½, kasm± evamakatth±”ti? Atha na½
mah±satto “paº¹ita, tumh±ka½ anucchavika½ paºº±k±ra½ olokent± ajja maya½
ima½ maºiratana½ labhimh±, handa, ima½ maºiratana½ gaºhatha, evar³pa½
n±ma añña½ maºiratana½ natth²”ti ±ha. So tassa hatthe jalam±na½ maºiratana½
disv± “d±tuk±mo me bhavissat²”ti cintetv± “tena hi, paº¹ita, deh²”ti hattha½ pas±resi. Mah±satto “gaºh±hi, ±cariy±”ti khipitv± pas±ritahatthassa aªgul²su p±tesi.
Br±hmaºo garu½ maºiratana½ aªgul²hi dh±retu½ n±sakkhi. Maºiratana½ pariga¼itv± mah±sattassa p±dam³le pati. Br±hmaºo lobhena “gaºhiss±mi nan”ti tassap±dam³le oºato ahosi. Athassa mah±satto uµµh±tu½ adatv± ekena hatthenakhandhaµµhike, ekena piµµhikacch±ya½ gahetv± “uµµhetha ±cariya, uµµhetha ±cariya,
aha½ atidaharo tumh±ka½ nattumatto, m± ma½ vandath±”ti vadanto apar±para½
katv± mukha½ bh³miya½ gha½sitv± lohitamakkhita½ katv± “andhab±la, tva½
mama santik± vandana½ pacc±s²sas²”ti g²v±ya½ gahetv± khipi. So usabhamatteµh±ne patitv± uµµh±ya pal±yi. Maºiratana½ pana mah±sattassa manuss±yeva
gaºhi½su.
Bodhisattassa pana “uµµhetha ±cariya, uµµhetha ±cariya, m± ma½ vandath±”ti
vac²ghoso sakalaparisa½ ch±detv± aµµh±si. “Kevaµµabr±hmaºo mahosadhassap±de vandat²”ti puris±pissa ekappah±reneva unn±d±d²ni aka½su. Brahmadatta½±di½ katv± sabbepi te r±j±no kevaµµa½ mah±sattassa p±dam³le oºata½ addasa½suyeva. Te “amh±ka½ paº¹itena mahosadho vandito, id±ni par±jitamh±, na noj²vita½ dassat²”ti attano attano asse abhiruhitv± uttarapañc±l±bhimukh± pal±yitu½±rabhi½su. Te pal±yante disv± bodhisattassa puris± “c³¼anibrahmadatto ekasatakhattiye gahetv± pal±yat²”ti puna ukkuµµhimaka½su. Ta½ sutv± te r±j±no maraºabhayabh²t± bhiyyosomatt±ya pal±yant± senaªga½ bhindi½su. Bodhisattassa puris±pi nadant± vaggant± suµµhutara½ kol±halamaka½su (6.0251). Mah±satto senaªgaparivuto nagarameva p±visi. C³¼anibrahmadattassa sen±pi tiyojanamatta½
pakkhandi.
Kevaµµo assa½ abhiruyha nal±µe lohita½ puñcham±no sena½ patv± assapiµµhiya½ nisinnova “bhonto m± pal±yatha, bhonto m± pal±yatha, n±ha½ gahapatiputta½ vand±mi, tiµµhatha tiµµhath±”ti ±ha. Sen± asaddahant± aµµhatv± ±gacchanta½ kevaµµa½ akkosant± paribh±sant± “p±padhamma duµµhabr±hmaºa,‘dhammayuddha½ n±ma kariss±m²’ti vatv±

nattumatta½ appahontampi vandati, natthi tava kattabban”ti katha½ asuºant±
viya gacchanteva. So vegena gantv± sena½ p±puºitv± “bhonto vacana½ saddahatha mayha½, n±ha½ ta½ vand±mi, maºiratanena ma½ vañces²”ti sabbepi ter±j±no n±n±k±raºehi sambodhetv± attano katha½ gaºh±petv± tath± bhinna½
sena½ paµinivattesi. S± pana t±va mahat² sen± sace ekekapa½sumuµµhi½ v± ekekale¹¹u½ v± gahetv± nagar±bhimukh± khipeyya, parikha½ p³retv± p±k±rappam±º± r±si bhaveyya. Bodhisatt±na½ pana adhipp±yo n±ma samijjhatiyeva, tasm±
ekopi pa½sumuµµhi½ v± le¹¹u½ v± nagar±bhimukha½ khipanto n±ma n±hosi.
Sabbepi te nivattitv± attano attano khandh±v±raµµh±nameva pacc±gami½su.
R±j± kevaµµa½ pucchi “ki½ karoma, ±cariy±”ti. “Deva, kassaci c³¼adv±rena
nikkhamitu½ adatv± sañc±ra½ chind±ma, manuss± nikkhamitu½ alabhant± ukkaºµhitv± dv±ra½ vivarissanti, atha maya½ pacc±mitta½ gaºhiss±m±”ti. Paº¹ito ta½
pavatti½ purimanayeneva ñatv± cintesi “imesu cira½ idheva vasantesu ph±suka½
n±ma natthi. Up±yeneva te pal±petu½ vaµµat²”ti. So “mantena te pal±pess±m²”tieka½ mantakusala½ upadh±rento anukevaµµa½ n±ma br±hmaºa½ disv± ta½
pakkos±petv± “±cariya, amh±ka½ eka½ kamma½ niddharitu½ vaµµat²”ti ±ha. “Ki½
karoma, paº¹ita, vadeh²”ti. “¾cariya, tumhe anup±k±re µhatv± amh±ka½ manuss±na½ pam±da½ oloketv± antarantar± brahmadattassa manuss±na½ p³vamacchama½s±d²ni khipitv± “ambho, idañcidañca kh±datha m± ukkaºµhatha, añña½
katip±ha½ vasitu½ v±yamatha, nagarav±sino pañjare baddhakukkuµ± viya ukkaºµhit± nacirasseva vo dv±ra½ vivarissanti. Atha tumhe vedehañca duµµhagahapatiputtañca gaºhissath±”ti vadeyy±tha (6.0252). Amh±ka½ manuss± ta½ katha½
sutv± tumhe akkositv± tajjetv± brahmadattassa manuss±na½ passant±naññeva
tumhe hatthap±desu gahetv± ve¼upesik±d²hi paharant± viya hutv± kese oh±retv±
pañca c³¼± g±h±petv± iµµhakacuººena okir±petv± kaºav²ram±la½ kaººe katv±
katipayapah±re datv± piµµhiya½ r±jiyo dassetv± p±k±ra½ ±ropetv± sikk±ya pakkhipitv± yottena ot±retv± “gaccha mantabhedaka, cor±”ti c³¼anibrahmadattassa
manuss±na½ dassanti. Te ta½ rañño santika½ ±nessanti. R±j± ta½ disv± “ko te
apar±dho”ti pucchissati. Athassa eva½ vadeyy±tha “mah±r±ja, mayha½ pubbe
yaso mahanto, gahapatiputto mantabhedako”ti ma½ kujjhitv± rañño kathetv±
sabba½ me vibhava½ acchindi, “aha½ mama yasabhedakassa gahapatiputtassas²sa½ gaºh±pess±m²”ti tumh±ka½ manuss±na½ ukkaºµhitamocanena etesa½µhit±na½ kh±dan²ya½ v± bhojan²ya½ v± demi. Ettakena ma½ por±ºavera½
hadaye katv± ima½ byasana½ p±pesi. “Ta½ sabba½ tumh±ka½ manuss±
j±nanti, mah±r±j±”ti n±nappak±rehi ta½ saddah±petv± viss±se uppanne vadeyy±tha “mah±r±ja, tumhe mama½ laddhak±lato paµµh±ya m± cintayittha. Id±ni
vedehassa ca gahapatiputtassa ca j²vita½ natthi, aha½ imasmi½ nagare p±k±rassa thiraµµh±nadubbalaµµh±nañca parikh±ya½ kumbh²l±d²na½ atthiµµh±nañca
natthiµµh±nañca j±n±mi, na cirasseva vo nagara½ gahetv± dass±m²”ti. Atha so r±j±saddahitv± tumh±ka½ sakk±ra½ karissati, sen±v±hanañca paµicch±pessati.
Athassa sena½ v±¼akumbh²laµµh±nesuyeva ot±reyy±tha. Tassa sen± kumbh²labhayena na otarissati, tad± tumhe r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv± “tumh±ka½ sen±ya, deva,

gahapatiputtena lañjo dinno, sabbe r±j±no ca ±cariyakevaµµañca ±di½ katv± na
kenaci lañjo aggahito n±ma atthi. Kevala½ ete tumhe pariv±retv± caranti, sabbe
pana gahapatiputtassa santak±va, ahamekova tumh±ka½ puriso. Sace me na
saddahatha, sabbe r±j±no alaªkaritv± ma½ dassan±ya ±gacchant³”ti pesetha.
“Atha nesa½ gahapatiputtena attano n±mar³pa½ likhitv± dinnesu vatth±laªk±rakhagg±d²su akkhar±ni disv± niµµha½ gaccheyy±th±”ti vadeyy±tha. So tath± katv±
t±ni (6.0253) disv± niµµha½ gantv± bh²tatasito te r±j±no uyyojetv± “id±ni ki½
karoma paº¹it±”ti tumhe pucchissati. Tamena½ tumhe eva½ vadeyy±tha “mah±r±ja, gahapatiputto bahum±yo. Sace aññ±ni katipayadivas±ni vasissatha, sabba½
vo sena½ attano hatthagata½ katv± tumhe gaºhissati. Tasm± papañca½ akatv±
ajjeva majjhimay±m±nantare assapiµµhiya½ nis²ditv± pal±yiss±ma, m± no parahatthe maraºa½ hot³”ti. So tumh±ka½ vacana½ sutv± tath± karissati. Tumhetassa pal±yanavel±ya nivattitv± amh±ka½ manusse j±n±peyy±th±ti.
Ta½ sutv± anukevaµµabr±hmaºo “s±dhu paº¹ita, kariss±mi te vacanan”ti ±ha.
“Tena hi katipayapah±re sahitu½ vaµµat²”ti. “Paº¹ita, mama j²vitañca hatthap±de
ca µhapetv± sesa½ attano rucivasena karoh²”ti. So tassa gehe manuss±na½
sakk±ra½ k±retv± anukevaµµa½ vuttanayena vippak±ra½ p±petv± yottena ot±retv± brahmadattamanuss±na½ d±pesi. Atha te ta½ gahetv± tassa dassesu½.
R±j± ta½ v²ma½sitv± saddahitv± sakk±ramassa katv± sena½ paµicch±pesi. Sopi
ta½ v±¼akumbh²laµµh±nesuyeva ot±reti. Manuss± kumbh²lehi khajjam±n± aµµ±lakaµµhitehi manussehi ususattitomarehi vijjhiyam±n± mah±vin±sa½ p±puºanti. Tatopaµµh±ya koci bhayena upagantu½ na sakkoti. Anukevaµµo r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv± “tumh±ka½ atth±ya yujjhanak± n±ma natthi, sabbehi lañjo gahito, asaddahanto pakkos±petv± nivatthavatth±d²su akkhar±ni oloketh±”ti ±ha. R±j± tath±katv± sabbesa½ vatth±d²su akkhar±ni disv± “addh± imehi lañjo gahito”ti niµµha½
gantv± “±cariya, id±ni ki½ kattabban”ti pucchitv± “deva, añña½ k±tabba½ natthi.
Sace papañca½ karissatha, gahapatiputto vo gaºhissati, ±cariyakevaµµopi kevala½nal±µe vaºa½ katv± carati, lañjo pana etenapi gahito. Ayañhi maºiratana½
gahetv± tumhe tiyojana½ pal±pesi, puna saddah±petv± nivattesi, ayampi paribhindakova. Ekarattiv±sopi mayha½ na ruccati, ajjeva majjhimay±masamanantare
pal±yitu½ vaµµati, ma½ µhapetv± añño tava suhadayo n±ma natth²”ti vutte (6.0254)“tena hi ±cariya tumheyeva me assa½ kappetv± y±nasajja½ karoth±”ti ±ha.
Br±hmaºo tassa nicchayena pal±yanabh±va½ ñatv± “m± bh±yi, mah±r±j±”ti
ass±setv± bahi nikkhamitv± upanikkhittakapuris±na½ “ajja r±j± pal±yissati, m±
nidd±yitth±”ti ov±da½ datv± rañño asso yath± ±ka¹¹hito suµµhutara½ pal±yati,
eva½ avakappan±ya kappetv± majjhimay±masamanantare “kappito, deva, asso,vela½ j±n±h²”ti ±ha. R±j± assa½ abhiruhitv± pal±yi. Anukevaµµopi assa½ abhiruhitv± tena saddhi½ gacchanto viya thoka½ gantv± nivatto. Avakappan±ya kappita-asso ±ka¹¹hiyam±nopi r±j±na½ gahetv± pal±yi. Anukevaµµo sen±ya antara½
pavisitv± “c³¼anibrahmadatto pal±to”ti ukkuµµhimak±si. Upanikkhittakapuris±pi
attano manussehi saddhi½ upaghosi½su. Sesar±j±no ta½ sutv± “mahosadhapaº¹ito dv±ra½ vivaritv± nikkhanto bhavissati, na no d±ni j²vita½ dassat²”ti bh²tata-sit± upabhogaparibhogabhaº¹±nipi anoloketv± ito cito ca pal±yi½su. Manuss±“r±j±no pal±yant²”ti suµµhutara½ upaghosi½su. Ta½ sutv± dv±raµµ±lak±d²su µhit±pi
unn±di½su apphoµayi½su. Iti tasmi½ khaºe pathav² viya bhijjam±n± samuddo viya
saªkhubhito sakalanagara½ anto ca bahi ca ekaninn±da½ ahosi. Aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh± manuss± “mahosadhapaº¹itena kira brahmadatto ekasatar±j±no ca gahit±”ti maraºabhayabh²t± attano attano udarabaddhas±µakampi
cha¹¹etv± pal±yi½su. Khandh±v±raµµh±na½ tuccha½ ahosi. C³¼anibrahmadatto
ekasate khattiye gahetv± attano nagarameva gato. Punadivase pana p±tova nagaradv±r±ni vivaritv± balak±y± nagar± nikkhamitv± mah±vilopa½ disv± “ki½ karoma,
paº¹it±”ti mah±sattassa ±rocayi½su. So ±ha– “etehi cha¹¹ita½ dhana½ amh±ka½p±puº±ti, sabbesa½ r±j³na½ santaka½ amh±ka½ rañño, detha, seµµh²nañca kevaµµabr±hmaºassa ca santaka½ amh±ka½ ±haratha, avasesa½ pana nagarav±sino
gaºhant³”ti. Tesa½ mahaggharatanabhaº¹ameva ±harant±na½ a¹¹ham±so v²tivatto. Sesa½ pana cat³hi m±sehi (6.0255) ±hari½su. Mah±satto anukevaµµassa
mahanta½ sakk±ramak±si. Tato paµµh±ya ca kira mithilav±sino bah³ hiraññasuvaºº± j±t±. Brahmadattassapi tehi r±j³hi saddhi½ uttarapañc±lanagare vasantassa ekavassa½ at²ta½.
Brahmadattassa yuddhapar±jayakaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Suvakaº¹a½
Athekadivasa½ kevaµµo ±d±se mukha½ olokento nal±µe vaºa½ disv± “ida½gahapatiputtassa kamma½, ten±ha½ ettak±na½ r±j³na½ antare lajj±pito”ticintetv± samuppannakodho hutv± “kad± nu khvassa piµµhi½ passitu½ samatthobhaviss±m²”ti cintento “attheso up±yo, amh±ka½ rañño dh²t± pañc±lacand² n±ma
uttamar³padhar± devacchar±paµibh±g±, ta½ videharañño dass±m±”ti vatv±“vedeha½ k±mena palobhetv± gilitaba¼isa½ viya maccha½ saddhi½ mahosadhena ±netv± ubho te m±retv± jayap±na½ piviss±m±”ti sanniµµh±na½ katv±
r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha– “deva, eko manto atth²”ti. “¾cariya, tava manta½
niss±ya udarabaddhas±µakassapi ass±mino j±tamh±, id±ni ki½ karissasi, tuºh²hoh²”ti. “Mah±r±ja, imin± up±yena sadiso añño natth²”ti. “Tena hi bhaº±h²”ti.
“Mah±r±ja, amhehi dv²hiyeva ekato bhavitu½ vaµµat²”ti. “Eva½ hot³”ti. Atha na½
br±hmaºo uparip±s±datala½ ±ropetv± ±ha– “mah±r±ja, videhar±j±na½ kilesena
palobhetv± idh±netv± saddhi½ gahapatiputtena m±ress±m±”ti. “Sundaro, ±cariya,
up±yo, katha½ pana ta½ palobhetv± ±ness±m±”ti? “Mah±r±ja, dh²t± vo pañch±lacand² uttamar³padhar±, tass± r³pasampatti½ c±turiyavil±sena kav²hi g²ta½
bandh±petv± t±ni kabb±ni mithil±ya½ g±y±petv± ‘evar³pa½ itthiratana½ alabhantassa videhanarindassa ki½ rajjen±’ti tassa savanasa½saggeneva paµibaddhabh±va½ ñatv± aha½ tattha gantv± divasa½ vavatthapess±mi. So mayi divasa½
vavatthapetv± ±gate gilitaba¼iso viya maccho gahapatiputta½ gahetv± ±gamissati,atha ne m±ress±m±”ti.
R±j± tassa vacana½ sutv± tussitv± “sundaro up±yo, ±cariya, eva½ kariss±m±”ti sampaµicchi. Ta½ pana manta½ c³¼anibrahmadattassa sayanap±lik± s±¼ik±(6.0256) sutv± paccakkhamak±si. R±j± nipuºe kabbak±re pakkos±petv± bahu½
dhana½ datv± dh²tara½ tesa½ dassetv± “t±t±, etiss± r³pasampatti½ niss±ya
kabba½ karoth±”ti ±ha. Te atimanohar±ni g²t±ni bandhitv± r±j±na½ s±vayi½su.
R±j± tussitv± bahu½ dhana½ tesa½ ad±si. Kav²na½ santik± naµ± sikkhitv± samajjamaº¹ale g±yi½su. Iti t±ni vitth±rit±ni ahesu½. Tesu manuss±na½ antare vitth±ritatta½ gatesu r±j± g±yake pakkos±petv± ±ha– “t±t±, tumhe mah±sakuºe gahetv±
rattibh±ge rukkha½ abhiruyha tattha nisinn± g±yitv± pacc³sak±le tesa½ g²v±su
ka½sat±le bandhitv± te upp±tetv± otarath±”ti. So kira “pañc±larañño dh²tu sar²ravaººa½ devat±pi g±yant²”ti p±kaµabh±vakaraºattha½ tath± k±resi. Puna r±j± kav²
pakkos±petv± “t±t±, id±ni tumhe ‘evar³p± kum±rik± jambud²patale aññassa rañño
n±nucchavik±, mithil±ya½ vedeharañño anucchavik±’ti rañño ca issariya½ im±ya
ca r³pa½ vaººetv± g²t±ni bandhath±”ti ±ha. Te tath± katv± rañño ±rocayi½su.
R±j± tesa½ dhana½ datv± puna g±yake pakkos±petv± “t±t±, mithila½ gantv±
tattha imin±va up±yena g±yath±”ti pesesi. Te t±ni g±yant± anupubbena mithila½
gantv± samajjamaº¹ale g±yi½su. T±ni sutv± mah±jano ukkuµµhisahass±ni pavattetv± tesa½ bahu½ dhana½ ad±si. Te rattisamaye rukkhesupi g±yitv± pacc³sak±le sakuº±na½ g²v±su ka½sat±le bandhitv± otaranti. ¾k±se ka½sat±lasadda½
sutv± “pañc±lar±jadh²tu sar²ravaººa½ devat±pi g±yant²”ti sakalanagare ekakol±hala½ ahosi. R±j± sutv± g±yake pakkos±petv± antonivesane samajja½ k±retv±“evar³pa½ kira uttamar³padhara½ dh²tara½ c³¼anir±j± mayha½ d±tuk±mo”titussitv± tesa½ bahu½ dhana½ ad±si. Te ±gantv± brahmadattassa ±rocesu½.
Atha na½ kevaµµo ±ha– “id±ni, mah±r±ja, divasa½ vavatthapanatth±ya gamiss±m²”ti. “S±dhu, ±cariya, ki½ laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti? “Thoka½ paºº±k±ran”ti. “Tena hi
gaºh±”ti d±pesi. So ta½ ±d±ya mahantena pariv±rena vedeharaµµha½ p±puºi.
Tass±gamana½ sutv± nagare ekakol±hala½ j±ta½ “c³¼anir±j± kira vedeho ca
mittasanthava½ karissanti, c³¼anir±j± attano dh²tara½ amh±ka½ rañño dassati (6.025
kevaµµo divasa½ vavatthapetu½ et²”ti. Vedehar±j±pi suºi, mah±sattopi, sutv±na
panassa etadahosi “tass±gamana½ mayha½ na ruccati, tathato na½ j±niss±m²”ti.
So c³¼anisantike upanikkhittakapuris±na½ s±sana½ pesesi “imamattha½ tathato
j±nitv± pesent³”ti. Atha te “mayameta½ tathato na j±n±ma, r±j± ca kevaµµo casayanagabbhe nis²ditv± mantenti, rañño pana sayanap±lik± s±¼ik± sakuºik± etamattha½ j±neyy±”ti paµipesayi½su.
Ta½ sutv± mah±satto cintesi “yath± pacc±mitt±na½ ok±so

na hoti, eva½ suvibhatta½ katv± susajjita½ nagara½ aha½ kevaµµassa daµµhu½ na
dass±m²”ti. So nagaradv±rato y±va r±jageh±, r±jagehato ca y±va attageh±, gamanamagga½ ubhosu passesu kilañjehi parikkhip±petv± matthakepi kilañjehi paµicch±d±petv± cittakamma½ k±r±petv± bh³miya½ pupph±ni vikiritv± puººaghaµeµhap±petv± kadaliyo bandh±petv± dhaje paggaºh±pesi. Kevaµµo nagara½ pavisitv± suvibhatta½ nagara½ apassanto “raññ± me maggo alaªk±r±pito”ti cintetv±
nagarassa adassanattha½ katabh±va½ na j±ni. So gantv± r±j±na½ disv± paºº±k±ra½ paµicch±petv± paµisanth±ra½ katv± ekamanta½ nis²ditv± raññ± katasakk±rasamm±no ±gatak±raºa½ ±rocento dve g±th± abh±si–599. “R±j± santhavak±mo te, ratan±ni pavecchati;±gacchantu ito d³t±, mañjuk± piyabh±ºino.
600. “Bh±santu muduk± v±c±, y± v±c± paµinandit±;pañc±lo ca videho ca, ubho ek± bhavantu te”ti.
Tattha santhavak±moti mah±r±ja, amh±ka½ r±j± tay± saddhi½ mittasanthava½
k±tuk±mo. Ratan±n²ti itthiratana½ attano dh²tara½ ±di½ katv± tumh±ka½ sabbaratan±ni dassati. ¾gacchant³ti ito paµµh±ya kira uttarapañc±lanagarato paºº±k±ra½
gahetv± madhuravacan± piyabh±ºino d³t± idha ±gacchantu, ito ca tattha
gacchantu. Ek± bhavant³ti gaªgodaka½ viya yamunodakena saddhi½ sa½sandant± ekasadis±va hont³ti.
Evañca (6.0258) pana vatv± “mah±r±ja, amh±ka½ r±j± añña½ mah±matta½
pesetuk±mo hutv±pi ‘añño man±pa½ katv± s±sana½ ±rocetu½ na sakkhissat²’ti
ma½ pesesi ‘±cariya, tumhe r±j±na½ s±dhuka½ pabodhetv± ±d±ya ±gacchath±’ti,gacchatha r±jaseµµha abhir³pañca kum±rika½ labhissatha, amh±kañca raññ±
saddhi½ mittabh±vo patiµµhahissat²”ti ±ha. So tassa vacana½ sutv± tuµµham±naso“uttamar³padhara½ kira kum±rika½ labhiss±m²”ti savanasa½saggena bajjhitv±“±cariya, tumh±kañca kira mahosadhapaº¹itassa ca dhammayuddhe viv±doahosi, gacchatha putta½ me passatha, ubhopi paº¹it± aññamañña½ kham±petv±
mantetv± eth±”ti ±ha. Ta½ sutv± kevaµµo “passiss±mi paº¹itan”ti ta½ passitu½
agam±si. Mah±sattopi ta½ divasa½ “tena me p±padhammena saddhi½ sall±po
m± hot³”ti p±tova thoka½ sappi½ pivi, gehampissa bahalena allagomayena lep±pesi, thambhe telena makkhesi, tassa nipannamañcaka½ µhapetv± ses±ni mañcap²µh±d²ni n²har±pesi.
So manuss±na½ saññamad±si “t±t±, br±hmaºe kathetu½ ±raddhe eva½ vadeyy±tha ‘br±hmaºa, m± paº¹itena saddhi½ kathayittha, ajja tena tikhiºasappi pivitan’ti. Mayi ca tena saddhi½ kathan±k±ra½ karontepi ‘deva tikhiºasappi te pivita½,
m± katheth±’ti ma½ niv±reth±”ti. Eva½ vic±retv± mah±satto rattapaµa½ niv±setv±
sattasu dv±rakoµµhakesu manusse µhapetv± sattame dv±rakoµµhake paµamañcake
nipajji. Kevaµµopissa paµhamadv±rakoµµhake µhatv± “kaha½ paº¹ito”ti pucchi. Athana½ te manuss± “br±hmaºa, m± saddamakari, sacepi ±gacchituk±mo, tuºh² hutv±ehi, ajja paº¹itena tikhiºasappi p²ta½, mah±sadda½ k±tu½ na labbhat²”ti ±ha½su.
Sesadv±rakoµµhakesupi na½ tatheva ±ha½su. So sattamadv±rakoµµhaka½ atikkamitv± paº¹itassa santika½ agam±si. Paº¹ito kathan±k±ra½ dassesi. Atha na½

manuss± “deva, m± kathayittha, tikhiºasappi te p²ta½, ki½ te imin± duµµhabr±hmaºena saddhi½ kathiten±”ti vatv± v±rayi½su. Iti so tassa santika½ gantv± neva
nis²ditu½, na ±sana½ niss±ya µhitaµµh±na½ labhi, allagomaya½ akkamitv± aµµh±si.
Atha (6.0259) na½ oloketv± eko akkh²ni nim²li, eko bhamuka½ ukkhipi, eko
kappara½ kaº¹³yi. So tesa½ kiriya½ oloketv± maªkubh³to “gacch±maha½
paº¹it±”ti vatv± aparena “are duµµhabr±hmaºa, ‘m± saddamak±s²’ti vutto saddameva karosi, aµµh²ni te bhindiss±m²”ti vutte bh²tatasito hutv± nivattitv± olokesi.
Atha na½ añño ve¼upesik±ya piµµhiya½ t±lesi, añño g²v±ya½ gahetv± khipi, añño
piµµhiya½ hatthatalena pahari. So d²pimukh± muttamigo viya bh²tatasito nikkhamitv± r±jageha½ gato. R±j± cintesi “ajja mama putto ima½ pavatti½ sutv± tuµµho
bhavissati, dvinna½ paº¹it±na½ mahatiy± dhammas±kacch±ya bhavitabba½, ajja
ubho aññamañña½ kham±pessanti, l±bh± vata me”ti. So kevaµµa½ disv± paº¹itena saddhi½ sa½sandan±k±ra½ pucchanto g±tham±ha–
601. “Katha½ nu kevaµµa mahosadhena, sam±gamo ±si tadiªgha br³hi;
kacci te paµinijjhatto, kacci tuµµho mahosadho”ti.
Tattha paµinijjhattoti dhammayuddhamaº¹ale pavattaviggahassa v³pasamanattha½ kacci tva½ tena, so ca tay± nijjhatto kham±pito. Kacci tuµµhoti kacci
tumh±ka½ raññ± pesita½ pavatti½ sutv± tuµµhoti.
Ta½ sutv± kevaµµo “mah±r±ja, tumhe ‘paº¹ito’ti ta½ gahetv± vicaratha, tato asappurisataro n±ma natth²”ti g±tham±ha–602. “Anariyar³po puriso janinda, asammodako thaddho asabbhir³po;
yath± m³go ca badhiro ca, na kiñcittha½ abh±sath±”ti.
Tattha asabbhir³poti apaº¹itaj±tiko. Na kiñcitthanti may± saha kiñci attha½ na
bh±sittha, teneva na½ apaº¹itoti maññ±m²ti bodhisattassa aguºa½ kathesi.
R±j± (6.0260) tassa vacana½ anabhinanditv± appaµikkositv± tassa ca tenasaddhi½ ±gat±nañca paribbayañceva niv±sagehañca d±petv± “gacchath±cariya,
vissamath±”ti ta½ uyyojetv± “mama putto paº¹ito paµisanth±rakusalo, imin± kirasaddhi½ neva paµisanth±ra½ ak±si, na tuµµhi½ pavedesi. Kiñci tena an±gatabhaya½ diµµha½ bhavissat²”ti sayameva katha½ samuµµh±pesi–
603. “Addh± ida½ mantapada½ sududdasa½, attho suddho naraviriyena diµµho.
tath± hi k±yo mama sampavedhati, hitv± saya½ ko parahatthamessat²”ti.
Tattha idanti ya½ mama puttena diµµha½, addh± ida½ mantapada½ aññena itarapurisena sududdasa½. Naraviriyen±ti v²riyavantena mahosadhapaº¹itena
suddho attho diµµho bhavissati. Sayanti saka½ raµµha½ hitv± ko parahattha½ gamissati.
“Mama puttena br±hmaºassa ±gamane doso diµµho bhavissati. Ayañhi ±gacchanto na mittasanthavatth±ya ±gamissati, ma½ pana k±mena palobhetv±
nagara½ netv± gaºhanatth±ya ±gatena bhavitabba½. Ta½ an±gatabhaya½
diµµha½ bhavissati paº¹iten±”ti tassa tamattha½ ±vajjetv± bh²tatasitassa nisinnak±le catt±ro paº¹it± ±gami½su. R±j± senaka½ pucchi “senaka, ruccati te uttarapañc±lanagara½ gantv± c³¼anir±jassa dh²tu ±nayanan”ti? Ki½ kathetha mah±r±ja,

na hi siri½ ±gacchanti½ daº¹ena paharitv± pal±petu½ vaµµati. Sace tumhe tattha
gantv± ta½ gaºhissatha, µhapetv± c³¼anibrahmadatta½ añño tumhehi samo jambud²patale na bhavissati. Ki½ k±raº±? Jeµµhar±jadh²t±ya gahitatt±. So hi “sesar±j±nomama manuss±, vedeho ekova may± sadiso”ti sakalajambud²pe uttamar³padhara½ dh²tara½ tumh±ka½ d±tuk±mo j±to, karothassa vacana½. Mayampi
tumhe niss±ya vatth±laªk±re labhiss±m±ti. R±j± sesepi pucchi. Tepi tatheva
kathesu½. Tassa tehi saddhi½ kathentasseva kevaµµabr±hmaºo attano niv±sageh± nikkhamitv± “r±j±na½ ±mantetv± gamiss±m²”ti ±gantv± “mah±r±ja, na sakk±
amhehi papañca½ k±tu½, gamiss±ma maya½ (6.0261) narind±”ti ±ha. R±j± tassa
sakk±ra½ katv± ta½ uyyojesi. Mah±satto tassa gamanabh±va½ ñatv± nhatv± alaªkaritv± r±jupaµµh±na½ ±gantv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di. R±j± cintesi“putto me mahosadhapaº¹ito mah±mant² mantap±raªgato at²t±n±gatapaccuppanna½ attha½ j±n±ti. Amh±ka½ tattha gantu½ yuttabh±va½ v± ayuttabh±va½v± paº¹ito j±nissat²”ti. So attan± paµhama½ cintita½ avatv± r±garatto moham³¼hohutv± ta½ pucchanto g±tham±ha–604. “Channañhi ek±va mat² sameti, ye paº¹it± uttamabh³ripatt±;
y±na½ ay±na½ atha v±pi µh±na½, mahosadha tvampi mati½ karoh²”ti.
Tattha channanti paº¹ita, kevaµµabr±hmaºassa ca mama ca imesañca catunnanti channa½ amh±ka½ ek±va mati ekoyeva ajjh±sayo gaªgodaka½ viya yamunodakena sa½sandati sameti. Ye maya½ chapi jan± paº¹it± uttamabh³ripatt±,
tesa½ no channampi c³¼anir±jadh²tu ±nayana½ ruccat²ti. Ýh±nanti idheva v±so.
Mati½ karoh²ti amh±ka½ ruccanaka½ n±ma appam±ºa½, tvampi cintehi, ki½
amh±ka½ ±v±hatth±ya tattha y±na½, ud±hu ay±na½, adu idheva v±so ruccat²ti.
Ta½ sutv± paº¹ito “aya½ r±j± ativiya k±magiddho andhab±labh±vena imesa½
catunna½ vacana½ gaºh±ti, gamane dosa½ kathetv± nivattess±mi na”ni cintetv±
catasso g±th±yo abh±si–605. “J±n±si kho r±ja mah±nubh±vo, mahabbalo c³¼anibrahmadatto;r±j± ca ta½ icchati m±raºattha½, miga½ yath± okacarena luddo.
606. “Yath±pi maccho ba¼isa½, vaªka½ ma½sena ch±dita½;±magiddho na j±n±ti, maccho maraºamattano.
607. “Evameva tuva½ r±ja, c³¼aneyyassa dh²tara½;k±magiddho na j±n±si, macchova maraºamattano.
608. “Sace (6.0262) gacchasi pañc±la½, khippamatta½ jahissasi;
miga½ panth±nubandha½va, mahanta½ bhayamessat²”ti.
Tattha r±j±ti videha½ ±lapati. Mah±nubh±voti mah±yaso. Mahabbaloti aµµharasa-akkhobhaºisaªkhena balena samann±gato. M±raºatthanti m±raºassa atth±ya.
Okacaren±ti okac±rik±ya migiy±. Luddo hi eka½ migi½ sikkh±petv± rajjukena
bandhitv± arañña½ netv± mig±na½ gocaraµµh±ne µhapesi. S± b±lamiga½ attano
santika½ ±netuk±m± sakasaññ±ya r±ga½ janent² viravati. Tass± sadda½ sutv±
b±lamigo migagaºaparivuto vanagumbe nipanno sesamig²su sañña½ akatv±
tass± saddassavanasa½saggena baddho vuµµh±ya nikkhamitv± g²va½ ukkhipitv±
kilesavasena ta½ migi½ upagantv± luddassa passa½ datv± tiµµhati. Tamena½ sotikhiº±ya sattiy± vijjhitv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±peti. Tattha luddo viya c³¼anir±j±, okac±rik± viya assa dh²t±, luddassa hatthe ±vudha½ viya kevaµµabr±hmaºo. Iti yath±okacarena luddo miga½ m±raºatth±ya icchati, eva½ sopi r±j± ta½ icchat²ti attho.
¾magiddhoti by±masatagambh²re udake vasantopi tasmi½ ba¼isassa vaªkaµµh±na½ ch±detv± µhite ±masaªkh±te ±mise giddho hutv± ba¼isa½ gilati, attano
maraºa½ na j±n±ti. Dh²taranti c³¼anib±¼isikassa kevaµµabr±hmaºassa vacanaba¼isa½ ch±detv± µhita½ ±misasadisa½. Tassa rañño dh²tara½ k±magiddho

hutv± maccho attano maraºasaªkh±ta½ ±misa½ viya na j±n±si. Pañc±lanti uttarapañc±lanagara½. Attanti att±na½. Panth±nubandhanti yath± g±madv±ramagga½
anubandhamiga½ mahanta½ bhayamessati, tañhi miga½ m±raºatth±ya ±vudh±ni gahetv± nikkhantesu manussesu ye ye passanti, te te m±renti, eva½ uttarapañc±lanagara½ gacchantampi ta½ mahanta½ maraºabhaya½ essati upagamissat²ti.
Eva½ mah±satto cat³hi g±th±hi r±j±na½ niggaºhitv± kathesi. So r±j± tena ativiya niggahitova “aya½ ma½ attano d±sa½ viya maññati, r±j±ti (6.0263)
saññampi na karoti, aggar±jena ‘dh²tara½ dass±m²’ti mama santika½ pesita½
ñatv± ekampi maªgalapaµisa½yutta½ katha½ akathetv± ma½ ‘b±lamigo viya, gilitaba¼isamaccho viya panth±nubandhamigo viya, maraºa½ p±puºissat²’ti vadat²”tikujjhitv± anantara½ g±tham±ha–
609. “Mayameva b±lamhase e¼am³g±, ye uttamatth±ni tay² lapimh±;
kimeva tva½ naªgalakoµiva¹¹ho, atth±ni j±n±si yath±pi aññe”ti.
Tattha b±lamhaseti b±l±mha. E¼am³g±ti l±lamukh± mayameva. Uttamatth±n²ti
uttama-itthiratanapaµil±bhak±raº±ni. Tay² lavimh±ti tava santike kathayimh±. Kimev±ti garahatthe nip±to. Naªgalakoµiva¹¹hoti gahapatiputto daharak±lato paµµh±ya
naªgalakoµi½ vahantoyeva va¹¹hati, tamattha½ sandh±ya “tva½ gahapatikammameva j±n±si, na khattiy±na½ maªgalakamman”ti imin± adhipp±yenevam±ha.
Aññeti yath± kevaµµo v± senak±dayo v± aññe paº¹it± im±ni khattiy±na½ maªgalatth±ni j±nanti, tath± tva½ t±ni ki½ j±n±si, gahapatikammaj±nanameva tav±nucchavikanti.
Iti na½ akkositv± paribh±sitv± “gahapatiputto mama maªgalantar±ya½ karoti,
n²haratha nan”ti n²har±petu½ g±tham±ha–
610. “Ima½ gale gahetv±na, n±setha vijit± mama;
yo me ratanal±bhassa, antar±y±ya bh±sat²”ti.
So rañño kuddhabh±va½ ñatv± “sace kho pana ma½ koci rañño vacana½
gahetv± hatthe v± g²v±ya v± par±maseyya, ta½ me ala½ assa y±vaj²va½ lajjitu½,
tasm± sayameva nikkhamiss±m²”ti cintetv± r±j±na½ vanditv± attano geha½ gato.
R±j±pi kevala½ kodhavaseneva vadati, bodhisatte pana garucittat±ya na kañci
tath± k±tu½ ±º±pesi. Atha mah±satto “aya½ r±j± b±lo attano hit±hita½ na j±n±ti (6.02k±magiddho hutv± ‘tassa dh²tara½ labhiss±miyev±’ti an±gatabhaya½ aj±nitv±
gacchanto mah±vin±sa½ p±puºissati. N±ssa katha½ hadaye k±tu½ vaµµati, bahupak±ro me esa mah±yasad±yako, imassa may± paccayena bhavitu½ vaµµati.
Paµhama½ kho pana suvapotaka½ pesetv± tathato ñatv± pacch± aha½ gamiss±m²”ti cintetv± suvapotaka½ pesesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
611. “Tato ca so apakkamma, vedehassa upantik±;atha ±mantay² d³ta½, m±dhara½ suvapaº¹ita½.
612. “Ehi samma haritapakkha, veyy±vacca½ karohi me;
atthi pañc±lar±jassa, s±¼ik± sayanap±lik±.
613. “Ta½ bandhanena pucchassu, s± hi sabbassa kovid±;s± tesa½ sabba½ j±n±ti, rañño ca kosiyassa ca.

614. “¾moti so paµissutv±, m±dharo suvapaº¹ito;
agam±si haritapakkho, s±¼ik±ya upantika½.
615. “Tato ca kho so gantv±na, m±dharo suvapaº¹ito;
ath±mantayi sughara½, s±¼ika½ mañjubh±ºika½.
616. “Kacci te sughare khaman²ya½, kacci vesse an±maya½;
kacci te madhun± l±j±, labbhate sughare tuva½.
617. “Kusalañceva me samma, atho samma an±maya½;
atho me madhun± l±j±, labbhate suvapaº¹ita.
618. “Kuto nu samma ±gamma, kassa v± pahito tuva½;
na ca mesi ito pubbe, diµµho v± yadi v± suto”ti.
Tattha haritapakkh±ti haritapattasam±napakkh±. Veyy±vaccanti “ehi, samm±”tivutte ±gantv± aªke nisinna½ “samma, aññena manussabh³tena k±tu½ asakkuºeyya½ mameka½ veyy±vaµika½ karoh²”ti ±ha.
“Ki½ (6.0265) karomi, dev±”ti vutte “samma, kevaµµabr±hmaºassa d³teyyen±gatak±raºa½ µhapetv± r±j±nañca kevaµµañca aññe na j±nanti, ubhova rañño sayanagabbhe nisinn± mantayi½su. Tassa pana atthi pañc±lar±jassa s±¼ik± sayanap±lik±. S± kira ta½ rahassa½ j±n±ti, tva½ tattha gantv± t±ya saddhi½ methunapaµisa½yutta½ viss±sa½ katv± tesa½ ta½ rahassa½ bandhanena pucchassu. Ta½
s±¼ika½ paµicchanne padese yath± ta½ koci na j±n±ti, eva½ puccha. Sace hi tekoci sadda½ suº±ti, j²vita½ te natthi, tasm± paµicchanne µh±ne saºika½ pucch±”ti.
S± tesa½ sabbanti s± tesa½ rañño ca kosiyagottassa ca kevaµµass±ti dvinnampi
jan±na½ sabba½ rahassa½ j±n±ti.
¾mot²ti bhikkhave, so suvapotako paº¹itena purimanayeneva sakk±ra½ katv±
pesito “±mo”ti tassa paµissutv± mah±satta½ vanditv± padakkhiºa½ katv± vivaµas²hapañjarena nikkhamitv± v±tavegena siviraµµhe ariµµhapura½ n±ma gantv± tattha
pavatti½ sallakkhetv± s±¼ik±ya santika½ gato. Katha½? So hi r±janivesanassa
kañcanathupik±ya nis²ditv± r±ganissita½ madhurarava½ ravi. Ki½ k±raº±? Ima½
sadda½ sutv± s±¼ik± paµiravissati, t±ya saññ±ya tass± santika½ gamiss±m²ti.
S±pi tassa sadda½ sutv± r±jasayanassa santike suvaººapañjare nisinn± r±garattacitt± hutv± tikkhattu½ paµiravi. So thoka½ gantv± punappuna½ sadda½ katv±
t±ya katasadd±nus±rena kamena s²hapañjara-umm±re µhatv± parissay±bh±va½oloketv± tass± santika½ gato. Atha na½ s± “ehi, samma, suvaººapañjare nis²d±”ti ±ha. So gantv± nis²di. ¾mantay²ti eva½ so gantv± methunapaµisa½yutta½
viss±sa½ kattuk±mo hutv± ta½ ±mantesi. Sugharanti kañcanapañjare vasanat±ya
sundaraghara½. Vesseti vessike vessaj±tike. S±¼ik± kira sakuºesu vessaj±tik±n±ma, tena ta½ eva½ ±lapati. Tuvanti sughare ta½ pucch±mi “kacci te madhun±
saddhi½ l±j± labbhat²”ti. ¾gamm±ti samma, kuto ±gantv± idha paviµµhoti pucchati.
Kassa v±ti kena v± pesito tva½ idh±gatoti.
So (6.0266) tass± vacana½ sutv± “sac±ha½ ‘mithilato ±gato’ti vakkh±mi, es±maraºam±pann±pi may± saddhi½ viss±sa½ na karissati. Siviraµµhe kho pana ariµµhapura½ sallakkhetv± ±gato, tasm± mus±v±da½ katv± sivir±jena pesito hutv±

tato ±gatabh±va½ kathess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–
619. “Ahosi½ sivir±jassa, p±s±de sayanap±lako;tato so dhammiko r±j±, baddhe mocesi bandhan±”ti.
Tattha baddheti attano dhammikat±ya sabbe baddhake bandhan± mocesi.
Eva½ mocento mampi saddahitv± “muñcatha nan”ti moc±pesi. Soha½ vivaµ±suvaººapañjar± nikkhamitv±pi bahip±s±de yatthicch±mi, tattha gocara½ gahetv±
suvaººapañjareyeva vas±mi. Yath± tva½, na eva½ niccak±la½ pañjareyeva
acch±m²ti.
Athassa s± attano atth±ya suvaººataµµake µhapite madhul±je ceva madhurodakañca datv± “samma, tva½ d³rato ±gato, kenatthena idh±gatos²”ti pucchi. So
tass± vacana½ sutv± rahassa½ sotuk±mo mus±v±da½ katv± ±ha–620. “Tassa mek± dutiy±si, s±¼ik± mañjubh±ºik±;
ta½ tattha avadh² seno, pekkhato sughare mam±”ti.
Tattha tassa mek±ti tassa mayha½ ek±. Dutiy±s²ti pur±ºadutiyik± ahosi.
Atha na½ s± pucchi “katha½ pana te bhariya½ seno avadh²”ti? So tass± ±cikkhanto “suºa bhadde, ekadivasa½ amh±ka½ r±j± udakak²¼a½ gacchanto mampi
pakkosi. Ath±ha½ bhariya½ ±d±ya tena saddhi½ gantv± k²¼itv± s±yanhasamaye
teneva saddhi½ pacc±gantv± raññ± saddhi½yeva p±s±da½ abhiruyha sar²ra½
sukkh±panatth±ya bhariya½ ±d±ya s²hapañjarena nikkhamitv± k³µ±g±rakucchiya½ nis²di½. Tasmi½ khaºe eko seno k³µ±g±r± nikkhanto amhe gaºhitu½
pakkhandi. Aha½ maraºabhayabh²to vegena pal±yi½. S± pana tad± garugabbh±ahosi, tasm± vegena pal±yitu½ n±sakkhi. Atha so mayha½ passantasseva ta½
m±retv± ±d±ya (6.0267) gato. Atha ma½ tass± sokena rodam±na½ disv±
amh±ka½ r±j± ‘samma, ki½ rodas²’ti pucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± ‘m± b±¼ha½,
samma, rodasi, añña½ bhariya½ pariyes±h²’ti vatv± ‘ki½, deva, aññ±ya an±c±r±ya
duss²l±ya bhariy±ya ±n²t±ya, tatopi ekakeneva caritu½ varan’ti vutte ‘samma,
aha½ eka½ sakuºika½ s²l±c±rasampanna½ assosi½, tava bhariy±ya sadisameva.
C³¼anir±jassa hi sayanap±lik± s±¼ik± evar³p±, tva½ tattha gantv± tass± mana½
pucchitv± ok±sa½ k±retv± sace te ruccati, ±gantv± amh±ka½ ±cikkha. Ath±ha½
vo viv±ha½ katv± mahantena pariv±rena ta½ ±ness±m±’ti vatv± ma½ idha pahiºi,
tenamhi k±raºen±gato”ti vatv± g±tha½ ±ha–
621. “Tass± k±m± hi sammatto, ±gatosmi tavanti ke;sace kareyya ok±sa½, ubhayova vas±mase”ti.
S± tassa vacana½ sutv± somanassappatt± ahosi. Eva½ santepi attano piyabh±va½ aj±n±petv± aniccham±n± viya ±ha–622. “Suvova suvi½ k±meyya, s±¼iko pana s±¼ika½;
suvassa s±¼ik±yeva, sa½v±so hoti k²diso”ti.
Tattha suvoti samma suvapaº¹ita, suvova suvi½ k±meyya. K²disoti asam±naj±tik±na½ sa½v±so n±ma k²diso hoti. Suvo hi sam±naj±tika½ suvi½ disv± cirasanthavampi s±¼ika½ jahissati, so piyavippayogo mahato dukkh±ya bhavissati, asam±naj±tik±na½ sa½v±so n±ma na samet²ti.

Itaro ta½ sutv± “aya½ ma½ na paµikkhipati, parih±rameva karoti, addh± ma½
icchissati, n±n±vidh±hi na½ upam±hi saddah±pess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–623. “Yoya½ k±me k±mayati, api caº¹±lik±mapi;sabbo hi sadiso hoti, natthi k±me as±diso”ti.

Tattha (6.0268) caº¹±lik±map²ti caº¹±lika½ api. Sadisoti cittasadisat±ya sabbo
sa½v±so sadisova hoti. K±masmiñhi cittameva pam±ºa½, na j±t²ti.
Evañca pana vatv± manussesu t±va n±n±j±tik±na½ sam±nabh±vadassanattha½ at²ta½ ±haritv± dassento anantara½ g±tham±ha–624. “Atthi jamp±vat² n±ma, m±t± sivissa r±jino;s± bhariy± v±sudevassa, kaºhassa mahes² piy±”ti.
Tattha jamp±vat²ti sivirañño m±t± jamp±vat² n±ma caº¹±l² ahosi. S± kaºh±yanagottassa dasabh±tik±na½ jeµµhakassa v±sudevassa piy± mahes² ahosi. So kirekadivasa½ dv±ravatito nikkhamitv± uyy±na½ gacchanto nagara½ pavisanti½ ekamante µhita½ abhir³pa½ eka½ caº¹±lika½ disv±va paµibaddhacitto hutv± “ki½
j±tik±”ti pucch±petv± “caº¹±laj±tik±”ti sutv±pi paµibaddhacittat±ya as±mikabh±va½ pucch±petv± “as±mik±”ti sutv± ta½ ±d±ya tato nivattitv± nivesana½
netv± aggamahesi½ ak±si. S± sivi½ n±ma putta½ vij±yi. So pitu accayena dv±ravatiya½ rajja½ k±resi. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Iti so ima½ ud±haraºa½ ±haritv± “evar³popi n±ma khattiyo caº¹±liy± saddhi½sa½v±sa½ kappesi, amhesu tiracch±nagatesu ki½ vattabba½, aññamañña½
sa½v±sarocana½yeva pam±ºan”ti vatv± aparampi ud±haraºa½ ±haranto ±ha–625. “Raµµhavat² kimpuris², s±pi vaccha½ ak±mayi;
manusso migiy± saddhi½, natthi k±me as±diso”ti.
Tattha vacchanti eva½n±maka½ t±pasa½. Katha½ pana s± ta½ k±mes²ti? At²tasmiñhi eko br±hmaºo k±mesu ±d²nava½ disv± mahanta½ yasa½ pah±ya isipabbajja½ pabbajitv± himavante paººas±la½ m±petv± vasi. Tassa paººas±lato avid³re ekiss± guh±ya bah³ kinnar± vasanti. Tattheva eko (6.0269) makkaµako
dv±re vasati. So j±la½ vinetv± tesa½ s²sa½ bhinditv± lohita½ pivati. Kinnar± n±ma
dubbal± honti bh²rukaj±tik±. Sopi makkaµako ativis±lo. Te tassa kiñci k±tu½ asakkont± ta½ t±pasa½ upasaªkamitv± katapaµisanth±r± ±gatak±raºa½ puµµh± “deva,
eko makkaµako j²vita½ no hanati, tumhe µhapetv± amh±ka½ añña½ paµisaraºa½
na pass±ma, ta½ m±retv± amh±ka½ sotthibh±va½ karoh²”ti ±ha½su. Ta½ sutv±
t±paso “apetha na m±dis± p±º±tip±ta½ karont²”ti apas±desi. Tesu raµµhavat²
n±ma kinnar² abhir³p± p±s±dik± as±mik± ahosi. Te ta½ alaªkaritv± t±pasassasantika½ netv± “deva, aya½ te p±daparic±rik± hotu, amh±ka½ pacc±mitta½
vadheh²”ti ±ha½su. T±paso ta½ disv±va paµibaddhacitto hutv± t±ya saddhi½sa½v±sa½ kappetv± guh±dv±re µhatv± gocaratth±ya nikkhanta½ makkaµaka½
muggarena pothetv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±pesi. So t±ya saddhi½ samaggav±sa½vasanto puttadh²t±hi va¹¹hitv± tattheva k±lamak±si. Eva½ s± ta½ k±mesi. Suvapotako ima½ ud±haraºa½ ±haritv± “vacchat±paso t±va manusso hutv± tiracch±nagat±ya kinnariy± saddhi½ sa½v±sa½ kappesi, kimaªga½ pana amh±ka½?
Mayañhi ubho pakkhinova tiracch±nagat±v±”ti d²pento “manusso migiy± san”ti ±ha. Eva½ manuss± tiracch±nagat±hi saddhi½ samaggav±sa½ vasanti,
natthi k±me as±diso n±ma, cittameva pam±ºanti kathesi.

S± tassa vacana½ sutv± “s±mi, citta½ n±ma sabbak±la½ ekasadisa½ na hoti,piyavippayogassa bh±y±m²”ti ±ha. Sopi suvapotako itthim±y±su kusalo, tena ta½
v²ma½santo puna g±tham±ha–626. “Handa khv±ha½ gamiss±mi, s±¼ike mañjubh±ºike;
Paccakkh±nupadañheta½, atimaññasi n³na man”ti.
Tattha paccakkh±nupada½ hetanti ya½ tva½ vadesi, sabbameta½ paccakkh±nassa anupada½, paccakkh±nak±raºa½ paccakkh±nakoµµh±so panesa. Atimaññasi n³na manti “n³na ma½ icchati ayan”ti tva½ ma½ atikkamitv± maññasi,mayha½ s±ra½ na j±n±si (6.0270). Ahañhi r±jap³jito, na mayha½ bhariy±dullabh±, añña½ bhariya½ pariyesiss±m²ti.
S± tassa vacana½ sutv±va bhijjam±nahaday± viya tassa saha dassaneneva
uppannak±maratiy± anu¹ayham±n± viya hutv±pi attano itthim±y±ya aniccham±n±viya hutv± diya¹¹ha½ g±tham±ha–
627. “Na sir² taram±nassa, m±dhara suvapaº¹ita;
idheva t±va acchassu, y±va r±j±na dakkhasi;
sossi sadda½ mudiªg±na½, ±nubh±vañca r±jino”ti.
Tattha na sir²ti samma suvapaº¹ita, taram±nassa sir² n±ma na hoti, taram±nenakatakamma½ na sobhati, “ghar±v±so ca n±mesa atigaruko”ti cintetv± tuletv±
k±tabbo. Idheva t±va acchassu, y±va mahantena yasena samann±gata½amh±ka½ r±j±na½ passissasi. Soss²ti s±yanhasamaye kinnarisam±nal²l±hi uttamar³padhar±hi n±r²hi vajjam±n±na½ mudiªg±na½ aññesañca g²tav±dit±na½sadda½ tva½ suºissasi, rañño ca ±nubh±va½ mahanta½ sirisobhagga½ passissasi. “Samma, ki½ tva½ turitosi, ki½ lesampi na j±n±si, acchassu t±va, pacch±j±niss±m±”ti.
Atha te s±yanhasamanantare methunasa½v±sa½ kari½su, samagg± sammodam±n± piyasa½v±sa½ vasi½su. Atha na½ suvapotako “na id±nes± mayha½
rahassa½ guhissati, id±ni na½ pucchitv± gantu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± “s±¼ike”ti ±ha.
“Ki½, s±m²”ti? “Aha½ kiñci te vattuk±momh²”ti. “Vada, s±m²”ti. “Hotu, ajja
amh±ka½ maªgaladivaso, aññatarasmi½ divase j±niss±m²”ti. “Sace maªgalapaµisa½yutt± kath± bhavissati, kathehi. No ce, m± kathehi s±m²”ti. “Maªgalakath±ves±, bhadde”ti. “Tena hi katheh²”ti. Atha na½ “bhadde, sace sotuk±m± bhavissasi, kathess±mi te”ti vatv± ta½ rahassa½ pucchanto diya¹¹ha½ g±tham±ha–
628. “Yo nu khv±ya½ tibbo saddo, tirojanapade suto;
dh²t± pañc±lar±jassa, osadh² viya vaººin²;
ta½ dassati videh±na½, so viv±ho bhavissat²”ti.
Tassattho (6.0271)– yo nu kho aya½ saddo tibbo bahalo, tirojanapade suto pararaµµhesu janapadesu vissuto paññ±to p±kaµo patthaµo. Kinti? Dh²t± pañc±lar±jassa
osadh²t±rak± viya virocam±n± t±ya eva sam±navaººin² atthi, ta½ so videh±na½dassati, so viv±ho bhavissati. Yo so eva½ patthaµo saddo, aha½ ta½ sutv±
cintesi½ “aya½ kum±rik± uttamar³padhar±, videhar±j±pi c³¼anirañño paµisattu
ahosi. Aññe bah³ r±j±no c³¼anibrahmadattassa vasavattino santi, tesa½ adatv±
ki½ k±raº± videhassa dh²tara½ dassat²”ti?

S± tassa vacana½ sutv± evam±ha– “s±mi, ki½ k±raº± maªgaladivase avamaªgala½ kathes²”ti? “Aha½, bhadde, ‘maªgalan’ti kathemi, tva½ ‘avamaªgalan’tikathesi, ki½ nu kho etan”ti? “S±mi, amitt±nampi tesa½ evar³p± maªgalakiriy± m±hot³”ti. “Kathehi t±va bhadde”ti. “S±mi, na sakk± kathetun”ti. “Bhadde, tay±vidita½ rahassa½ mama akathitak±lato paµµh±ya natthi amh±ka½ samaggasa½v±so”ti. S± tena nipp²¼iyam±n± “tena hi, s±mi, suº±h²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–
629. “Ediso m± amitt±na½, viv±ho hotu m±dhara;
yath± pañc±lar±jassa, vedehena bhavissat²”ti.
Ima½ g±tha½ vatv± puna tena “bhadde, kasm± evar³pa½ katha½ kathes²”tivutte “tena hi suº±hi, ettha dosa½ te kathess±m²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–
630. “¾nayitv±na vedeha½, pañc±l±na½ rathesabho;tato na½ gh±tayissati, nassa sakh² bhavissat²”ti.
Tattha tato na½ gh±tayissat²ti yad± so ima½ nagara½ ±gato bhavissati, tad±tena saddhi½ sakhibh±va½ mittadhamma½ na karissati, daµµhumpissa dh²tara½
na dassati. Eko kirassa pana atthadhamm±nus±sako mahosadhapaº¹ito n±ma
atthi, tena saddhi½ ta½ gh±tessati. Te ubho jane gh±tetv± jayap±na½ piviss±m±ti
kevaµµo raññ± saddhi½ mantetv± ta½ gaºhitv± ±gantu½ gatoti.
Eva½ (6.0272) s± guyhamanta½ nissesa½ katv± suvapaº¹itassa kathesi. Ta½
sutv± suvapaº¹ito “±cariyo kevaµµo up±yakusalo, acchariya½ tassa rañño evar³pena up±yena gh±tanan”ti kevaµµa½ vaººetv± “evar³pena avamaªgalena
amh±ka½ ko attho, tuºh²bh³t± say±m±”ti vatv± ±gamanakammassa nipphatti½
ñatv± ta½ ratti½ t±ya saddhi½ vasitv± “bhadde, aha½ siviraµµha½ gantv± man±p±ya bhariy±ya laddhabh±va½ sivirañño deviy± ca ±rocess±m²”ti gamana½ anuj±n±petu½ ±ha–
631. “Handa kho ma½ anuj±n±hi, rattiyo sattamattiyo;
y±v±ha½ sivir±jassa, ±rocemi mahesino;
laddho ca me ±vasatho, s±¼ik±ya upantikan”ti.
Tattha mahesinoti mahesiy± cassa. ¾vasathoti vasanaµµh±na½. Upantikanti
atha ne “etha tass± santika½ gacch±m±”ti vatv± aµµhame divase idh±netv± mahantena pariv±rena ta½ gahetv± gamiss±mi, y±va mam±gamana½, t±va m± ukkaºµh²ti.
Ta½ sutv± s±¼ik± tena viyoga½ aniccham±n±pi tassa vacana½ paµikkhipitu½
asakkont² anantara½ g±tham±ha–
632. “Handa kho ta½ anuj±n±mi, rattiyo sattamattiyo;
sace tva½ sattarattena, n±gacchasi mamantike;
maññe okkantasatta½ ma½, mat±ya ±gamissas²”ti.
Tattha maññe okkantasatta½ manti eva½ sante aha½ ma½ apagataj²vita½
sallakkhemi. So tva½ aµµhame divase an±gacchanto mayi mat±ya ±gamissasi,
tasm± m± papañca½ ak±s²ti.
Itaropi “bhadde, ki½ vadesi, mayhampi aµµhame divase ta½ apassantassa kuto
j²vitan”ti v±c±ya vatv± hadayena pana “j²va v± tva½ mara v±, ki½ tay± mayhan”ticintetv± uµµh±ya thoka½ siviraµµh±bhimukho gantv± nivattitv± mithila½ gantv±

paº¹itassa a½sak³µe otaritv± mah±sattena pana t±ya saññ±ya uparip±s±da½ ±ropetv± puµµho sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ paº¹itassa (6.0273) ±rocesi. Sopissa purimanayeneva sabba½ sakk±ramak±si. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
633. “Tato ca kho so gantv±na, m±dharo suvapaº¹ito;mahosadhassa akkh±si, s±¼ik±vacana½ idan”ti.

s²ti.
Tattha s±¼ik±vacana½ idanti ida½ s±¼ik±ya vacananti sabba½ vitth±retv± kathes²ti.
Suvakhaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Mah±-umaªgakaº¹a½
Ta½ sutv± mah±satto cintesi “r±j± mama aniccham±nasseva gamissati, gantv±
ca pana mah±vin±sa½ p±puºissati. Atha mayha½ ‘evar³passa n±ma yasad±yakassa rañño vacana½ hadaye katv± tassa saªgaha½ n±k±s²’ti garah±pi uppajjissati, m±dise paº¹ite vijjam±ne ki½k±raº± esa nassissati, aha½ rañño puretarameva gantv± c³¼ani½ disv± suvibhatta½ katv± videharañño niv±satth±ya nagara½m±petv± g±vutamatta½ jaªgha-umaªga½, a¹¹hayojanikañca mah±-umaªga½,
k±retv± c³¼anirañño dh²tara½ abhisiñcitv± amh±ka½ raññop±daparic±rika½ katv±
aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkhehi balehi ekasatar±j³su pariv±retv± µhitesveva
amh±ka½ r±j±na½ r±humukhato canda½ viya mocetv± ±d±y±gamana½ n±ma
mama bh±ro”ti. Tasseva½ cintentassa sar²re p²ti uppajji. So p²tivegena ud±na½
ud±nento ima½ upa¹¹hag±tham±ha–
634. “Yasseva ghare bhuñjeyya bhoga½, tasseva attha½ puriso careyy±”ti.
Tassattho– yassa rañño santike puriso mahanta½ issariya½ labhitv± bhoga½
bhuñjeyya, akkosantassapi paharantassapi gale gahetv± nikka¹¹hantassapi
tasseva attha½ hita½ vu¹¹hi½ paº¹ito k±yadv±r±d²hi t²hi dv±rehi careyya. Na hi
mittadubbhikamma½ paº¹itehi k±tabbanti.
Iti (6.0274) cintetv± so nhatv± alaªkaritv± mahantena yasena r±jakula½ gantv±
r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ µhito ±ha– “ki½, deva, gacchissatha uttarapañc±lanagaran”ti? “¾ma, t±ta, pañc±lacandi½ alabhantassa mama ki½ rajjena, m± ma½
pariccaji, may± saddhi½yeva ehi. Tattha amh±ka½ gatak±raº± dve atth± nipphajjissanti, itthiratanañca lacch±mi, raññ± ca me saddhi½ metti patiµµhahissat²”ti.
Atha na½ paº¹ito “tena hi, deva, aha½ pure gantv± tumh±ka½ nivesan±ni m±pess±mi, tumhe may± pahitas±sanena ±gaccheyy±th±”ti vadanto dve g±th± abh±si–“Hand±ha½ gacch±mi pure janinda, pañc±lar±jassa pura½ suramma½;
nivesan±ni m±petu½, vedehassa yasassino.
635. “Nivesan±ni m±petv±, vedehassa yasassino;yad± te pahiºeyy±mi, tad± eyy±si khattiy±”ti.
Tattha vedehass±ti tava videhar±jassa. Eyy±s²ti ±gaccheyy±s²ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “na kira ma½ paº¹ito pariccajat²”ti haµµhatuµµho hutv± ±ha– “t±ta,
tava pure gacchantassa ki½ laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti? “Balav±hana½, dev±”ti. “Yattaka½
icchasi, tattaka½ gaºha, t±t±”ti. “Catt±ri bandhan±g±r±ni vivar±petv± cor±na½
saªkhalikabandhan±ni bhind±petv± tepi may± saddhi½ pesetha dev±”ti. “Yath±-ruci karohi, t±t±”ti. Mah±satto bandhan±g±radv±r±ni vivar±petv± s³re mah±yodhe
gataµµh±ne kamma½ nipph±detu½ samatthe n²har±petv± “ma½ upaµµhahath±”ti
vatv± tesa½ sakk±ra½ k±retv± va¹¹hakikamm±racammak±ra-iµµhakap±s±ºak±racittak±r±dayo n±n±sippakusal± aµµh±rasa seniyo ±d±ya v±sipharasukudd±lakhaºitti-±d²ni bah³ni upakaraº±ni g±h±petv± mah±balak±yaparivuto nagar±
nikkhami. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
636. “Tato (6.0275) ca p±y±si pure mahosadho, pañc±lar±jassa pura½
suramma½;
nivesan±ni m±petu½, vedehassa yasassino”ti.
Mah±sattopi gacchanto yojanantare yojanantare ekeka½ g±ma½ nivesetv±
ekeka½ amacca½ “tumhe rañño pañc±lacandi½ gahetv± nivattanak±le hatthi-assarathe kappetv± r±j±na½ ±d±ya pacc±mitte paµib±hant± khippa½ mithila½ p±peyy±th±”ti vatv± µhapesi. Gaªg±t²ra½ pana patv± ±nandakum±ra½ pakkos±petv±“±nanda, tva½ t²ºi va¹¹hakisat±ni ±d±ya uddha½gaªga½ gantv± s±rad±r³ni g±h±petv± tisatamatt± n±v± m±petv± nagarassatth±ya tattheva tacch±petv± sallahuk±na½ d±r³na½ n±v±ya p³r±petv± khippa½ ±gaccheyy±s²”ti pesesi. Saya½ pana
n±v±ya gaªga½ taritv± otiººaµµh±nato paµµh±ya padasaññ±yeva gaºetv± “ida½
a¹¹hayojanaµµh±na½, ettha mah±-umaªgo bhavissati, imasmi½ µh±ne rañño nivesananagara½ bhavissati, ito paµµh±ya y±va r±jageh± g±vutamatte µh±ne jaªgha-umaªgo bhavissat²”ti paricchinditv± nagara½ p±visi. C³¼anir±j± bodhisattassa ±gamana½ sutv± “id±ni me manoratho matthaka½ p±puºissati, pacc±mitt±na½ piµµhi½passiss±mi, imasmi½ ±gate vedehopi na cirasseva ±gamissati, atha ne ubhopi
m±retv± sakalajambud²patale ekarajja½ kariss±m²”ti paramatuµµhi½ patto ahosi.
Sakalanagara½ saªkhubhi “esa kira mahosadhapaº¹ito, imin± kira ekasatar±j±nole¹¹un± k±k± viya pal±pit±”ti.
Mah±satto n±garesu attano r³pasampatti½ passantesuyeva r±jadv±ra½ gantv±
rañño paµivedetv± “pavisat³”ti vutte pavisitv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di.
Atha na½ r±j± paµisanth±ra½ katv± “t±ta, r±j± kad± ±gamissat²”ti pucchi. “May±pesitak±le, dev±”ti. “Tva½ pana kimattha½ ±gatos²”ti. “Amh±ka½ rañño nivesana½ m±petu½, dev±”ti. “S±dhu, t±t±”ti. Athassa sen±ya paribbaya½ d±petv±
mah±sattassa mahanta½ sakk±ra½ k±retv± nivesanageha½ d±petv± “t±ta, y±va
te r±j± n±gacchati, t±va anukkaºµham±no amh±kampi kattabbayuttaka½ (6.0276)
karontova vas±hi tvan”ti ±ha. So kira r±janivesana½ abhiruhantova mah±sop±nap±dam³le µhatv± “idha jaªgha-umaªgadv±ra½ bhavissat²”ti sallakkhesi. Athassa
etadahosi “r±j± ‘amh±kampi kattabbayuttaka½ karoh²’ti vadati, umaªge khaºiyam±ne yath± ida½ sop±na½ na osakkati, tath± k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti. Atha r±j±na½ evam±ha– “deva, aha½ pavisanto sop±nap±dam³le µhatv± navakamma½ olokento
mah±sop±ne dosa½ passi½. Sace te ruccati, aha½ d±r³ni labhanto man±pa½katv± atthareyyan”ti. “S±dhu, paº¹ita, atthar±h²”ti. So “idha umaªgadv±ra½ bhavissat²”ti sallakkhetv± ta½ por±ºasop±na½ haritv± yattha umaªgadv±ra½ bhavissati, tattha pa½suno apatanatth±ya phalakasanth±ra½ k±retv± yath± sop±na½na osakkati, eva½ niccala½ katv± sop±na½ atthari. R±j± ta½ k±raºa½ aj±nanto

“mama sinehena karot²”ti maññi.
Eva½ ta½ divasa½ teneva navakammena v²tin±metv± punadivase r±j±na½ ±ha–“deva, sace amh±ka½ rañño vasanaµµh±na½ j±neyy±ma, man±pa½ katv± paµijaggeyy±m±”ti. S±dhu, paº¹ita, µhapetv± mama nivesana½ sakalanagare ya½ nivesana½ icchasi, ta½ gaºh±ti. Mah±r±ja, maya½ ±gantuk±, tumh±ka½ bah³vallabh± yodh±, te attano attano gehesu gayham±nesu amhehi saddhi½ kalaha½
karissanti. “Tad±, deva, tehi saddhi½ maya½ ki½ kariss±m±”ti? “Tesa½ vacana½
m± gaºha. Ya½ icchasi, ta½ µh±nameva gaºh±peh²”ti. “Deva, te punappuna½±gantv± tumh±ka½ kathessanti, tena tumh±ka½ cittasukha½ na labhissati. Sacepana iccheyy±tha, y±va maya½ nivesan±ni gaºh±ma, t±va amh±ka½yeva
manuss± dov±rik± assu. Tato te dv±ra½ alabhitv± n±gamissanti. Eva½ santetumh±kampi cittasukha½ labhissat²”ti. R±j± “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi.
Mah±satto sop±nap±dam³le sop±nas²se mah±dv±reti sabbattha attano manusseyeva µhapetv± “kassaci pavisitu½ m± adatth±”ti vatv± atha rañño m±tu nivesana½ gantv± “bhindan±k±ra½ dasseth±”ti manusse ±º±pesi. Te dv±rakoµµhak±lindato paµµh±ya iµµhak± ca mattik± ca apanetu½ ±rabhi½su. R±jam±t± ta½ pavatti½
sutv± ±gantv± “kissa, (6.0277) t±t±, mama geha½ bhindath±”ti ±ha. “Mahosadhapaº¹ito bhind±petv± attano rañño nivesana½ k±tuk±mo”ti. “Yadi eva½ idheva
vasath±”ti. “Amh±ka½ rañño mahanta½ balav±hana½, ida½ nappahoti, añña½
mahanta½ geha½ kariss±m±”ti. “Tumhe ma½ na j±n±tha, aha½ r±jam±t±, id±ni
puttassa santika½ gantv± j±niss±m²”ti. “Maya½ rañño vacanena bhind±ma,
sakkont² v±reh²”ti. S± kujjhitv± “id±ni vo kattabba½ j±niss±m²”ti r±jadv±ra½ agam±si. Atha na½ “m± pavis±”ti dov±rik± v±rayi½su. “Aha½ r±jam±t±”ti. “Na maya½
ta½ j±n±ma, maya½ raññ± ‘kassaci pavisitu½ m± adatth±’ti ±ºatt±, gaccha tvan”ti.
S± gahetabbagahaºa½ apassant² nivattitv± attano nivesana½ olokent² aµµh±si.
Atha na½ eko puriso “ki½ idha karosi, gacchasi, na gacchas²”ti g²v±ya gahetv±
bh³miya½ p±tesi.
S± cintesi “addh± ime rañño ±ºatt± bhavissanti, itarath± eva½ k±tu½ na sakkhissanti, paº¹itasseva santika½ gacchiss±m²”ti. S± gantv± “t±ta mahosadha,kasm± mama nivesana½ bhind±pes²”ti ±ha. So t±ya saddhi½ na kathesi, santikeµhito puriso panassa “devi, ki½ kathes²”ti ±ha. “T±ta, mahosadhapaº¹ito kasm±
mama geha½ bhind±pet²”ti? “Vedeharañño vasanaµµh±na½ k±tun”ti. “Ki½, t±ta,
eva½ mahante nagare aññattha nivesanaµµh±na½ na labbhat²”ti maññati. “Ima½satasahassa½ lañja½ gahetv± aññattha geha½ k±ret³”ti. “S±dhu, devi, tumh±ka½
geha½ vissajj±pess±mi, lañjassa gahitabh±va½ m± kassaci kathayittha. M± noaññepi lañja½ datv± geh±ni vissajj±petuk±m± ahesun”ti. S±dhu, t±ta, “rañño m±t±lañja½ ad±s²”ti mayhampi lajjanakameva, tasm± na kassaci kathess±m²ti. So“s±dh³”ti tass± santik± satasahassa½ gahetv± geha½ vissajj±petv± kevaµµassa
geha½ agam±si. Sopi dv±ra½ gantv± ve¼upesik±hi piµµhicammupp±µana½ labhitv±
gahetabbagahaºa½ apassanto puna geha½ gantv± satasahassameva ad±si. Etenup±yena sakalanagare gehaµµh±na½ gaºhantena lañja½ gahetv± laddhakah±paº±naññeva nava koµiyo j±t±.

Mah±satto sakalanagara½ vicaritv± r±jakula½ agam±si. Atha na½ r±j± pucchi“ki½, paº¹ita, laddha½ te vasanaµµh±nan”ti? “Mah±r±ja, adent± n±ma (6.0278)
natthi, apica kho pana gehesu gayham±nesu kilamanti. Tesa½ piyavippayoga½k±tu½ amh±ka½ ayutta½. Bahinagare g±vutamatte µh±ne gaªg±ya ca nagarassa
ca antare asukaµµh±ne amh±ka½ rañño vasananagara½ kariss±m²”ti. Ta½ sutv±
r±j± “antonagare yujjhitumpi dukkha½, neva sakasen±, na parasen± ñ±tu½ sakk±.
Bahinagare pana sukha½ yuddha½ k±tu½, tasm± bahinagareyeva te koµµetv±
m±ress±m±”ti tussitv± “s±dhu, paº¹ita, tay± sallakkhitaµµh±neyeva k±reh²”ti ±ha.
“Mah±r±ja, aha½ k±ress±mi, tumh±ka½ pana manussehi d±rupaºº±d²na½atth±ya amh±ka½ navakammaµµh±na½ n±gantabba½. ¾gacchant± hi kalaha½
karissanti, teneva tumh±kañca amh±kañca cittasukha½ na bhavissat²”ti. “S±dhu,
paº¹ita, tena passena nisañc±ra½ k±reh²”ti. “Deva, amh±ka½ hatth² udak±bhirat±
udakeyeva k²¼issanti. Udake ±vile j±te ‘mahosadhassa ±gatak±lato paµµh±yapasanna½ udaka½ p±tu½ na labh±m±’ti sace n±gar± kujjhissanti, tampi sahitabban”ti. R±j± “vissatth± tumh±ka½ hatth² k²¼ant³”ti vatv± nagare bheri½ car±pesi– “yoito nikkhamitv± mahosadhassa nagaram±pitaµµh±na½ gacchati, tassa sahassadaº¹o”ti.
Mah±satto r±j±na½ vanditv± attano parisa½ ±d±ya nikkhamitv± yath±paricchinnaµµh±ne nagara½ m±petu½ ±rabhi. P±ragaªg±ya vagguli½ n±ma g±ma½k±retv± hatthi-assarathav±hanañceva gobalibaddañca tattha µhapetv± nagarakaraºa½ vic±rento “ettak± ida½ karont³”ti sabbakamm±ni vibhajitv± umaªgakamma½ paµµhapesi. Mah±-umaªgadv±ra½ gaªg±titthe ahosi. Saµµhimatt±ni
yodhasat±ni mah±-umaªga½ khaºanti. Mahantehi cammapasibbakehi v±lukapa½su½ haritv± gaªg±ya p±tenti. P±titap±tita½ pa½su½ hatth² maddanti, gaªg±±¼ul± sandati. Nagarav±sino “mahosadhassa ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya pasanna½udaka½ p±tu½ na labh±ma, gaªg± ±¼ul± sandati, ki½ nu kho etan”ti vadanti. Athanesa½ paº¹itassa upanikkhittakapuris± ±rocenti “mahosadhassa kira hatth²
udaka½ k²¼ant± gaªg±ya kaddama½ karonti, tena gaªg± ±¼ul± sandat²”ti.

Bodhisatt±na½ (6.0279) adhipp±yo n±ma samijjhati, tasm± umaªge m³l±ni v±
kh±ºuk±ni v± marumb±ni v± p±s±º±ni v± sabbepi bh³miya½ pavisi½su. Jaªgha-umaªgassa dv±ra½ tasmi½yeva nagare ahosi. T²ºi purisasat±ni jaªgha-umaªga½
khaºanti, cammapasibbakehi pa½su½haritv± tasmi½ nagare p±tenti. P±titap±tita½ udakena madd±petv± p±k±ra½ cinanti, aññ±ni v± kamm±ni karonti. Mah±-umaªgassa pavisanadv±ra½ nagare ahosi aµµh±rasahatthubbedhena yantayuttadv±rena samann±gata½. Tañhi ek±ya ±ºiy± akkant±ya pidh²yati, ek±ya ±ºiy±
akkant±ya vivar²yati. Mah±-umaªgassa dv²su passesu iµµhak±hi cinitv± sudh±kamma½ k±resi, matthake phalakena channa½ k±retv± ulloka½ mattik±ya limp±petv± setakamma½ k±retv± cittakamma½ k±resi. Sabb±ni panettha as²ti mah±dv±r±ni catusaµµhi c³¼adv±r±ni ahesu½, sabb±ni yantayutt±neva. Ek±ya ±ºiy± akkant±ya sabb±neva pidh²yanti, ek±ya ±ºiy± akkant±ya sabb±neva vivar²yanti. Dv²su
passesu anekasatad²p±lay± ahesu½, tepi yantayutt±yeva. Ekasmi½ vivariyam±nesabbe vivar²yanti, ekasmi½ pidh²yam±ne sabbe pidh²yanti. Dv²su passesu ekasat±na½ khattiy±na½ ekasatasayanagabbh± ahesu½. Ekekasmi½ gabbhe n±n±vaººapaccattharaºatthata½
ekeka½mah±sayana½ samussitasetacchatta½,
ekeka½ mah±sayana½ niss±ya ekeka½ m±tug±mar³paka½ uttamar³padhara½patiµµhita½. Ta½ hatthena apar±masitv± “manussar³pan”ti na sakk± ñ±tu½, apica
umaªgassa ubhosu passesu kusal± cittak±r± n±nappak±ra½ cittakamma½
kari½su. Sakkavil±sasinerusattaparibhaº¹acakkav±¼as±garasattamah±sara- catumah±d²pa-himavanta-anotattasara-manosil±tala candimas³riya-c±tumah±r±jik±dichak±m±vacarasampattiyopi sabb± umaªgeyeva dassayi½su. Bh³miya½ rajatapaµµavaºº± v±luk± okiri½su, upari ullokapadum±ni dassesu½. Ubhosu passesu
n±nappak±re ±paºepi dassayi½su. Tesu tesu µh±nesu gandhad±mapupphad±m±d²ni olambetv± sudhamm±devasabha½ viya umaªga½ alaªkari½su.
T±nipi kho t²ºi va¹¹hakisat±ni t²ºi n±v±sat±ni bandhitv± niµµhitaparikamm±na½
dabbasambh±r±na½ p³retv± gaªg±ya ±haritv± paº¹itassa ±rocesu½ (6.0280).
T±ni so nagare upayoga½ netv± “may± ±ºattadivaseyeva ±hareyy±th±”ti vatv±
n±v± paµicchannaµµh±ne µhap±pesi. Nagare udakaparikh±, kaddamaparikh±,
sukkhaparikh±ti tisso parikh±yo k±resi. Aµµh±rasahattho p±k±ro gopuraµµ±lako r±janivesan±ni hatthis±l±dayo pokkharaºiyoti sabbameta½ niµµha½ agam±si. Iti
mah±-umaªgo jaªgha-umaªgo nagaranti sabbameta½ cat³hi m±sehi niµµhita½.
Atha mah±satto catum±saccayena rañño ±gamanatth±ya d³ta½ p±hesi.
Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
637. “Nivesan±ni m±petv±, vedehassa yasassino;
athassa p±hiº² d³ta½, vedeha½ mithilaggaha½;
ehi d±ni mah±r±ja, m±pita½ te nivesanan”ti.
Tattha p±hiº²ti pesesi.
R±j± d³tassa vacana½ sutv± tuµµhacitto hutv± mahantena pariv±rena nagar±
nikkhami. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
638. “Tato ca r±j± p±y±si, sen±ya caturaªgiy±;anantav±hana½ daµµhu½, ph²ta½ kapiliya½ puran”ti.

Tattha anantav±hananti aparimitahatthi-ass±div±hana½. Kapiliya½ puranti
kapilaraµµhe m±pita½ nagara½.
So anupubbena gantv± gaªg±t²ra½ p±puºi. Atha na½ mah±satto paccuggantv±
attan± katanagara½ pavesesi. So tattha p±s±davaragato n±naggarasabhojana½
bhuñjitv± thoka½ vissamitv± s±yanhasamaye attano ±gatabh±va½ ñ±petu½ c³¼anirañño d³ta½ pesesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
639. “Tato ca kho so gantv±na, brahmadattassa p±hiºi;±gatosmi mah±r±ja, tava p±d±ni vanditu½.
640. “Dad±hi d±ni me bhariya½, n±ri½ sabbaªgasobhini½;
suvaººena paµicchanna½, d±s²gaºapurakkhatan”ti.
Tattha (6.0281) vanditunti vedeho mahallako, c³¼anir±j± tassa puttanattamattopi na hoti, kilesavasena mucchito pana hutv± “j±m±tarena n±ma sasuro vandan²yo”ti cintetv± tassa citta½ aj±nantova vandanas±sana½ pahiºi. Dad±hi d±n²ti
aha½ tay± “dh²tara½ dass±m²”ti pakkos±pito, ta½ me id±ni deh²ti pahiºi. Suvaººena paµicchannanti suvaºº±laªk±rena paµimaº¹ita½.
C³¼anir±j± d³tassa vacana½ sutv± somanassappatto “id±ni me pacc±mittokuhi½ gamissati, ubhinnampi nesa½ s²s±ni chinditv± jayap±na½ piviss±m±”ticintetv± kevala½ somanassa½ dassento d³tassa sakk±ra½ katv± anantara½
g±tham±ha–
641. “Sv±gata½ teva vedeha, atho te adur±gata½;
nakkhattaññeva paripuccha, aha½ kañña½ dad±mi te;suvaººena paµicchanna½, d±s²gaºapurakkhatan”ti.
Tattha vedeh±ti vedehassa s±sana½ sutv± ta½ purato µhita½ viya ±lapati. Athav± “eva½ brahmadattena vuttanti vadeh²”ti d³ta½ ±º±pento evam±ha.
Ta½ sutv± d³to vedehassa santika½ gantv± “deva, maªgalakiriy±ya anucchavika½ nakkhatta½ kira j±n±hi, r±j± te dh²tara½ det²”ti ±ha. So “ajjeva nakkhatta½
sobhanan”ti puna d³ta½ pahiºi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–642. “Tato ca r±j± vedeho, nakkhatta½ paripucchatha;
nakkhatta½ paripucchitv±, brahmadattassa p±hiºi.
643. “Dad±hi d±ni me bhariya½, n±ri½ sabbaªgasobhini½;
suvaººena paµicchanna½, d±s²gaºapurakkhatan”ti.
C³¼anir±j±pi–644. “Dad±mi d±ni te bhariya½, n±ri½ sabbaªgasobhini½;
suvaººena paµicchanna½, d±s²gaºapurakkhatan”ti.–Ima½ (6.0282) g±tha½ vatv± “id±ni pesemi, id±ni pesem²”ti mus±v±da½ katv± ekasatar±j³na½ sañña½ ad±si “aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya saddhi½
sabbe yuddhasajj± hutv± nikkhamantu, ajja ubhinnampi paccatthik±na½ s²s±nichinditv± sve jayap±na½ piviss±m±”ti. Te sabbepi nikkhami½su. Saya½
nikkhanto pana m±tara½ cal±kadeviñca aggamahesi½, nand±deviñca, putta½
pañc±lacandañca, dh²tara½ pañc±lacandiñc±ti catt±ro jane orodhehi saddhi½p±s±de niv±s±petv± nikkhami. Bodhisattopi vedeharañño ceva tena saddhi½ ±gatasen±ya ca mahanta½ sakk±ra½ k±resi. Keci manuss± sura½ pivanti, keci

macchama½s±d²ni kh±danti, keci d³ramagg± ±gatatt± kilant± sayanti. Videhar±j±pana senak±dayo catt±ro paº¹ite gahetv± amaccagaºaparivuto alaªkatamah±tale nis²di.
C³¼anir±j±pi aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya sabba½ ta½ nagara½
tisanti½ catusaªkhepa½ parikkhipitv± anekasatasahass±hi ukk±hi dh±riyam±n±hi aruºe uggacchanteyeva gahaºasajjo hutv± aµµh±si. Ta½ ñatv± mah±sattoattano yodh±na½ t²ºi sat±ni pesesi “tumhe jaªgha-umaªgena gantv± rañño m±tarañca aggamahesiñca puttañca dh²tarañca jaªgha-umaªgena ±netv± mah±-umaªgena netv± umaªgadv±rato bahi akatv± anto-umaªgeyeva µhapetv± y±va
amh±ka½ ±gaman± rakkhant± tattha µhatv± amh±ka½ ±gamanak±le umaªg± n²haritv± umaªgadv±re mah±vis±lam±¼ake µhapeth±”ti. Te tassa vacana½ sampaµicchitv± jaªgha-umaªgena gantv± sop±nap±dam³le phalakasantharaºa½ uggh±µetv± sop±nap±dam³le sop±nas²se mah±taleti ettake µh±ne ±rakkhamanusse ca
khujj±diparic±rik±yo ca hatthap±desu bandhitv± mukhañca pidahitv± tattha tattha
paµicchannaµµh±ne µhapetv± rañño paµiyatta½ kh±dan²yabhojan²ya½ kiñci kh±ditv±
kiñci bhinditv± cuººavicuººa½ katv± aparibhoga½ katv± cha¹¹etv± uparip±s±da½abhiruhi½su. Tad± cal±kadev² nand±deviñca r±japuttañca r±jadh²tarañca gahetv±“ko j±n±ti, ki½ bhavissat²”ti maññam±n± attan± saddhi½ ekasayaneyeva say±pesi. Te yodh± gabbhadv±re µhatv± pakkosi½su. S± nikkhamitv± “ki½, t±t±”ti ±ha.
“Devi, amh±ka½ r±j± vedehañca mahosadhañca j²vitakkhaya½ p±petv± sakalajambud²pe (6.0283) ekarajja½ katv± ekasatar±japarivuto mahantena yasena ajja
mah±jayap±na½ pivanto tumhe catt±ropi jane gahetv± ±neh²”ti amhe pahiº²ti.
Tepi tesa½ vacana½ saddahitv± p±s±d± otaritv± sop±nap±dam³la½ agami½su.
Atha ne gahetv± jaªgha-umaªga½ pavisi½su. Te ±ha½su “maya½ ettaka½ k±la½idha vasant± ima½ v²thi½ na otiººapubb±”ti. “Devi, ima½ v²thi½ na sabbad± otaranti, maªgalav²thi n±mes±, ajja maªgaladivasabh±vena r±j± imin± maggena±netu½ ±º±pes²”ti. Te tesa½ vacana½ saddahi½su. Athekacce te catt±ro gahetv±
gacchi½su. Ekacce nivattitv± r±janivesane ratanagabbhe vivaritv± yathicchita½
ratanas±ra½ gahetv± ±gami½su. Itarepi catt±ro khattiy± purato mah±-umaªga½
patv± alaªkatadevasabha½ viya umaªga½ disv± “rañño atth±ya sajjitan”ti sañña½
kari½su. Atha ne gaªg±ya avid³raµh±na½ netv± anto-umaªgeyeva alaªkatagabbhe nis²d±petv± ekacce ±rakkha½ gahetv± acchi½su. Ekacce tesa½ ±n²tabh±va½ ñ±petu½ gantv± bodhisattassa ±rocesu½. So tesa½ katha½ sutv± “id±ni
me manoratho matthaka½ p±puºissat²”ti somanassaj±to rañño santika½ gantv±
ekamanta½ aµµh±si. R±j±pi kiles±turat±ya “id±ni me dh²tara½ pesessati, id±ni me
dh²tara½ pesessat²”ti pallaªkato uµµh±ya v±tap±nena olokento anekehi ukk±satasahassehi ekobh±sa½ j±ta½ nagara½ mahatiy± sen±ya parivuta½ disv± ±saªkitaparisaªkito “ki½ nu kho etan”ti paº¹itehi saddhi½ mantento g±tham±ha–645. “Hatth² ass± rath± patt², sen± tiµµhanti vammit±;
ukk± paditt± jh±yanti, ki½ nu maññanti paº¹it±”ti.
Tattha ki½ nu maññant²ti c³¼anir±j± amh±ka½ tuµµho, ud±hu kuddho, ki½ nu

paº¹it± maññant²ti pucchi.
Ta½ sutv± senako ±ha– “m± cintayittha, mah±r±ja, atibah³ ukk± paññ±yanti,r±j± tumh±ka½ d±tu½ dh²tara½ gahetv± eti maññe”ti. Pukkusopi (6.0284)“tumh±ka½ ±gantukasakk±ra½ k±tu½ ±rakkha½ gahetv± µhito bhavissat²”ti ±ha.
Eva½ tesa½ ya½ ya½ ruccati, ta½ ta½ kathayi½su. R±j± pana “asukaµµh±ne sen±tiµµhantu, asukaµµh±ne ±rakkha½ gaºhatha, appamatt± hoth±”ti vadant±na½sadda½ sutv± olokento sannaddhapañc±vudha½ sena½ passitv± maraºabhayabh²to hutv± mah±sattassa katha½ pacc±s²santo itara½ g±tham±ha–646. “Hatth² ass± rath± patt², sen± tiµµhanti vammit±;
ukk± paditt± jh±yanti, ki½ nu k±hanti paº¹it±”ti.
Tattha ki½ nu k±hanti paº¹it±ti paº¹ita, ki½ n±ma cintesi, im± sen± amh±ka½
ki½ karissant²ti.

paññ±bala½ dassetv± ass±sess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–647. “Rakkhati ta½ mah±r±ja, c³¼aneyyo mahabbalo;
paduµµho brahmadattena, p±to ta½ gh±tayissat²”ti.
Ta½ sutv± sabbe maraºabhayatajjit± j±t±. Rañño kaº¹o sussi mukhe khe¼oparichijji, sar²re d±ho uppajji. So maraºabhayabh²to paridevanto dve g±th± ±ha–648. “Ubbedhati me hadaya½, mukhañca parisussati;
nibbuti½ n±dhigacch±mi, aggida¹¹hova ±tape.
649. “Kamm±r±na½ yath± ukk±, attho jh±yati no bahi;
evampi hadaya½ mayha½, anto jh±yati no bah²”ti.
Tattha ubbedhat²ti t±ta mahosadhapaº¹ita, hadaya½ me mah±v±tappaharita½
viya pallava½ kampati. Anto jh±yat²ti so “ukk± viya mayha½ hadayama½sa½
abbhantare jh±yati, bahi pana na jh±yat²”ti paridevati.
Mah±satto tassa paridevitasadda½ sutv± “aya½ andhab±lo aññesu divasesu
mama vacana½ na ak±si, bhiyyo na½ niggaºhiss±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–
650. “Pamatto (6.0285) mantan±t²to, bhinnamantosi khattiya;
id±ni kho ta½ t±yantu, paº¹it± mantino jan±.
651. “Akatv±maccassa vacana½, atthak±mahitesino;
attap²tirato r±j±, migo k³µeva ohito.
652. “Yath±pi maccho ba¼isa½, vaªka½ ma½sena ch±dita½;±magiddho na j±n±ti, maccho maraºamattano.
653. “Evameva tuva½ r±ja, c³¼aneyyassa dh²tara½;k±magiddho na j±n±si, macchova maraºamattano.
654. “Sace gacchasi pañc±la½, khippamatta½ jahissasi;
miga½ panth±nubandha½va, mahanta½ bhayamessati.
655. “Anariyar³po puriso janinda, ah²va ucchaªgagato ¹aseyya;na tena mitti½ kayir±tha dh²ro, dukkho have k±purisena saªgamo.
656. “Yadeva jaññ± purisa½ janinda, s²lav±ya½ bahussuto;
teneva mitti½ kayir±tha dh²ro, sukho have sappurisena saªgamo”ti.
Tattha pamattoti mah±r±ja, tva½ k±mena pamatto. Mantan±t²toti may± an±gatabhaya½ disv± paññ±ya paricchinditv± mantitamantana½ atikkamanto. Bhinnamantoti mantan±tikkantatt±yeva bhinnamanto, yo v± te senak±d²hi saddhi½ manto
gahito, eso bhinnotipi bhinnamantosi j±to. Paº¹it±ti ime senak±dayo catt±ro jan±
id±ni ta½ rakkhantu, pass±mi nesa½ balanti d²peti. Akatv±maccass±ti mama uttama-amaccassa vacana½ akatv±. Attap²tiratoti attano kilesap²tiy± abhirato hutv±.
Migo k³µeva ohitoti yath± n±ma niv±palobhena ±gato migo k³µap±se bajjhati, eva½
mama vacana½ aggahetv± “pañc±lacandi½ (6.0286) labhiss±m²”ti kilesalobhena±gantv± id±ni k³µap±se baddho migo viya j±tos²ti.
“Yath±pi macco”ti g±th±dvaya½ “tad± may± aya½ upam± ±bhat±”ti dassetu½
vutta½. “Sace gacchas²”ti g±th±pi “na kevala½ ettakameva, imampi aha½ ±harin”ti dassetu½ vutt±. Anariyar³poti kevaµµabr±hmaºasadiso asappurisaj±tiko nillajjapuriso. Na tena mittinti t±disena saddhi½ mittidhamma½ na kayir±tha, tva½ panakevaµµena saddhi½ mittidhamma½ katv± tassa vacana½ gaºhi. Dukkhoti evar³pena saddhi½ saªgamo n±ma ekav±rampi kato idhalokepi paralokepi mah±dukkh±vahanato dukkho n±ma hoti. Yadev±ti ya½ eva, ayameva v± p±µho. Sukhoti
idhalokepi paralokepi sukhoyeva.
Atha na½ “puna evar³pa½ karissat²”ti suµµhutara½ niggaºhanto pubbe raññ±
kathitakatha½ ±haritv± dassento–
657. “B±lo tuva½ e¼am³gosi r±ja, yo uttamatth±ni may² lapittho;
kimevaha½ naªgalakoµiva¹¹ho, atth±ni j±n±mi yath±pi aññe.
658. “Ima½ gale gahetv±na, n±setha vijit± mama;
yo me ratanal±bhassa, antar±y±ya bh±sat²”ti.–Im± dve g±th± vatv± “mah±r±ja, aha½ gahapatiputto, yath± tava aññe senak±dayo paº¹it± atth±ni j±nanti, tath± kimeva aha½ j±nissa½, agocaro esa mayha½,
gahapatisippamev±ha½ j±n±mi, aya½ attho senak±d²na½ paº¹it±na½ p±kaµohoti, ajja te aµµh±rasa-akkhobhaºisaªkh±ya sen±ya pariv±ritassa senak±dayo avassay± hontu, ma½ pana g²v±ya½ gahetv± nikka¹¹hitu½ ±º±pesi, id±ni ma½
kasm± pucchas²”ti eva½ suniggahita½ niggaºhi.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± cintesi “paº¹ito may± kathitadosameva katheti. Pubbeva hi ida½an±gatabhaya½ j±ni, tena ma½ ativiya niggaºh±ti, na kho (6.0287) pan±ya½ettaka½ k±la½ nikkammakova acchissati, avassa½ imin± mayha½ sotthibh±vo
kato bhavissat²”ti. Atha na½ pariggaºhanto dve g±th± abh±si–659. “Mahosadha at²tena, n±nuvijjhanti paº¹it±,ki½ ma½ assa½va sambaddha½, patodeneva vijjhasi.
660. “Sace passasi mokkha½ v±, khema½ v± pana passasi;
teneva ma½ anus±sa, ki½ at²tena vijjhas²”ti.
Tattha n±nuvijjhant²ti at²tadosa½ gahetv± mukhasatt²hi na vijjhanti. Assa½vasambaddhanti sattusen±ya parivutatt± suµµhu bandhitv± µhapita½ assa½ viya ki½
ma½ vijjhasi. Teneva manti eva½ te mokkho bhavissati, eva½ khemanti teneva
sotthibh±vena ma½ anus±sa ass±sehi, tañhi µhapetv± añña½ me paµisaraºa½
natth²ti.
Atha na½ mah±satto “aya½ r±j± ativiya andhab±lo, purisavisesa½ na j±n±ti,
thoka½ kilametv± pacch± tassa avassayo bhavissam²”ti cintetv± ±ha–
661. “At²ta½ m±nusa½ kamma½, dukkara½ durabhisambhava½;
na ta½ sakkopi mocetu½, tva½ paj±nassu khattiya.
662. “Santi veh±yas± n±g±, iddhimanto yasassino;
tepi ±d±ya gaccheyyu½, yassa honti tath±vidh±.
663. “Santi veh±yas± ass±, iddhimanto yasassino;
tepi ±d±ya gaccheyyu½, yassa honti tath±vidh±.
664. “Santi veh±yas± pakkh², iddhimanto yasassino;
tepi ±d±ya gaccheyyu½, yassa honti tath±vidh±.
665. “Santi veh±yas± yakkh±, iddhimanto yasassino;
tepi ±d±ya gaccheyyu½, yassa honti tath±vidh±.
666. “At²ta½ m±nusa½ kamma½, dukkara½ durabhisambhava½;

na ta½ sakkomi mocetu½, antalikkhena khattiy±”ti.
Tattha (6.0288) kammanti mah±r±ja, ida½ ito tava mocana½ n±ma at²ta½,
manussehi kattabbakamma½ at²ta½. Dukkara½ durabhisambhavanti neva k±tu½,
na sambhavitu½ sakk±. Na ta½ sakkom²ti aha½ ta½ ito mocetu½ na sakkomi.
Tva½ paj±nassu khattiy±ti mah±r±ja, tvamevettha kattabba½ j±nassu. Veh±yas±ti ±k±sena gamanasamatth±. N±g±ti hatthino. Yass±ti yassa rañño. Tath±vidh±ti chaddantakule v± uposathakule v± j±t± n±g± honti, ta½ r±j±na½ te ±d±yagaccheyyu½. Ass±ti val±haka-assar±jakule j±t± ass±. Pakkh²ti garu¼ha½ sandh±y±ha. Yakkh±ti s±t±gir±dayo yakkh±. Antalikkhen±ti antalikkhena mocetu½ nasakkomi, ta½ ±d±ya ±k±sena mithila½ netu½ na sakkom²ti attho.
R±j± ta½ sutv± appaµibh±no nis²di. Atha senako cintesi “id±ni rañño ceva amh±kañca µhapetv± paº¹ita½ añña½ paµisaraºa½ natthi, r±j± panassa katha½ sutv±
maraºabhayatajjito kiñci vattu½ na sakkoti, aha½ paº¹ita½ y±ciss±m²”ti. So
y±canto dve g±th± abh±si–667. “At²radass² puriso, mahante udakaººave;
yattha so labhate g±dha½, tattha so vindate sukha½.
668. “Eva½ amhañca rañño ca, tva½ patiµµh± mahosadha;tva½ nosi mantina½ seµµho, amhe dukkh± pamocay±”ti.
Tattha at²radass²ti samudde bhinnan±vo t²ra½ apassanto. Yatth±ti ³mivegabbh±hato vicaranto yamhi padese patiµµha½ labhati. Pamocay±ti pubbepi mithila½
pariv±retv± µhitak±le tay±va pamocitamh±, id±nipi tvameva amhe dukkh± moceh²ti y±ci.
Atha na½ niggaºhanto mah±satto g±th±ya ajjhabh±si–669. “At²ta½ m±nusa½ kamma½, dukkara½ durabhisambhava½;
na ta½ sakkomi mocetu½, tva½ paj±nassu senak±”ti.
Tattha (6.0289) paj±nassu senak±ti senaka, aha½ na sakkomi, tva½ pana ima½
r±j±na½ ±k±sena mithila½ neh²ti.

kathetu½ asakkonto “kad±ci senakopi kiñci up±ya½ j±neyya, pucchiss±mi t±vanan”ti pucchanto g±tham±ha–
670. “Suºohi meta½ vacana½, passa sena½ mahabbhaya½;
senaka½ d±ni pucch±mi, ki½ kicca½ idha maññas²”ti.
Tattha ki½ kiccanti ki½ k±tabbayuttaka½ idha maññasi, mahosadhenamhi pariccatto, yadi tva½ j±n±si, vadeh²ti.
Ta½ sutv± senako “ma½ r±j± up±ya½ pucchati, sobhano v± hotu m± v±, kathess±mi eka½ up±yan”ti cintetv± g±tham±ha–
671. “Aggi½ v± dv±rato dema, gaºh±mase vikantana½;
aññamañña½ vadhitv±na, khippa½ hiss±ma j²vita½;
m± no r±j± brahmadatto, cira½ dukkhena m±ray²”ti.
Tattha dv±ratoti dv±ra½ pidahitv± tattha aggi½ dema. Vikantananti aññamañña½ vikantana½ sattha½ gaºh±ma. Hiss±m±ti j²vita½ khippa½ jahiss±ma, alaªkatap±s±doyeva no d±rucitako bhavissati.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± anattamano “attano puttad±rassa evar³pa½ citaka½ karoh²”ti
vatv± pukkus±dayo pucchi. Tepi attano patir³p± b±lakath±yeva kathayi½su. Tena
vutta½–672. “Suºohi meta½ vacana½, passa sena½ mahabbhaya½;
pukkusa½ d±ni pucch±mi, ki½ kicca½ idha maññasi.
673. “Visa½ kh±ditv± m²y±ma, khippa½ hiss±ma j²vita½;
m± no r±j± brahmadatto, cira½ dukkhena m±rayi.
674. “Suºohi meta½ vacana½, passa sena½ mahabbhaya½;
k±minda½ d±ni pucch±mi, ki½ kicca½ idha maññasi.
675. “Rajjuy± (6.0290) bajjha m²y±ma, pap±t± papat±mase;m± no r±j± brahmadatto, cira½ dukkhena m±rayi.
676. “Suºohi meta½ vacana½, passa sena½ mahabbhaya½;
devinda½ d±ni pucch±mi, ki½ kicca½ idha maññasi.
677. “Aggi½ v± dv±rato dema, gaºh±mase vikantana½;
aññamañña½ vadhitv±na, khippa½ hiss±ma j²vita½;
na no sakkoti mocetu½, sukheneva mahosadho”ti.
Apica etesu devindo “aya½ r±j± ki½ karoti, aggimhi sante khajjopanaka½
dhamati, µhapetv± mahosadha½ añño idha sotthibh±va½ k±tu½ samattho n±ma
natthi, aya½ ta½ apucchitv± amhe pucchati, maya½ ki½ j±n±m±”ti cintetv± añña½
up±ya½ apassanto senakena kathitameva kathetv± mah±satta½ vaººento dve
p±de ±ha. Tatr±ya½ adhipp±yo– “mah±r±ja, maya½ sabbepi paº¹itameva
y±c±ma. Sace pana y±ciyam±nopi na no sakkoti mocetu½ sukheneva mahosadho, atha senakassa vacana½ kariss±m±”ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± pubbe bodhisattassa kathitadosa½ saritv± tena saddhi½
kathetu½ asakkonto tassa suºantasseva paridevanto ±ha–
678. “Yath± kadalino s±ra½, anvesa½ n±dhigacchati;

eva½ anvesam±n± na½, pañha½ najjhagam±mase.
679. “Yath± simbalino s±ra½, anvesa½ n±dhigacchati;
eva½ anvesam±n± na½, pañha½ najjhagam±mase.
680. “Adese vata no vuµµha½, kuñjar±na½ vanodake;sak±se dummanuss±na½, b±l±na½ avij±nata½.
681. “Ubbedhati me hadaya½, mukhañca parisussati;
nibbuti½ n±dhigacch±mi, aggida¹¹hova ±tape.
682. “Kamm±r±na½ (6.0291) yath± ukk±, anto jh±yati no bahi;
evampi hadaya½ mayha½, anto jh±yati no bah²”ti.
Tattha kadalinoti yath± kadalikkhandhassa niss±ratt± s±ratthiko puriso anvesantopi tato s±ra½ n±dhigacchati, eva½ maya½ imamh± dukkh± muccanup±ya½
pañha½ pañca paº¹ite pucchitv± anvesam±n±pi pañha½ najjhagam±mase.
Amhehi pucchita½ up±ya½ aj±nant± assuºant± viya j±t±, maya½ ta½ pañha½
n±dhigacch±ma. Dutiyag±th±yapi eseva nayo. Kuñjar±na½ vanodaketi yath±kuñjar±na½ nirudake µh±ne vuµµha½ adese vuµµha½ n±ma hoti, te hi tath±r³pe nirudake vanagahane padese vasant± khippameva pacc±mitt±na½ vasa½ gacchanti,
eva½ amhehipi imesa½ dummanuss±na½ b±l±na½ santike vasantehi adese
vuµµha½. Ettakesu hi paº¹itesu ekopi me id±ni paµisaraºa½ natth²ti n±n±vidhena
vilapati.
Ta½ sutv± paº¹ito “aya½ r±j± ativiya kilamati. Sace na½ na ass±sess±mi, hadayena phalitena marissat²”ti cintetv± ass±sesi. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
683. “Tato so paº¹ito dh²ro, atthadass² mahosadho;vedeha½ dukkhita½ disv±, ida½ vacanamabravi.
684. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, r±huggaha½va candima½.
685. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, r±huggaha½va s³riya½.
686. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, paªke sanna½va kuñjara½.
687. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, pe¼±baddha½va pannaga½.
688. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, pakkhi½ baddha½va pañjare.
689. “M± (6.0292) tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, macche j±lagateriva.
690. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, sayoggabalav±hana½.
691. “M± tva½ bh±yi mah±r±ja, m± tva½ bh±yi rathesabha;pañc±la½ v±hayiss±mi, k±kasena½va le¹¹un±.
692. “Adu paññ± kimatthiy±, amacco v±pi t±diso;
yo ta½ samb±dhapakkhanda½, dukkh± na parimocaye”ti.
Tattha idanti dava¹±hada¹¹he araññe ghanavassa½ vass±pento viya na½

ass±sento ida½ “m± tva½ bh±yi, mah±r±j±”ti-±dika½ vacana½ abravi. Tattha
sannanti lagga½. Pe¼±baddhanti pe¼±ya abbhantaragata½ sappa½. Pañc±lanti
eta½ eva½ mahantimpi pañc±larañño sena½. V±hayiss±m²ti pal±pess±mi. Ad³ti
n±matthe nip±to, paññ± n±ma kimatthiy±ti attho. Amacco v±pi t±disoti t±diso
paññ±ya sampanno amacco v±pi kimatthiyo, yo ta½ eva½ maraºasamb±dhappatta½ dukkh± na parimocaye. Mah±r±ja, aha½ paµhamatara½ ±gacchanton±ma kimattha½ ±gatoti maññasi. M± bh±yi, aha½ ta½ imamh± dukkh± mocayiss±m²ti ass±sesi.
Sopi tassa vacana½ sutv± “id±ni me j²vita½ laddhan”ti ass±sa½ paµilabhi.
Bodhisattena s²han±de kate sabbe ca tussi½su. Atha na½ senako pucchi “paº¹ita,
tva½ sabbe amhe gahetv± gacchanto kenup±yena gamissas²”ti? “Alaªkata-umaªgena ness±mi, tumhe gamanasajj± hoth±”ti vatv± umaªgadv±ravivaraºattha½yodhe ±º±pento g±tham±ha–
693. “Etha m±ºav± uµµhetha, mukha½ sodhetha sandhino;vedeho sahamaccehi, umaªgena gamissat²”ti.
Tattha m±ºav±ti taruº±dhivacana½. Mukha½ sodheth±ti umaªgadv±ra½ vivaratha. Sandhinoti gharasandhino ca dv±ra½ sodhetha, ekasat±na½ sayanagabbh±na½ dv±ra½ vivaratha, anekasat±na½ d²p±lay±na½ dv±ra½ vivarath±ti.
Te (6.0293) uµµh±ya umaªgadv±ra½ vivari½su. Sakalo umaªgo ekobh±so alaªkatadevasabh± viya viroci. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–694. “Tassa ta½ vacana½ sutv±, paº¹itass±nuc±rino;
umaªgadv±ra½ vivari½su, yantayutte ca agga¼e”ti.
Tattha anuc±rinoti veyy±vaccakar±. Yantayutte ca agga¼eti s³cighaµikasampann±ni ca dv±rakav±µ±ni.
Te umaªgadv±ra½ vivaritv± mah±sattassa ±rocesu½. So rañño saññamad±si“k±lo, deva, p±s±d± otarath±”ti. Ta½ sutv± r±j± otari. Atha senako s²sato n±¼ipaµµa½ apanetv± s±µaka½ omuñcitv± kaccha½ da¼ha½ bandhi. Atha na½ mah±satto disv± “senaka, ki½ karos²”ti pucchi. “Paº¹ita, umaªgena gacchantehi n±ma
veµhana½ mocetv± kaccha½ da¼ha½ bandhitv± gantabban”ti. “Senaka, ‘umaªga½
pavisanto onamitv± jaººukehi patiµµh±ya pavisiss±m²’ti m± saññamak±si. Sace
hatthin± gantuk±mosi, hatthi½ abhiruyha gacch±hi. Sace assena gantuk±mosi,
assa½ abhiruyha gacch±hi. Ucco umaªgo aµµh±rasahatthubbedho vis±ladv±ro,tva½ yath±ruciy± alaªkatappaµiyatto rañño puratogacch±h²”ti ±ha. Bodhisatto kira senakassa gamana½ purato vic±retv± r±j±na½
majjhe katv± saya½ pacchato ahosi. Ki½ k±raº±? R±j± alaªkata-umaªga½ olokento m± saºika½ agam±s²ti. Umaªge mah±janassa y±gubhattakh±dan²y±d²ni
appam±º±ni ahesu½. Te manuss± kh±dant± pivant± umaªga½ olokent±gacchanti. Mah±satto “y±tha mah±r±ja, y±tha mah±r±j±”ti codento pacchato y±ti.
R±j± alaªkatadevasabha½ viya umaªga½ olokento y±ti. Tamattha½ pak±sento
satth± ±ha–695. “Purato senako y±ti, pacchato ca mahosadho;
majjhe ca r±j± vedeho, amaccapariv±rito”ti.
Rañño (6.0294) ±gatabh±va½ ñatv± te m±ºav± r±jam±tarañca deviñca
puttañca dh²tarañca umaªg± n²haritv± mah±vis±lam±¼ake µhapesu½. R±j±pi
bodhisattena saddhi½ umaªg± nikkhami. Te r±j±nañca paº¹itañca disv± “nissa½saya½ parahattha½ gatamh±, amhe gahetv± ±gatehi paº¹itassa purisehi bhavitabban”ti maraºabhayatajjit± mah±virava½ viravi½su. C³¼anir±j±pi kira vedeharañño pal±yanabhayena gaªg±to g±vutamattaµµh±ne aµµh±si. So sannisinn±ya
rattiy± tesa½ virava½ sutv± “nand±deviy± viya saddo”ti vattuk±mopi “kuhi½
nand±devi½ passissas²”ti parih±sabhayena na kiñci ±ha. Mah±satto pana tasmi½µh±ne pañc±lacandi½ kum±rika½ ratanar±simhi µhapetv± abhisiñcitv± “mah±r±ja,
tva½ imiss± k±raº± ±gato, aya½ te aggamahes² hot³”ti ±ha. T²ºi n±v±sat±ni upaµµh±pesu½, r±j± vis±lam±¼ak± otaritv± alaªkatan±va½ abhiruhi. Tepi catt±rokhattiy± n±va½ abhiruhi½su. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–696. “Umaªg± nikkhamitv±na, vedeho n±vam±ruhi;
abhiru¼hañca ta½ ñatv±, anus±si mahosadho.
697. “Aya½ te sasuro deva, aya½ sassu jan±dhipa;
yath± m±tu paµipatti, eva½ te hotu sassuy±.
698. “Yath±pi niyako bh±t±, sa-udariyo ekam±tuko;
eva½ pañc±lacando te, dayitabbo rathesabha.
699. “Aya½ pañc±lacand² te, r±japutt² abhicchit±;k±ma½ karohi te t±ya, bhariy± te rathesabh±”ti.
Tattha anus±s²ti eva½ kirassa ahosi “kad±ci eso kujjhitv± c³¼anirañño m±tara½
m±reyya, abhir³p±ya nand±deviy± saddhi½ sa½v±sa½ kappeyya, r±jakum±ra½
v± m±reyya, paµiññamassa gaºhiss±m²”ti. Tasm± “aya½ te”ti-±d²ni vadanto anus±si. Tattha aya½ te sasuroti aya½ tava sasurassa c³¼anirañño putto pañc±lacandiy± kaniµµhabh±tiko, aya½ te id±ni sasuro. Aya½ sass³ti aya½ imiss± m±t±
nand±dev² n±ma tava sassu. Yath±m±t³ti yath± m±tu putt± vattappaµivatta½
karonti (6.0295), eva½ te etiss± hotu, balavati½ m±tusañña½ paccupaµµh±petv±
m± na½ kad±ci lobhacittena olokehi. Niyakoti ajjhattiko ekapitar± j±to. Ekam±tukoti ekam±tar± j±to. Dayitabboti piy±yitabbo. Bhariy±ti aya½ te bhariy±, m± etiss±avam±na½ ak±s²ti rañño paµiñña½ gaºhi.
R±j±pi “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. R±jam±tara½ pana ±rabbha kiñci na kathesi. Ki½
k±raº±? Tass± mahallakabh±veneva. Ida½ pana sabba½ bodhisatto t²re µhatv±va
kathesi. Atha na½ r±j± mah±dukkhato muttat±ya gantuk±mo hutv± “t±ta, tva½ t²re

µhitova kathes²”ti vatv± g±tham±ha–
700. “¾ruyha n±va½ taram±no, ki½ nu t²ramhi tiµµhasi;
kicch± mutt±mha dukkhato, y±ma d±ni mahosadh±”ti.
Mah±satto “deva, tumhehi saddhi½ gamana½ n±ma mayha½ ayuttan”ti vatv±±ha–701. “Nesa dhammo mah±r±ja, yoha½ sen±ya n±yako;
senaªga½ parih±petv±, att±na½ parimocaye.
702. “Nivesanamhi te deva, senaªga½ parih±pita½;
ta½ dinna½ brahmadattena, ±nayissa½ rathesabh±”ti.
Tattha dhammoti sabh±vo. Nivesanamh²ti ta½ nagara½ sandh±y±ha. Parimocayeti parimoceyya½. Parih±pitanti cha¹¹ita½. Tesu hi manussesu d³ramagga½±gatatt± keci kilant± nidda½ okkant± keci kh±dant± pivant± amh±ka½ nikkhantabh±vampi na j±ni½su, keci gil±n±. May± saddhi½ catt±ro m±se kamma½ katv±
mama upak±rak± manuss± cettha bah³, na sakk± may± ekamanussampi
cha¹¹etv± gantu½, aha½ pana nivattitv± sabbampi ta½ tava sena½ brahmadattena dinna½ appaµividdha½ ±ness±mi. Tumhe, mah±r±ja, katthaci avilambant±s²gha½ gacchatha. May± ev± antar±magge hatthiv±han±d²ni µhapit±ni, kilantakilant±ni pah±ya samatthasamatthehi s²gha½ mithilameva pavisath±ti.
Tato (6.0296) r±j± g±tham±ha–703. “Appaseno mah±sena½, katha½ viggayha µhassasi;
dubbalo balavantena, vihaññissasi paº¹it±”ti.
Tattha viggayh±ti parippharitv±. Vihaññissas²ti haññissasi.
Tato bodhisatto ±ha–704. “Appasenopi ce mant², mah±sena½ amantina½;
jin±ti r±j± r±j±no, ±diccovudaya½ taman”ti.
Tattha mant²ti mant±ya samann±gato paññav± up±yakusalo. Amantinanti anup±yakusala½ jin±ti, paññav± duppañña½ jin±ti. R±j± r±j±noti ekopi ca evar³por±j± bah³pi duppaññar±j±no jin±tiyeva. Yath± kinti? ¾diccovudaya½ tamanti,
yath± ±dicco udayanto tama½ viddha½setv± ±loka½ dasseti, eva½ jin±ti ceva
s³riyo viya virocati ca.
Ida½ vatv± mah±satto r±j±na½ “gacchatha tumhe”ti vanditv± uyyojesi. So“mutto vatamhi amittahatthato, imiss± ca laddhatt± manorathopi me matthaka½
patto”ti bodhisattassa guºe ±vajjetv± uppannap²tip±mojjo paº¹itassa guºe senakassa kathento g±tham±ha–705. “Susukha½ vata sa½v±so, paº¹iteh²ti senaka;
pakkh²va pañjare baddhe, macche j±lagateriva;
amittahatthattagate, mocay² no mahosadho”ti.
Tattha susukha½ vat±ti atisukha½ vata ida½, yo sa½v±so paº¹itehi. It²ti k±raºatthe nip±to. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yasm± amittahatthagate mocayi no mahosadho,tasm±, senaka, vad±mi. Susukha½ vata ida½, yo esa paº¹itehi sa½v±soti.
Ta½ (6.0297) sutv± senakopi paº¹itassa guºe kathento ±ha–706. “Evameta½ mah±r±ja, paº¹it± hi sukh±vah±;pakkh²va pañjare baddhe, macche j±lagateriva;
amittahatthattagate, mocay² no mahosadho”ti.
Atha vedehar±j± nadi½ uttaritv± yojanantare yojanantare mah±sattena k±ritag±ma½ sampatto. Tatrassa bodhisattena µhapitamanuss± hatthiv±han±d²ni ceva
annap±n±d²ni ca ada½su. So kilante hatthi-assarath±dayo µhapetv± itare ±d±yatehi saddhi½ añña½ g±ma½ p±puºi. Etenup±yena yojanasatika½ magga½ atikkamitv± punadivase p±tova mithila½ p±visi. Mah±sattopi umaªgadv±ra½ gantv±
attan± sannaddhakhagga½ omuñcitv± umaªgadv±re v±luka½ viy³hitv± µhapesi.
Ýhapetv± ca pana umaªga½ pavisitv± umaªgena gantv± nagara½ pavisitv±
p±s±da½ abhiruyha gandhodakena nhatv± n±naggarasabhojana½ bhuñjitv± sayanavaragato “manoratho me matthaka½ patto”ti ±vajjento nipajji. Atha tass± rattiy±accayena c³¼anir±j± senaªga½ vic±rayam±no ta½ nagara½ up±gami. Tamattha½
pak±sento satth± ±ha–707. “Rakkhitv± kasiºa½ ratti½, c³¼aneyyo mahabbalo;
udenta½ aruºuggasmi½, upak±ri½ up±gami.
708. “¾ruyha pavara½ n±ga½, balavanta½ saµµhih±yana½;r±j± avoca pañc±lo, c³¼aneyyo mahabbalo.
709. “Sannaddho maºivammena, saram±d±ya p±ºin±;pesiye ajjhabh±sittha, puthugumbe sam±gate”ti.
Tattha kasiºanti sakala½ nissesa½. Udentanti udente. Upak±rinti pañc±lanagara½ up±d±ya mah±sattenak±ritatt± “upak±r²”ti laddhan±maka½ ta½ nagara½
up±gami. Avoc±ti attano sena½ avoca. Pesiyeti attano pesanak±rake. Ajjhabh±sitth±ti adhi-abh±sittha, puretarameva abh±sittha, puthugumbeti bah³su sippesu
patiµµhite anekasippaj±nanaketi.
Id±ni (6.0298) te sar³pato dassetum±ha–
710. “Hatth±rohe an²kaµµhe, rathike pattik±rake;
up±sanamhi katahatthe, v±lavedhe sam±gate”ti.
Tattha up±sanamh²ti dhanusippe. Katahattheti avirajjhanavedhit±ya sampannahatthe.
Id±ni r±j± vedeha½ j²vagg±ha½ gaºh±petu½ ±º±pento ±ha–
711. “Pesetha kuñjare dant², balavante saµµhih±yane;
maddantu kuñjar± nagara½, vedehena sum±pita½.
712. “Vacchadantamukh± set±, tikkhagg± aµµhivedhino;paºunn± dhanuvegena, sampatantutar²tar±.
713. “M±ºav± vammino s³r±, citradaº¹ayut±vudh±;
pakkhandino mah±n±g±, hatth²na½ hontu sammukh±.

714. “Sattiyo teladhot±yo, accimant± pabhassar±;vijjotam±n± tiµµhantu, satara½s²va t±rak±.
715. “¾vudhabalavant±na½, guºik±y³radh±rina½;
et±dis±na½ yodh±na½, saªg±me apal±yina½;
vedeho kuto muccissati, sace pakkh²va k±hiti.
716. “Ti½sa me purisan±vutyo, sabbevekekaniccit±;yesa½ sama½ na pass±mi, kevala½ mah²ma½ cara½.
717. “N±g± ca kappit± dant², balavanto saµµhih±yan±;yesa½ khandhesu sobhanti, kum±r± c±rudassan±.
718. “P²t±laªk±r± p²tavasan±, p²tuttaraniv±san±;n±gakhandhesu sobhanti, devaputt±va nandane.
719. “P±µh²navaºº± netti½s±, teladhot± pabhassar±;
niµµhit± naradh²rebhi, samadh±r± sunissit±.
720. “Vell±lino (6.0299) v²tamal±, sikk±yasamay± da¼±;
gahit± balavantebhi, suppah±rappah±ribhi.
721. “Suvaººatharusampann±, lohitakacchupadh±rit±;
vivattam±n± sobhanti, vijj³vabbhaghanantare.
722. “Paµ±k± vammino s³r±, asicammassa kovid±;dhanuggah± sikkhitar±, n±gakhandhe nip±tino.
723. “Et±disehi parikkhitto, natthi mokkho ito tava;
pabh±va½ te na pass±mi, yena tva½ mithila½ vaje”ti.
Tattha dant²ti sampannadante. Vacchadantamukh±ti nikh±danasadisamukh±.
Paºunn±ti vissaµµh±. Sampatantutar²tar±ti evar³p± sar± itar²tar± sampatantu sam±gacchantu. Ghanameghavassa½ viya saravassa½ vassath±ti ±º±pesi. M±ºav±ti
taruºayodh±. Vamminoti vammahatth±. Citradaº¹ayut±vudh±ti citradaº¹ayuttehi±vudhehi samann±gat±. Pakkhandinoti saªg±mapakkhandik±. Mah±n±g±ti mah±n±gesu koñcan±da½ katv± ±gacchantesupi niccal± µhatv± tesa½ dante gahetv±
luñcitu½ samatth± yodh±. Satara½s²va t±rak±ti satara½s² viya osadhit±rak±. ¾vudhabalavant±nanti ±vudhabalena yutt±na½ samann±gat±na½. Guºik±y³radh±rinanti guºi vuccati kavaca½, kavac±ni ceva k±y³r±bharaº±ni ca dh±rent±na½,kavacasaªkh±t±ni v± k±y³r±ni dh±rent±na½. Sace pakkh²va k±hit²ti sacepi
pakkh² viya ±k±se pakkhandana½ karissati, tath±pi ki½ muccissat²ti vadati.
Ti½sa me purisan±vutyoti puris±na½ ti½sasahass±ni navutisat±ni ti½san±vutyoti vuccanti. Sabbevekekaniccit±ti ettak± mayha½ paresa½ hatthato ±vudha½
gahetv± pacc±mitt±na½ s²sap±tanasamatth± ekeka½ vicinitv± gahit± anivattino
yodh±ti dasseti. Kevala½ mah²ma½ caranti sakalampi ima½ mahi½ caranto
yesa½ sama½ sadisa½ na pass±mi, kuto uttaritara½, teyeva me yodh± ettak±ti
dasseti. C±rudassan±ti (6.0300) c±ru vuccati suvaººa½, suvaººavaºº±ti attho.
P²t±laªk±r±ti p²tavaººasuvaºº±laªk±r±. P²tavasan±ti p²tavaººasuvaººavatth±. P²tuttaraniv±san±ti p²ta-uttar±saªganivatth±. P±µh²navaºº±ti p±s±ºamacchasadis±.
Netti½s±ti khagg±. Naradh²rebh²ti paº¹itapurisehi. Sunissit±ti sunisit± atitikhiº±.
Vell±linoti µhitamajjhanhike s³riyo viya vijjotam±n±. Sikk±yasamay±ti satta v±re

koñcasakuºe kh±d±petv± gahitena sikk±yasena kat±. Suppah±rappah±ribh²ti
da¼happah±rehi yodhehi. Lohitakacchupadh±rit±ti lohitavaºº±ya kosiy± samann±gat±. Paµ±k±ti ±k±se parivattanasamatth±. S³r±ti j±tis³r±. Asicammassa kovid±ti
etesa½ gahaºe kusal±. Dhanuggah±ti dhanuggahak±. Sikkhitar±ti etasmi½dhanuggahaºe ativiya sikkhit±. N±gakhandhe nip±tinoti hatthikkhandhe khaggena
chinditv± nip±tanasamatth±. Natthi mokkhoti ambho, vedeha, tva½ paµhama½t±va gahapatiputtass±nubh±vena muttosi, id±ni pana natthi tava mokkhoti vadati.
Pabh±va½ teti id±ni te r±j±nubh±va½ na pass±mi, yena tva½ mithila½ gamissasi
khippa½, j±le paviµµhamaccho viya j±tos²ti.
C³¼anir±j± vedeha½ tajjento “id±ni na½ gaºhiss±m²”ti vajiraªkusena n±ga½
codento “gaºhatha, bhindatha, vijjhath±”ti sena½ ±º±pento upak±rinagara½ avattharanto viya up±gami. Atha na½ mah±sattassa upanikkhittakapuris± “ko j±n±ti,
ki½ bhavissat²”ti attano upaµµh±ke gahetv± pariv±rayi½su. Tasmi½ khaºe bodhisatto sirisayan± vuµµh±ya katasar²rappaµijaggano bhuttap±tar±so alaªkatappaµiyatto satasahassagghanaka½ k±sikavattha½ niv±setv± rattakambala½ eka½se
karitv± sattaratanavicitta½ valañjanadaº¹aka½ ±d±ya suvaººap±duka½ ±ruyha
devacchar±ya viya alaªkata-itthiy± v±lab²janiy± b²jiyam±no alaªkatap±s±de s²hapañjara½ vivaritv± c³¼anirañño att±na½ dassento sakkadevar±jal²l±ya apar±para½
caªkami. C³¼anir±j±pi tassa r³pasiri½ oloketv± citta½ pas±detu½ n±sakkhi,“id±ni na½ gaºhiss±m²”ti turitaturitova (6.0301) hatthi½ pesesi. Paº¹ito cintesi“aya½ ‘vedeho me laddho’ti saññ±ya turitaturitova ±gacchati, na j±n±ti attano
puttad±ra½ gahetv± amh±ka½ rañño gatabh±va½, suvaºº±d±sasadisa½ mamamukha½ dassetv± kathess±mi tena saddhin”ti. So v±tap±ne µhitova madhurassara½ nicch±retv± tena saddhi½ kathento ±ha–724. “Ki½ nu santaram±nova, n±ga½ pesesi kuñjara½;pahaµµhar³po ±patasi, siddhatthosm²ti maññasi.
725. “Ohareta½ dhanu½ c±pa½, khurappa½ paµisa½hara;ohareta½ subha½ vamma½, ve¼uriyamaºisanthatan”ti.
Tattha kuñjaranti seµµha½. Pahaµµhar³poti haµµhatuµµhacitto somanassaj±to. ¾patas²ti ±gacchasi. Siddhatthosm²ti nipphannatthosmi, manoratho me matthaka½
pattoti maññasi. Oharetanti ima½ c±pasaªkh±ta½ dhanu½ ohara, avahara,cha¹¹ehi, ko nu te etenattho. Paµisa½har±ti apanetv± aññassa v± dehi, paµicchanne v± µh±ne µhapehi, ki½ khurappena karissasi. Vammanti eta½ vammampi
apanehi. Ida½ tay± hiyyo paµimukka½ bhavissati, cha¹¹ehi na½, m± te sar²ra½
uppaº¹uka½ ahosi, akilametv± p±tova nagara½ pavis±h²ti raññ± saddhi½ ke¼imak±si.
So tassa vacana½ sutv± “gahapatiputto may± saddhi½ ke¼i½ karoti, ajja tekattabba½ j±niss±m²”ti ta½ tajjento g±tham±ha–
726. “Pasannamukhavaººosi, mhitapubbañca bh±sasi;
hoti kho maraºak±le, edis² vaººasampad±”ti.
Tattha mhitapubbañc±ti paµhama½ mhita½ katv± pacch± bh±santo mhitapubbameva bh±sasi, ma½ kismiñci na gaºesi. Hoti khoti maraºak±le n±ma vaººasa-

mpad± hotiyeva, tasm± tva½ virocasi, ajja te s²sa½ chinditv± jayap±na½ piviss±m±ti.
Eva½ tassa tena saddhi½ kathanak±le mah±balak±yo mah±sattassa r³pasiri½
disv± “ambho, amh±ka½ r±j± mahosadhapaº¹itena saddhi½ manteti (6.0302), ki½
nu kho kathesi, etesa½ katha½ suºiss±m±”ti rañño santikameva agam±si. Paº¹itopi tassa katha½ sutv± “na ma½ ‘mahosadhapaº¹ito’ti j±n±si. N±ha½ att±na½m±retu½ dass±mi, manto te, deva, bhinno, kevaµµena ca tay± ca hadayena cintita½
na j±ta½, mukhena kathitameva j±tan”ti pak±sento ±ha–
727. Mogha½ te gajjita½ r±ja, bhinnamantosi khattiya;
duggaºhosi tay± r±j±, kha¼uªkeneva sindhavo.
728. “Tiººo hiyyo r±j± gaªga½, s±macco saparijjano;
ha½sar±ja½ yath± dhaªko, anujjava½ patissas²”ti.
Tattha bhinnamantos²ti yo tay± kevaµµena saddhi½ sayanagabbhe manto gahito,
ta½ manta½ na j±n±t²ti m± sañña½ kari, pageva so may± ñ±to, bhinnamanto asi
j±to. Duggaºhosi tay±ti mah±r±ja, tay± amh±ka½ r±j± assakha¼uªkena sindhavo
viya duggaºhosi, kha¼uªka½ ±ru¼hena javasampanna½ ±j±n²ya½ ±ruyha
gacchanto viya gahetu½ na sakk±ti attho. Kha¼uªko viya hi kevaµµo, ta½ ±ru¼hapuriso viya tva½, javasampanno sindhavo viya aha½, ta½ ±ru¼hapuriso viya
amh±ka½ r±j±ti dasseti. Tiººo hiyyoti hiyyova uttiººo. So ca kho s±macco saparijano, na ekakova pal±yitv± gato. Anujjavanti sace pana tva½ ta½ anujavissasi anubandhissasi, atha yath± suvaººaha½sar±ja½ anujavanto dhaªko antar±va patissati, eva½ patissasi, antar±va vin±sa½ p±puºissas²ti vadati.
Id±ni so achambhitakesaras²ho viya ud±haraºa½ ±haranto ±ha–
729. “Siªg±l± rattibh±gena, phulla½ disv±na ki½suka½;
ma½sapes²ti maññant±, pariby³¼h± mig±dham±.
730. “V²tivatt±su (6.0303) ratt²su, uggatasmi½ div±kare;ki½ suka½ phullita½ disv±, ±sacchinn± mig±dham±.
731. “Evameva tuva½ r±ja, vedeha½ pariv±riya;±sacchinno gamissasi, siªg±l± ki½suka½ yath±”ti.
Tattha disv±n±ti cand±lokena oloketv±. Pariby³¼h±ti p±tova ma½sapesi½kh±ditv± gamiss±m±ti pariv±retv± aµµha½su. V²tivatt±s³ti te y±su y±su ratt²su eva½aµµha½su, t±su t±su ratt²su at²t±su. Disv±ti s³riy±lokena ki½suka½ disv± “na ida½ma½san”ti ñatv± chinn±s± hutv± pal±yi½su. Siªg±l±ti yath± siªg±l± ki½suka½
pariv±retv± ±sacchinn± gat±, eva½ tuvampi idha vedeharañño natthibh±va½
ñatv± ±sacchinno hutv± gamissasi, sena½ gahetv± pal±yissas²ti d²peti.
R±j± tassa achambhitavacana½ sutv± cintesi “aya½ gahapatiputto atis³rohutv± kathesi, nissa½saya½ vedeho pal±to bhavissat²”ti. So ativiya kujjhitv±“pubbe maya½ gahapatiputta½

niss±ya udaras±µakassapi ass±mik± j±t±, id±ni tena amh±ka½ hatthagato pacc±mitto pal±pito, bahussa vata no anatthassa k±rako, ubhinna½ kattabbak±raºa½
imasseva kariss±m²”ti tassa k±raºa½ k±tu½ ±º±pento ±ha–
732. “Imassa hatthe p±de ca, kaººan±sañca chindatha;
yo me amitta½ hatthagata½, vedeha½ parimocayi.
733. “Ima½ ma½sa½va p±tabya½, s³le katv± pacantu na½;
yo me amitta½ hatthagata½, vedeha½ parimocayi.
734. “Yath±pi ±sabha½ camma½, pathaby± vitan²yati;s²hassa atho byagghassa, hoti saªkusam±hata½.
735. “Eva½ ta½ vitanitv±na, vedhayiss±mi sattiy±;yo me amitta½ hatthagata½, vedeha½ parimocay²”ti.
Tattha (6.0304) p±tabyanti p±cayitabba½ pacitabbayuttaka½ mig±d²na½
ma½sa½ viya ima½ gahapatiputta½ s³le ±vuºitv± pacantu. S²hassa atho byagghass±ti etesañca yath± camma½ saªkusam±hata½ hoti, eva½ hotu. Vedhayiss±m²ti vijjh±pess±mi.
Ta½ sutv± mah±satto hasita½ katv± “aya½ r±j± attano deviy± ca bandhav±nañca may± mithila½ pahitabh±va½ na j±n±ti, tena me ima½ kammak±raºa½
vic±reti, kodhavasena kho pana ma½ usun± v± vijjheyya, añña½ v± attano ruccanaka½ kareyya, sok±tura½ ima½ vedan±ppatta½ katv± hatthipiµµheyeva visaññi½
na½ nipajj±petu½ ta½ k±raºa½ ±rocess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha–
736. “Sace me hatthe p±de ca, kaººan±sañca checchasi;
eva½ pañc±lacandassa, vedeho chedayissati.
737. “Sace me hatthe p±de ca, kaººan±sañca checchasi;
eva½ pañc±lacandiy±, vedeho chedayissati.
738. “Sace me hatthe p±de ca, kaººan±sañca checchasi;
eva½ nand±ya deviy±, vedeho chedayissati.
739. “Sace me hatthe p±de ca, kaººan±sañca checchasi;
eva½ te puttad±rassa, vedeho chedayissati.
740. “Sace ma½sa½va p±tabya½, s³le katv± pacissasi;
eva½ pañc±lacandassa, vedeho p±cayissati.
741. “Sace ma½sa½va p±tabya½, s³le katv± pacissasi;
eva½ pañc±lacandiy±, vedeho p±cayissati.
742. “Sace ma½sa½va p±tabya½, s³le katv± pacissasi;
eva½ nand±ya deviy±, vedeho p±cayissati.
743. “Sace ma½sa½va p±tabya½, s³le katv± pacissasi;
eva½ te puttad±rassa, vedeho p±cayissati.
744. “Sace (6.0305) ma½ vitanitv±na, vedhayissasi sattiy±;eva½ pañc±lacandassa, vedeho vedhayissati.
745. “Sace ma½ vitanitv±na, vedhayissasi sattiy±;eva½ pañc±lacandiy±, vedeho vedhayissati.
746. “Sace ma½ vitanitv±na, vedhayissasi sattiy±;eva½ nand±ya deviy±, vedeho vedhayissati.

747. “Sace ma½ vitanitv±na, vedhayissasi sattiy±;Eva½ te puttad±rassa, vedeho vedhayissati;
eva½ no mantita½ raho, vedehena may± saha.
748. “Yath±pi palasata½ camma½, kontimant±suniµµhita½;
upeti tanut±º±ya, sar±na½ paµihantave.
749. “Sukh±vaho dukkhanudo, vedehassa yasassino;
mati½ te paµihaññ±mi, usu½ palasatena v±”ti.
Tattha chedayissat²ti “paº¹itassa kira c³¼anin± hatthap±d± chinn±”ti sutv±va
chedayissati. Puttad±rass±ti mama ekassa chindanapaccay± tava dvinna½ putt±nañceva aggamahesiy± c±ti tiººampi jan±na½ amh±ka½ r±j± chedayissati. Eva½
no mantita½ rahoti mah±r±ja, may± ca vedehar±jena ca eva½ rahasi mantita½“ya½ ya½ idha mayha½ c³¼anir±j± k±reti, ta½ ta½ tattha tassa puttad±r±na½ k±tabban”ti. Palasatanti palasatappam±ºa½ bah³ kh±re kh±d±petv± mudubh±va½
upan²ta½ camma½. Kontimant±suniµµhitanti kontimant± vuccati cammak±rasattha½, t±ya kantanalikhit±na½ vasena katatt± suµµhu niµµhita½. Tanut±º±y±ti
yath± ta½ camma½ saªg±me sar±na½ paµihantave sar²rat±ºa½ upeti, sare paµihanitv± sar²ra½ rakkhati. Sukh±vahoti mah±r±ja, ahampi amh±ka½ rañño pacc±mitt±na½ v±raºatthena ta½ saraparitt±ºacamma½ viya sukh±vaho. Dukkhanudoti
k±yikasukhacetasikasukhañca ±vah±mi, dukkhañca nudemi. Matinti tasm± tava
mati½ pañña½ usu½ tena palasatacammena viya attano matiy± paµihaniss±m²ti.
Ta½ (6.0306) sutv± r±j± cintesi “gahapatiputto ki½ katheti, yath± kira aha½
etassa kariss±mi, eva½ vedehar±j± mama puttad±r±na½ kammak±raºa½ karissati, na j±n±ti mama puttad±r±na½ ±rakkhassa susa½vihitabh±va½, ‘id±ni m±ressat²’ti maraºabhayena vilapati, n±ssa vacana½ saddah±m²”ti. Mah±satto “aya½
ma½ maraºabhayena kathet²ti maññati, j±n±pess±mi nan”ti cintetv± ±ha–
750. “Iªgha passa mah±r±ja, suñña½ antepura½ tava;
orodh± ca kum±r± ca, tava m±t± ca khattiya;
umaªg± n²haritv±na, vedehassupan±mit±”ti.
Tattha umaªg±ti mah±r±ja, may± attano m±ºave pesetv± p±s±d± otar±petv±
jaªgha-umaªgena ±har±petv± mah±-umaªg± n²haritv± bandhav± te vedehassa
upan±mit±ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± cintesi “paº¹ito ativiya da¼ha½ katv± katheti, may± ca rattibh±ge
gaªg±passe nand±deviy± saddo viya suto, mah±pañño paº¹ito kad±ci sacca½bhaºeyy±”ti. So uppannabalavasokopi sati½ upaµµh±petv± asocanto viya eka½
amacca½ pakkos±petv± j±nanatth±ya pesento ima½ g±tham±ha–
751. “Iªgha antepura½ mayha½, gantv±na vicin±tha na½;yath± imassa vacana½, sacca½ v± yadi v± mus±”ti.
So sapariv±ro r±janivesana½ gantv± dv±ra½ vivaritv± anto pavisitv± hatthap±de bandhitv± mukhañca pidahitv± n±gadantakesu olaggite antepurap±lake ca
khujjav±manak±dayo ca bh±jan±ni bhinditv± tattha tattha vippakiººakh±dan²yabhojan²yañca ratanagharadv±r±ni vivaritv± kataratanavilopa½ vivaµadv±ra½ sirigabbhañca yath±vivaµehi eva v±tap±nehi pavisitv± caram±na½ k±kagaºañca

cha¹¹itag±masadisa½ sus±nabh³miya½ viya ca nissirika½ r±janivesanañca
disv± pun±gantv± rañño ±rocento ±ha–752. “Evameta½ mah±r±ja, yath± ±ha mahosadho;
suñña½ antepura½ sabba½, k±kapaµµanaka½ yath±”ti.
Tattha (6.0307) k±kapaµµanaka½ yath±ti macchagandhena ±gatehi k±kagaºehi
sam±kiººo samuddat²re cha¹¹itag±mako viya.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± catunna½ jan±na½ piyavippayogasambhavena sokena kampam±no “ida½ mama dukkha½ gahapatiputta½ niss±ya uppannan”ti daº¹ena
ghaµµito ±s²viso viya bodhisattassa ativiya kujjhi. Mah±satto tass±k±ra½ disv±“aya½ r±j± mah±yaso kad±ci kodhavasena ‘ki½ mama eteh²’ti khattiyam±nena
ma½ viheµheyya, ya½n³n±ha½ nand±devi½ imin± adiµµhapubba½ viya karonto
tass± sar²ravaººa½ vaººeyya½. Atha so ta½ anussaritv± ‘sac±ha½ mahosadha½m±ress±mi, evar³pa½ itthiratana½ na labhiss±mi, am±rento puna ta½ labhiss±m²’ti attano bhariy±ya sinehena na kiñci mayha½ karissat²”ti cintetv± attano anurakkhaºattha½ p±s±de µhitova rattakambalantar± suvaººavaººa½ b±hu½ n²haritv±
tass± gatamagg±cikkhanavasena vaººento ±ha–753. “Ito gat± mah±r±ja, n±r² sabbaªgasobhan±;kosambaphalakasussoº², ha½sagaggarabh±ºin².
754. “Ito n²t± mah±r±ja, n±r² sabbaªgasobhan±;koseyyavasan± s±m±, j±tar³pasumekhal±.
755. “Surattap±d± kaly±º², suvaººamaºimekhal±;p±revatakkh² sutan³, bimboµµh± tanumajjhim±.
756. “Suj±t± bhujalaµµh²va, ved²va tanumajjhim±;
d²ghass± kes± asit±, ²sakaggapavellit±.
757. “Suj±t± migach±p±va, hemantaggisikh±riva;
nad²va giriduggesu, sañchann± khuddave¼ubhi.
758. “N±gan±s³ru kaly±º², param± timbarutthan²;n±tid²gh± n±tirass±, n±lom± n±tilomas±”ti.
Tattha itoti umaªga½ dasseti. Kosambaphalakasussoº²ti vis±lakañcanaphalaka½ viya sundarasoº². Ha½sagaggarabh±ºin²ti gocaratth±ya vicarant±na½ (6.0308

ha½sapotak±na½ viya gaggarena madhurena sarena samann±gat±. Koseyyavasan±ti kañcanakhacitakoseyyavatthavasan±. S±m±ti suvaººas±m±. P±revatakkh²ti
pañcasu pas±desu rattaµµh±ne p±revatasakuºisadisakkh². Sutan³ti sobhanasar²r±.
Bimboµµh±ti bimbaphala½ viya surajjitamaµµhoµµhapariyos±n±. Tanumajjhim±ti
karamitatanumajjhim±. Suj±t± bhujalaµµh²v±ti vijambhanak±le v±teritarattapallavavil±sin² suj±t± bhujalat± viya virocati. Ved²v±ti kañcanavedi viya tanumajjhim±. ¿sakaggapavellit±ti ²saka½ aggesu onat±. ¿sakaggapavellit± v± netti½s±ya agga½
viya vinat±.
Migach±p±v±ti pabbatas±numhi suj±t± ekavassikabyagghapotik± viya vil±sakuttiyutt±. Hemantaggisikh±riv±ti obh±sasampannat±ya hemante aggisikh± viya
sobhati. Khuddave¼ubh²ti yath± khuddakehi udakave¼³hi sañchann± nad² sobhati,
eva½ tanukalom±ya lomar±jiy± sobhati. Kaly±º²ti chavima½sakesanh±ru-aµµh²na½vasena pañcavidhena kaly±ºena samann±gat±. Param± timbarutthan²ti timbarutthan² param± uttam±, suvaººaphalake µhapitasuvaººavaººatimbaruphaladvayamivass± susaºµh±nasampanna½ nirantara½ thanayugala½.
Eva½ mah±satte tass± r³pasiri½ vaººenteva tassa s± pubbe adiµµhapubb± viya
ahosi, balavasineha½ upp±desi. Athassa sinehuppattibh±va½ ñatv± mah±sattoanantara½ g±tham±ha–
759. “Nand±ya n³na maraºena, nandasi siriv±hana;ahañca n³na nand± ca, gacch±ma samas±dhanan”ti.
Tattha siriv±han±ti sirisampannav±hana mah±r±ja, n³na tva½ eva½ uttamar³padhar±ya nand±ya maraºena nandas²ti vadati. Gacch±m±ti sace hi tva½ ma½m±ressasi, eka½seneva amh±ka½ r±j± nanda½ m±ressati. Iti nand± ca ahañca
yamassa santika½ gamiss±ma, yamo amhe ubho disv± nanda½ (6.0309) mayhameva dassati, tassa tuyha½ ma½ m±retv± t±disa½ itthiratana½ alabhantassa ki½
rajjena, n±ha½ attano maraºena parih±ni½ pass±mi, dev±ti.
Iti mah±satto ettake µh±ne nandameva vaººesi, na itare tayo jane. Ki½k±raº±?
Satt± hi n±ma piyabhariy±su viya sesesu ±laya½ na karonti, m±tara½ v± saranto
puttadh²taropi sarissat²ti tasm± tameva vaººesi, r±jam±tara½ pana mahallik±bh±vena na vaººesi. Ñ±ºasampanne mah±satte madhurassarena vaººenteyeva
nand±dev² ±gantv± rañño purato µhit± viya ahosi. Tato r±j± cintesi “µhapetv± mahosadha½ añño mama bhariya½ ±netu½ samattho n±ma natth²”ti. Athassa na½
sarantassa soko uppajji. Atha na½ mah±satto “m± cintayittha, mah±r±ja, dev² ca
te putto ca m±t± ca tayopi ±gacchissanti, mama gamanamevettha pam±ºa½,tasm± tva½ ass±sa½ paµilabha, narind±”ti r±j±na½ ass±sesi. Atha r±j± cintesi“aha½ attano nagara½ surakkhita½ sugopita½ k±r±petv± ima½ upak±rinagara½
ettakena balav±hanena parikkhipitv±va µhito. Aya½ pana paº¹ito eva½ sugopit±pi mama nagar± deviñca me puttañca m±tarañca ±netv± vedehassa d±pesi.
Amhesu ca eva½ pariv±retv± µhitesveva ekassapi aj±nantassa vedeha½ sasen±v±hana½ pal±pesi. Ki½ nu kho dibbam±ya½ j±n±ti, ud±hu cakkhumohanan”ti.
Atha na½ pucchanto ±ha–
760. “Dibba½ adh²yase m±ya½, ak±si cakkhumohana½;

yo me amitta½ hatthagata½, vedeha½ parimocay²”ti.
Ta½ sutv± mah±satto “aha½ dibbam±ya½ j±n±mi, paº¹it± hi n±ma dibbam±ya½
uggaºhitv± bhaye sampatte att±nampi parampi dukkhato mocayantiyev±”ti vatv±±ha–761. “Adh²yanti mah±r±ja, dibbam±yidha paº¹it±;te mocayanti att±na½, paº¹it± mantino jan±.
762. “Santi (6.0310) m±ºavaputt± me, kusal± sandhichedak±;yesa½ katena maggena, vedaho mithila½ gato”ti.
Tattha dibbam±yidh±ti dibbam±ya½ idha. M±ºavaputt±ti upaµµh±kataruºayodh±.
Yesa½ katen±ti yehi katena. Maggen±ti alaªkata-umaªgena.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± “alaªkata-umaªgena kira gato, k²diso nu kho umaªgo”ti
umaªga½ daµµhuk±mo ahosi. Athassa icchita½ ñatv± mah±satto “r±j± umaªga½daµµhuk±mo, dassess±missa umaªgan”ti dassento ±ha–
763. “Iªgha passa mah±r±ja, umaªga½ s±dhu m±pita½;
hatth²na½ atha ass±na½, rath±na½ atha pattina½;±lokabh³ta½ tiµµhanta½, umaªga½ s±dhu m±pitan”ti.
Tattha hatth²nanti iµµhakakammacittakammavasena kat±na½ etesa½ hatthi-±d²na½ pant²hi upasobhita½ alaªkatadevasabh±sadisa½ ekobh±sa½ hutv±
tiµµhanta½ umaªga½ passa, dev±ti.
Evañca pana vatv± “mah±r±ja, mama paññ±ya m±pite candassa ca s³riyassa
ca uµµhitaµµh±ne viya p±kaµe alaªkata-umaªge as²timah±dv±r±ni catusaµµhic³¼adv±r±ni ekasatasayanagabbhe anekasatad²pagabbhe ca passa, may± saddhi½
samaggo sammodam±no hutv± attano balena saddhi½ upak±rinagara½ pavisa,
dev±”ti nagaradv±ra½ vivar±pesi. R±j± ekasatar±japariv±ro nagara½ p±visi.
Mah±satto p±s±d± oruyha r±j±na½ vanditv± sapariv±ra½ ±d±ya umaªga½ p±visi.
R±j± alaªkatadevasabha½ viya umaªga½ disv± bodhisattassa guºe vaººento±ha–764. “L±bh± vata videh±na½, yassimedis± paº¹it±;ghare vasanti vijite, yath± tva½si mahosadh±”ti.
Tattha videh±nanti evar³p±na½ paº¹it±na½ ±karassa uµµh±naµµh±nabh³tassa
videh±na½ janapadassa l±bh± vata. Yassimedis±ti yassa ime (6.0311) evar³p±
paº¹it± up±yakusal± santike v± ekaghare v± ekajanapade v± ekaraµµhe v±
vasanti, tassapi l±bh± vata. Yath± tva½s²ti yath± tva½ asi, t±disena paº¹itena
saddhi½yeva ekaraµµhe v± ekajanapade v± ekanagare v± ekaghare v± vasitu½
labhanti. Tesa½ videharaµµhav±s²nañceva mithilanagarav±s²nañca tay± saddhi½
ekato vasitu½ labhant±na½ l±bh± vat±ti vadati.
Athassa mah±satto ekasatasayanagabbhe dasseti. Ekassa dv±re vivaµe
sabbesa½ vivar²yati. Ekassa dv±re pidahite sabbesa½ pidh²yati. R±j± umaªga½
olokento purato gacchati, paº¹ito pana pacchato. Sabb± sen± umaªgameva
p±visi. R±j± umaªgato nikkhami. Paº¹ito tassa nikkhantabh±va½ ñatv± saya½
nikkhamitv± aññesa½ nikkhamitu½ adatv± umaªgadv±ra½ pidahanto ±ºi½
akkami. T±vadeva as²timah±dv±r±ni catusaµµhic³¼adv±r±ni ekasatasayanagabbha-

dv±r±ni anekasatad²pagabbhadv±r±ni ca ekappah±reneva pidahi½su. Sakalo
umaªgo lokantariyanirayo viya andhak±ro ahosi. Mah±jano bh²tatasito ahosi.
Mah±satto hiyyo umaªga½ pavisanto ya½ khagga½ v±luke µhapesi, ta½ gahetv±
bh³mito aµµh±rasahatthubbedha½ ±k±sa½ ullaªghitv± oruyha r±j±na½ hatthegahetv± asi½ uggiritv± t±setv± “mah±r±ja, sakalajambud²pe rajja½ kassa rajjan”tipucchi. So bh²to “tuyhameva paº¹it±”ti vatv± “abhaya½ me deh²”ti ±ha. “M±
bh±yittha, mah±r±ja, n±ha½ ta½ m±retuk±mat±ya khagga½ par±masi½, mamapaññ±nubh±va½ dassetu½ par±masin”ti khagga½ rañño ad±si. Atha na½
khagga½ gahetv± µhita½ “mah±r±ja, sace ma½ m±retuk±mosi, id±neva imin±khaggena m±rehi. Atha abhaya½ d±tuk±mo, abhaya½ deh²”ti ±ha. “Paº¹ita, may±tuyhampi abhaya½ dinnameva, tva½ m± cintay²”ti asi½ µhapetv± ubhopi aññamañña½ adubbh±ya sapatha½ kari½su.
Atha r±j± bodhisatta½ ±ha– “paº¹ita, eva½ ñ±ºabalasampanno hutv± rajja½
kasm± na gaºh±s²”ti? “Mah±r±ja, aha½ iccham±no ajjeva sakalajambud²pe r±j±nom±retv± rajja½ gaºheyya½, para½ m±retv± ca yasaggahaºa½ n±ma paº¹itehi na
pasatthan”ti. “Paº¹ita, mah±jano dv±ra½ alabham±no paridevati, umaªgadv±ra½
vivaritv± mah±janassa j²vitad±na½ deh²”ti (6.0312). So dv±ra½ vivari, sakalo
umaªgo ekobh±so ahosi. Mah±jano ass±sa½ paµilabhi. Sabbe r±j±no attano
sen±ya saddhi½ nikkhamitv± paº¹itassa santika½ ±gami½su. So raññ± saddhi½
vis±lam±¼ake aµµh±si. Atha na½ te r±j±no ±ha½su “paº¹ita, ta½ niss±ya j²vita½
laddha½, sace muhutta½ umaªgadv±ra½ na vivarittha, sabbesa½ no tattheva
maraºa½ abhaviss±”ti. “Na mah±r±j±no id±neva tumhehi maññeva niss±ya j²vita½
laddha½, pubbepi laddha½yev±”ti. “Kad±, paº¹it±”ti? “Ýhapetv± amh±ka½nagara½ sakalajambud²pe rajja½ gahetv± uttarapañc±lanagara½ gantv± uyy±ne
jayap±na½ p±tu½ sur±ya paµiyattak±la½ sarath±”ti? “¾ma, paº¹it±”ti. Tad± esa
r±j± kevaµµena saddhi½ dummantitena visayojit±ya sur±ya ceva macchama½sehi
ca tumhe m±retu½ kiccamak±si. Ath±ha½ “m±dise paº¹ite dharam±ne ime an±thamaraºa½ m± marant³”ti attano yodhe pesetv± sabbabh±jan±ni bhind±petv±
etesa½ manta½ bhinditv± tumh±ka½ j²vitad±na½ ad±sinti.
Te sabbepi ubbiggam±nas± hutv± c³¼anir±j±na½ pucchi½su “sacca½ kira,mah±r±j±”ti? “¾ma, may± kevaµµassa katha½ gahetv± kata½, saccameva paº¹ito
kathet²”ti. Te sabbepi mah±satta½ ±liªgitv± “paº¹ita, tva½ sabbesa½ no patiµµh±
j±to, ta½ niss±ya maya½ j²vita½ labhimh±”ti sabbapas±dhanehi mah±sattassa
p³ja½ kari½su. Paº¹ito r±j±na½ ±ha– “mah±r±ja, tumhe m± cintayittha, p±pamittasa½saggasseva esa doso, ime r±j±no kham±peth±”ti. R±j± “may± duppurisa½
niss±ya tumh±ka½ evar³pa½ kata½, esa mayha½ doso, khamatha me dosa½,
puna evar³pa½ na kariss±m²”ti kham±pesi. Te aññamañña½ accaya½ desetv±
samagg± sammodam±n± ahesu½. Atha r±j± bah³ni kh±dan²yabhojan²yagandham±l±d²ni ±har±petv± sabbehi saddhi½ satt±ha½ umaªgeyeva k²¼itv± nagara½
pavisitv± mah±sattassa mah±sakk±ra½ k±retv± ekasatar±japarivuto mah±tale
nis²ditv± paº¹ita½ attano santike vas±petuk±mat±ya ±ha–765. “Vuttiñca (6.0313) parih±rañca, diguºa½ bhattavetana½;

dad±mi vipule bhoge, bhuñja k±me ramassu ca;
m± videha½ paccagam±, ki½ videho karissat²”ti.
Tattha vuttinti yasanissita½ j²vitavutti½. Parih±ranti g±manigamad±na½.
Bhattanti niv±pa½. Vetananti paribbaya½. Bhogeti aññepi te vipule bhoge
dad±mi.
Paº¹ito ta½ paµikkhipanto ±ha–
766. “Yo cajetha mah±r±ja, bhatt±ra½ dhanak±raº±;ubhinna½ hoti g±rayho, attano ca parassa ca;
y±va j²veyya vedeho, n±ññassa puriso siy±.
767. “Yo cajetha mah±r±ja, bhatt±ra½ dhanak±raº±;ubhinna½ hoti g±rayho, attano ca parassa ca;

y±va tiµµheyya vedeho, n±ññassa vijite vase”ti.
Tattha attano ca parassa c±ti evar³pañhi “dhanak±raº± may± attano bhatt±ra½
pariccajantena p±pa½ katan”ti att±pi att±na½ garahati, “imin± dhanak±raº±attano bhatt± pariccatto, p±padhammo ayan”ti paropi garahati. Tasm± na sakk±
tasmi½ dharante may± aññassa vijite vasitunti.
Atha na½ r±j± ±ha– “tena hi, paº¹ita, tava rañño divaªgatak±le idh±gantu½
paµiñña½ deh²”ti. So “s±dhu, deva, aha½ j²vanto ±gamiss±m²”ti ±ha. Athassa r±j±satt±ha½ mah±sakk±ra½ katv± satt±haccayena puna ±pucchanak±le “aha½ te,
paº¹ita, idañcidañca damm²”ti vadanto g±tham±ha–
768. “Dammi nikkhasahassa½ te, g±m±s²tiñca k±sisu;
d±sisat±ni catt±ri, dammi bhariy±satañca te;sabba½ senaªgam±d±ya, sotthi½ gaccha mahosadh±”ti.
Tattha nikkhasahassanti pañcasuvaººena nikkhena nikkh±na½ sahassa½.
G±m±ti ye g±m± sa½vacchare sa½vacchare sahassasahassuµµh±nak±, te ca
g±me (6.0314) te dammi. K±sis³ti k±siraµµhe. Ta½ videharaµµhassa ±sanna½,
tasm± tatthassa as²tig±me ad±si.
Sopi r±j±na½ ±ha– “mah±r±ja, tumhe bandhav±na½ m± cintayittha, aha½
mama rañño gamanak±leyeva ‘mah±r±ja, nand±devi½ m±tuµµh±ne µhapeyy±si,
pañc±lacanda½ kaniµµhaµµh±ne’ti vatv± dh²t±ya te abhiseka½ d±petv± r±j±na½
uyyojesi½, m±tarañca deviñca puttañca s²ghameva pesess±m²”ti. So “s±dhu,
paº¹it±”ti attano dh²tu d±tabb±ni d±sid±savatth±laªk±rasuvaººahirañña-alaªkatahatthi-assarath±d²ni “im±ni tass± dadeyy±s²”ti mah±satta½ paµicch±petv± sen±v±hanassa kattabbakicca½ vic±rento ±ha–
769. “Y±va dadantu hatth²na½, ass±na½ diguºa½ vidha½;
tappentu annap±nena, rathike pattik±rake”ti.
Tattha y±v±ti na kevala½ diguºameva, y±va pahoti, t±va hatth²nañca ass±nañca yavagodhum±dividha½ deth±ti vadati. Tappent³ti yattakena te antar±magge akilant± gacchanti, tattaka½ dent± tappentu.
Evañca pana vatv± paº¹ita½ uyyojento ±ha–
770. “Hatth² asse rathe patt², gacchev±d±ya paº¹ita;
passatu ta½ mah±r±j±, vedeho mithila½ gatan”ti.
Tattha mithila½ gatanti sotthin± ta½ mithilanagara½ sampatta½ passatu.
Iti so paº¹itassa mahanta½ sakk±ra½ katv± uyyojesi. Tepi ekasatar±j±no mah±sattassa sakk±ra½ katv± bahu½ paºº±k±ra½ ada½su. Tesa½ santike upanikkhittakapuris±pi paº¹itameva pariv±rayi½su. So mahantena pariv±rena parivuto
magga½ paµipajjitv± antar±maggeyeva c³¼aniraññ± dinnag±mato ±ya½ ±har±petu½ purise pesetv± videharaµµha½ samp±puºi. Senakopi kintar±magge attano
purisa½ µhapesi “c³¼anirañño puna ±gamana½ v± an±gamana½ v± j±nitv± yassa
kassaci ±gamanañca mayha½ ±roceyy±s²”ti. So tiyojanamatthakeyeva mah±satta½ disv± ±gantv± “paº¹ito mahantena pariv±rena ±gacchat²”ti senakassa ±rocesi. So ta½ sutv± r±jakula½ agam±si (6.0315). R±j±pi p±s±datale µhito v±tap±nena olokento mahati½ sena½ disv± “mahosadhapaº¹itassa sen± mand±, aya½

ativiya mahat² sen± dissati, ki½ nu kho c³¼anir±j± ±gato siy±”ti bh²tatasito
tamattha½ pucchanto ±ha–
771. “Hatth² ass± rath± patt², sen± padissate mah±;caturaªgin² bh²sar³p±, ki½ nu maññasi paº¹it±”ti.
Athassa senako tamattha½ ±rocento ±ha–
772. “¾nando te mah±r±ja, uttamo paµidissati;sabba½ senaªgam±d±ya, sotthi½ patto mahosadho”ti.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± ±ha– “senaka, paº¹itassa sen± mand±, aya½ pana mahat²”ti.
“Mah±r±ja, c³¼anir±j± tena pas±dito bhavissati, tenassa pasannena dinn± bhavissat²”ti. R±j± nagare bheri½ car±pesi “nagara½ alaªkaritv± paº¹itassa paccuggamana½ karont³”ti. N±gar± tath± kari½su. Paº¹ito nagara½ pavisitv± r±jakula½
gantv± r±j±na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Atha na½ r±j± uµµh±ya ±liªgitv± pallaªkavaragato paµisanth±ra½ karonto ±ha–
773. “Yath± peta½ sus±nasmi½, cha¹¹etv± caturo jan±;eva½ kapilayye tyamha, cha¹¹ayitv± idh±gat±.
774. “Atha tva½ kena vaººena, kena v± pana hetun±;kena v± atthaj±tena, att±na½ parimocay²”ti.
Tattha caturo jan±ti paº¹ita, yath± n±ma k±lakata½ caturo jan± mañcakena
sus±na½ netv± tattha cha¹¹etv± anapekkh± gacchanti, eva½ kapilayye raµµhe ta½
cha¹¹etv± maya½ im±gat±ti attho. Kena vaººen±ti kena k±raºena. Hetun±ti
paccayena. Atthaj±ten±ti atthena. Att±na½ parimocay²ti amittahatthagato kena
k±raºena paccayena kena atthena tva½ att±na½ parimoces²ti pucchati.
Tato (6.0316) mah±satto ±ha–775. “Attha½ atthena vedeha, manta½ mantena khattiya;
pariv±rayi½ r±j±na½, jambud²pa½va s±garo”ti.
Tassattho– aha½, mah±r±ja, tena cintita½ attha½ attano cintitena atthena, tenaca mantita½ manta½ attano mantitena mantena pariv±resi½. Na kevalañca ettakameva, ekasatar±japariv±ra½ pana ta½ r±j±na½ jambud²pa½ s±garo viya pariv±rayissanti. Sabba½ attano katakamma½ vitth±retv± kathesi.
Ta½ sutv± r±j± ativiya tussi. Athassa paº¹ito c³¼aniraññ± attano dinna½ paºº±k±ra½ ±cikkhanto ±ha–
776. “Dinna½ nikkhasahassa½ me, g±m±s²ti ca k±sisu;
d±sisat±ni catt±ri, dinna½ bhariy±satañca me;sabba½ senaªgam±d±ya, sotthin±mhi idh±gato”ti.
Tato r±j± ativiya tuµµhapahaµµho mah±sattassa guºa½ vaººento tameva ud±na½
ud±nesi–
777. “Susukha½ vata sa½v±so, paº¹iteh²ti senaka;
pakkh²va pañjare baddhe macche j±lagateriva;
amittahatthattagate, mocay² no mahosadho”ti.
Senakopi tassa vacana½ sampaµicchanto tameva g±tham±ha–
778. “Evameta½ mah±r±ja, paº¹it± hi sukh±vah±;pakkh²va pañjare baddhe, macche j±lagateriva;
amittahatthattagate, mocay² no mahosadho”ti.
Atha r±j± nagare chaºabheri½ car±petv± “satt±ha½ mah±chaºa½ karontu,
yesa½ mayi sineho atthi, te sabbe paº¹itassa sakk±ra½ samm±na½ karont³”ti±º±pento ±ha–
779. “¾haññantu (6.0317) sabbav²º±, bheriyo dindim±ni ca;
dhamentu m±gadh± saªkh±, vagg³ nadantu dundubh²”ti.
Tattha ±haññant³ti v±diyantu. M±gadh± saªkh±ti magadharaµµhe sañj±t±
saªkh±. Dundubh²ti mah±bheriyo.
Atha te n±gar± ca j±napad± ca pakatiy±pi paº¹itassa sakk±ra½ k±tuk±m±bherisadda½ sutv± atirekatara½ aka½su. Tamattha½ pak±sento satth± ±ha–
780. “Orodh± ca kum±r± ca, vesiy±n± ca br±hmaº±;bahu½ annañca p±nañca, paº¹itass±bhih±rayu½.
781. “Hatth±roh± an²kaµµh±, rathik± pattik±rak±;bahu½ annañca p±nañca, paº¹itass±bhih±rayu½.
782. “Sam±gat± j±napad±, negam± ca sam±gat±;bahu½ annañca p±nañca, paº¹itass±bhih±rayu½.
783. “Bahujano pasannosi, disv± paº¹itam±gata½;
paº¹itamhi anuppatte, celukkhepo avattath±”ti.
Tattha orodh±ti udumbaradevi½ ±di½ katv± antepurik±. Abhih±rayunti abhih±r±pesu½, pahiºi½s³ti attho. Bahujanoti bhikkhave, nagarav±sino ca catudv±rag±mav±sino ca janapadav±sino c±ti bahujano pasanno ahosi. Disv± paº¹itam±gatanti
paº¹ita½ mithila½ ±gata½ disv±. Avattath±ti paº¹itamhi mithila½ anuppatte“aya½ no paµhamameva pacc±mittavasa½ gata½ r±j±na½ mocetv± pesetv±
pacch± ekasatar±j±no aññamañña½ kham±petv± samagge katv± c³¼ani½ pas±detv± tena dinna½ mahanta½ yasa½ ±d±ya ±gato”ti tuµµhacittena janena pavattito
celukkhepo pavattatha.
Atha mah±satto chaº±vas±ne r±jakula½ ±gantv± “mah±r±ja, c³¼anirañño m±tarañca deviñca puttañca s²gha½ pesetu½ vaµµat²”ti ±ha. “S±dhu, t±ta, peseh²”ti. So
tesa½ tiººa½ jan±na½ mahanta½ sakk±ra½ katv± (6.0318) attan± saddhi½ ±gatasen±yapi sakk±ra½ samm±na½ k±retv± te tayo jane mahantena pariv±renaattano purisehi saddhi½ pesesi. Raññ± attano dinn± satabhariy± ca catt±ri d±sisat±ni ca nand±deviy± saddhi½ pesesi, attan± saddhi½ ±gatasenampi tehi saddhi½yeva pesesi. Te mahantena pariv±rena uttarapañc±lanagara½ p±puºi½su. Athar±j± m±tara½ pucchi “ki½, amma, vedehar±jena te saªgaho kato”ti? “Ki½ t±ta,kathesi, ma½

devat±µh±ne µhapetv± sakk±ramak±si, nand±devimpi m±tuµµh±ne µhapesi, pañc±lacanda½ kaniµµhabh±tikaµµh±ne µhapes²”ti. Ta½ sutv± r±j± ativiya tussitv± bahu½
paºº±k±ra½ pesesi. Tato paµµh±ya te ubhopi samagg± sammodam±n± vasi½s³ti.
Mah±-umaªgakhaº¹a½ niµµhita½.
Dakarakkhasapañho
Pañc±lacand² videharaññ± piy± ahosi man±p±. S± dutiye sa½vacchare putta½
vij±yi. Tassa dasame sa½vacchare vedehar±j± k±lamak±si. Bodhisatto tassa
chatta½ uss±petv± “deva, aha½ tava ayyakassa c³¼anirañño santika½ gamiss±m²”ti ±pucchi. Paº¹ita, m± ma½ dahara½ cha¹¹etv± gamittha, aha½ ta½ pituµµh±ne µhapetv± sakk±ra½ kariss±m²ti. Pañc±lacand²pi na½ “paº¹ita, tumh±ka½
gatak±le añña½ paµisaraºa½ natthi, m± gamitth±”ti y±ci. Sopi “may± rañño
paµiññ± dinn±, na sakk± agantun”ti mah±janassa kaluna½ paridevantasseva
attano upaµµh±ke gahetv± nagar± nikkhamitv± uttarapañc±lanagara½ gato. R±j±
tass±gamana½ sutv± paccuggantv± mahantena sakk±rena nagara½ pavesetv±
mahanta½ geha½ datv± µhapetv± paµhamadinne as²tig±me na añña½ bhoga½ad±si. So ta½ r±j±na½ upaµµh±si.
Tad± bher² n±ma paribb±jik± r±jagehe bhuñjati, s± paº¹it± byatt±. T±ya mah±satto na diµµhapubbo, “mahosadhapaº¹ito kira r±j±na½ upaµµh±t²”ti saddameva
suº±ti. Tenapi s± na diµµhapubb±, “bher² n±ma paribb±jik± r±jagehe bhuñjat²”tisaddameva suº±ti. Nand±dev² pana “piyavippayoga½ katv± amhe kilam±pes²”tibodhisatte anattaman± ahosi. S± pañcasat± vallabhitthiyo ±º±pesi “mahosadhassa eka½ dosa½ upadh±retv± (6.0319) rañño antare paribhinditu½ v±yamath±”ti. T± tassa antara½ olokentiyo vicaranti.
Athekadivasa½ s± paribb±jik± bhuñjitv± r±jageh± nikkhant² bodhisatta½ r±jupaµµh±na½ ±gacchanta½ r±jaªgaºe passi. So ta½ vanditv± aµµh±si. S± “aya½ kirapaº¹ito, j±niss±mi t±vassa paº¹itabh±va½ v± apaº¹itabh±va½ v±”ti hatthamudd±ya pañha½ pucchant² bodhisatta½ oloketv± hattha½ pas±resi. S± kira “k²disa½,
paº¹ita, r±j± ta½ paradesato ±netv± id±ni paµijaggati, na paµijaggat²”ti manas±va
pañha½ pucchi. Bodhisatto “aya½ hatthamudd±ya ma½ pañha½ pucchat²”tiñatv± pañha½ vissajjento hatthamuµµhi½ ak±si. So kira “ayye, mama paµiñña½
gahetv± pakkositv± id±ni r±j± g±¼hamuµµhiva j±to, na me apubba½ kiñci det²”timanas±va pañha½ vissajjesi. S± ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv± hattha½ ukkhipitv± attanos²sa½ par±masi. Tena ida½ dasseti “paº¹ita, sace kilamasi, maya½ viya kasm±
na pabbajas²”ti? Ta½ ñatv± mah±satto attano kucchi½ par±masi. Tena ida½
dasseti “ayye, mama positabb± puttad±r± bahutar±, tena na pabbaj±m²”ti. Iti s±hatthamudd±ya pañha½ pucchitv± attano ±v±sameva agam±si. Mah±sattopi ta½
vanditv± r±jupaµµh±na½ gato.
Nand±deviy± payutt± vallabhitthiyo s²hapañjare µhit± ta½ kiriya½ disv± c³¼ani-

rañño santika½ gantv± “deva, mahosadho bheriparibb±jik±ya saddhi½ ekato
hutv± tumh±ka½ rajja½ gaºhituk±mo, tumh±ka½ paccatthiko hot²”ti paribhindi½su.
R±j± ±ha– “ki½ vo diµµha½ v± suta½ v±”ti? Mah±r±ja, paribb±jik± bhuñjitv± otarant² mahosadha½ disv± r±j±na½ hatthatala½ viya khalamaº¹ala½ viya ca sama½
katv± “rajja½ attano hatthagata½ k±tu½ sakkos²”ti hattha½ pas±resi. Mahosadhopi khaggaggahaº±k±ra½ dassento “katip±haccayena s²sa½ chinditv± rajja½
attano hatthagata½ kariss±m²”ti muµµhi½ ak±si. S± “s²sameva chind±h²”ti attano
hattha½ ukkhipitv± s²sa½ par±masi. Mahosadho “majjheyeva na½ chindiss±m²”tikucchi½ par±masi. Appamatt±, mah±r±ja, hotha, mahosadha½ gh±tetu½ vaµµat²ti.
So t±sa½ katha½ sutv± cintesi “na sakk± paº¹itena mayi dussitu½, paribb±jika½
pucchiss±m²”ti.
So (6.0320) punadivase paribb±jik±ya bhuttak±le ta½ upasaªkamitv± pucchi“ayye, kacci te mahosadhapaº¹ito diµµho”ti? “¾ma, mah±r±ja, hiyyo ito bhuñjitv±
nikkhantiy± diµµho”ti. “Koci pana vo kath±sall±po ahos²”ti. “Mah±r±ja, sall±ponatthi, ‘so pana paº¹ito’ti sutv± ‘sace paº¹ito, ida½ j±nissat²’ti hatthamudd±ya na½
pañha½ pucchant² “paº¹ita, kacci te r±j± pas±ritahattho, na saªkucitahattho,
kacci te saªgaºh±t²”ti hattha½ pas±resi½. Paº¹ito– “r±j± mama paµiñña½ gahetv±
pakkositv± id±ni kiñci na det²”ti muµµhimak±si. Ath±ha½– “sace kilamasi, maya½
viya kasm± na pabbajas²”ti s²sa½ par±masi½. So– “mama posetabb± puttad±r±bahutar±, tena na pabbaj±m²”ti attano kucchi½ par±mas²ti. “Paº¹ito, ayye, mahosadho”ti? “¾ma, mah±r±ja, pathavitale paññ±ya tena sadiso n±ma natth²”ti. R±j±
tass± katha½ sutv± ta½ vanditv± uyyojesi. Tass± gatak±le paº¹ito r±jupaµµh±na½paviµµho. Atha na½ pucchi “kacci te, paº¹ita, bher² n±ma paribb±jik± diµµh±”ti?
“¾ma, mah±r±ja, hiyyo ito nikkhanti½ passi½, s± hatthamudd±ya eva½ ma½
pañha½ pucchi, ahañcass± tatheva vissajjesin”ti t±ya kathitaniy±meneva kathesi.
R±j± ta½ divasa½ pas²ditv± paº¹itassa sen±patiµµh±na½ ad±si, sabbakicc±ni
tameva paµicch±pesi. Tassa yaso mah± ahosi.
Rañño dinnayas±nantarameva so cintesi “raññ± ekappah±reneva mayha½ atimahanta½ issariya½ dinna½, r±j±no kho pana m±retuk±m±pi eva½ karontiyeva,
ya½n³n±ha½ ‘mama suhadayo v± no v±’ti r±j±na½ v²ma½seyya½, na kho
panañño j±nitu½ sakkhissati, bher² paribb±jik± ñ±ºasampann±, s± ekenup±yena
j±nissat²”ti. So bah³ni gandham±l±d²ni gahetv± paribb±jik±ya ±v±sa½ gantv± ta½
p³jayitv± vanditv± “ayye, tumhehi rañño mama guºakath±ya kathitadivasato
paµµh±ya r±j± ajjhottharitv± mayha½ atimahanta½ yasa½ deti, ta½ kho pana‘sabh±vena v± deti, no v±’ti na j±n±mi, s±dhu vatassa, sace ekenup±yena rañño
mayi sinehabh±va½ j±neyy±th±”ti ±ha. S± “s±dh³”ti paµissuºitv± punadivase r±jageha½ gaccham±n± dakarakkhasapañha½ n±ma cintesi. Eva½ kirass± ahosi“aha½ carapuriso viya hutv± up±yena (6.0321) r±j±na½ pañha½ pucchitv± ‘paº¹itassa suhadayo v±, no v±’ti j±niss±m²”ti. S± gantv± katabhattakicc± nis²di. R±j±pi
na½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Tass± etadahosi “sace r±j± paº¹itassa upari
duhadayo bhavissati, pañha½ puµµho attano duhadayabh±va½ mah±janamajjheyeva kathessati, ta½ ayutta½, ekamante na½ pañha½ pucchiss±m²”ti. S± “rahopacc±s²s±mi, mah±r±j±”ti ±ha. R±j± manusse paµikkam±pesi. Atha na½ s± ±ha–“mah±r±ja, ta½ pañha½ pucch±m²”ti. “Puccha, ayye, j±nanto kathess±m²”ti. Athas± dakarakkhasapañhe paµhama½ g±tham±ha–“Sace vo vuyham±n±na½, sattanna½ udakaººave;
manussabalimes±no, n±va½ gaºheyya rakkhaso;
anupubba½ katha½ datv±, muñcesi dakarakkhas±”ti. (j±. 1.16.224);
Tattha sattannanti tumh±ka½ m±t± ca nand±dev² ca tikhiºamantikum±ro ca
dhanusekhasah±yo ca purohito ca mahosadho ca tumhe c±ti imesa½ sattanna½.
Udakaººaveti gambh²ravitthate udake. Manussabalimes±noti manussabali½ gavesanto. Gaºheyy±ti th±masampanno dakarakkhaso udaka½ dvidh± katv± nikkhamitv± ta½ n±va½ gaºheyya, gahetv± ca pana “mah±r±ja, ime cha jane mama anupaµip±µiy± dehi, ta½ vissajjess±m²”ti vadeyya. Atha tva½ anupubba½ katha½
datv± muñcesi dakarakkhas±, ka½ paµhama½ datv± …pe… ka½ chaµµha½ datv±
dakarakkhasato muñceyy±s²ti?
Ta½ sutv± r±j± attano yath±jjh±saya½ kathento ima½ g±tham±ha–“M±tara½ paµhama½ dajja½, bhariya½ datv±na bh±tara½;
tato sah±ya½ datv±na, pañcama½ dajja½ br±hmaºa½;chaµµh±ha½ dajjamatt±na½, neva dajja½ mahosadhan”ti. (j±. 1.16.225);
Tattha chaµµh±hanti ayye, pañcame kh±dite ath±ha½ “bho dakarakkhasa,
mukha½ vivar±”ti vatv± tena mukhe vivaµe da¼ha½ kaccha½ bandhitv± ima½ rajjasiri½ agaºetv± “id±ni ma½ kh±d±”ti tassa mukhe pateyya½, na tveva j²vam±nomahosadhapaº¹ita½ dadeyyanti, ettakena aya½ pañho niµµhito.
Eva½ (6.0322) ñ±ta½ paribb±jik±ya rañño mah±satte suhadayata½, na pana
ettakeneva paº¹itassa guºo cando viya p±kaµo hoti. Tenass± etadahosi “aha½mah±janamajjhe etesa½ guºa½ kathayiss±mi, r±j± tesa½ aguºa½ kathetv±
paº¹itassa guºa½ kathessati, eva½ paº¹itassa guºo nabhe puººacando viya
p±kaµo bhavissat²”ti. S± sabba½ antepurajana½ sannip±t±petv± ±dito paµµh±ya
puna r±j±na½ tameva pañha½ pucchitv± tena tatheva vutte “mah±r±ja, tva½
‘m±tara½ paµhama½ dass±m²’ti vadasi, m±t± n±ma mah±guº±, tuyhañca m±t± na
aññesa½ m±tusadis±. Bah³pak±r± te es±”ti tass± guºa½ kathent² g±th±dvayam±ha–“Poset± te janett² ca, d²gharatt±nukampik±;chabbh² tayi padussati, paº¹it± atthadassin²;
añña½ upanisa½ katv±, vadh± ta½ parimocayi.
“Ta½ t±disi½ p±ºadadi½, orasa½ gabbhadh±rini½;m±tara½ kena dosena, dajj±si dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.226-227);
Tattha poset±ti daharak±le dve tayo v±re nh±petv± p±yetv± bhojetv± ta½
posesi. D²gharatt±nukampik±ti cirak±la½ mudun± hitacittena anukampik±.
Chambh² tayi padussat²ti yad± tayi chambh² n±ma br±hmaºo padussi, tad± s±
paº¹it± atthadassin² añña½ tava paµir³paka½ katv± ta½ vadh± parimocayi.
C³¼anissa kira mah±c³¼an² n±ma pit± ahosi. S± imassa daharak±le purohitena
saddhi½ methuna½ paµisevitv± r±j±na½ visena m±r±petv± br±hmaºassa chatta½

uss±petv± tassa aggamahes² hutv± ekadivasa½ “amma, ch±tomh²”ti vutte
puttassa ph±ºitena saddhi½ p³vakhajjaka½ d±pesi. Atha na½ makkhik± pariv±rayi½su, so “ima½ nimmakkhika½ katv± kh±diss±m²”ti thoka½ paµikkamitv±
bh³miya½ ph±ºitabind³ni p±tetv± attano santike makkhik± pothetv± pal±pesi. T±
gantv± itara½ ph±ºita½ pariv±rayi½su. So nimmakkhika½ katv± khajjaka½
kh±ditv± hattha½ (6.0323) dhovitv± mukha½ vikkh±letv± pakk±mi. Br±hmaºotassa ta½ kiriya½ disv± cintesi “aya½ d±rako id±neva nimmakkhika½ ph±ºita½kh±dati, vu¹¹hippatto mama rajja½ na dassati, id±neva na½ m±ress±m²”ti. So
deviy± tamattha½ ±rocesi.
S± “s±dh³, deva, aha½ tayi sinehena attano s±mikampi m±resi½, imin± me ko
attho, mah±r±ja, ekampi aj±n±petv± rahassena na½ m±ress±m²”ti br±hmaºa½
vañcetv± “attheso up±yo”ti paº¹ita½ up±yakusala½ bhattak±raka½ pakkos±petv± “samma, mama putto c³¼anikum±ro ca tava putto dhanusekhakum±ro ca
ekadivasa½ j±t± ekato kum±raparih±rena va¹¹hit± piyasah±yak±, chabbhibr±hmaºo mama putta½ m±retuk±mo, tva½ tassa j²vitad±na½ deh²”ti vatv± “s±dhu,
devi, ki½ karom²”ti vutte “mama putto abhiºha½ tava gehe hotu, tvañca te ca katip±ha½ nir±saªkabh±vatth±ya mah±naseyeva supatha. Tato nir±saªkabh±va½
ñatv± tumh±ka½ sayanaµµh±ne e¼akaµµh²ni µhapetv± manuss±na½ sayanavel±yamah±nase aggi½ datv± kañci aj±n±petv± mama puttañca tava puttañca gahetv±
aggadv±reneva nikkhamitv± tiroraµµha½ gantv± mama puttassa r±japuttabh±va½an±cikkhitv± j²vita½ anurakkh±h²”ti ±ha.

So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. Athassa s± ratanas±ra½ ad±si. So tath± katv± kum±rañca puttañca ±d±ya maddaraµµhe s±galanagara½ gantv± r±j±na½ upaµµh±si. So
por±ºabhattak±raka½ apanetv± tassa ta½ µh±na½ ad±si. Dvepi kum±r± tenasaddhi½yeva r±janivesana½ gacchanti. R±j± “kassete putt± kum±r±”ti pucchi.
Bhattak±rako “mayha½ putt±”ti ±ha. “Nanu dve asadis±”ti? “Dvinna½ itth²na½putt±, dev±”ti. Te gacchante k±le viss±sik± hutv± maddarañño dh²t±ya saddhi½r±janivesaneyeva k²¼anti. Atha c³¼anikum±ro ca r±jadh²t± ca abhiºhadassanena
aññamañña½ paµibaddhacitt± ahesu½. K²¼anaµµh±ne kum±ro r±jadh²tara½ geº¹ukampi p±sakampi ±har±peti. An±haranti½ s²se paharati, s± rodati. Athass±sadda½ sutv± r±j± “kena me dh²t± pahaµ±”ti vadati. Dh±tiyo ±gantv± pucchanti.
Kum±rik± “sac±ha½ ‘imin± pahaµ±mh²’ti vakkh±mi (6.0324), pit± me etassa r±jadaº¹a½ karissat²”ti sinehena na katheti, “n±ha½ kenaci pahaµ±”ti vadati.
Athekadivasa½ maddar±j± na½ paharanta½ addasa. Disv±nassa etadahosi“aya½ kum±ro na ca bhattak±rakena sadiso abhir³po p±s±diko ativiya achambhito, na imin± etassa puttena bhavitabban”ti. So tato paµµh±ya ta½ pariggaºhi.
Dh±tiyo k²¼anaµµh±ne kh±dan²ya½ ±haritv± r±jadh²t±ya denti, s± aññesampi d±rak±na½ deti. Te jaººun± patiµµh±ya onat± gaºhanti. C³¼anikum±ro pana µhitakova
tass± hatthato acchinditv± gaºh±ti. R±j±pi ta½ kiriya½ addasa. Athekadivasa½c³¼anikum±rassa geº¹uko rañño c³¼asayanassa heµµh± p±visi. Kum±ro ta½
gaºhanto attano issaram±nena “imassa paccantarañño heµµh±sayane na pavis±m²”ti ta½ daº¹akena n²haritv± gaºhi. R±j± tampi kiriya½ disv± “nicchayenesa nabhattak±rakassa putto”ti ta½ pakkos±petv± “kasseso putto”ti pucchi. “Mayha½
putto, dev±”ti. “Aha½ tava puttañca aputtañca j±n±mi, sabh±va½ me kathehi, noce kathesi, j²vita½ te natth²”ti khagga½ uggiri. So maraºabhayabh²to “kathemi,deva, raho pana pacc±s²s±m²”ti vatv± raññ± ok±se kate abhaya½ y±citv± yath±bh³ta½ ±rocesi. R±j± tathato ñatv± attano dh²tara½ alaªkaritv± tassa p±daparic±rika½ katv± ad±si.
Imesa½ pana pal±tadivase “bhattak±rako ca c³¼anikum±ro ca bhattak±rakassa
putto ca mah±nase paditteyeva da¹¹h±”ti sakalanagare ekakol±hala½ ahosi.
Cal±kadev²pi ta½ pavatti½ sutv± br±hmaºassa ±rocesi “deva, tumh±ka½ manoratho matthaka½ patto, te kira tayopi bhattageheyeva da¹¹h±”ti. So tuµµhahaµµho
ahosi. Cal±kadev²pi “c³¼anikum±rassa aµµh²n²”ti e¼akassa aµµh²ni ±har±petv±
br±hmaºassa dassetv± cha¹¹±pesi. Imamattha½ sandh±ya paribb±jik± “añña½
upanisa½ katv±, vadh± ta½ parimocay²”ti ±ha. S± hi e¼akassa aµµh²ni “manussa-aµµh²n²”ti dassetv± ta½ vadh± mocesi. Orasanti y±ya tva½ ure katv± va¹¹hito, ta½
orasa½ piya½ man±pa½. Gabbhadh±rininti y±ya tva½ kucchin± dh±rito, ta½ evar³pa½ m±tara½ kena dosena dakarakkhasassa dassas²ti.
Ta½ (6.0325) sutv± r±j± “ayye, bah³ mama m±tu guº±, ahañcass± mama upak±rabh±va½ j±n±mi, tatopi pana mameva guº± bahutar±”ti m±tu aguºa½
kathento ima½ g±th±dvayam±ha–“Dahar± viyalaªk±ra½, dh±reti api¼andhana½;
dov±rike an²kaµµhe, ativela½ pajagghati.

“Athopi paµir±j³na½, saya½ d³t±ni s±sati;m±tara½ tena dosena, dajj±ha½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.228-229);
Tattha dahar± viy±ti mahallik±pi hutv± taruº² viya. Dh±reti api¼andhananti pi¼andhitu½ ayutta½ alaªk±ra½ dh±reti. S± kira vajirap³rita½ kañcanamekhala½ pi¼andhitv± rañño amaccehi saddhi½ mah±tale nisinnak±le apar±para½ caªkamati,mekhal±saddena r±janivesana½ ekaninn±da½ hoti. Pajagghat²ti es± dov±rike ca
hatthi-±cariy±dike an²kaµµhe ca, ye etiss± ucchiµµhakampi bhuñjitu½ ayuttar³p±,
tepi ±mantetv± tehi saddhi½ ativela½ mah±hasita½ hasati. Paµir±j³nanti aññesa½
r±j³na½. Saya½ d³t±ni s±sat²ti mama vacanena saya½ paººa½ likhitv± d³tepi
peseti “mama m±t± k±me paribhuñjanavayasmi½yeva µhit±, asukar±j± kira±gantv± ta½ ±net³”ti. Te “maya½ rañño upaµµh±k±, kasm± no eva½ vades²”ti paµipaºº±ni pesenti. Tesu parisamajjhe v±ciyam±nesu mama s²sa½ chindanak±lo
viya hoti, m±tara½ tena dosena dakarakkhasassa dass±m²ti.
Atha paribb±jik± “mah±r±ja, m±tara½ t±va imin± dosena dehi, bhariy± pana te
bah³pak±r±”ti tass± guºa½ kathent² dve g±th± abh±si–“Itthigumbassa pavar±, accanta½ piyabh±ºin²;
anuggat± s²lavat², ch±y±va anap±yin².
“Akkodhan± puññavat², paº¹it± atthadassin²;
ubbari½ kena dosena, ajj±si dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.230-231);
Tattha (6.0326) itthigumbass±ti itthigaºassa. Anuggat±ti daharak±lato paµµh±ya
anugat±. “Akkodhan±”ti-±dikena panass± guºe katheti. Maddaraµµhe s±galanagare vasanak±le pahaµ±pi tava ±º±karaºabhayena tayi sinehena m±t±pit³na½ nakathesi, evames± akkodhan± puññavat² paº¹it± atthadassin²ti. Ida½ daharak±le
akkodhan±dibh±va½ sandh±y±ha. Ubbarinti orodha½. Eva½ guºasampanna½nand±devi½ kena dosena dakarakkhasassa dassas²ti vadati.
So tass± aguºa½ kathento ±ha–
“Khi¹¹±ratisam±panna½, anatthavasam±gata½;
s± ma½ sak±na putt±na½, ay±ca½ y±cate dhana½.
“Soha½ dad±mi s±ratto, bahu½ ucc±vaca½ dhana½;
suduccaja½ cajitv±na, pacch± soc±mi dummano;
Ubbari½ tena dosena, dajj±ha½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.232-233);
Tattha anatthavasam±gatanti t±ya khi¹¹±ratiy± k±mak²¼±ya anatthak±rak±na½
kiles±na½ vasa½ ±gata½ ma½ viditv±. S± manti s± nand±dev² ma½. Sak±na putt±nanti ya½ may± attano puttadh²t±nañca bhariy±nañca dinna½ pi¼andhana½, ta½
ay±citabbar³pa½ “mayha½ deh²”ti y±cati. Pacch± soc±m²ti s± dutiyadivase“im±ni pi¼andhan±ni raññ± me dinn±ni, ±harathet±n²”ti tesa½ rodant±na½ omuñcitv± gaºh±ti. Ath±ha½ te rodam±ne mama santika½ ±gate disv± pacch±
soc±mi. Eva½ dosak±rik± es±. Imin± na½ dosena dakarakkhasassa dass±m²ti.
Atha na½ paribb±jik± “ima½ t±va imin± dosena dehi, kaniµµho pana te tikhiºamantikum±ro upak±rako, ta½ kena dosena dassat²”ti pucchant² ±ha–
“Yenocit± janapad±, ±n²t± ca paµiggaha½;±bhata½ pararajjebhi, abhiµµh±ya bahu½ dhana½.

Dhanuggah±na½ pavara½, s³ra½ tikhiºamantina½;bh±tara½ kena dosena, dajj±si dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.234-235);
Tattha (6.0327) ocit±ti va¹¹hit±. Paµiggahanti yena ca tumhe paradese vasant±puna geha½ ±n²t±. Abhiµµh±y±ti abhibhavitv±. Tikhiºamantinanti tikhiºapañña½.
So kira m±tu br±hmaºena saddhi½ vasanak±le j±to. Athassa vayappattassa
br±hmaºo khagga½ hatthe datv± “ima½ gahetv± ma½ upaµµhah±”ti ±ha. So
br±hmaºa½ “pit± me”ti saññ±ya upaµµh±si. Atha na½ eko amacco “kum±ra, na
tva½ etassa putto, tava kucchigatak±le cal±kadev² r±j±na½ m±retv± etassa
chatta½ uss±pesi, tva½ mah±c³¼anirañño putto”ti ±ha. So kujjhitv± “ekena up±yena na½ m±ress±m²”ti r±jakula½ pavisanto ta½ khagga½ ekassa p±dam³likassa datv± apara½ “tva½ r±jadv±re ‘mameso khaggo’ti imin± saddhi½ viv±da½
kareyy±s²”ti vatv± p±visi. Te kalaha½ kari½su. So “ki½ esa kalaho”ti eka½
purisa½ pesesi. So ±gantv± “khaggatth±y±”ti ±ha. Br±hmaºo ta½ sutv± “ki½ etan”ti pucchi. So kira tumhehi mama dinnakhaggo parassa santakoti. “Ki½ vadesi, t±ta,
tena hi ±har±pehi, sañj±niss±mi nan”ti ±ha. So ta½ ±har±petv± kosato nikka¹¹hitv± “passath±”ti ta½ sañjh±n±pento viya upagantv± ekappah±reneva tassas²sa½ chinditv± attano p±dam³le p±tesi. Tato r±jageha½ paµijaggitv± nagara½ alaªkaritv± tassa abhiseke upan²te m±t± c³¼anikum±rassa maddaraµµhe vasanabh±va½ ±cikkhi. Ta½ sutv± kum±ro senaªgaparivuto tattha gantv± bh±tara½±netv± rajja½ paµicch±pesi. Tato paµµh±ya ta½ “tikhiºamant²”ti sañj±ni½su. Paribb±jik± ta½ “evar³pa½ bh±tara½ kena dosena dakarakkhasassa dajj±s²”ti pucchi.
R±j± tassa dosa½ kathento ±ha–
“Yenocit± janapad±, ±n²t± ca paµiggaha½;±bhata½ pararajjebhi, abhiµµh±ya bahu½ dhana½.
“Dhanuggah±na½ pavaro, s³ro tikhiºamanti ca;
may±ya½ sukhito r±j±, atimaññati d±rako.
“Upaµµh±nampi (6.0328) me ayye, na so eti yath± pure;bh±tara½ tena dosena, dajj±ha½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.236-238);
Tattha pararajjebh²ti imassa pararajjato ca bahu dhana½ ±bhata½, ayañca pararajje vasanto puna ima½ geha½ ±netv± “esa may± mahati yase patiµµh±pito”tivadati. Yath± pureti pubbe p±tova ±gacchati, id±ni pana na tath± eti. Imin± na½
dosena dakarakkhasassa dass±m²ti.
Atha paribb±jik± “bh±tu t±va ko doso hotu, dhanusekhakum±ro pana tayi sinehaguºayutto bah³pak±ro”ti tassa guºa½ kathent² ±ha–
“Ekarattena ubhayo, tvañceva dhanusekha ca;
ubho j±tettha pañc±l±, sah±y± susam±vay±.
“Cariy± ta½ anubandhittho, ekadukkhasukho tava;
ussukko te div±ratti½, sabbakiccesu by±vaµo;
Sah±ya½ kena dosena, dajj±si dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.239-240);

Tattha dhanusekhac±ti dhanusekho ca, dhanusekhakum±ro c±ti attho. Etth±ti
idheva nagare. Pañc±l±ti uttarapañc±lanagare j±tatt± eva½voh±r±. Susam±vay±ti suµµhu samavay±. Cariy± ta½ anubandhitthoti daharak±le janapadac±rik±ya
pakkanta½ ta½ anubandhi, ch±y±va na vijahi. Ussukkoti tava kiccesu ratthindiva½
ussukko chandaj±to nicca½ by±vaµo. Ta½ kena dosena dakarakkhasassa dassas²ti.
Athassa r±j± dosa½ kathento ±ha–
“Cariy± ma½ aya½ ayye, pajagghittho may± saha;
ajj±pi tena vaººena, ativela½ pajagghati.
“Ubbariy±piha½ ayye, mantay±mi rahogato;
an±manto pavisati, pubbe appaµivedito.
“Laddhadv±ro katok±so, ahirika½ an±dara½;
sah±ya½ tena dosena, dajj±ha½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.241-243);
Tattha (6.0329) ajj±pi tena vaººen±ti yath± cariy±ya pubbe ma½ anubandhanto
may± an±thena saddhi½ ekatova bhuñjanto sayanto hattha½ paharitv± mah±hasita½ hasi, ajj±pi tatheva hasati, duggatak±le viya ma½ maññati. An±mantoti raho
nand±deviy± saddhi½ mantentepi mayi aj±n±petv± sahas±va pavisati. Imin±
dosena ta½ ahirika½ an±dara½ dakarakkhasassa dass±m²ti.
Atha paribb±jik± “mah±r±ja, tava sah±yakassa t±va eso doso hotu, purohito
pana tava bah³pak±ro”ti tassa guºa½ kathent² ±ha–
“Kusalo sabbanimitt±na½, rutaññ³ ±gat±gamo;
upp±te supine yutto, niyy±ne ca pavesane.
“Paµµho bh³mantalikkhasmi½, nakkhattapadakovido;
br±hmaºa½ kena dosena, dajj±si dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.244-245);
Tattha sabbanimitt±nanti “imin± nimittena ida½ bhavissati, imin± idan”ti eva½
sabbanimittesu kusalo. Rutaññ³ti sabbarava½ j±n±ti. Upp±teti candagg±has³riyagg±ha-ukk±p±tadis±¹±h±dike upp±te. Supine yuttoti supine ca tassa nipphattij±nanavasena yutto. Niyy±ne ca pavesaneti imin± nakkhattena niyy±yitabba½, imin±
pavisitabbanti j±n±ti. Paµµhoti cheko paµibalo, bh³miyañca antalikkhe ca dosaguºe
j±nitu½ samattho. Nakkhattapadakovidoti aµµhav²satiy± nakkhattakoµµh±sesu
cheko. Ta½ kena dosena dakarakkhasassa dassas²ti.
R±j± tassa dosa½ kathento ±ha–
“Paris±yampi me ayye, umm²letv± udikkhati;
tasm± accabhamu½ ludda½, dajj±ha½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.246);
Tassattho– ayye, esa ma½ parisamajjhe olokentopi akkh²ni umm²letv± kuddho
viya udikkhati, tasm± eva½ atikkamitv± µhitabhamu½ aman±pena ukkhittabhamuka½ viya ludda½ bhay±naka½ ta½ aha½ dakarakkhasassa dass±m²ti.
Tato (6.0330) paribb±jik± “mah±r±ja, tva½ ‘m±tara½ ±di½ katv± ime pañca
dakarakkhasassa damm²’ti vadasi, ‘evar³pañca sirivibhava½ agaºetv± attano j²vitampi mahosadhassa damm²’ti vadasi, ka½ tassa guºa½ passas²”ti pucchant² im±
g±th±yo ±ha–
“Sasamuddapariy±ya½, mahi½ s±garakuº¹ala½;

vasundhara½ ±vasati, amaccapariv±rito.
“C±turanto mah±raµµho, vijit±v² mahabbalo;pathaby± ekar±j±si, yaso te vipula½ gato.
“So¼asitthisahass±ni, ±muttamaºikuº¹al±;n±n±janapad± n±r², devakaññ³pam± subh±.
“Eva½ sabbaªgasampanna½, sabbak±masamiddhina½;
sukhit±na½ piya½ d²gha½, j²vita½ ±hu khattiya.
“Atha tva½ kena vaººena, kena v± pana hetun±;Paº¹ita½ anurakkhanto, p±ºa½ cajasi duccajan”ti. (j±. 1.16.247-251);
Tattha sasamuddapariy±yanti samuddamariy±dasaªkh±tena samuddaparikkhepena samann±gata½. S±garakuº¹alanti parikkhipitv± µhitassa s±garassa kuº¹alabh³ta½. Vijit±v²ti vijitasaªg±mo. Ekar±j±ti aññassa attano sadisassa rañño abh±vato ekova r±j±. Sabbak±masamiddhinanti sabbesampi vatthuk±makilesak±m±na½ samiddhiy± samann±gat±na½. Sukhit±nanti evar³p±na½ sukhit±na½
satt±na½ eva½ sabbaªgasampanna½ j²vita½ d²ghameva piya½, na te appa½ j²vitamicchant²ti paº¹it± vadanti. P±ºanti evar³pa½ attano j²vita½ kasm± paº¹ita½
anurakkhanto cajas²ti.
R±j± tass± katha½ sutv± paº¹itassa guºa½ kathento im± g±th± abh±si–“Yatopi ±gato ayye, mama hattha½ mahosadho;n±bhij±n±mi dh²rassa, aºumattampi dukkaµa½.
“Sace ca kismici k±le, maraºa½ me pure siy±;
so me putte paputte ca, sukh±peyya mahosadho.
“An±gata½ (6.0331) paccuppanna½, sabbamatthampi passati;an±par±dhakammanta½, na dajja½ dakarakkhino”ti. (j±. 1.16.252-254);
Tattha kismic²ti kismiñci k±le. Sukh±peyy±ti sukhasmi½yeva patiµµh±peyya.
Sabbamatthanti esa an±gatañca paccuppannañca at²tañca sabba½ attha½ sabbaññubuddho viya passati. An±par±dhakammantanti k±yakamm±d²su apar±dharahita½. Na dajjanti ayye, eva½ asamadhura½ paº¹ita½ n±ha½ dakarakkhasassa
dass±m²ti eva½ so mah±sattassa guºe candamaº¹ala½ uddharanto viya ukkhipitv± kathesi.
Iti ima½ j±taka½ yath±nusandhippatta½. Atha paribb±jik± cintesi “ettakenapi
paº¹itassa guº± p±kaµ± na honti, sakalanagarav±s²na½ majjhe s±garapiµµhe ±sittatela½ vippakirant² viya tassa guºe p±kaµe kariss±m²”ti r±j±na½ gahetv± p±s±d±oruyha r±jaªgaºe ±sana½ paññapetv± tattha nis²d±petv± n±gare sannip±t±petv±
puna r±j±na½ ±dito paµµh±ya dakarakkhasassa pañha½ pucchitv± tena heµµh±kathitaniy±meneva kathitak±le n±gare ±mantetv± ±ha–“Ida½ suº±tha pañc±l±, c³¼aneyyassa bh±sita½;
paº¹ita½ anurakkhanto, p±ºa½ cajati duccaja½.
“M±tu bhariy±ya bh±tucca, sakhino br±hmaºassa ca;
attano c±pi pañc±lo, channa½ cajati j²vita½.
“Eva½ mahatthik± paññ±, nipuº± s±dhucintin²;
diµµhadhammahitatth±ya, sampar±yasukh±ya c±”ti. (j±. 1.16.255-257);

Tattha mahatthik±ti mahanta½ attha½ gahetv± µhit±. Diµµhadhammahitatth±y±ti
imasmi½yeva attabh±ve hitatth±ya ca paraloke sukhatth±ya ca hot²ti.
Iti s± ratanagharassa maºikkhandhena k³µa½ gaºhant² viya mah±sattassa
guºehi desan±k³µa½ gaºh²ti.
Dakarakkhasapañho niµµhito.
Satth± (6.0332) ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva tath±gato paññav±, pubbepi paññav±yev±”ti j±taka½ samodh±nento os±nag±th± ±ha–
“Bher² uppalavaºº±si, pit± suddhodano ahu;m±t± ±si mah±m±y±, amar± bimbasundar².
“Suvo ahosi ±nando, s±riputto ca c³¼an²;
devadatto ca kevaµµo, cal±k± thullanandin².
“Pañc±lacand² sundar², s±¼ik± mallik± ahu;
ambaµµho ±si k±mindo, poµµhap±do ca pukkuso.
“Pilotiko ca devindo, senako ±si kassapo;
udumbar± maªgalik±, vedeho k±¼ud±yako;
mahosadho lokan±tho, eva½ dh±retha j±takan”ti.
Umaªgaj±takavaººan± pañcam±.
(chaµµho bh±go niµµhito.)